Skip to main content

RIO TINTO PLC

For the period ended Dec 31, 2023. Filed Feb 23, 2024.

View on SEC.gov

About this filing

The yearly report of a company based outside the US. It covers much of what a 10-K does, and may follow accounting rules other than US ones.

FY2023 · Filed Feb 23, 2024

Use the contents to explore the available documents and sections.

RIO$83.73+0.7%Stored close · as of Nov 6, 2026
See the whole filing, with its images and exhibits

Cover page

Show cover page

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

FORM 20-F

(Mark One)

☐REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

or

☒ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2023

or

☐TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

or

☐SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934Date of event requiring this shell company report For the transition period from: to
Commission file number: 001-10533Commission file number: 001-34121
Rio Tinto plcRio Tinto LimitedABN 96 004 458 404
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
England and Wales(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)Victoria, Australia(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)
6 St. James's SquareLondon, SW1Y 4AD, United Kingdom(Address of Principal Executive Offices)Level 43, 120 Collins StreetMelbourne, Victoria 3000, Australia(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

Julie Parent, T:514-848-8519, E: julie.parent@riotinto.com

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each ClassTrading SymbolName of Each ExchangeOn Which Registered
American Depositary Shares*Ordinary Shares of 10p each**7.125% Notes due 20285.000% Notes due 20335.200% Notes due 20404.750% Notes due 20424.125% Notes due 20422.750% Notes due 20515.125% Notes due 2053RIONew York Stock ExchangeNew York Stock ExchangeNew York Stock ExchangeNew York Stock ExchangeNew York Stock ExchangeNew York Stock ExchangeNew York Stock ExchangeNew York Stock ExchangeNew York Stock Exchange
*Evidenced by American Depositary Receipts. Each American Depositary Share Represents one Rio Tinto plc Ordinary Shares of 10p each.
**Not for trading, but only in connection with the listing of American Depositary Shares, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Title of ClassTitle of Class Shares
NoneNone

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

Title of ClassTitle of Class of Shares
NoneNone

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period

covered by the annual report:

Title of each classRio Tinto plc - NumberRio Tinto Limited - NumberTitle of each class
Ordinary Shares of 10p each1,255,892,098371,216,214Shares
DLC Dividend Share of 10p11DLC Dividend Share
Special Voting Share of 10p11Special Voting Share

Indicate by check mark if the registrants are well-known seasoned issuers, as defined in rule 405 of the Securities Act.

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrants are not required to file reports pursuant to

Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes☐ No ☒

Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities

Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrants (1) have filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities

Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrants were required to file such

reports), and (2) have been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:

Indicate by check mark whether the registrants have submitted electronically every

Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during

the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrants were required to submit such files).

Indicate by check mark whether the registrants are large accelerated filers, accelerated filers, non-accelerated filers, or emerging growth companies. See definition

of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “emerging growth company” and in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.:

Large Accelerated Filer ☒Accelerated Filer ☐Non-Accelerated Filer ☐
Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark

if the registrants have elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised

financial accounting standards* provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.☐

*The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrants have filed a report on and attestation to their management’s assessment of the

effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C.

7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued their audit report.☒

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the

registrants included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.

Yes☐ No☒

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrants' executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).

Yes☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrants have used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

US GAAP☐ International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board☒

Other ☐

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the

registrants have elected to follow:

Item 17☐ Item 18 ☐

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrants are shell companies (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange

Act).

Yes☐ No☒

(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrants have filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or

15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.

Yes☐ No☐

Auditor NameAuditor LocationAuditor Firm ID
KPMG LLPLondon, United Kingdom1118
KPMGPerth, Australia1020
Item · Form 20-F Caption · Location in this document · Page
1Identity of directors, senior management and advisersNot applicable–
2Offer statistics and expected timetableNot applicable–
3Key information
3.A - [Reserved]Not applicable–
3.B – Capitalisation and indebtednessNot applicable–
3.C – Reasons for the offer and use of proceedsNot applicable–
3.D – Risk factors · Risk factors
4Information on the company
4.A – History and development of the company · Contents · Cover
At a glance2-3
Chair’s statement4-5
Chief Executive’s Q&A6-7
Our purpose in action10-11
Our stakeholders12-13
Strategic context14-15
Progressing our strategy17
Progressing our four objectives18-19
Key performance indicators20-22
Chief Financial Officer’s statement23
Financial review24-29
Portfolio management30-31
Iron Ore32-33
Aluminium34-35
Copper36-37
Minerals38-39
Our approach to ESG40-77
Governance – Additional statutory disclosure – Operating and financial review146-147
Financial statements– Note 1 – Our financial performance by segment– Note 5 – Acquisitions and disposals173-175181-182
Rio Tinto Financial Information by Business Unit286-288
Shareholder Information– Organisational structure– Nomenclature and financial data– History– Dual-listed companies structure347347347347
Additional information – US disclosure – Document on display – Registered offices357382

Form 20-F cross-reference guide

Item · Form 20-F Caption · Location in this document · Page
4.B – Business overviewAt a glance2-3
Chair’s statement4-5
Chief Executive’s Q&A6-7
Creating value by living our purpose8-9
Our purpose in action10-11
Our stakeholders12-13
Strategic context14-15
Our strategy16
Progressing our strategy17
Progressing our four objectives18-19
Key performance indicators20-22
Chief Financial Officer’s statement23
Financial review24-29
Iron Ore32-33
Aluminium34-35
Copper36-37
Minerals38-39
Our approach to ESG40-77
Governance – Additional statutory disclosure– Government regulations– Environmental regulations150150
Financial statements Note 6 – Revenue by destination and product182-183
Metals and minerals production297-298
Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves299-322
Qualified Persons323
Mines and production facilities324-342
Additional information – US disclosure – Disclosure pursuant to Section 13(r) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934354
4.C Organisational structureFinancial statements– Note 30 – Principal subsidiaries– Note 31 – Principal joint operations– Note 32 – Principal joint ventures and associates226-228228-229229-231
Shareholder Information– Organisational structure– Dual-listed companies structure347347
4.D – Property, plants and equipmentKey performance indicators20-22
Portfolio management30-31
Iron Ore32-33
Aluminium34-35
Copper36-37
Minerals38-39
Our approach to ESG40-77
Governance – Additional statutory disclosure– Environmental regulations– Energy efficiency action150150
Financial statements Note 13 – Property, plant and equipment191-195
Metals and minerals production297-298
Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves299-322
Qualified persons323
Mines and production facilities324-342
Additional information – US disclosure – Summary disclosure of operations pursuant to Item 1303 of SK-1300 under Securities Act of 1933363
Additional information – US disclosure – Individual property disclosure pursuant to Item 1304 of SK-1300 under Securities Act of 1933363-380
Additional information – US disclosure – Internal controls disclosure pursuant to Item 1305 of SK-1300 under Securities Act of 1933380
See Exhibit 96.4–
Item · Form 20-F Caption · Location in this document · Page
4AUnresolved staff commentsNone–
5Operating and financial review and prospects
5.A – Operating resultsChair’s statement4-5
Financial review24-29
Iron Ore32-33
Aluminium34-35
Copper36-37
Minerals38-39
Our approach to ESG40-77
Governance – Additional statutory disclosure– Operating and financial review– Government regulations– Environmental regulations146-147150150
Financial statements –h. Impact of Climate Change on the Group–Note 24 – Financial instruments and risk management162-165209-214
Rio Tinto Financial Information by Business Unit286-288
Alternative Performance Measures289-294
5.B – Liquidity and capital resourcesPortfolio management30-31
Copper – Oyu Tolgoi underground project37
Financial statements– Note 14 – Close-down and restoration provisions– Our capital and liquidity– Note 19 - Net debt– Note 20 – Borrowings– Note 21 – Leases– Note 22 – Cash and cash equivalents– Note 23 – Other financial assets and liabilities– Note 24 – Financial instruments and risk management– Note 28 – Post-retirement benefits– Note 36 – Other provisions– Note 37 – Contingencies and commitments196-200204205206-207207-208208209209-214218-224234234-236
5.C – Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.Our strategy16
Progressing our strategy17
Progressing our four objectives18-19
Our approach to ESG - Environmental performance44-65
Governance – Additional statutory disclosure – Exploration, research and development150
Financial statements – Note 7 – Net operating costs (excluding items disclosed separately)– Note 13 - Property, plant and equipment -Impact of climate change on our business - Useful economic lives of our power generating assets184191-195195
5.D – Trend informationAt a glance2-3
Chair’s statement4-5
Chief Executive's Q&A6-7
Creating value by living our purpose8-9
Our purpose in action10-11
Our stakeholders12-13
Strategic context14-15
Our strategy16
Progressing our strategy17
Progressing our four objectives18-19
Key performance indicators20-22
Chief Financial Officer’s statement23
Financial review24-29
Iron Ore32-33
Aluminium34-35
Copper36-37
Minerals38-39
5.E – Critical accounting estimatesNot Applicable–
6Directors, senior management and employees
Item · Form 20-F Caption · Location in this document · Page
6.A – Directors and senior managementGovernance– Board of Directors– Executive Committee92-9394-95
Additional statutory disclosure – Directors and executives147
6.B – CompensationGovernance– Remuneration at a glance - Policy changes– Remuneration Policy– Implementation report– Implementation report tables115-117119-126127-140141-145
Financial statements– Note 26 – Employment costs and provisions– Note 27 – Share-based payments– Note 28 – Post-retirement benefits215216-218218-224
6.C – Board practicesGovernance90-156
Governance– Board of Directors– Executive Committee– Audit & Risk Committee report– Remuneration Policy – Executives’ service contracts and termination– Compliance with governance codes and standards92-9394-95107-110124-125152-156
Shareholder information – Directors – Appointment and removal of Directors352
6.D – EmployeesOur stakeholders – Workforce12
Our approach to ESG – Talent, diversity and inclusion73
Financial statements– Note 25 – Average number of employees– Note 26 – Employment costs and provisions215215
Rio Tinto financial Information by Business Unit286-288
6.E – Share ownershipGovernance– Implementation report – Executive Directors’ shareholding – Non-Executive Directors’ share ownership – Other share plans136140140
Financial statements - Note 27 – Share-based payments216-218
6.F – Disclosure of a registrant’s action to recover erroneously awarded compensationGovernance– Remuneration policy – Executive remuneration structure - Policy tableSee Exhibit 96.5120-122
7Major shareholders and related party transactions
7.A – Major shareholdersShareholder information - Shareownership– Substantial shareholders in Rio Tinto plc– Substantial shareholders in Rio Tinto Limited– Analysis of ordinary shareholders– Twenty largest registered shareholders349349350350
7.B – Related party transactionsFinancial review24-29
Financial statements Note 33 – Related-party transactions231
7.C – Interests of experts and counselNot applicable–
Item · Form 20-F Caption · Location in this document · Page
8 · Financial Information
8.A – Consolidated statements and other financial informationFinancial review – Our shareholder returns policy29
Additional statutory disclosure - Operating and Financial Review146-147
Financial statements Note 37 – Contingencies and commitments234-236
See Item 18–
8.B – Significant changesFinancial statements Note 39 – Events after the balance sheet date237
9The offer and listing
9.A – Offer and listing detailsAdditional statutory disclosure – Operating and financial review146-147
Shareholder information – Organisational structure– Markets347348
9.B – Plan of distributionNot applicable–
9.C – MarketsShareholder information – Markets348
See Exhibit 2.1–
9.D – Selling shareholdersNot applicable–
9.E – DilutionNot applicable–
9.F – Expenses of the issueNot applicable–
10Additional information
10.A – Share capitalNot applicable–
10.B – Memorandum and articles of associationFinancial review – Our shareholder returns policy28
Governance – Compliance with governance codes and standards152-156
Shareholder information– Dual-listed companies structures– Material contracts– Exchange controls and foreign investment– Directors347-348351-352352352-353
See Exhibit 2.1–
10.C – Material contracts · Financial statements – Our capital and liquidity
Shareholder information – Material contracts351-352
10.D – Exchange controlsShareholder information – Exchange controls and foreign investment352
10.E – TaxationAdditional information – US disclosure – Taxation354-356
10.F – Dividends and paying agentsNot applicable–
10.G – Statement by expertsNot applicable–
10.H – Documents on displayAdditional information – US disclosure – Document on display357
10.I – Subsidiary informationNot applicable–
10.J – Annual report to security holdersAdditional information – US disclosure – Document on display357
11Quantitative and qualitative disclosure about market riskRisk factors81-88
Financial statements Note 24 – Financial instruments and risk management209-214
Cautionary statement about forward-looking statements383
12Description of securities other than equity securities
12.A – Debt securitiesNot applicable–
12.B – Warrants and rightsNot applicable–
12.C – Other securitiesNot applicable–
12.D – American depositary sharesAdditional information – US disclosure – American Depositary Shares - American depositary receipts (ADRs)356-357
13Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquenciesNot applicable–
ItemForm 20-F CaptionLocation in this documentPage
14 · Material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds · Not applicable
15Controls and ProceduresGovernance – Additional statutory disclosure– Disclosure controls and procedures– Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting151151
See Item 18 for the Report of the Independent RegisteredPublic Accounting Firm–
16[Reserved]Not applicable–
16AAudit committee financial expertGovernance– Audit & Risk Committee report – US listing requirements– Compliance with governance codes and standards107152-156
16BCode of ethicsOur approach to ESG – Governance performance76-77
16CPrincipal accountant fees and servicesGovernance – Audit & Risk Committee report– External auditors109-110
Financial statements – Note 38 – Auditors’ remuneration237
16DExemptions from the listing standards for audit committeesNot applicable–
16EPurchase of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasersGovernance – Additional statutory disclosure– Purchases149
Financial statements – Note 34 – Share capital232
16FChange in registrant’s certifying accountantNot applicable–
16GCorporate GovernanceGovernance – Compliance with governance codes and standards152-156
16HMine safety disclosureSee Exhibit 16.1–
16IDisclosure regarding foreign jurisdictions that prevent inspectionsNot applicable–
16JInsider trading policiesNot applicable–
16KCybersecurityOur approach to risk management79-80
Risk factors– Preventing material business disruption and data breaches due to cyber events
Additional information – US disclosure – Cybersecurity358-362
17Financial statementsNot applicable–
18Financial statementsAbout Rio Tinto158
About the presentation of our financial statements158-167
Group Income Statement168
Group Statement of Comprehensive Income169
Group Cash Flow Statement170
Group Balance Sheet171
Group Statement of Changes in Equity172
Financial statements – Notes 1 to 40173-237
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms267-269
19ExhibitsSee Exhibit List at the end of this document

Other information contained within Rio Tinto’s Annual Report on Form 20-F 2023 (Form 20-F) is not included in this Form 20-F unless specifically

identified above and is furnished to the SEC for information only.

Contents

Strategic report
2023 year in review1
At a glance2
Chair's statement4
From the Chief Executive6
Creating value by living our purpose8
Finding better waysTM in 202310
Our stakeholders12
Strategic context14
Our strategy16
Progressing our strategy17
Progressing our four objectives18
Key performance indicators20
Chief Financial Officer's statement23
Financial review24
Portfolio management30
Iron Ore32
Aluminium34
Copper36
Minerals38
Our approach to ESG40
Environmental performance44
Social performance66
Governance performance76
Our approach to risk78
Our approach to risk management79
Risk factors81
Five-year review89
Directors’ report
Governance90
Chair's introduction91
Board of Directors92
Executive Committee94
Our stakeholders - Section 172(1) statement96
How the Board monitors culture101
Board activities in 2023102
Governance framework103
Evaluating our performance104
Nominations Committee report105
Audit & Risk Committee report107
Sustainability Committee report111
Remuneration report
Annual statement by the People & Remuneration Committee Chair113
Remuneration Policy119
Implementation report127
Additional statutory disclosure146
Compliance with governance codes and standards152
Financial statements
About Rio Tinto158
About the presentation of our financial results158
Group primary statements168
Notes to the 2023 financial statements173
Other information
Report of independent registered public accounting firms267
Financial information by business unit286
Alternative Performance Measures289
Production, Reserves, Resources and Operations
Metals and minerals production297
Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves299
Qualified Persons323
Mines and production facilities324
Additional information
Independent limited assurance report344
Shareholder information347
US disclosure354
Contact details382
Cautionary statement about forward-looking statements383

References to information on websites in the Form 20-F

are included as an aid to their location and such

information is not incorporated in, and does not form part

of, this Form 20-F. We have included any website as an

inactive textual reference only.

References to KPMG's limited assurance report related to

sustainability are not incorporated in, and do not form

part of, this Form 20-F.

Our operations are located on land and waters that have belonged to Indigenous

Peoples for thousands of years. We respect their ongoing deep connection to, and

their vast knowledge of, the land, water and environment. We pay respects to Elders,

both past and present, and acknowledge the important role Indigenous Peoples

play within our business and the communities where we live and work.

Cover | The BlueSmelting™ project in Sorel-Tracy, Canada. BlueSmelting™ involves a completely new ilmenite reduction

technology that could generate 95% less greenhouse gas emissions than the current reduction process, enabling the

production of titanium dioxide, steel and metal powders with a significantly lower-carbon footprint.

2023 year in review We are finding better waysTM to provide the materials the world needs. In 2023, our teams around the world sought opportunities to reduce our carbon footprint, to partner to develop technologies to decarbonise steel and aluminium production, to find more efficient ways to supply copper and critical minerals essential for the energy transition, and to create new products from waste. We explore, we mine, we process, and our ambition continues to be a business with a commodity mix aligned with evolving customer demand in a decarbonising world. But we cannot do it on our own. So we strive to create partnerships that solve problems and create solutions with lower societal and environmental impact. The approach applies as much to large-scale, transformational innovation as it does to incremental everyday progress, such as our safety and operational performance. · All-injury frequency rate · Consolidated sales revenue
0.37$54.0bn
(2022: 0.40)(2022: $55.6bn)
Women in our workforceProfit after tax attributable to owners of Rio Tinto
24.3%$10.1bn
(2022: 22.9%)(net earnings) (2022: $12.4bn)1
Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissionsNet cash generated from operating activities
32.6Mt$15.2bn
(equity CO2e)(2022: 32.7Mt)2(2022: $16.1bn)
Increase in spend with Indigenous businesses in AustraliaUnderlying EBITDA3
28%$23.9bn
(2023 A$725 million increased from A$565 million in 2022)(2022: $26.3bn)
Completion rate of “Building Everyday Respect” employee learning moduleTotal dividend per share
83.5%435 cents
(2022 comparative dataset is not available due to new program)(2022: 492 cents)
For more informationabout our environmental, social and governance (ESG) performance see page 43.For more informationabout our financial review see page 24.
1.Comparative information has been restated to reflect the adoption of narrow scope amendments to IAS12 “Income Taxes”. Refer to page 166 for details.2.In 2023, we improved our carbon emissions reporting and now use the market-based method as our primary measure for assessing performance against our targets. We have restated prior year numbers and our 2018 baseline accordingly. We exclude reductions achieved by divesting assets and increases associated with acquisitions from our target and so also adjust our 2018 baseline to take this into account. For comparison purposes, we have disclosed our 2022 emissions on the same basis. Our adjusted 2022 figures are 32.7Mt CO2e and our actual 2022 emissions (unadjusted for acquisitions) are 32.3Mt CO2e.3.Underlying EBITDA is a non-IFRS measure. A definition of underlying EBITDA and a reconciliation to its closest IFRS measure is presented in note 1 (pages 174-175).

Our 2023 reporting suiteOur Annual Report is part of our broader 2023 reporting suite. You can find this report and others, including our 2023 Climate Change Report, Sustainability Fact Book, 2023 Addendum - Scope 1, 2 and 3 Emissions Calculation Methodology and Industry Association Disclosure, on our website. Some of our reports are published on our website later in the year, including our 2023 Taxes Paid Report, Country-by-Country Report, Modern Slavery Statement, and our Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights report.

To view and download these documents see riotinto.com/reports.

2023 Annual Report2023 Climate Change Report2023 Sustainability Fact Book2023 Addendum - Scope 1, 2 and 3 Emissions Calculation Methodology2023 Industry Association Disclosure

Our businessWe operate in 351 countries where our 57,000 employees2 are working to find better ways to provide the materials the world needs. Our portfolio includes iron ore, copper, aluminium and a range of other minerals and materials needed for people, communities and nations to grow and prosper, and for the world to cut carbon emissions to net zero. We continuously search for new projects that can support the energy transition, currently exploring for eight commodities in 18 countries.We have more than 150 years of mining and processing experience guiding our work. Today, our business relies on technology such as automation and artificial intelligence to help us run safer, more efficient operations and leave a lighter footprint.

Iron OreAluminium
Segmentalrevenue $32.2bn(2022: $30.9bn)UnderlyingEBITDAn$20.0bn(2022: $18.6bn)Production (100% basis) 331.5MtPilbara iron ore(2022: 324.1Mt)Segmentalrevenue $12.3bn(2022: $14.1bn)UnderlyingEBITDA$2.3bn(2022: $3.7bn)Production (our share)54.6Mtbauxite(2022: 54.6Mt)3,272ktaluminium(2022: 3,009kt)
Employees216,000(2022: 15,000)Employees215,000(2022: 15,000)
Our productsOur portfolio includes iron ore, aluminium, bauxite, alumina, copper, diamonds, titanium dioxide, lithium, salt and borates.

For more informationsee pages 32-39.

Operations and projects 3

Iron Ore

Aluminium

Copper

Minerals

Mines

Smelters, refineries, processing plants and

power and shipping facilities remote from mine

Non-managed operations

1.Includes our mines and production facilities, main exploration activities and countries where we have a significant presence through activities including research and development, commercial, sales, and corporate functions.2.This represents the average number of employees for the year, including the Group's share of non-managed operations and joint ventures. Refer to page 215 for more information.3.The map indicates the location of our global operations and projects, however it does not identify all individual facilities included in an operation. It does not include our offices, research and development centres and some processing and shipping facilities. Operations and projects are indicated according to their product group. The Iron Ore Company of Canada is an iron ore operation but is reported under Minerals due to the management structure. The dots on the map are indicative and in some locations we have more assets than visually represented due to the size of the map.4.2022 underlying EBITDA for Copper has been adjusted to reflect a change in management responsibility for the Simandou iron ore project from Copper to the Chief Technical Officer. As a result, we have moved Simandou outside of reportable segments and accordingly adjusted prior period comparatives.

At a glance

OutlookWe have a strong portfolio of assets across six continents. Our focus is on growing our business while decarbonising, providing products to our customers that support the transition to a low-carbon economy, and delivering attractive returns to our shareholders.Many of our products are essential for the energy transition: we expect this new source of demand, combined with traditional sources, to drive significant volume growth in our products over the coming decades. In developed markets, customer demand for low-carbon and recycled materials is growing with supply security top of mind. In developing economies, reliable access to raw materials for domestic processing is critical. We have the people, orebodies, technology, processing capabilities, access to capital and relationships to meet these diversifying needs.

CopperMinerals
Segmental revenue $6.7bn(2022: $6.7bn)Underlying EBITDA$1.9bn(2022: $2.6bn)4Production (consolidated basis) 620ktmined copper(2022: 607kt)Segmental revenue$5.9bn(2022: $6.8bn)Underlying EBITDA$1.4bn(2022: $2.4bn)Production (our share) 1,111kttitanium dioxide slag(2022: 1,200kt)9.7Mtiron ore pellets and concentrate(2022: 10.3Mt)
Employees28,000(2022: 8,000)Employees210,000(2022: 9,500)

Very sadly, I must begin by acknowledging the tragic deaths of our four

Diavik colleagues and two airline crew members in a plane crash near Fort

Smith, in the Northwest Territories, Canada, on 23 January 2024. They will

all be dearly missed, and our thoughts are very much with their loved ones,

everyone in Fort Smith, and our team at Diavik.

Our focus in 2023, and as we move into 2024,

has been on embedding an empowering

culture and on delivering consistent

operational performance to progress our four

key strategic objectives.

We recognise that creating and maintaining a

culture where everyone can be at their best

requires constant effort but, two years since we

started learning from the findings of the

Everyday Respect Report, there is positive

momentum. Our executive team is driving this

change, with the full support of the Board,

reinforcing the importance of mindsets

and behaviours that ensure everyone,

everywhere in our operations feels safe, valued

and empowered.

The Group has also made progress on our

four key objectives of becoming best operator,

excelling in development, having impeccable

credentials and strengthening Rio Tinto’s

social licence. There have been real

improvements in our Pilbara iron ore

operations; we are ramping up underground

copper production at Oyu Tolgoi; we are

significantly closer tounlocking the Simandou

project; and we have made strategic and

exciting investments in our aluminium

business, such as the Matalco recycling joint

venture.

Our strong results in 2023 demonstrate our

continued progress towards our four

objectives, with a continued focus on financial

discipline. This discipline has enabled us to

invest in the future health of our business

while at the same time delivering attractive

returns to investors, with the Board

recommending a final dividend of 258 US

cents, taking total dividends declared to$7.1

billion.

Growing and deepening connections

We are committed to deepening connections

with our stakeholders to earn trust, resolve

conflicts, and strengthen our social licence.

This is constant work in progress, but there

were many bright spots in the way our

relationships with governments, communities

and Indigenous Peoples evolved in 2023.

Our partnership with the Mongolian

Government highlights the mutual benefits

when we get this right. We are now deepening

our connection to Mongolia, most recently

forming a partnership with UNESCO to

support its sustainable development. In

Canada, we are growing our aluminium

business, including expanding the use of

AP60 low-carbon smelting technology, with

the continued support of the national and local

governments.

More broadly, we are embedding and

replicating the learnings from a shift to co-

management and co-development at our

operations, such as working closely with the

Nyiyaparli and Ngarlawangga people as we

progress the Rhodes Ridge project in the

Pilbara. As we get closer to unlocking

Simandou in Guinea, we are doing so in close

partnership with communities, in a way that

will support further economic development

beyond the mine.

This commitment to ESG and a stronger

social licence does not end with the life of a

mine. At Le Thoronet in south-east France, a

rehabilitated former bauxite mine we have

handed back to the French authorities, I saw

evidence of how we are thinking about thefull

lifecycle of our assets, beyond our time as their

custodians.

An important part of our engagement is with

non-governmental organisations (NGOs).

Taking part in our civil society roundtables in

the US, UK and Australia provided opportunities

to listen to the concerns of leading civil society

voices, what we can learn to do better, and

understand how we can better work with these

groups. They encouraged us to forge ahead on

establishing nature and biodiversity targets and

helped me understand further how we can better

engage with our communities.

Since becoming Chair almost two years ago, I

have been fortunate to spend a lot of time with

our talented people across the organisation.

In our 150 th anniversary year, we reflected

together on how we can reinvigorate the core

parts of our DNA and be successful in the 150

years to come. With every person I meet and

every site I visit, I grow in confidence that we

are heading in the right direction. This was

clearly illustrated when the Board saw our four

objectives in action at Oyu Tolgoi. We were

deeply impressed by the productivity, the use

of cutting-edge technology and the connection

to the community; a blueprint for what we can

achieve everywhere.

Meetings with stakeholders have also

reinforced the important societal role we have

to play. As a Board, we spent time in China

with our customers, partners, and government

to better understand how combining our

knowledge and technology can create win-win

opportunities and help address the climate

challenge. Similarly, in conversations with

officials in Washington D.C., Canberra,

Ottawa, London, Brussels, Ulaanbaatar and

more, we have discussed the critical role of

mining for energy security, in addition to

providing the basis for resurgent

manufacturing.

What is very clear to me, is Rio Tinto’s

strategic importance in helping societies

resolve their most urgent challenges. Rio

Tinto can be fundamental to the energy

transition. Our industry has been and will

continue to be relied upon to provide the vast

quantities of metals and minerals needed to

build the infrastructure for the generation,

transmission, and storage of renewable

power. The need to repower our own assets

with renewable power can also support

investment in renewables – our Gladstone

aluminium operations being a recent example

of this.

Chair’s statement

Innovation and growth

Innovation and technology are key to driving

our progress, while helping us to simplify and

automate for safer and more efficient

operations. There is real momentum in our

project pipeline and our Chief Scientist’s office

is steering us towards more breakthroughs in

sustainable mining and processing, including

BlueSmelting TM, ELYSISTM and BioIron TM.

We are also working towards our ambitious

targets of a 50% reduction in Scope 1 and 2

emissions by 2030 and achieving net zero

by 2050. This is a physically challenging

task that will require great imagination,

collaboration, and technological advances that

do not yet exist. However, we have

now progressed to a disciplined and

detailed roll-out program, providing greater

definition to what an economical pathway

to decarbonisation looks like. At the

same time, we are exploring more ways

to help our customers accelerate

their own decarbonisation to tackle

our Scope 3 emissions.

We are also seeking to further embed these

targets by introducing a decarbonisation

scorecard into our long-term incentive plan as

part of our 2024 Remuneration Policy

proposals. More detail on these proposals is

set out on page 135.

Our partnerships are key to how we are

developing the technologies to grow and

reduce emissions. Highlights include working

with China Baowu to explore projects to

decarbonise the steel value chain, a multi-

year supply agreement between Iron Ore

Company of Canada and H2 Green Steel in

Sweden, and teaming up with Sumitomo at

our Aluminium Pacific Operations to build a

first-of-a-kind hydrogen plant in Gladstone to

trial lower-carbon alumina refining, with

support from the Australian Government.

Board changes

In the summer of 2022, we evaluated the mix

of skills and experience on the Board and

concluded that we needed to refresh our

composition, with a particular focus on

deepening our mining, operations and

projects experience, as well as our renewable

energy and sustainability capabilities. We also

needed to prepare for future transitions in our

Audit and Risk Committee. I am pleased that

we have made significant progress in this,

with the announcement of six new Non-

Executive Directors.

Dean Dalla Valle, who joined the Board in

June, has vast operational and technical

expertise, and wide experience developing

complex mining projects. Susan Lloyd-

Hurwitz, who also joined in June, is a highly

respected leader and brings deep CEO

experience across large projects, cultural

change, diversity and inclusion, and

sustainability. Joc O’Rourke joined the

Board in October and brings 25 years of

mining industry experience and a passion

for improving operational performance.

In December, we announced the

appointments of Martina Merz, who joined the

Board on 1 February 2024, and Sharon

Thorne, who will join the Board in July 2024.

Both are exceptional leaders, Martina with

deep CEO experience in handling cyclical

businesses, research and development

and decarbonisation initiatives, and Sharon

with deep industry knowledge gained over

30 years of auditing and advising multinational

companies.

As part of that phased transition, Simon

McKeon has agreed to step down as a

Director at the conclusion of our annual

general meetings in 2024, and will not

therefore seek re-election by shareholders.

I am extremely grateful to Simon for his

invaluable contribution. Having regard for his

roles as Rio Tinto Limited's Senior

Independent Director and the Designated

Director for workforce engagement, Simon

has taken a particular interest in Rio Tinto's

revitalised approach to engagement with the

broader Australian community as well as the

company's cultural reset. On behalf of the

Board, I wish him well for the future.

In December, we also said goodbye to a

colleague who will be greatly missed.

Dr Megan Clark stepped down after 9 years

on the Board. Her experience and wise

counsel were invaluable, and we wish her

well for the future.

I am excited to lead a Board with such depth

and breadth of insight, who I know share a

commitment to help Rio Tinto capture

opportunities and achieve its full potential. For

more information on the Board, please see

the Directors’ report on pages 90 to 145.

Looking ahead

There is no doubt we are living through

turbulent times. Politics is becoming

increasingly polarised, the geopolitical

landscape has become more complex

and volatile, and the economic backdrop

remains challenging.

Nevertheless, our purpose, “Finding better ways

to provide the materials the world needs”, drives

everything your company does.

I look to the future with optimism - there has

never been greater demand for what we do, and

the capability of our people, and the quality of our

partnerships, assets, technology, and innovation

give me great confidence we can deliver for all of

our stakeholders.

Once again, I want to thank the leadership

team and the thousands of employees,

contractors and partners around the world

who are bringing Rio Tinto’s purpose and

values to life.

Chair

Q&A with Jakob Stausholm

2023 highlights

0.37

All-injury frequency rate

(2022: 0.40)

$15.2 bn

net cash generated from operating

activities

(2022:$16.1 bn)

$10.1 bn

profit after tax attributable to owners of

Rio Tinto

(2022: $12.4 bn)

$7.1 bn

total dividend declared

(2022:$8 bn)

What are your reflections on 2023?

We approached the year with confidence in

our strategy, a deep commitment to safety and

financial discipline, and a continuous

improvement mindset. By continuing to focus

on our four objectives, we have put Rio Tinto

in a stronger position to capture traditional

and emerging opportunities. In 2023, we

returned to investing in profitable growth with

an eye to the future. Of course, we have a lot

more to do. But that is the best part; there is

so much ahead of us.

While we had zero fatalities at our managed

operations in 2023, four team members from

our Diavik Diamond Mine in the Northwest

Territories in Canada and two crew members

lost their lives when a charter flight crashed

on its way to the mine in January 2024.

We are devastated by this tragic incident

and are working with the authorities to

understand the full facts of what happened.

Nothing is more important than the safety of

our employees, contractors and communities

and we remain committed to evolving our

culture and processes to ensure everyone

goes home safely every day.

We made encouraging progress improving our

operations, including the Pilbara, where we

achieved guidance for iron ore shipments. We

also hit project milestones including first

underground copper production at Oyu Tolgoi in

Mongolia. Despite continued uncertainty in the

operating environment, we delivered another set

of robust financial results. We generated

underlying earnings of$11.8 billion (2022:

$13.4 billion) and net cash generated from

operating activities of$15.2 billion (2022:

$16.1 billion). Profit after tax attributable to

owners of Rio Tinto was$10.1 billion (2022:

$12.4 billion) and our balance sheet remains

strong with net debt of$4.2 billion (2022: net

debt of$4.2 billion). As a result, the Board has

recommended a final ordinary dividend of 258

US cents per share, resulting in total shareholder

returns declared this year of$7.1 billion. This

represents a pay-out ratio of 60%, in line with our

policy.

2023 was another year of extreme weather and

broken temperature records. In December, I

attended the UN climate summit (COP28) and

came away concerned the world is not on track

with the Paris Agreement goal to limit warming to

1.5°C by 2100. National targets are not in line

with the overall goal, and current climate policies

in many countries are not yet aligned with their

stated ambitions.

Many 1.5°C scenarios now overshoot the long

term temperature goal and rely on significant

deployment of carbon dioxide removals to get

to net zero that may not be plausible. No

single company or country can halt the course

of climate change alone, so partnering to

reduce emissions is vital. This is why we put

the low-carbon transition at the heart of our

business strategy and are working with

governments, customers, communities and

others to decarbonise our operations and

value chains.

Rio celebrated its 150 th anniversary in

  1. What did reaching this milestone

mean to you?

Rio Tinto’s strength is built upon its rich

history, and it has been important to explore

our past in our anniversary year to inform our

future. Our story is full of achievements and

failures we must learn from, but there is one

consistent theme: the spirit of innovation and

continuous improvement. This is what our

purpose – finding better ways to provide the

materials the world needs – is all about.

Our people have been doing this from the

beginning, and reaching this milestone has

reinvigorated our commitment to our purpose.

It has also been a reminder that we are a

long-term business. We are laying the

groundwork to ensure Rio Tinto is successful

not just today but for another 150 years.

We remained focused on our four

objectives in 2023. How are we doing

on our journey to best operator?

We need to be in the best shape possible to

capture the opportunities ahead of us, which

is why we are investing in the long-term health

of our people, assets, and ore bodies. By

prioritising these areas, we are creating the

conditions for consistent operational and

financial performance.

Evolving our culture is fundamental to how we

unlock performance. We have continued to

implement the 26 recommendations

of the Everyday Respect Report, and we are

embedding best practices and empowering

our people by deepening the rollout of

the Safe Production System (SPS). This is a

multi-year process, but it is already having a

profound impact. SPS has delivered real

improvements in our Pilbara iron ore

operations, realising a 5 million tonne

production uplift in 2023 and on target to

deliver another 5 million tonnes in 2024. At the

same time, Oyu Tolgoi is an example

of what becoming best operator looks like.

Less than a year since we started

underground production, we are well on track

to ramp up to 500,000 tonnes of copper per

annum, from 2028 to 2036 from this world-

class operation.

From the Chief Executive

“Nothing is more important than the safety of our employees, contractors and communities. We remain committed to evolving our culture and processes to ensure everyone goes home safely every day.”

Our Chief Operating Officer Arnaud Soirat was

instrumental to the success of SPS and Oyu

Tolgoi. Arnaud stepped down at the end of

January 2024 ahead of his retirement,

and I want to thank him for his incredible

contribution and dedication to Rio Tinto for

more than a decade.

How is striving for impeccable ESG

helping us meet customer

expectations?

Our customers increasingly tell us they

want sustainable, traceable, and transparent

low-carbon materials, as well as help

decarbonising their own value chains.

Our strategy and commitment to the highest

environmental, societal and governance

standards positions us to meet these aims.

Our Boron operation became the first open pit

mine to fully transition its heavy machinery to

renewable diesel, and we had breakthroughs

including piloting our BlueSmelting TM technology,

which reduces emissions from processing

ilmenite into titanium dioxide.

More broadly, our approach to environmental,

social and governance (ESG) is informing our

decision-making as we develop projects

including Oyu Tolgoi and Simandou. We are

working closely with communities in areas such

as biodiversity and water management, and to

help realise the full opportunities for economic

development at a national and local level. By

working to the highest ESG standards and

utilising our STARTTM blockchain technology, we

are providing customers with the sustainable and

traceable products they expect.

How is progress on excelling in

development positioning the business

for the future?

Excelling in development is all about shaping our

portfolio for the future. We have an attractive

pipeline and considerable momentum to grow in

the materials essential for the energy transition.

We are further strengthening our Iron Ore

business with key projects in the Pilbara, and in

Guinea we hit major milestones to help us unlock

Simandou, the world’s largest known untapped

source of high-grade iron ore. I visited Guinea in

October and was impressed by how quickly early

works are progressing as we move closer to full

sanction.

In our Aluminium business, we announced an

investment of $1.1 billion to expand our state-

of-the-art AP60 smelter, replacing the Arvida

smelter. We also launched into the rapidly

growing North American market for recycled

aluminium with Matalco, a joint venture that

develops our position further along the

value chain. We remain on track to deliver

1 million tonnes of copper per annum by

the end of the decade, with considerable

progress at Oyu Tolgoi underground,

expansion pathways at Kennecott, the

continued development of Resolution, and

further options with La Granja and Winu.

Further down the pipeline, we have finalised

Nuevo Cobre, a joint venture with Codelco, to

actively explore for copper in Chile.

Critical minerals are vital to achieving a net

zero future, and we continue to explore

opportunities in this area. Highlights from

2023 include steadily advancing the Rincon

lithium project in Argentina, and the

acquisition of the Burra TM Scandium Project in

New South Wales, Australia, a high-grade

scalable resource that could produce up to 40

tonnes per annum of scandium oxide.

How have we strengthened our social

licence this year?

Our social licence underpins all our objectives –

we cannot function as a business without it and

our understanding of this is deepening across

our teams. My conversations with stakeholders

this year suggest we have come a long way to

rebuild trust. However, this is an ongoing journey,

and it is ultimately up to others to judge how we

are performing. We need to continue to listen to

voices from the communities where we operate

and engage with civil society organisations to

understand what we can do better.

Part of this development is having greater

transparency. In March we published an

independent report based on an audit of our

Cultural Heritage Management performance.

The report helped us identify target areas

for improvement, such as a sustained focus

on community engagement throughout

the life of our operations. We have started

taking a more community-led approach,

with co-management and co-development

of sites becoming an embedded part of our

process from the beginning.

We continued to work closely with Indigenous

Peoples this year to ensure better outcomes for

all stakeholders. This has involved partnering for

economic prosperity, such as increasing

opportunities for Pilbara Aboriginal Businesses

as construction progresses at Western Range.

Other highlights include working with the

Yindjibarndi Energy Corporation to explore

opportunities for renewable energy projects and

signing the Aganow agreement to enable greater

participation by the Naskapi Nation of

Kawawachikamach in Iron Ore Company of

Canada activities.

What are your main focus areas

for 2024?

Rio Tinto is at the heart of the energy transition

and facing an opportunity-rich world. At the same

time, we are still seeing powerful traditional

drivers of demand and our core markets are

growing. Global trends such as re-

industrialisation and a renewed emphasis on

supply-chain security are presenting even more

opportunities. As both a mining company and a

processing company with a global footprint and a

portfolio built for the future, we are well-

positioned to capture these over the long-term.

Our focus will remain on securing the

enduring health and success of the business,

with an emphasis on disciplined growth,

improving operational performance, exploring

options along the value chain, and investing in

the technologies that will allow us to reach our

decarbonisation targets.

We’ll continue our journey of culture change,

building an environment of trust where

everyone feels safe, respected and

empowered to deliver results. This is what will

drive our performance and enable us to keep

delivering for all our stakeholders in 2024.

Creating value by living our purpose

Our purpose is at the core of everything we do. It inspires our efforts and guides our decisions.

Finding better ways™

to provide the materials the world needs.

Our strategy will move our business, customers, partners and the world forward.

Grow in materials essentialfor the energy transitionAim to grow in commodities such as copper, aluminium, high-grade iron ore, lithium and other critical minerals.Accelerate the decarbonisationof our assets Switch to renewable power,electrifying processing and running electric mobile fleets.Develop products and technologies that help our customers decarbonisePartner with customers and suppliers and invest in R&D to reduce emissions across our value chains.

Our objectives guide our everyday work to achieve our strategy and drive progress.

Become the best operatorExpand our capabilities and empower our people to improve our operational performance.Achieve impeccable ESG Align our priorities with community expectations and consider sustainability in all decisions.
Excel in developmentGrow and develop our pipeline of opportunities, and build our capabilities and partnerships for capital-efficient delivery.Strengthen our social licenceEarn trust by building meaningful relationships and partnerships, continuing to listen and learn.

Our people, culture and values createan environment where everyone feels safe,

respected and empowered, so we can continue to find better ways together.

Care about the safety of ourselves and others, creating an environment of trust, and the impact we have on our colleagues and others, communities and the environment.Courage to show vulnerability, speak up and challenge when we can do better, and take ownership of our actions and outcomes to drive performance.Curiosity to learn and grow in our fields of expertise, look for opportunities to solve problems with everyday innovation, and be open to different perspectives.

Our business model helps us deliver value that matters to our stakeholders.

Most importantly, effective and responsive corporate governance manages our performance.

Tracked and measured

We measure our strategic progress through a

mix of financial and non-financial key

performance indicators (KPIs) that align with our

purpose and strategy. In addition to key financial,

operational and safety performance metrics, we

track progress across ESG themes including

gender diversity and greenhouse gas (GHG)

emissions.

Overseen by our Board

Our success depends on effective and

responsive corporate governance. Our Board

oversees how we deliver on our purpose and

strategy and monitors our culture to make sure

it aligns with our values. The Board

also oversees how we manage social and

environmental risks and monitors our

performance to ensure we generate value

for shareholders while our business

contributes to wider society.

Reflected in remuneration

Our Remuneration Policy is designed to

support the delivery of our strategy in a

responsible and sustainable way that reflects

our purpose and values. It considers our

financial and safety performance, our culture

and our ESG measures, such as accelerating

decarbonisation and strengthening our social

licence. The main elements include base

salary, short-term incentive plan (STIP) and

long-term incentive plan (LTIP).

For more informationabout our business model see riotinto.com/ourbusiness.

Repurpose & renew

We design and operate our assets

to leave a positive legacy when

operations cease. We engage our

stakeholders in rehabilitation

planning and we review each

site’s plans annually.

Explore & evaluate

We use new and advanced

technologies to explore,

discover and deliver attractive

growth opportunities, focusing

on materials essential for the

energy transition.

Market & deliver

We market our products to meet

the diverse needs of our

customers and maximise value

for our business, delivering

them safely, reliably and

efficiently through our global

logistics network.

Develop & innovate

We are an industry leader in

research and development

and partner with customers,

technology providers, academia

and local communities to

develop new projects and more

efficient, safer and sustainable

production pathways.

Mine & process

We own and operate mining and

processing operations spanning

a range of countries and

commodities. We are a global

industry leader, focused on safe,

productive and environmentally

responsible performance.

Finding better ways™ in 2023

Our purpose in action

Continuous improvement and innovation are part of our DNA. Right across the business, we are finding better ways to provide the materials the world needs while reducing our carbon footprint, developing technologies needed to make net zero a reality, and continuing to support our people and the communities where we live and work.

For more highlights from 2023see our end-of-year video at riotinto.com/annualreport.

BioIronTM – pioneering breakthrough technologiesConnecting with CountryAccelerating innovation: bringing the outside world in
In 2023, we continued developing BioIronTM, which has the potential to reduce CO2 emissions by more than 95% during steelmaking.BioIronTM uses raw biomass produced from agricultural by-products (instead of metallurgical coal) and microwave energy, to convert Pilbara iron ore to metallic iron during steel making. It also uses approximately 65% less electricity during steel making when compared to other green hydrogen1 technologies.We have proved BioIronTM works on a small scale through a successful collaboration with the University of Nottingham and Metso Corporation. Now we have secured a site to continue testing on a larger scale, and are progressing regulatory approvals for the BioIronTM Continuous Pilot Plant which will have the capacity of one tonne per hour.In 2023, we commenced cultural immersion secondments with JawunTM, a non-profit partnership program with Indigenous organisations and communities across Australia. Every year, 24 of our people will contribute their skills to support Aboriginal economic development as part of the program, while also learning about Aboriginal culture and history. This two-way learning opportunity has already deepened our cultural understanding and contributes to a more culturally aware workplace. “You have an opportunity to provide back to an Indigenous organisation, and in return you get to explore this beautiful Country and learn a lot of things from the local Indigenous Peoples.” Travis Creed, Superintendent Capability Development.In 2023, we established an Innovation Advisory Committee, bringing together experts in innovation and research and development. The Committee is helping us accelerate our innovation portfolio and offers guidance on emerging technologies in areas such as health and safety, environmental, social and governance, growth, carbon abatement and productivity. To help us find innovative ways to provide the materials the world needs for the energy transition, we have also committed $150 million over ten years to create a Centre for Future Materials led by Imperial College London.
  1. Green hydrogen is produced using renewable energy.

For more information about BioIronTM see riotinto.com/bioiron.

Becoming best operator with our Safe Production System

We are implementing lessons from our own pockets of excellence. We continue to see improved production efficiency,

safety and engagement at the sites where we have deployed our Safe Production System (SPS).

Global25%improvement in AIFR1 in the second half of 2023 at SPS sites, when compared to the first halfIron Ore5Mtyear-on-year production uplift at Pilbara iron ore sites, attributable to SPSCopper90%record performance of concentrator effective utilisation at Kennecott across Q3 and Q4
Aluminium8%year-on-year increase in casting operating time at Grande Baie (excluding shutdowns)Iron Ore34%decreased variability in processing operating time year-on-year at Hope DownsMinerals32%year-on-year improvement in AIFR1 at Iron Ore Company of Canada
1.All-injury frequency rate.For more informationabout SPS see riotinto.com/innovation.
First open pit mine in the world to move to renewable dieselInvesting in recycled aluminium
Our Boron operation in California has fully transitioned their heavy machinery from fossil diesel to renewable diesel. We expect this to reduce our CO2 equivalent by up to 45,000 tonnes per year, similar to eliminating the emissions of 9,600 cars. In the first quarter of 2024, we will begin to replace our entire fossil diesel consumption with renewable diesel at our Kennecott copper operation in Utah. It will reduce emissions by around 495,000 tonnes of CO2 equivalent per year, similar to eliminating the emissions of more than 107,000 cars.Note: emissions-to-cars conversion source - Greenhouse Gas Equivalencies Calculator | US EPA.We have formed a joint venture with Giampaolo Group to purchase a 50% stake in Matalco. Aluminium is an essential metal needed to decarbonise, but its production requires vast amounts of electricity and accounts for about 3% of the world’s CO2.The partnership will help us provide a broader range of high-quality and low-carbon, primary, recycled, and blended aluminium products, at a time when customers are looking for solutions to lower their carbon footprint. This move follows other recent investments in our aluminium business in North America, including $1.1 billion to expand AP60 smelter equipped with low-carbon technology at Complexe Jonquière in Canada, and $107 million to install a new alumina conveyor at Kitimat.

Our stakeholders

Through partnerships and

collaboration, we gain the

benefit from the expertise

and insight of others.

Our stakeholders give us

a competitive edge and

encourage us to work more

thoughtfully and responsibly.

By engaging with them and

listening to their views, we

can make a more meaningful

contribution to society

while becoming a more

sustainable company.

Section 172(1) statement

This stakeholder section, together

with our stakeholder pages in the

Governance section (pages 96-100),

explains how the Board takes

account of stakeholder interests.

These comprise our “Section 172(1)

statement”.

Workforce

We are creating an environment of trust,

where our people feel safe, respected and

empowered to be their best, to help us attract,

retain and grow great talent and deliver results.

In 2023, we focused on initiatives to help our

people better align with our strategy and culture

journey; we updated our incentive and

performance management framework,

refreshed our Code of Conduct and continued

to develop our leaders.

Our people survey is one of the tools that helps

us understand how our employees experience

working for us. In our most recent survey

conducted in October 2023, our employee

satisfaction rating (eSAT) increased by 1 point

(73 to 74).

55,000¹

Employees across six continents

(2022:52,000)

Employee satisfaction score

(eSAT)

(2022:73)

Civil society organisations

One way we can help address the world’s

many complex environmental, social and

governance challenges, such as climate

change, human rights violations, bribery and

corruption, is through collaboration with civil

society organisations (CSOs) and other

stakeholders. Our senior leaders regularly

engage with CSOs, and although our opinions

may differ from time to time, we respect their

views and value the challenges they set for us

to improve performance across our business.

We hold yearly roundtable discussions with

CSOs in Australia, Europe and North America.

Organisations participated in our 2023 CSO

roundtable discussions in person

Roundtables held in Washington D.C.,

London and Sydney in 2023. A wide range

of topics was discussed, including nature

targets; free, prior and informed consent

(FPIC); community support; our operations

in Madagascar; and Resolution Copper.

Communities

Communities are the places and the people

who make up where we live, work and call

home – from the Gobi Desert in Mongolia, to

KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa, and Saguenay–

Lac-Saint-Jean, Quebec, Canada. We strive to

partner consistently and honestly with

communities on a range of issues, such as

jobs and local procurement, as well as the

impact of our operations on the local

environment. Over the past few years, we

have focused on our own standards of open

and transparent engagement. We are

targeting for all sites to co-manage cultural

heritage with communities and the knowledge

holders, by 2026.

$84.0 m

Voluntary social investment in 2023

(2022: $62.6 m)

A$725m

Spent with Indigenous businesses in

Australia in 2023

(2022: A$565m)

Governments

Governments – national, state and provincial,

and local – are important stakeholders for our

business. They regulate our operations, are

among our commercial partners, and receive

revenue from our taxes and royalties. Our

economic contribution can be significant for

national budgets and local development

priorities, such as job creation and skills

training. We engage with officials on issues

such as how we explore, mine and process ore;

conditions of land tenure; health, safety and

environment; taxation; intellectual property;

competition and foreign investment; data

privacy; conditions of trade and export; and

infrastructure access.

$76 bn

Paid in taxes and royalties globally over the

past ten years

$4.6 bn²

Corporate tax paid in 2023

(2022: $6.9 bn)

$4.1 bn²

Corporate tax paid in Australia in 2023

(2022: $6.1 bn)

1.Includes our total workforce based on managed operations (excludes the Group’s share of non-managed operations and joint ventures) as of 31 December 2023 rounded to nearest 1,000.2.When combined with royalties and other taxes, and with our share of taxes and royalties paid by equity accounted units, this resulted in payments to governments of around $8.5 billion (2022: $10.8 billion), including around $6.5 billion paid in Australia (2022: $8.5 billion).

Investors

Our investors include pension funds,

global fund managers, bondholders,

and tens of thousands of individuals

around the world, including approximately

34,000 Rio Tinto employees.

It is important that we understand our investors’

needs and their vision for the company. We

therefore communicate and engage extensively

with them throughout the year, both in person

and through virtual forums across multiple

jurisdictions. In addition to our annual general

meetings in the UK and Australia, we also held

our 2023 Investor Seminar in Sydney, where

our Executive Committee provided an update

on our progress against our strategy, our

Simandou project and how we are advancing

our decarbonisation program.

$7.1 bn

Total dividends declared to shareholders

(2022:$8.0 bn)

34,000

Rio Tinto employees own shares

in the company 1

(2022: 30,000)

Customers

Our customers’ needs are central to our

operational decision making. Using the insights

generated from everything we buy, sell and

move around the world, our Commercial team

works closely with customers to ensure we

deliver products that meet their specific

requirements. Periodically, we ask our

customers for their feedback via a survey and

the insights help us deliver new and better

products and services. Where possible, we

partner to co-develop solutions that support our

environmental, social and governance

commitments. For example,

in 2023 we significantly expanded our

low-carbon portfolio by forming the Matalco

joint venture to produce and market recycled

aluminium in North America.

1,900

Customers across multiple industries

and countries

$54.0 bn

Consolidated sales revenue in 2023

(2022: $55.6 bn)

543 Mt CO 2 e

Scope 3 emissions from the processing

of our products

(2022:549 Mt CO 2 e)

Suppliers

Engaging with suppliers is an important way in

which we can have a positive impact on

communities. We partner with, and help

develop, local businesses where we operate,

so they can share in our success. Having

good relationships with our suppliers also

helps us take part in technological and market

developments, and we continually strive to

improve our supplier experiences. As with our

customers, we periodically ask our suppliers to

share their feedback in a survey to better

understand how we can develop our

collaboration. We work closely with our

suppliers to create innovative partnerships,

such as our partnership with Neste and Rolls-

Royce that resulted in our Boron site in

California becoming the first open pit mine to

operate heavy machinery running entirely on

renewable diesel.

$20.8 bn

Spent with suppliers globally in 2023

(2022:$22.5 bn)

26 Mt CO 2 e

Scope 3 emissions from all procurement

(2022:26 Mt CO 2 e)

  1. Shareholders, primarily through myShare, our global employee share plan.

Western Range spends

A$1 billion with WA

businesses

We spend billions of dollars with local

suppliers across Western Australia and the

Pilbara every year, helping support thriving

communities across the State by providing

local jobs for local people.

Western Australian businesses have so far

been awarded contracts totalling A$1 billion as

construction progresses at our Western Range

mine in the Pilbara, a joint venture together

with China Baowu Steel Group.

Construction at Western Range, which will

help sustain production from our existing

Paraburdoo mining hub, started in 2023 and is

expected to support around 1,600 jobs.

For more information about our local procurement strategy see riotinto.com/sustainableprocurement.

Strategic context

Our strategy is informed by a deep analysis of the interplay of global megatrends, explored

through the lens of plausible scenarios. These set the context for our industry and

underpin our portfolio choices and how we operate. Our success relies on our ability to

strengthen our resilience while building partnerships and capabilities that enable us to

grow profitably.

Our scenario approachWe use global scenarios in our strategy and capital allocation processes to stress test our portfolio and investment decisions under alternative macroeconomic settings. Our scenario framework focuses on two prevailing forces: the speed of global economic growth and the trajectory of climate action, each heavily influenced by global geopolitics and governance. Our central reference case commodity forecasts and valuations are informed by a blend of our two core scenarios (Competitive Leadership and Fragmented Leadership). These are used to derive critical accounting estimates and are included as inputs for impairment testing; estimating remaining economic life for units of production, depreciation and discounting; and closure and rehabilitation provisions. Further detail is provided in the “Impact of climate change on the Group” section to the financial statements on pages 162-165.We use additional scenarios (including our Aspirational Leadership scenario, which provides our view of a pathway aligned with 1.5°C by 2100) to further stress test decisions and assess potential risks to our portfolio.Our two core scenariosCompetitive Leadership reflects a world of high growth and stronger climate action, particularly after 2030, with change driven by policy and competitive innovation. A proactive reform environment encourages business innovation and helps boost investment and productivity. This allows global GDP to continue growing at near recent historical levels with an increasing contribution from India and other developing countries.Fragmented Leadership represents a world where economic growth and climate action are constrained by ineffective policy and rising social and geopolitical tensions. In this world, investment in new technologies slows and their global adoption is highly inconsistent. This, combined with more significant climate damage, results in weaker long-term productivity growth.
For more informationabout our scenarios, methodology and portfolio implications see pages 47-48.

New industrial policies and

regional competition

In the last two years, we have entered a new

era of industrial policies characterised by

increasing government intervention in the

market and unprecedented levels of subsidies

and policy support, specifically tailored

towards de-risking supply chains and

supporting the energy transition.

Faced with inflationary pressures and

macroeconomic uncertainty, regional and

national governments are attempting to

balance different societal choices, from

accelerating decarbonisation to strengthening

local manufacturing and enhancing supply

security. This has created an increasingly

fragmented and competitive industrial and

climate policy landscape.

Oyu Tolgoi copper-gold mine, Mongolia.

Industrial policies are becoming an

increasingly important determinant of

commodity prices, regional premiums and

project economics.

Policies designed to accelerate the energy

transition are bolstering demand growth for

essential materials such as aluminium, copper

and lithium. To mitigate supply bottleneck risks

and support reindustrialisation, governments

are also promoting the development of new

mining and processing (smelting and refining)

projects via financing or regulatory support.

While this is creating new growth opportunities

for existing producers, it is also incentivising

competition and could result in increasing

risks, such as tighter trade barriers and

resource nationalisation, as value chains

reconfigure.

Energy transition and climate

action

While global efforts to tackle climate change

have continued, the long-term pledges made

by governments and companies still fall short

of what is required to reach net zero emissions

by 2050, to limit the global temperature rise to

1.5°C above pre-industrial levels.

In response, new government policies

and initiatives, such as the US’s Inflation

Reduction Act(IRA), the EU’s Carbon Border

Adjustment Mechanism (CBAM) and Australia’s

Safeguard Mechanism, have been implemented

to support decarbonisation and tackle climate

change.

While these policies are helping accelerate

regional deployment of renewables and

fossil fuel alternatives, several industries still

face significant technology and capital

constraints. This is particularly apparent for

continuous, energy-intensive processes

requiring both large-scale renewables and

grid-scale firming solutions.

As the energy transition progresses,

long-standing materials supply chains will be

reconfigured, creating opportunities and risks

for metals and mining participants. Given

current technology and regulatory hurdles,

processes requiring firm power, such as

aluminium and steel production, will prize

access to hydroelectricity or continue to rely

on nuclear or fossil fuel-based electricity to

offset variability in wind and solar energy.

Existing operations with access to hydropower

could see significant cost advantages,

particularly if carbon penalties increase. By

contrast, industries that can use intermittent

power or green hydrogen 1 will have an

advantage in areas rich in solar and wind

resources.

ESG priorities and evolving

customer needs

Consumers are becoming more

ESG-conscious in their purchasing

behaviours, taking into consideration a

range of themes beyond carbon, including

biodiversity, water, supplier ethics and

integrity, transparency and impacts of

operations and broader value chains on

local communities and society.

With the technology challenges and long

development timelines associated with

decarbonising large-scale processes,

customers in developed markets are

increasingly focusing on securing recycled

materials as they look to reduce their

value chain emissions as well as their

environmental and social footprints.

Community engagement, Simandou, Guinea.

This trend is being further supported by new

industrial policies that have set recycled

content targets and ESG performance hurdles

to access government support.

While recycling presents a direct risk to

primary metal demand growth, it also offers

unique growth and commercial opportunities

for mining companies that have downstream

processing capabilities. These companies can

meet customers’ diverse needs by providing

both high-quality primary products (essential

for some applications) and recycled products

with reduced footprints.

  1. Green hydrogen is produced using renewable energy.

Our strategy

Climate change and the low-carbon transition are at the heart of our strategy. We aim to strengthen

our resilience to the physical effects of climate change and secure new opportunities and partnerships

created by changing market fundamentals. Our strategy is designed to deliver strong returns and

growth options while reducing the environmental and social impacts of our business and broader

value chains.

Our strategy has three pillars

Grow in materials essential for the

energy transition

The energy transition will create significant

additional demand for copper, aluminium,

lithium and a range of other critical minerals.

We aim to grow in these commodities as well

as in the supply of high-grade, high-quality

iron ore, essential for low-carbon

steel production.

Accelerate the decarbonisation

of our assets

Due to the scale of our mining and processing

activities, we have significant Scope 1 and 2

emissions (32.6 Mt CO 2 e). We are working

with stakeholders to find commercial and

technological solutions to reduce these by

50% (relative to 2018 levels) by 2030. We

anticipate a total capital spend on

decarbonisation of $5-6 billion by 20301.

Develop products and technologies

that help our customers decarbonise

Our Scope 3 emissions were 578 Mt CO 2 e

in 2023, over 94% of which was from the

downstream processing of our products. We are

partnering with our customers and suppliers and

investing in research and development to

decarbonise our broader value chains and bring

forward their targets, to achieve net zero

processing emissions by 2050.

  1. Excluding the purchase of offsets.

Our four objectives

Our strategy is centred around our four objectives: to be the best operator, to achieve impeccable ESG

credentials, to excel in development and to strengthen our social licence. These essential components will

help improve our productivity, reduce capital intensity and assist us in becoming a partner of choice for a

range of stakeholders globally.

Our culture is a key enabler of our strategic

ambitions. It guides us on the journey to

best operator, makes us a better partner and

helps us solve problems as we work towards

net zero.

By building an environment of trust

where everyone feels safe, respected and

empowered, we can attract and retain curious

people who care about their work and

colleagues and are courageous about finding

better ways to do things. This is how

we will deliver on our purpose.

Best operator

We aim to improve our operational

performance by identifying and replicating best

practices across our portfolio and empowering

our people to make positive changes.

We will strive to align our business priorities

with society’s expectations and ensure

sustainability considerations are at the

core of every decision we make.

We will expand and progress our pipeline

of growth opportunities and build capabilities

and partnerships to execute projects

and establish a strong track record of capital-

efficient delivery.

We will build meaningful and enduring

relationships and partnerships with our

stakeholders by listening, learning and

respecting diverse perspectives.

Progressing our strategy

Grow in materials essential for the energy transition
High-grade iron ore–Progressed the Simandou high-grade iron ore project in Guinea with our partners. We announced plans to invest $6.2 billion1 (Rio Tinto share) on mine, port and rail infrastructure development. Production is expected to ramp up over 30 months from 2025 to a capacity of 60 million dry tonnes2 annually (27 million dry tonnes Rio Tinto share).–Approved $77 million for a pre-feasibility study to progress the development of the Rhodes Ridge project in the East Pilbara in Western Australia, one of the world’s most attractive undeveloped iron ore deposits.Aluminium–Acquired a 50% equity stake in Matalco from Giampaolo Group for $738 million. The Matalco joint venture combines the strengths of North America's largest primary and secondary aluminium producers to meet growing demand for low-carbon products.–Announced we will invest $1.1 billion to expand our AP60 aluminium smelter equipped with low-carbon technology at the Complexe Jonquière with financial support from the Quebec government.Copper–Started production from the Oyu Tolgoi underground mine in Mongolia, which will make Oyu Tolgoi one of the most important producers of copper in the world.–Approved investment to significantly increase production from underground mining at Kennecott. Production is expected to deliver around 250 thousand tonnes3 of additional mined copper over the next ten years (2023-2033).–Formed a joint venture with First Quantum Minerals to unlock the development of the La Granja project in Peru, one of the largest undeveloped copper deposits in the world.Minerals–Progressed development of a three thousand tonne per annum lithium carbonate starter plant at the Rincon lithium project with production expected by the end of 2024.–Acquired the high-grade BurraTM Scandium Project in New South Wales, Australia. The project could produce up to 40 tonnes of scandium oxide per year.
Accelerate the decarbonisation of our assets
Decarbonisation spend–Spent a total of $425 million on decarbonisation in 2023 (2022: $299 million). We estimate a total capital spend of $5-6 billion over the period 2022-2030, including $1.5 billion cumulative spend over the period 2024-2026.Pacific Operations repowering–Signed a power purchase agreement (PPA) to buy 1.1GW of renewable energy from the Upper Calliope Solar Farm project which could provide part of a solution to repower our three Gladstone production assets.Renewable energy–Constructed a 5MW solar plant pilot project at Kennecott Copper.–Approved, subject to regulatory approvals, a 12.4MW solar photovoltaic system and a 2.1Mwh battery storage system via long-term PPA for Amrun operations.–Signed a memorandum of understanding (MoU) with the Yindjibarndi Energy Corporation (YEC) to explore opportunities to collaborate on renewable energy projects on Yindjibarndi Country in the Pilbara.Diesel transition–Advanced our diesel transition at Boron and Kennecott. Boron became the world’s first open-cut mine to fully transition 100% of its heavy machinery to renewable diesel.Alumina processing–Approved the Yarwun Hydrogen Calcination Pilot Demonstration Program.–Progressed a double digestion pre-feasibility study at Queensland Alumina Limited (QAL).Minerals processing–Commissioned the BlueSmeltingTM demonstration plant at Rio Tinto Iron and Titanium Quebec Operations, with the first tonne of pre-reduced ore produced. The project is part of a partnership with the Government of Canada.Nature-based solutions–Continued to develop pilot projects in Madagascar and progressed pre-feasibility and feasibility work for opportunities in South Africa, Guinea, US and Argentina.
Develop products and technologies that help our customers decarbonise
Steel value chain decarbonisation–Progressed partnerships on various low-carbon pathways, including our collaboration with the world’s largest steel producer – Baowu. –Completed a feasibility study for the BioIronTM Continuous Pilot Plant and secured a location, completed an Electric Smelting Furnace concept study with BlueScope, and progressed design of the Baowu Meishan microwave lump drying pilot plant.Shipping decarbonisation–Lowered shipping emissions intensity by 37% (relative to 2008 baseline) and introduced five liquified natural gas vessels into the fleet in 2023. –Completed a 12-month biofuel trial.Aluminium value chain decarbonisation–ELYSIS started commissioning activities following completion of construction work and expects to start the first 450kA cell in 2024.–Defined potential areas of collaboration to help decarbonise alumina refining with customers, representing 47% of global bauxite sales.Procurement–Completed a study to understand the sources of our procurement-related emissions.
  1. Subject to the remaining conditions being met including receipt of regulatory approvals.

  2. The estimated annualised capacity of approximately 60 million dry tonnes per annum iron ore for the Simandou life of mine schedule was previously reported in a release to the Australian

  3. The production target of around 250 thousand tonnes of additional mined copper over the next ten years (2023 to 2033) at Kennecott was previously reported in a release to the Australian

Securities Exchange (ASX) dated 20 June 2023 titled “Rio Tinto invests to strengthen copper supply in US”. Rio Tinto confirms that all material assumptions underpinning that production target

For more informationabout our projects see the Portfolio management section on pages 30-31.

Progressing our four objectives

Best operator

Focus

Safety and operational performance.

Safety

Safety is our top priority. Our focus is on eliminating

fatalities, preventing catastrophic events and

reducing injuries. While we had zero fatalities at our

managed operations in 2023, tragically four

colleagues died in a plane crash while travelling to

our Diavik mine in January 2024. Our all-injury

frequency rate (AIFR) was 0.37 in 2023

(compared to 0.40 in 2022). We are strengthening

our safety maturity model (SMM) by including

health and environment risks, and we are gaining

greater insight into the culture at each site so we

can take actions to improve.

Operational performance

We continued rolling out the Safe Production

System (SPS) across our assets, engaging our

people to identify issues and improvement

opportunities and develop and share best

practices across the Group.

We have deployed SPS at ~60% of our sites to

date, with implementation at various stages of

maturity. Key performance highlights include a 5

million tonne uplift in iron ore production and a 25%

improvement in AIFR globally in the second half of

2023 (when compared to the first half), at sites

where SPS has been deployed.

In 2023, we announced plans to increase

annual iron ore capacity at Gudai-Darri in

Australia by seven million tonnes to 50 million

tonnes at a cost of $70 million through

incremental productivity gains.

We also initiated a number of projects designed

to improve the Group’s asset management

performance. These included building up

capabilities in our Asset Management Centre of

Excellence, improving critical risk maintenance

plans and spare parts programs and bolstering

shutdown support.

Safety

In 2024, we will strengthen the way we manage

our critical risks, our primary fatality elimination

tool which helps ensure that controls are in place

and working where there is a fatal risk. We will

continue to enhance the understanding and

impact of critical risk management by focusing on

quality conversations and verifications at our

global operations.

We have strong standards and processes to

approve air operators, including regular audits

and engagements to make sure aviation safety

systems match our expectations of safety and

care for our people. In 2024, we will continue

to work with all our sites to actively review

compliance with aviation safety tools and controls

to provide further assurance on top

of our existing processes.

We will also evolve SMM and evaluate its impact

on individuals’ mindsets, rather than simply

verifying safety systems and processes. This will

be strengthened through assessor training, and

how we perform SMM assessments at our sites.

Operational performance

The rollout of the SPS will continue in 2024.

Our focus will be on working with our product

groups to double down on impacts at existing

high-value sites, rather than new deployment

launches. We will also work on significant

maturity uplift of best practices, specifically

problem solving, and completion of site-wide

deployment and end-to-end systems. We will

continue to work with asset management to

integrate efforts to rapidly bring assets back to

health so they can deliver industry-best

Relevant KPIs

All-injury frequency rate

Underlying earnings & underlying EBITDA

Net cash generated from operating activities

Underlying return on capital employed

Free cash flow

Net (debt)/cash

Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions

Gender diversity

Total shareholder return

Focus

Decarbonisation, nature, water and waste

management, closure, communities, workforce

diversity, culture and leadership.

We continued to progress our six large carbon

abatement programs focused on repowering

our Pacific Aluminium operations, renewables,

ELYSISTM, alumina process heat, minerals

processing and diesel transition. We also

formed new partnerships with our customers

to reduce value chain emissions.

We also identified several opportunities for

investment in large-scale nature-based solutions

with the potential to halt and reverse nature loss,

support positive, sustainable change for

communities and address climate change.

In 2023, we progressed a number of

innovative projects designed to reduce our

environmental footprint and create new

revenue streams through the adoption of more

circular practices. These spanned the

extraction of by-products, recycling and finding

new life for our closure sites.

Social

Our work in 2023 focused on delivering our new

communities and social performance strategy,

underpinned by updated standards, targets and

vision for the business. We continued to work on

improving our approach to engage and partner

with our host communities and better manage

cultural heritage. In 2023, we completed an

independent Cultural Heritage Audit, providing a

systematic review of all the heritage sites that we

manage worldwide.

In 2023, we continued to drive leadership,

management and ethics and compliance

improvements, with a focus on building a

thriving culture, implementing the learnings

from the Everyday Respect Report, and

improving our transparency and practices.

In 2023, the Business Conduct Office (BCO)

launched Care Hub, an independent care unit

providing support, care and resolution options

to anyone affected by harmful behaviours.

Care Hub currently supports matters reported

through myVoice.

72% of senior leaders have now completed

Voyager, our senior leadership program. We

also increased the offering of the Leading

Sustainable Corporations and Leader as

Coach programs to further support

development and our cultural journey.

We will define our next round of climate and

nature targets in 2024, drawing on knowledge

and experience from across the business and

from our external partners, to develop more

holistic commitments across these key areas.

We will continue to progress our emissions

reduction targets to build upon those currently in

place, considering learnings from the approach

we have taken with our water targets.

Social

Guided by our 2026 Communities and Social

Performance Targets, a core 2024 focus is for

our people in high human rights risk roles to

complete job-specific and general human

rights training. We will also continue to work

together with communities to manage and

protect heritage and find ways to deepen the

impact of our social investment through

strategic, outcomes-focused partnerships.

We will continue our cultural journey towards an

inclusive and diverse workplace led by our values

of care, courage and curiosity focusing in

particular on safety, leadership and employee

listening. In 2024, we will be working to clarify our

measures to demonstrate progress.

For more informationabout our ESG progress see pages 40-77.

Relevant KPIs

All-injury frequency rate

Total shareholder return

Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions

Gender diversity

Focus

Project development, future options (pipeline

projects, exploration and M&A), technology

development and deployment.

Project development

We have continued to advance a number of

projects across the business (see page 17),

including making significant progress at the

Simandou iron ore project in Guinea in

collaboration with our joint venture partners.

In our iron ore business, Gudai-Darri reached

nameplate capacity in the second quarter with

the current wave of replacement mines like

Robe Valley in production and Western Range

commencing construction.

In our aluminium business, we announced

investment in a significant AP60 expansion.

We also acquired a 50% equity stake

in Matalco from Giampaolo Group for

$738 million to become a leader in recycled

aluminium supply in North America.

In our copper business, we achieved first

sustainable production from the Oyu Tolgoi

underground mine with associated

infrastructure ramping up on schedule. Work

has also progressed to expand underground

operations at Kennecott.

Pipeline projects

We advanced studies and permitting at a

range of greenfield projects including

Resolution and Winu, and formed a joint

venture with First Quantum to help unlock the

La Granja copper project.

We also continued to fill and progress our

pipeline of exploration opportunities. We

entered a joint venture (Nuevo Cobre) with

Corporación Nacional del Cobre de Chile

(Codelco) to explore and potentially develop

copper assets in Chile’s prospective

Atacama region.

Technology

We continued to progress our technology

roadmap while building our technical

capabilities and partnership networks. In 2023,

we progressed 130 priority research and

development projects, including 32 growth-

focused projects on discovering new ore

bodies, reducing capital intensity and

unlocking new revenue streams.

We will continue to explore new approaches,

technologies and partnership opportunities to

discover, progress and develop projects to

support future growth in close consultation

with communities.

We will manage our pipeline of opportunities

to deliver high-quality growth options, with a

strong focus on materials needed in a

decarbonising world.

Future priorities include development of the

mine, rail and port infrastructure for Simandou

in Guinea in collaboration with our partners,

construction of the Rincon lithium starter plant

in Argentina, management of key closure

projects at Argyle and Gove and optimisation

of the next tranche of replacement mines in

the Pilbara.

We will continue to explore and evaluate new

mining, processing, technology and renewable

energy opportunities to ensure we maintain a

high-quality portfolio of short-, medium- and

long-term growth options that can deliver

strong and resilient cash flows throughout the

cycle.

For more informationabout our capital projects and future options see pages 30-31.

Relevant KPIs

Total shareholder return

Underlying return on capital employed

Free cash flow

Net (debt)/cash

Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions

Focus

Adopting a multi-stakeholder approach for

external engagements to deepen connections

and build mutually beneficial partnerships.

Building cultural capability and competency

across the Group to ensure we fully understand,

value and partner with our host communities.

Communities and partners

In 2023, we piloted a Group-wide approach to

community perception monitoring that brings

the voices of communities into the business,

supporting deeper, more effective and data-

driven social performance.

We also signed an MoU with the YEC to

explore opportunities to collaborate on

renewable energy projects on Yindjibarndi

Country in the Pilbara region of Western

Australia.

The Iron Ore Company of Canada (IOC) and

the Naskapi Nation of Kawawachikamach

signed an agreement to establish a mutually

beneficial relationship based on dialogue,

collaboration and trust over the coming

decades. This socio-economic agreement

aims to create opportunities for greater

participation by the Naskapi People in IOC’s

activities through training and development,

employment, collaboration on environmental

projects, and procurement.

Communities and partners

Our future priorities are informed by our 2026

Communities and Social Performance (CSP)

targets which help us monitor progress toward

the core objectives of our CSP strategy. Our

targets guide progress across the business as

well as for individual assets, which will

continue to maintain local targets and metrics,

developed in consultation with local

communities.

In 2024, a core focus is on ensuring all

employees in high human rights risk roles

complete job-specific and general human rights

training. We will also continue to progress longer

term targets including by 2026 for:

–all sites to co-manage cultural heritage with

communities and knowledge holders

–70% of total community investment to be

through strategic, outcomes-focused

partnerships.

Understanding and acting on the perceptions of

communities who host our operations is

essential. We will roll out our new community

perception monitoring program that we piloted in

2023 to all our assets throughout 2024 and 2025.

We continue to find better ways to work

with communities and Indigenous Peoples,

particularly in how we protect heritage.

Our approach aims to enhance our

understanding and appreciation of cultural

heritage and ensure the voices of communities

inform our planning and decision making.

For more informationabout our community engagement see pages 66-70.

Relevant KPIs

Total shareholder return

Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions

Gender diversity

Key performance indicators

We use a range of financial and non-financial metrics to measure Group performance against our four

objectives: to be best operator; to achieve impeccable environmental, social and governance (ESG)

credentials; to excel in development; and to strengthen our social licence.

Alignment to our four objectives and associated risks key

lBest operatorlImpeccable ESGlExcel in developmentlSocial licence

All-injury frequency rate

(AIFR)

per 200,000 hours worked

risks

ll

We define AIFR as the number of injuries per

200,000 hours worked by employees and

contractors at the operations that we manage.

It includes medical treatment cases, restricted

workday and lost-day injuries.

The safety and wellbeing of our employees

and contractors is our number one priority.

We are committed to having a safe work

environment and our focus is on eliminating

fatalities, preventing catastrophic events and

reducing injuries. We continue to implement

our safety maturity model (SMM). By

implementing our systems, including SMM,

critical risk management (CRM) and the Safe

Production System (SPS), we are ensuring we

advance our safety culture and foster both

physical and psychological safety.

We continue to share learnings and

strengthen our partnerships with industry and

associated committees (such as the

International Council on Mining and Metals),

contracting partners and local communities

to improve health, safety and wellbeing

outcomes.

AIFR and SMM are included as performance

metrics in the safety component of the short-term

incentive plan (STIP) (see page 130-133).

Our AIFR was 0.37 in 2023, an improvement

from 2022 (2022: 0.40). While we had no

fatalities at managed operations in 2023,

tragically four colleagues died in a plane crash

travelling to our Diavik mine in January 2024.

We will renew focus on our critical risk

management program. We will also work on

embedding enhancements to the SMM.

(TSR)¹

measured over the preceding five years

(using annual average share price)

risks

llll

TSR is a combination of share price

appreciation (using annual average share

price) and dividends paid and reinvested to

show the total return to the shareholder over

the preceding five years.

Our strategy aims to maximise shareholder

returns through the commodity cycle, and TSR

is a direct measure of that.

TSR is reflected in the long-term incentive

plan (LTIP), measured equally against a

mining based index (the EMIX Global Mining

Index historically and from 1 August 2023

the S&P Global Mining Index) and a broader-

based index of large global corporates

(the MSCI World Index) (see page 134-135).

TSR performance over the five-year period

was driven principally by movements in

commodity prices and changes in the global

macro environment. Rio Tinto significantly

outperformed both the EMIX Global Mining

Index and the MSCI World Index over the five-

year period.

We will continue to focus on generating free

cash flow from our operations. This allows us

to return cash to shareholders (short-term

returns) while investing in the business

(long-term returns).

Underlying return on capital

employed (ROCE)

%

risks

ll

Underlying ROCE is a non-IFRS measure

defined as underlying earnings excluding net

interest divided by average capital employed

(operating assets). For more information and a

reconciliation of underlying ROCE to the

nearest comparable IFRS measure, see

Alternative Performance Measures (pages

289-294).

Our portfolio of low-cost, long-life assets

delivers attractive returns throughout the cycle

and has been reshaped significantly in recent

years. Underlying ROCE measures how

efficiently we generate profits from investment

in our portfolio of assets.

Underlying earnings, as a component of

underlying ROCE, is included in the STIP.

In the longer term, underlying ROCE also

influences TSR, which is included in the LTIP

(see pages 134-135).

Underlying ROCE decreased five percentage

points to 20% in 2023, reflecting the decrease

in underlying earnings driven by lower

commodity prices, and an increase in capital

employed due to capital expenditure and

acquisitions.

We will continue to focus on maximising

returns from our assets over the short,

medium and long term. We will invest with

discipline to strengthen our operations while

delivering growth in a decarbonising world.

  1. The TSR calculation for each period is based on the change in the calendar-year average share prices for Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited over the preceding five years. This is consistent with the

methodology used for calculating the vesting outcomes for Performance Share Awards (PSA). The data presented in this chart accounts for the dual corporate structure of Rio Tinto.

Underlying earnings¹ and

underlying EBITDA

Underlying earnings

Underlying EBITDA

risks

l

Underlying earnings and underlying EBITDA

are non-IFRS measures.

Underlying earnings represents net earnings

attributable to the owners of Rio Tinto,

adjusted to exclude items that do not reflect

the underlying performance of the Group’s

operations. For more information on these

exclusions and a reconciliation to the nearest

IFRS measures refer to Alternative

Performance Measures (pages 289-294).

Underlying EBITDA is a segmental

performance measure and represents profit

before tax, net finance items, depreciation and

amortisation. Exclusions from underlying

EBITDA and a reconciliation to the nearest

IFRS measures can be found in note 1.

These financial KPIs measure how well we are

managing costs, increasing productivity and

generating the most revenue from each of

our assets.

Underlying earnings are reflected in the STIP.

In the longer term, both measures influence

TSR, which is the primary measure for the

LTIP (see pages 134-135).

Underlying earnings of$11.8 billion were

$1.6 billion lower than in 2022. Underlying

EBITDA of$23.9 billion was$2.4 billion lower

than in 2022. The 9% decrease in underlying

EBITDA resulted from lower commodity prices

and higher operating unit costs partially offset

by improvements in sales volumes across our

portfolio.

We remain focused on cost control, in

particular maintaining discipline over fixed

costs to drive attractive margins and returns

across our portfolio.

  1. Comparative information for year 2021 and 2022 has been

restated to reflect the adoption of narrow scope

amendments to IAS12 “Income Taxes”; refer to page 166

for details.

Net cash generated from

operating activities

risks

l

This KPI refers to cash generated by our

operations after tax and interest, including

dividends received from equity accounted

units and dividends paid to non-controlling

interests in subsidiaries.

This KPI measures our ability to convert

underlying earnings into cash.

Net cash generated from operating activities is

included in the STIP. In the longer term, the

measure influences TSR, which is included in

the LTIP (see pages 134-135).

Net cash generated from operating activities of

$15.2 billion was 6% lower than 2022. This

was primarily driven by price movements for

our major commodities and a modest rise in

working capital.

Free cash flow

risks

ll

Free cash flow is a non-IFRS measure defined

as net cash generated from operating

activities minus purchases of property, plant

and equipment, intangibles, and payments of

lease principal, plus proceeds from the sale of

property, plant and equipment, and intangible

assets. For more information and a

reconciliation of free cash flow to the nearest

comparable IFRS measure see Alternative

Performance Measures (pages 289-294).

This KPI measures the net cash returned by

the business after the expenditure of

sustaining and growth capital. This cash can

be used for shareholder returns, reducing debt

and other investment.

Free cash flow is included in the STIP. In the

longer term, the measure influences TSR,

which is included in the LTIP (see pages

134-135).

Free cash flow decreased by$1.3 billion to

$7.7 billion in 2023, primarily due to the

decrease in net cash generated from

operating activities and increases in sustaining

and growth capital expenditure.

Net (debt)/cash

risks

ll

Net (debt)/cash is a non-IFRS measure

defined as total borrowings plus lease

liabilities less cash and cash equivalents

and other liquid investments, adjusted for

derivatives related to net (debt)/cash (see note

19 of the financial statements). For more

information and a reconciliation of net (debt)/

cash to the nearest comparable IFRS

measure, see Alternative Performance

Measures (pages 289-294).

This KPI measures how we are managing

our balance sheet and capital structure.

A strong balance sheet is essential for

giving us the flexibility to take advantage

of opportunities as they arise, and for returning

cash to shareholders.

Net (debt)/cash is, in part, an outcome of free

cash flow, which itself is reflected in the STIP.

In the longer term, net (debt)/cash influences

TSR, which is reflected in the LTIP (see pages

134-135).

Net debt remained stable at$4.2 billion.

This included free cash flow of$7.7 billion,

offset by dividends of$6.5 billion and the

$0.7 billion acquisition of Matalco 1.

Scope 1 and 2² greenhouse

gas emissions

(equity Mt CO 2 e)

risks

llll

We measure our Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse

gas emissions on an equity basis. It includes

the equity share of Scope 1 and 2 emissions

from managed and non-managed operations

expressed in million metric tonnes of carbon

dioxide equivalent.

Climate risks and opportunities have formed part

of our strategic thinking and investment

decisions for over two decades. The low-carbon

transition is at the heart of our business strategy.

We focus on growth in the materials that enable

the transition, decarbonising our operations and

partnering with our customers to decarbonise

our value chains.

Climate change is included in our ESG metrics

for executive remuneration with a weighting of

10% of the STIP (see page 130). The carbon

abatement target set for 2023 was 10Mt CO 2 e.

A total of 29 projects progressed though a

development stage during the year, leading to

an above target performance of 12Mt CO 2 e

abatement expected by 2030. We have put

forward proposals to incorporate

decarbonisation related performance

measures into our LTIP as part of our 2024

Remuneration Policy. See page 134-135 for

further information.

Our Scope 1 and 2 emissions were 32.6 Mt

CO 2 e in 2023. This is 6% below our adjusted

2018 baseline of 34.5Mt CO 2 e and slightly

below our 2022 adjusted emissions of 32.7 Mt

CO 2 e (adjusted for acquisitions). Abatement

delivered by our projects in 2023 exceeded

emissions growth from higher production

giving a slight reduction in emissions on a like

for like basis. Our 2023 emissions were

slightly higher than our actual 2022 emissions

total of 32.3Mt CO 2 e due to the recent

acquisitions of additional equity in OT and

MRN. By 2025, we expect to have made

financial commitments to abatement projects

that will achieve more than 15% of Group

emissions. However, it is expected our actual

emissions abatement will lag this.

A summary of our Climate Action Plan can be

found on pages 52-55 of this Annual Reportas

well as in our 2023 Climate Change Report.

Gender diversity

representation of women within our workforce

risks

lll

Includes our total workforce based on

managed operations (excludes the Group’s

share of non-managed operations and

joint ventures)4.

Inclusion and diversity are imperative for

the sustainable success of the business.

Our sustained performance and growth rely on

having workforce diversity that is

representative of the communities in which we

operate and having a workplace where people

are valued for who they are and encouraged

to contribute to their full potential.

In 2023, our aspiration was to increase the

proportion of women in our workforce by two

percentage points. This aspiration was

included in our strategic scorecard for

executive remuneration, with a 5% weighting

of the STIP. For more information

see pages 130-131.

In this first year of the target, our

representation of women at Rio Tinto

increased from 22.9% to 24.3%, a 1.4

percentage point increase. We saw

improvements across all levels of the

organisation with senior leaders increasing

from 28.3% to 30.1%, and operations and

general support increasing from 16.2%

to 17.7%.

Our target to increase the proportion of

women in our workforce year-on-year creates

an important focus.

We are focused on implementing the

recommendations from the Everyday Respect

Report and we are confident that this will

improve both the attraction and retention of

women and other diverse

groups to Rio Tinto. For more information

about the Everyday Respect initiative see

riotinto.com/everydayrespect.

  1. Subject to usual closing adjustments.

  2. In 2023, we improved our carbon emissions reporting and now use the market-based method as our primary measure for assessing performance against our emissions targets. Further detail on

this change in reporting and the implications for our emissions baseline is available in our 2023 Addendum - Scope 1, 2 and 3 Emissions Calculation Methodology. Our adjusted scope 1 and 2

emissions (adjusted for acquisitions) have been disclosed for 2022.

  1. In 2020, we updated our definition of our total workforce to include those employees who were unavailable for work (eg on parental leave) and temporary contractors. Note: less than 1% of the

workforce gender is undeclared.

  1. Baseline reset with definition for 2020 to 2023 gender diversity.

Key performance indicators continued

Chief Financial

Officer’s statement

"In 2023, our financial results were resilient,

driven by an improvement in our operational

performance. As we shape our portfolio for the

future, we will continue to allocate capital with

discipline."

Uplift in operational performance

drives resilient financial results

In 2023, the Group’s total copper equivalent

production increased by just over 3% from

  1. This reflected the Gudai-Darri mine in

the Pilbara reaching its nameplate capacity

and deployment of our Safe Production

System. In addition, we benefited from our

increased ownership in Oyu Tolgoi as the

underground ramps up and the Kitimat

aluminium smelter returned to full capacity. In

a year in which average commodity prices

declined compared to the prior period, we

maintained our discipline on cost and capital,

leading to net cash generated from operating

activities of$15.2 billion, underlying earnings

of$11.8 billion and profit after tax attributable

to owners of Rio Tinto of$10.1 billion.

We maintained our financial strength, ending

the year with net debt of$4.2 billion, just 1%

higher than the position at the start of the year.

Our balance sheet strength enables us to run

our business consistently and maintain

investment, regardless of where we are in the

cycle. We have chosen not to have a net debt

target, but have a principles-based approach

to anchor the balance sheet around a single A

credit rating.

Consistent capital allocation,

balancing essential capex with

shareholder returns and growth

We will continue to allocate the capital

generated by our operations with discipline

and remain committed to attractive

shareholder returns. We have consistently

applied our financial framework, which has

been in place for more than a decade. It is

straightforward and serves us well,

underpinned by our three priorities. Essential

capex remains the first priority - sustaining

capex to ensure the integrity of our assets,

high-returning replacement projects and

investment for decarbonisation. The second

priority is the ordinary dividend within our well-

established returns policy, where we now have

an eight-year track record of paying out at

60% of underlying earnings. The third involves

testing investment in compelling growth

against debt management and further cash

returns to shareholders.

In 2023, capital expenditure rose by 5% to

$7.1 billion, reflecting the impact of inflation, in

particular on our sustaining capital. We

foresee a disciplined increase in capital

expenditure over the coming years as our

growth projects accelerate and

decarbonisation advances. This is critical to

ensure we have the right portfolio to keep

creating value for decades to come, so we can

benefit from increased demand from both

traditional sources and from the energy

transition. And we have more to come:

exploration and evaluation spend increased to

$1.2 billion, with greenfield spend mainly

focused on copper and lithium, while

evaluation prioritised projects with near-term

investment decisions, including the Simandou

iron ore project in Guinea. We expect

Simandou to become our largest capital

project over the coming years. It will be

constructed and funded by a co-development

partnership that will share the risk and deliver

higher returns than our cost of capital. We

believe that Simandou's high grade, high

quality product will position us well for the

decarbonisation of the steel industry.

Our financial strength means that we can

reinvest for growth, accelerate our

decarbonisation and continue to pay attractive

dividends through the cycle. For 2023, we are

returning 60% of underlying earnings to

shareholders, which equates to a full-year

ordinary dividend of 435 US cents per share,

or $7.1 billion.

Outlook underpins a strong Rio

Tinto for the long term

We are well positioned in an opportunity-rich

world where there has never been greater

demand for what we do, from mining to

processing. The work we are doing today is

creating a stronger Rio Tinto for years to

come.

Net cash generated from operating activities

$15.2 billion

(2022:$16.1 billion)

Profit after tax attributable to owners of Rio

Tinto (net earnings)

$10.1 billion

(2022:$12.4 billion)

Underlying earnings

$11.8 billion

(2022:$13.4 billion)

This is why our strategy is about growing in

the materials the world needs. A strategy that

will ensure Rio Tinto remains strong in the

short, medium and long term with the ability to

invest while always paying attractive returns.

Chief Financial Officer

Financial review

The Financial review and Business review for the year ended 31 December 2021 can be found on pages 32 to 39 and pages 42 to 71, respectively,

of our Form 20-F filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on 25 February 2022.

Key financial highlights

At year end20232022Change
Net cash generated from operating activities (US$ millions)15,16016,134(6)%
Purchases of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (US$ millions)7,0866,7505%
Free cash flow¹ (US$ millions)7,6579,010(15)%
Consolidated sales revenue (US$ millions)54,04155,554(3)%
Underlying EBITDA¹ (US$ millions)23,89226,272(9)%
Profit after tax attributable to owners of Rio Tinto (net earnings)² (US$ millions)10,05812,392(19)%
Underlying earnings per share (EPS)¹, ² (US cents)725.0824.7(12)%
Ordinary dividend per share (US cents)435.0492.0(12)%
Underlying return on capital employed (ROCE)¹, ²20%25%
Net debt¹ (US$ millions)4,2314,1881%

the detailed reconciliations on pages 289 to 294. Our financial results are prepared in accordance with IFRS — see page 158 for further information.

  1. Comparative information has been restated to reflect the adoption of narrow scope amendments to IAS12 'Income Taxes'.

Income Statement

To provide additional insight into the performance of our business, we

report underlying EBITDA and underlying earnings. Underlying EBITDA

and underlying earnings are non-IFRS measures. For definitions and a

detailed reconciliation of underlying EBITDA and underlying earnings to

the nearest IFRS measures, see pages 289 to 291, respectively.

The principal factors explaining the movements in underlying EBITDA

are set out in this table.

US$bn
2022 underlying EBITDA26.3
Prices(1.5)
Exchange rates0.6
Volumes and mix0.4
General inflation(0.4)
Energy0.4
Operating cash unit costs(1.4)
Higher exploration and evaluation expenditure (net of profit from disposal of interests in undeveloped projects)(0.3)
Non-cash costs/other(0.2)
Change in underlying EBITDA(2.4)
2023 underlying EBITDA23.9

Resilient financial results, primarily impacted by

commodity price movements

In general, we saw lower prices for our commodities, as supply

improved, outpacing modest demand growth.

Movements in commodity prices resulted in a $1.5 billion decline in

underlying EBITDA overall compared with 2022. This was primarily from

lower pricing for our Aluminium business, driven by London Metal

Exchange (LME) prices, lower premiums and lower alumina pricing.

Higher realised pricing in our Iron Ore business was offset by lower

pricing for copper, diamonds and industrial minerals.

The monthly average Platts index for 62% iron fines converted to a Free

on Board (FOB) basis was 0.5% higher, on average, compared with

The average LME price for copper was 3% lower, the average LME

aluminium price was 17% lower while the gold price was 8% higher

compared with 2022.

The Midwest premium duty paid for aluminium in the US averaged $512

per tonne, 22% lower than in 2022.

Benefit from weaker local currencies in 2023

Compared with 2022, on average, the US dollar strengthened by 4%

against the Australian dollar and by 4% against the Canadian dollar.

Currency movements increased underlying EBITDA by$0.6 billion

relative to 2022.

Improvement in sales volumes but weaker mix

Higher sales volumes across the portfolio increased underlying EBITDA

by $0.7 billion compared to 2022. This was mostly attributable to a 3%

increase in Pilbara iron ore shipments, with the Gudai-Darri mine

reaching full capacity, partly offset by lower portside sales volumes

(down 4%). Higher copper sales were driven by the ramp-up of the Oyu

Tolgoi underground mine. This was partly offset by lower margins

achieved due to our product mix (-$0.3 billion) mainly associated with a

reduced proportion of Aluminium VAP sales and following high quality

diamond sales in 2022.

Impact of inflation offset by lower energy prices

We saw a$0.4 billion benefit to underlying EBITDA on the easing of

energy prices compared to 2022, mainly related to lower diesel prices at

our Pilbara iron ore operations, lower energy prices at our alumina

refineries and aluminium smelters, along with lower fuel prices in our

Marine business. General price inflation across our global operations

resulted in a net$0.4 billion reduction in underlying EBITDA, which

includes a $0.2 billion year-on-year benefit from the impact of inflation

on closure provisions.

Unit cost pressures persist due to temporary

operational factors and weaker markets: some easing

of market-linked raw material prices in second half

We remain focused on cost control, in particular maintaining discipline

on fixed costs, which are expected to be broadly flat in 2024. While

inflation has eased, we continued to see lag effects in its impact on our

third party costs, such as contractor rates, consumables and some raw

materials; we expect this to stabilise in 2024.

In the second half of 2023, we started to see some easing of market-

linked prices for key raw materials such as caustic, coke and pitch:

these benefited underlying EBITDA by $0.2 billion.

Temporary operational issues reduced underlying EBITDA by $0.6

billion. We saw a 20% rise in Copper C1 unit costs, primarily driven by

lower refined volumes at Kennecott following the planned rebuild of the

smelter and refinery. In Minerals, fixed unit cash costs increased at Iron

Ore Company of Canada (IOC), driven by lower production following the

wildfires in Northern Quebec in June as well as extended plant

downtime and conveyor belt failures in the third quarter.

Other cost pressures and weaker market demand lowered underlying

EBITDA by $1.0 billion. In Minerals, we experienced market weakness

for many of our products, in particular for TiO 2 feedstock, which gave

rise to lower volumes and resulting higher unit costs. In the Pilbara, a

higher mine work index and investment in mine maintenance and

system health were in part offset by cost efficiencies on delivering

increased volumes. In Aluminium, we invested in improving the integrity

across our integrated operations.

Overall, we continue to experience tightness in our key labour markets,

in Western Australia, Quebec and Utah, which raised costs above

general inflation. We also entered into a new collective bargaining

agreement at IOC and applied the new labour law in Mongolia.

We have also increased our investment in decarbonisation, research &

development, technology, along with communities and social investment

to deliver on our four objectives.

Increasing our global exploration and evaluation

activity

Our ongoing exploration and evaluation expenditure in 2023 was $0.9

billion, compared with guidance of $1.0 billion and $0.7 billion in 2022.

The increase was mainly attributable to increased activity at the Rincon

lithium project in Argentina and across the other product group projects.

We also expensed costs associated with the Simandou iron ore project

in Guinea (included in underlying EBITDA on a 100% basis): these

increased from $0.2 billion to $0.5 billion, with qualifying Simandou

costs being capitalised from the fourth quarter of 2023. These

expenditures were partly offset by a $0.2 billion gain on disposal of 55%

of our interest in the La Granja copper project in Peru to First Quantum

Minerals in 2023, leading to a net charge to the Income Statement of

$1.2 billion (2022:$0.9 billion).

Net earnings

The principal factors explaining the movements in underlying earnings and net earnings are set out below.

US$bn
2022 net earnings12.4
Changes in underlying EBITDA (see above)(2.4)
Increase in depreciation and amortisation (pre-tax) in underlying earnings(0.1)
Decrease in interest and finance items (pre-tax) in underlying earnings0.2
Increase in tax on underlying earnings(0.2)
Decrease in underlying earnings attributable to outside interests0.8
Total changes in underlying earnings(1.6)
Changes in items excluded from underlying earnings (see below)(0.7)
2023 net earnings10.1

Financial figures are rounded to the nearest million, hence small differences may result in the totals. Comparative information has been restated to reflect the adoption of narrow scope amendments

to IAS12 'Income Taxes'.

Increase in tax on underlying earnings

The effective tax rate on underlying earnings in 2023 was 30%

compared with 26% in 2022. Consequently the tax on underlying

earnings increased by $0.2 billion despite a decrease in underlying

EBITDA. The rate in 2023 was in line with guidance, whereas the 2022

rate was lower due to the recognition of additional deferred tax assets in

respect of Oyu Tolgoi and adjustments in respect of prior periods.

Decrease in underlying earnings attributable to

outside interests

We completed the acquisition of Turquoise Hill Resources' non-

controlling interests in December 2022, which resulted in a reduction of

Oyu Tolgoi's earnings being attributable to outside interests and

therefore a higher share of income being attributable to Rio Tinto. The

ramp-up of exploration and evaluation spend at Simandou resulted in

greater charges attributable to outside interests given our 45.05%

effective interest in the project.

Items excluded from underlying earnings

The differences between underlying earnings and net earnings are set out in this table (all numbers are after tax and exclude amounts attributable to

non-controlling interests).

20232022
Year ended 31 DecemberUS$bnUS$bn
Underlying earnings11.813.4
Items excluded from underlying earnings
Net impairment charges(0.7)(0.1)
Change in closure estimates (non-operating and fully impaired sites)(1.1)(0.2)
Foreign exchange and derivative gains on net debt and intragroup balances and derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting(0.3)(0.1)
Deferred tax arising on internal sale of assets in Canadian operations0.4–
Gains recognised by Kitimat relating to LNG Canada's project–0.1
Loss on disposal of interest in subsidiary–(0.1)
Gain on sale of Cortez royalty–0.3
Write-off of Federal deferred tax assets in the United States–(0.9)
Total items excluded from underlying earnings(1.7)(1.0)
Net earnings10.112.4

Financial figures are rounded to the nearest million, hence small differences may result in the totals. Comparative information has been restated to reflect the adoption of narrow scope amendments

to IAS12 'Income Taxes'.

On pages 290 to 291 there is a detailed reconciliation from net earnings to underlying earnings, including pre-tax amounts and additional

explanatory notes. The differences between profit after tax and underlying EBITDA are set out in the table on page 175.

We recognised net impairment charges of$0.7 billion (after tax), mainly related to our alumina refineries in Queensland, taken in the first half of

  1. This was triggered by the challenging market conditions facing these assets, together with our improved understanding of the capital

requirements for decarbonisation and the recently legislated cost escalation for carbon emissions. For a detailed explanation of the impairment

process, refer to note 4 to the Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report. The signing of key agreements with the Government of Guinea and

other joint venture partners for co-development of the infrastructure for the Simandou iron ore project gave rise to an impairment reversal trigger, for

amounts which had been fully impaired in 2015. Previously capitalised exploration and evaluation costs associated with the mine and retained items

of property, plant and equipment totalling$0.2 billion (after tax and outside interests) have therefore been reversed.

We excluded$1.1 billion of closure cost charges from underlying earnings, of which $850 million related to the closure update announced by Energy

Resources of Australia (ERA) on 12 December 2023. This was considered material and was therefore aggregated with other closure study updates

in the second half of 2023 which were similar in nature. These other updates were at legacy sites and at the Yarwun alumina refinery, which was

expensed due to the impairment earlier in the year.

We recognised an exchange and derivative loss of$0.3 billion (2022: loss of$0.1 billion). The exchange losses are largely offset by currency

translation gains recognised in equity. The quantum of US dollar debt is largely unaffected and we will repay it from US dollar sales receipts.

Our Canadian aluminium business completed an internal sale of assets. This resulted in the utilisation of previously unrecognised capital losses and

an uplift in the tax depreciable value of assets on which a deferred tax asset of$0.4 billion has been recognised.

Net earnings and underlying earnings refer to amounts attributable to the owners of Rio Tinto. The net profit attributable to the owners of Rio Tinto in

2023 was$10.1 billion (2022:$12.4 billion). We recorded a profit after tax in 2023 of$10.0 billion (2022:$13.0 billion) of which a loss of$0.1 billion

was attributable to non-controlling interests (2022 profit:$0.7 billion).

Underlying EBITDA and underlying earnings by product group

Underlying EBITDAUnderlying earnings
20232022Change20232022Change
Year ended 31 DecemberUS$bnUS$bn%US$bnUS$bn%
Iron Ore20.018.67%11.911.26%
Aluminium2.33.7(38)%0.51.5(64)%
Copper1.92.6(26)%0.10.7(81)%
Minerals1.42.4(42)%0.30.9(63)%
Reportable segment total25.627.3(6)%12.914.3(10)%
Simandou iron ore project(0.5)(0.2)185%(0.2)(0.1)10%
Other operations––—%(0.3)(0.3)(28)%
Central pension costs, share-based payments, insurance and derivatives0.20.4(55)%–0.4(87)%
Restructuring, project and one-off costs(0.2)(0.2)10%(0.1)(0.1)32%
Other central costs(1.0)(0.8)29%(0.9)(0.7)29%
Central exploration and evaluation(0.1)(0.3)(60)%(0.1)(0.2)(71)%
Net interest0.30.1130%
Total23.926.3(9)%11.813.4(12)%

Financial figures are rounded to the nearest million, hence small differences may result in the totals and period-on-period change. Underlying EBITDA and underlying earnings are non-IFRS

measures used by management to assess the performance of the business and provide additional information which investors may find useful. For more information on our use of non-IFRS financial

measures in this report, see the section entitled "Alternative performance measures" (APMs) and the detailed reconciliations on pages 289 to 294.

Financial review continued

Simandou iron ore project

Costs attributable to the Simandou project in Guinea increased from

$0.2 billion to$0.5 billion (100% basis at underlying EBITDA level) on

ramp-up of project activity in 2023. We commenced capitalising

qualifying spend on Simandou from the fourth quarter of 2023, with $0.3

billion included in capital expenditure (100% basis).

Central and other costs

Pre-tax central pension costs, share-based payments, insurance and

derivatives were a$0.2 billion credit compared with a$0.4 billion credit

in 2022, reflecting movement on derivatives in the two years.

On a pre-tax basis, restructuring, project and one-off central costs were

mainly associated with corporate projects and were comparable to 2022.

Other central costs of$1.0 billion were 29% higher than 2022, reflecting

increased investment in decarbonisation, research & development and

technology. Our core central costs increased in line with inflation.

On an underlying earnings basis, net interest was a credit of$0.3 billion

(2022: credit of$0.1 billion), reflecting Rio Tinto's increased interest in

Oyu Tolgoi and the related financing items following the acquisition of

Turquoise Hill minorities in 2022.

Continuing to invest in greenfield exploration

We have a strong portfolio of greenfield exploration projects in early

exploration and studies stages, with activity in 18 countries across eight

commodities. This is reflected in our pre-tax central spend of

$0.3 billion. The bulk of this expenditure in 2023 focused on copper in

Australia, Chile, Colombia, Namibia, the United States and Zambia;

diamonds in Canada; nickel in Brazil, Canada and Peru; heavy mineral

sands in South Africa; and potash in Canada. We recently partnered

with Codelco on the Nuevo Cobre copper project in the prospective

Atacama region in Chile and with Charger Metals on the Lake Johnston

lithium project in the Yilgarn, Western Australia. This spend is offset by

the gain recognised on disposal of 55% of our interest in the La Granja

copper project ($0.2 billion, pre-tax).

Cash flow

20232022
Year ended 31 DecemberUS$bnUS$bn
Net cash generated from operating activities15.216.1
Purchases of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets(7.1)(6.8)
Lease principal payments(0.4)(0.4)
Free cash flow¹7.79.0
Dividends paid to equity shareholders(6.5)(11.7)
Acquisitions(0.8)(0.9)
Purchase of the minority interest in Turquoise Hill Resources Ltd–(3.0)
Disposals–0.1
Cash receipt from sale of Cortez royalty–0.5
Other(0.4)0.2
Movement in net debt/cash¹–(5.8)

Financial figures are rounded to the nearest million, hence small differences may result in the totals.

the detailed reconciliations on pages 289 to 294. Our financial results are prepared in accordance with IFRS — see page 158 for further information.

–$15.2 billion in net cash generated from operating activities,6% lower

than 2022, primarily driven by price movements for our major

commodities and a$0.9 billion rise in working capital, partly offset by

lower taxes paid. The cash outflow from the working capital increase

was driven by healthy stocks in the Pilbara, still elevated in-process

inventory at Kennecott following the extended smelter rebuild and

higher working capital at Iron & Titanium, reflective of weaker market

conditions. Receivables also reflected a 20% higher iron ore price at

2023 year end (vs 2022) that will be monetised in 2024. Operating

cash flow was also impacted by lower dividends, primarily from

Escondida ($0.6 billion in 2023;$0.9 billion in 2022).

–Taking into account the timing of payments in Australia, taxes paid of

$4.6 billion in 2023 were at a similar level to 2022, which included

around $1.5 billion of payments related to prior years.

–Our capital expenditure of$7.1 billion was comprised of$1.0 billion of

growth ($0.9 billion on a Rio Tinto share basis),$1.6 billion of

replacement,$4.3 billion of sustaining and$0.2 billion of

decarbonisation capital (in addition to$0.2 billion of decarbonisation

spend in operating costs). We expect to spend around $4.0 billion

each year on sustaining capital; spend in 2023 included the smelter

and refinery rebuild at Kennecott ($0.3 billion) and targeted

investment in asset health in Iron Ore and Aluminium. We funded our

capital expenditure from operating activities and generally expect to

continue funding our capital program from internal sources.

–$6.5 billion of dividends paid in 2023, being the 2022 final ordinary

and the 2023 interim ordinary dividends.

–$0.8 billion of acquisitions related to the Matalco recycling joint

venture and the Nuevo Cobre exploration joint venture with Codelco.

–The above movements, together with$0.4 billion of other

movements, resulted in net debt 1 remaining stable year-on-year at

$4.2 billion at 31 December 2023.

Balance sheet

Net debt 1 of $4.2 billion was unchanged at 31 December 2023

compared to the prior year end.

Our net gearing ratio 1 (net debt/(cash) to total capital) was 7% at

31 December 2023 (31 December 2022:7%). See page 294.

Our total financing liabilities excluding net debt derivatives at

31 December 2023 (see page 205) were$14.4 billion (31 December

2022:$12.3 billion) and the weighted average maturity was around 12

years. At 31 December 2023, approximately 68% of these liabilities

were at floating interest rates (75% excluding leases). The maximum

amount within non-current borrowings maturing in any one cale ndar

year is $1.65 billion, which matures in 2033.

On 7 March 2023, wepriced $650 million of 10-year fixed rate SEC-

registered debt securities and $1.1 billion of 30-year fixed rate SEC-

registered debt securities. The 10-year notes will pay a coupon of 5.000

per cent and will mature 9 March 2033 and the 30-year notes will pay a

coupon of 5.125 per cent and will mature 9 March 2053.

We had$10.5 billion in cash and cash equivalents plus other short-term

cash investments at 31 December 2023 (31 December 2022:

$8.8 billion).

Provision for closure costs

At 31 December 2023, provisions for close-down and restoration costs

and environmental clean-up obligations were$17.2 billion

(31 December 2022:$15.8 billion). The increase was largely due to

revised closure estimates following new studies at certain operations

and legacy sites, including ERA, together with the amortisation of

discount ($1.0 billion), which includes the effect of elevated inflation for

the year. This was partly offset by a revision of the closure discount rate

to 2.0% (from 1.5%), reflecting expectations of higher yields from long-

dated bonds, which resulted in a$1.1 billion decrease in the provision.

$0.8 billion of the provision was also utilised through spend in 2023.

the detailed reconciliations on pages 289 to 294.

Financial review continued

Our shareholder returns policy

The Board is committed to maintaining an appropriate balance between cash returns to shareholders and investment in the business, with the

intention of maximising long-term shareholder value.

At the end of each financial period, the Board determines an appropriate total level of ordinary dividend per share. This takes into account the

results for the financial year, the outlook for our major commodities, the Board’s view of the long-term growth prospects of the business and the

company’s objective of maintaining a strong balance sheet. The intention is that the balance between the interim and final dividend be weighted to

the final dividend.

The Board expects total cash returns to shareholders over the longer term to be in a range of 40% to 60% of underlying earnings in aggregate

through the cycle. Acknowledging the cyclical nature of the industry, it is the Board’s intention to supplement the ordinary dividend with additional

returns to shareholders in periods of strong earnings and cash generation.

60% payout ratio on the ordinary dividend delivers an eight-year track record

2023US$bn2022US$bn
Ordinary dividend
Interim12.94.3
Final14.23.7
Full-year ordinary dividend7.18.0
Payout ratio on ordinary dividend60%60%
  1. Based on weighted average number of shares and declared dividends per share for the respective periods and excluding foreign exchange impacts on payment.

We determine dividends in US dollars. We declare and pay Rio Tinto plc dividends in pounds sterling and Rio Tinto Limited dividends in Australian

dollars. The 2023 final dividend has been converted at exchange rates applicable on 20 February 2024 (the latest practicable date before the

dividend was declared). American Depositary Receipt (ADR) holders receive dividends at the declared rate in US dollars.

Ordinary dividend per share declared20232022
Rio Tinto Group
Interim (US cents)177.00267.00
Final (US cents)258.00225.00
Full-year (US cents)435.00492.00
Rio Tinto plc
Interim (UK pence)137.67221.63
Final (UK pence)203.77185.35
Full-year (UK pence)341.44406.98
Rio Tinto Limited
Interim (Australian cents)260.89383.70
Final (Australian cents)392.78326.49
Full-year (Australian cents)653.67710.19

The 2023 final ordinary dividend to be paid to our Rio Tinto Limited shareholders will be fully franked. The Board expects Rio Tinto Limited to be in a

position to pay fully franked dividends for the foreseeable future.

On 18 April 2024, we will pay the 2023 final ordinary dividend to holders of ordinary shares and holders of ADRs on the register at the close of

business on 8 March 2024 (record date). The ex-dividend date is 7 March 2024.

Rio Tinto plc shareholders may choose to receive their dividend in Australian dollars or New Zealand dollars, and Rio Tinto Limited shareholders

may choose to receive theirs in pounds sterling or New Zealand dollars. Currency conversions will be based on the pound sterling, Australian dollar

and New Zealand dollar exchange rates five business days before the dividend payment date. Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited shareholders must

register their currency elections by 26 March 2024.

We will operate our Dividend Reinvestment Plans for the 2023 final dividend (visit riotinto.com for details). Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited

shareholders’ election notice for the Dividend Reinvestment Plans must be received by 26 March 2024. Purchases under the Dividend

Reinvestment Plan are made on or as soon as practicable after the dividend payment date and at prevailing market prices. There is no discount

available.

Portfolio management

Capital projects

Project(Rio Tinto 100% owned unless otherwise stated)Totalcapital cost (100% unless otherwise stated)Status/Milestones
Ongoing
Iron ore
Investment in the Western Range iron ore project, a joint venture between Rio Tinto (54%) and China Baowu Steel Group Co. Ltd (46%) in the Pilbara to sustain production of the Pilbara BlendTM from Rio Tinto's existing Paraburdoo hub. First production is anticipated in 2025.$1.3bn(Rio Tinto share)1Approved in September 2022, the mine will have a capacity of 25 million tonnes per year. The project includes construction of a primary crusher and an 18 kilometre conveyor connection to the Paraburdoo processing plant. Construction is currently on schedule with civil work well advanced, while we continue to progress primary crusher works, bulk earthworks and mine pre-strip.
Investment in the Simandou iron ore project in Guinea in partnership with CIOH, a Chinalco-led consortium (the Simfer joint venture) and co-development of the rail and port infrastructure with Winning Consortium Simandou2 (WCS), Baowu and the Republic of Guinea (the partners). Overall, the co-developed infrastructure represents more than 600 kilometres of new multi-user (including passenger and general freight services) rail together with port facilities to be co-developed by the partners to allow the export of up to 120 million tonnes per year of iron ore mined by Simfer's and WCS's respective mining concessions.3$6.2bn4(estimated Rio Tinto share)Announced in December 2023, the Simfer joint venture5 will develop, own and operate a 60 million tonne per year6 mine in blocks 3 & 4. First production at the mine is expected in 2025, ramping up over 30 months to an annualised capacity of 60 million tonnes per year (27 million tonnes Rio Tinto share). WCS will construct the project's ~536 kilometre dual track main line as well as the WCS barge port, while Simfer will construct the ~70 kilometre spur line, connecting its mining concession to the main rail line. Pending completion and commissioning of its 60 million tonne per year transhipment vessel port, Simfer will be able to export its ore using WCS's barge port. The Rio Tinto Board has approved the project, subject to the remaining conditions being met, including joint venture partner approvals and regulatory approvals7 from China and Guinea.
Aluminium
Investment to expand the low-carbon AP60 aluminium smelter at the Complexe Jonquière in Quebec. The investment includes up to $113 million of financial support from the Quebec government.$1.1bnApproved in June 2023, the investment will add 96 AP60 pots, representing 160,000 tonnes of primary aluminium per year, replacing the Arvida smelter which is set to gradually close from 2024. We continued early works for the expansion of the AP60 smelter. Commissioning is expected in the first half of 2026, with the smelter fully ramped up by the end of that year. Once completed, it is expected to be in the first quartile of the industry operating cost curve.
Copper
Phase two of the south wall pushback to extend mine life at Kennecott in Utah by a further six years.$1.8bnApproved in December 2019, the investment will further extend strip waste rock mining and support additional infrastructure development. This will allow mining to continue into a new area of the orebody between 2026 and 2032. In March 2023, a further $0.3 billion was approved to primarily mitigate the risk of failure in an area of geotechnical instability known as Revere, necessary to both protect open pit value and enable underground development.
Investment in the Kennecott underground development of the North Rim Skarn (NRS) area.$0.5bnApproved in June 2023, production from NRS8 will commence in the first quarter of 2025 (previously 2024) and is expected to ramp up over two years, to deliver around 250,000 tonnes of additional mined copper over the next 10 years9 alongside open cut operations.
Development of the Oyu Tolgoi underground copper-gold mine in Mongolia (Rio Tinto 66%), which is expected to produce (from the open pit and underground) an average of ~500,000 tonnes10 of copper per year from 2028 to 2036.$7.06bnWe delivered first sustainable underground production from Panel 0 in March 2023.The commissioning of infrastructure for ramp-up to full capacity remains on target: we expect shafts 3 and 4 and the conveyor to surface in the second half of 2024, while the concentrator conversion is expected to be progressively completed from the fourth quarter of 2024 through to the second quarter of 2025. Construction of primary crusher 2 commenced in December 2023 and is due to be complete by the end of 2025.
  1. Rio Tinto share of the Western Range capital cost includes 100% of funding costs for Paraburdoo plant upgrades.

  2. WCS is currently a consortium of Singaporean company, Winning International Group (50%), Weiqiao Aluminium (part of the China Hongqiao Group) (50%) and United Mining Supply Group

(nominal shareholding). WCS is the holder of Simandou North Blocks 1 & 2 (with the Government of Guinea holding a 15% interest in the mining vehicle and WCS holding 85%) and associated

infrastructure. Baowu Resources has entered into an agreement to acquire a 49% share of WCS mine and infrastructure projects through a Baowu-led consortium, subject to conditions including

regulatory approvals. In the case of the mine, Baowu has an option to increase to 51% during operations.

  1. WCS holds the mining concession for Blocks 1 and 2, while Simfer SA holds the mining concession for blocks 3 and 4. Simfer and WCS will independently develop their mines.

  2. Estimated numbers, subject to approval by the Simfer board and government authorities. Spend incurred on the project in 2023 was $0.9 billion of which $539 million was charged to the Income

Statement and $330 million was capitalised ($266 million on a cash basis). All qualifying costs are being capitalised from the fourth quarter of 2023.

  1. Simfer Jersey Limited is a joint venture between the Rio Tinto Group (53%) and Chalco Iron Ore Holdings Ltd (CIOH) (47%),a Chinalco-led joint venture of leading Chinese SOEs (Chinalco

(75%), Baowu (20%), China Rail Construction Corporation (2.5%) and China Harbour Engineering Company (2.5%)). Simfer S.A. is the holder of the mining concession covering Simandou

Blocks 3 & 4, and is owned by the Guinean State (15%) and Simfer Jersey Limited (85%). Simfer Infraco Guinée S.A.U. will deliver Simfer’s scope of the co-developed rail and port infrastructure,

and is, on the date of this notice, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Simfer Jersey Limited, but will be co-owned by the Guinean State (15%) after closing of the co-development arrangements.

  1. The estimated annualised capacity of approximately 60 million dry tonnes per annum iron ore for the Simandou life of mine schedule was previously reported in a release to the Australian

  2. Co-development of the rail and port infrastructure remains subject to a number of conditions, including regulatory approvals in Guinea and China, the entry into a number of legal agreements,

ratification of the investment framework for co-development by the Republic of Guinea, and agreement between Simfer, WCS and the Republic of Guinea regarding the budget for the rail and port

infrastructure.

  1. The NRS Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves, together with the Lower Commercial Skarn (LCS) Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves, form the Underground Skarns Mineral Resources and

Ore Reserves.

  1. The 250 thousand tonne copper production target for the Kennecott underground mines over the years 2023 to 2033 was previously reported in a release to the Australian Securities Exchange

(ASX) dated 20 June 2023 "Rio Tinto invests to strengthen copper supply in US”. All material assumptions underpinning that production target continue to apply and have not materially changed.

  1. The 500 thousand tonne per year copper production target (stated as recoverable metal) for the Oyu Tolgoi underground and open pit mines for the years 2028 to 2036 was previously reported in

a release to the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) dated 11 July 2023 “Investor site visit to Oyu Tolgoi copper mine, Mongolia”. All material assumptions underpinning that production target

Future options

Status
Iron Ore: Pilbara brownfields
Over the medium term, our Pilbara system capacity remains between 345 and 360 million tonnes per year. Meeting this range, and the planned product mix, will require the approval and delivery of the next tranche of replacement mines over the next five years.In addition to Western Range (Greater Paraburdoo), which is under construction, we continue to progress studies for Hope Downs 1 (Hope Downs 2 and Bedded Hilltop), Brockman 4 (Brockman Syncline 1), Greater Nammuldi and West Angelas. We continue to work closely with local communities, Traditional Owners and governments to progress approvals for these new mining projects.
Iron Ore: Rhodes Ridge
In October 2022, Rio Tinto (50%) and Wright Prospecting Pty Ltd (50%) agreed to modernise the joint venture covering the Rhodes Ridge project in the Eastern Pilbara, providing a pathway for development utilising Rio Tinto’s rail, port and power infrastructure.A resource-drilling program is currently underway to support future project studies. In December 2023, we announced approval of a $77 million pre-feasibility study (PFS). This follows completion of an Order of Magnitude study that considered development of an operation with initial capacity of up to 40 million tonnes per year, subject to relevant approvals. Completion of the PFS is expected by the end of 2025 and will be followed by a feasibility study, with first ore expected by the end of the decade. Longer term, the resource could support a world-class mining hub with a potential capacity of more than 100 million tonnes of high-quality iron ore a year.
Lithium: Jadar
Development of the greenfield Jadar lithium-borates project in Serbia will include an underground mine with associated infrastructure and equipment, including electric haul trucks, as well as a beneficiation chemical processing plant.The Board committed funding in July 2021, subject to receiving all relevant approvals, permits and licences. We are focused on consultation with all stakeholders to explore all options following the Government of Serbia's cancellation of the Spatial Plan in January 2022.
Lithium: Rincon
We completed the acquisition of the Rincon Lithium project in Salta province, Argentina in March 2022. Development of a 3,000 tonne per year battery-grade lithium carbonate starter plant is ongoing with first saleable production expected at the end of 2024.Studies are continuing on the full-scale plant, which will have benefits of economies of scale, with the capital intensity, based on current stage of studies, forecast to be in line with regional lithium industry benchmarks.In July 2022, we approved $140 million of investment and $54 million for early works to support a full-scale operation. To date, the majority of costs have been expensed through exploration and evaluation expenditure. In July 2023, we approved a further $195 million to complete the starter plant: the increase was driven by the project now being fully defined (previously conceptual), scope adjustments to design (including column performance improvements and changes to waste and spent brine disposal facilities), rising capital costs across the lithium industry, particularly for processing equipment and from broad cost escalation in Argentina.
Mineral Sands: Zulti South
Development of the Zulti South project at Richards Bay Minerals (RBM) in South Africa (Rio Tinto 74%).Approved in April 2019 to underpin RBM’s supply of zircon and ilmenite over the life of the mine. The project remains on full suspension.
Copper: Resolution
The Resolution Copper project is a proposed underground copper mine in the Copper Triangle, in Arizona, US (Rio Tinto 55%). It has the potential to supply up to 25% of US copper demand.The United States Forest Service (USFS) continued work to progress the Final Environmental Impact Statement and complete actions necessary for the land exchange. We continued to advance partnership discussions with several federally-recognised Native American Tribes who are part of the formal consultation process. We are also monitoring the Apache Stronghold versus USFS case held in the US Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals. While there is significant local support for the project, we respect the views of groups who oppose it and will continue our efforts to address and mitigate these concerns.
Copper: Winu
In late 2017, we discovered copper-gold mineralisation at the Winu project in the Paterson Province in Western Australia. In 2021, we reported our first Indicated Mineral Resource. The pathway remains subject to regulatory and other required approvals. In parallel, we continue to explore options aimed at enhancing project value, including further optimisation of the current pathway and alternative development models and partnerships.In 2023, Project Planning Agreements were executed with the Nyangumarta and Martu groups, the Traditional Owners of the land on which the proposed Winu mine and airstrip will be located. Study activities, drilling and fieldwork progressed sufficiently to commence Winu’s formal Western Australian Environmental Protection Authority approval process. The environmental approval deliverables and Project Agreement negotiations with both Traditional Owner groups remain the priority.
Copper: La Granja
In August 2023, we completed a transaction to form a joint venture with First Quantum Minerals that will work to unlock the development of the La Granja project in Peru, one of the largest undeveloped copper deposits in the world, with potential to be a large, long-life operation.First Quantum Minerals acquired a 55% stake in the project for $105 million and will invest up to a further $546 million into the joint venture to sole fund capital and operational costs to take the project through a feasibility study and toward development. All subsequent expenditures will be applied on a pro-rata basis in line with shared ownership.
Aluminium: ELYSIS
ELYSIS, our joint venture with Alcoa, supported by Apple, the Government of Canada and the Government of Quebec, is developing a breakthrough inert anode technology that eliminates all direct greenhouse gases from the aluminium smelting process.ELYSIS has started commissioning activities following completion of the construction of the first commercial-scale prototype cells. ELYSIS expects to start the first 450kA cell in 2024.
Iron Ore
We are one of the world’s leading producers of iron ore, the primary raw material in steelmaking. In the Pilbara region of Western Australia, we operate a network of 17 iron ore mines, four port terminals and a rail network spanning 1,900 kilometres. Steel remains essential for ongoing urbanisation and will support the global shift to decarbonise.
Snapshot of the year
0.61AIFR(2022: 0.68)69%Pilbara underlyingFOB EBITDA margin(2022: 68%)$20.0bnUnderlyingEBITDA(2022: $18.6bn)$32.2bnSegmentalrevenue(2022: $30.9bn)
$2.6bnCapitalexpenditure(2022: $2.9bn)$14.0bnNet cash generatedfrom operatingactivities(2022: $14.0bn)3.2MtScope 1 and 2 GHG emissions (equity Mt CO2e)(2022: 3.1Mt)16,000Employeenumbers1(2022: 15,000)

Safety

The number of potentially fatal incidents (PFIs)

in Iron Ore decreased 48% to 13 with falling

objects and vehicle collisions/rollovers

accounting for the majority of these incidents.

Our all-injury frequency rate (AIFR) decreased

10% to 0.61, compared to 0.68 in 2022.

These improvements are the result of

consistently using the safety maturity model

(SMM) for the past four years across our

operations. SMM encourages best practices

across our business in leadership, team

engagement and learning to improve our

safety culture. We also re-engaged our

workforce on critical risk management (CRM),

a safety program that makes sure frontline

workers are focused on the critical safety risks

in their work.

We continued our journey to mature our

workplace safety culture and create an

environment where our people are both

physically and psychologically healthy and

safe. We completed the first year in our five-

year Mentally Healthy Iron Ore Strategy, with a

focus on building capability in our leaders to

manage psychosocial risks in the workplace.

Our focus remains on creating a safe,

respectful and inclusive workplace where our

people can bring their whole selves to work.

For more informationabout our global health and safety initiatives see pages 71-72.

In April 2023 the Radiological Council, an

independent statutory authority, found Rio

Tinto did not breach the Radiation Safety Act

in relation to the loss of a radioactive capsule

while in transit from our Gudai-Darri mine site.

We also conducted a thorough review and

identified opportunities to further improve the

selection of radiation gauges, and how the

items are packaged and transported.

Iron ore market fundamentals were well-

supported in 2023. Steelmakers in China

maintained elevated operating rates as

domestic demand rose 1.5% year-on-year.

Infrastructure and other government-backed

construction surpassed residential property as

the largest steel consuming sectors, while

manufacturing continued to contribute

substantial volumes of demand.

A 47% increase in net steel exports further

supported China’s crude steel production which

exceededone billion tonnes for the fourth

consecutive year. China’s steel exports also

resulted in higher contestable iron ore demand

globally since they in part displaced steel,

which would have been produced in other

regions using captive iron ore or higher scrap

rates. This resulted in a 6.6% year-on-year

increase in China’s iron ore imports, reaching

a record 1.18 billion tonnes, which helped

absorb the 5% year-on-year increase in

seaborne supply (to 1.5 billion tonnes). At the

same time, China’s port inventories declined

to a three-year low.

In 2023, our Iron Ore business’s absolute

greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions were

3.2 Mt CO 2 e (on an equity basis), an increase

of 0.57Mt CO 2 e compared to the 2018

emissions baseline (2.64Mt CO 2 e). This was

driven by an increase in production.

Approximately one-quarter of Iron Ore emissions

are from the gas used to generate power. To reduce

our reliance on gas we are progressing

development of 600 to 700MW of renewable energy

capacity and preparing for early fleet electrification

from 2030. We continue to progress the potential

development of a Pilbara coastal solar farm and are

partnering with the Yindjibarndi Energy Corporation

to explore opportunities to collaborate on renewable

energy projects.

For more informationabout our decarbonisation efforts in the Iron Ore product group, see our 2023 Climate Change Report at riotinto.com/climatereport.

From customer to strategic partner In 2023, we extended a key climate partnership with our largest customer, China Baowu, to accelerate efforts to decarbonise the steel value chain and reduce our Scope 3 emissions. This is the result of a coordinated approach across our sales, marketing, and research and development teams based on decades of deep relationship building with the world’s biggest steelmaker, who is also a joint venture partner in the Western Range and Simandou projects.
For more informationsee riotinto.com/baowu.
  1. This represents the average number of employees for the year, including the Group's share of non-managed operations and joint ventures. Refer topage 215 for more information.

Iron Ore

Year ended 31 December20232022Change
Pilbara production (million tonnes — 100%)331.5324.12%
Pilbara shipments (million tonnes — 100%)331.8321.63%
Salt production (million tonnes — Rio Tinto share)¹6.05.84%
Segmental revenue (US$ millions)32,24930,9064%
Average realised price (US$ per dry metric tonne, FOB basis)108.4106.12%
Underlying EBITDA (US$ millions)19,97418,6127%
Pilbara underlying FOB EBITDA margin²69%68%
Underlying earnings (US$ millions)³11,88211,2136%
Net cash generated from operating activities (US$ millions)14,04514,005–%
Capital expenditure (US$ millions)⁴(2,588)(2,940)(12%)
Free cash flow (US$ millions)11,37411,0333%
Underlying return on capital employed³, ⁵64%61%

Production figures are sometimes more precise than the rounded numbers shown, hence small differences may result in the year on year change.

  1. Dampier Salt is reported within Iron Ore, reflecting management responsibility. Iron Ore Company of Canada continues to be reported within Minerals. The Simandou iron ore project in Guinea

reports to the Chief Technical Officer and is reported outside the Reportable segments.

  1. The Pilbara underlying free on board (FOB) EBITDA margin is defined as Pilbara underlying EBITDA divided by Pilbara segmental revenue, excluding freight revenue.

  2. Comparative information has been restated to reflect the adoption of narrow scope amendments to IAS12 'Income Taxes'.

  3. Capital expenditure is the net cash outflow on purchases less sales of property, plant and equipment; capitalised evaluation costs; and purchases less sales of other intangible assets.

  4. Underlying return on capital employed (ROCE) is defined as underlying earnings excluding net interest divided by average capital employed.

Underlying EBITDA of$20.0 billion was 7%

higher than 2022, with a 2% improvement in

realised prices ($0.8 billion) and higher

volumes, following the ramp-up of Gudai-Darri.

Unit costs of $21.5 per tonne were $0.2 per

tonne lower than 2022. Cost escalation from

inflation was offset by a weaker Australian

dollar and gains on derivative contracts.

Higher iron ore volumes offset a higher mine

work index and mine maintenance costs.

Our Pilbara operations delivered an underlying

FOB EBITDA margin of 69%, compared with

68% in 2022, largely due to the iron ore price.

We price the majority of our iron ore sales

(79%) by reference to the average index price

for the month of shipment. In 2023, we priced

approximately 10% of sales with reference to

the prior quarter’s average index lagged by

one month with the remainder sold either on

current quarter average, on the spot market or

other mechanisms. We made approximately

74% of sales including freight and 26% on an

FOB basis.

We achieved an average iron ore price

of $99.7 per wet metric tonne on an FOB basis

(2022: $97.6 per wet metric tonne) across our

product suite. This equates to $108.4 per dry

metric tonne, assuming 8% moisture (2022:

$106.1 per dry metric tonne), which compares

with the monthly average Platts index for 62%

iron fines converted to an FOB basis of $110.3

per dry metric tonne (2022: $109.8 per dry

metric tonne). The 2% lower realised price

compared to the Platts index was mainly due

to the lower average grades of our portfolio

compared to the 62% index.

Segmental revenue for our Pilbara operations

included freight revenue of $2.1 billion (2022:

$2.2 billion).

Net cash generated from operating activities

of$14.0 billion was on a par with 2022.

Benefits from higher realised prices and higher

volumes offset a build in working capital to

ensure healthy stocks across the system and

an increased receivables balance due to

strong iron ore prices at year end. Free cash

flow of$11.4 billion was$0.3 billion higher

than 2022, mostly driven by a$0.4 billion

reduction in capital expenditure to$2.6 billion

due to lower spend on replacement capital.

Pilbara operations produced 331.5 million

tonnes (100% basis) of iron ore,2% higher

than 2022. Shipments, on a 100% basis, were

3% higher (+10 million tonnes) than in 2022,

making 2023 the second highest shipment

year on record. Improved system performance

supported by a 5 million tonne uplift from

implementation of the Safe Production

System, and ramp-up of Gudai-Darri to its 43

million tonne nameplate capacity, offset mine

depletion. SP10 volumes accounted for 47.5

million tonnes of 2023 shipments (or 14%).

We continue to see strong demand for our

portside product in China, with sales totalling

23.3 million tonnes in 2023 (2022: 24.3 million

tonnes). At the end of 2023, inventory levels

were 6.4 million tonnes, including 3.9 million

tonnes of Pilbara product. In 2023,

approximately 86% of our portside sales were

either screened or blended in Chinese ports.

In January 2024, Dampier Salt Limited entered

into a sales agreement for the Lake MacLeod

salt and gypsum operation in Carnarvon,

Western Australia with privately-owned salt

company Leichhardt Industrials Group for

$251 million (A$375 million). Completion of the

sale is subject to certain commercial and

regulatory conditions being satisfied. The

transaction is subject to capital gains tax.

For more informationabout our capital projects and future growth options, see pages 30-31.

Aluminium
As a global leader in low-carbon aluminium, we are uniquely positioned to further decarbonise our business and support the world’s transition towards a lower-carbon footprint. A critical material – lightweight and highly recyclable – aluminium is found in diverse products ranging from solar panels and transmission lines to jet engines, electric vehicles and smartphones.
Snapshot of the year
0.33AIFR(2022: 0.35)21%Underlying EBITDA margin (integrated operations)(2022: 29%)$2.3bnUnderlying EBITDA(2022: $3.7bn)$12.3bnSegmental revenue(2022: $14.1bn)
$1.3bnCapital expenditure(2022: $1.4bn)$2.0bnNet cash generated from operating activities(2022: $3.1bn)24.2MtScope 1 and 2 GHG emissions (equity Mt CO2e)(2022: 23.3Mt)15,000Employee numbers1(2022: 15,000)

Safety

In 2023, we continued to focus on building

resilience within our safety systems and

processes. We implemented actions to

improve our safety culture for our employees

and our contractors, by identifying areas of

organisational improvement, strengthening our

control environment, and leveraging our safety

maturity model to analyse and address the

root causes of all our potentially fatal incidents

(PFIs).

The improvement in our safety maturity

translated into a decrease of almost 6% in our

all-injury frequency rate (AIFR) from 0.35 in

2022 to 0.33 in 2023. Increased incident

identification and proactive PFI 2 reporting

have been key elements in enhancing our

safety culture. However, despite this

improvement, five workers were injured in PFI

incidents in 2023; three of these injuries

occurred in vehicle-related incidents. We

continue to progress our program to reduce

vehicle-pedestrian risks, focusing on fatigue

and work scheduling as primary factors

contributing to this trend. Ongoing work will be

needed in 2024 to help re-emphasise the

importance of working together to build and

sustain a strong safety culture.

For more informationabout our global health and safety initiatives, see pages 71-72.

Aluminium prices came under pressure in

2023, mainly driven by weaker demand

outside of China. This impact on operating

margins was partly offset by lower operating

costs. Supply was volatile, with hydropower-

integrated smelters in China only able to fully

resume production in the third quarter

following low precipitation in the first half, yet

production was curtailed once again in the

fourth quarter due to the oncoming dry

season. Global demand was similarly uneven

through the year.

While China’s electric vehicle and solar panel

manufacturers significantly increased their

consumption, the US, Europe and Japan

recorded historically low levels of aluminium

semi-fabricated orders and shipments.

Primary aluminium inventory remained

low in China due to strong demand and

seasonal disruptions to domestic production,

which required high levels of aluminium

primary imports, mainly from Russia.

Meanwhile, aluminium inventories

outside the Chinese market remain

below average historical levels.

In 2023, our Aluminium business’s absolute

greenhouse gas emissions (24.2 Mt CO 2 e)

were 1.4% lower than the 2018 equity

baseline (24.5Mt CO 2 e). This reduction

includes improvements in processing

efficiency, increased use of hydroelectric

boilers in refining instead of natural gas

boilers, and reduced aluminium production at

the Kitimat smelter. Following a strike in 2021,

the Kitimat smelter resumed its operations and

reached full operating capacity in September

The 2023 emissions intensity of our

managed Canadian smelters, powered by

hydroelectricity, was 2.28Mt CO 2 e per tonne of

aluminium. Our Vaudreuil alumina refinery

continues to have one of the lowest carbon

footprints of any metallurgical alumina refinery

in the world today.

For more informationabout our decarbonisation efforts in the Aluminium product group, see our 2023 Climate Change Report at riotinto.com/climatereport.

  1. This represents the average number of employees for the year, including the Group's share of non-managed operations and joint ventures. Refer to page 215 for more information.

  2. A proactive PFI is one where there was neither injury nor property damage. Proactive PFIs are leading indicators of safety performance and offer the opportunity to learn from near miss incidents.

They reflect a psychologically safe culture.

Aluminium

Year ended 31 December20232022Change
Bauxite production ('000 tonnes — Rio Tinto share)54,61954,618—%
Alumina production ('000 tonnes — Rio Tinto share)7,5377,544—%
Aluminium production ('000 tonnes — Rio Tinto share)3,2723,0099%
Segmental revenue (US$ millions)12,28514,109(13%)
Average realised aluminium price (US$ per tonne)2,7383,330(18%)
Underlying EBITDA (US$ millions)2,2823,672(38%)
Underlying EBITDA margin (integrated operations)21%29%
Underlying earnings (US$ millions)¹5381,504(64%)
Net cash generated from operating activities (US$ millions)1,9803,055(35%)
Capital expenditure — excluding EAUs (US$ millions)²(1,331)(1,377)(3%)
Free cash flow (US$ millions)6191,652(63%)
Underlying return on capital employed¹, ³3%10%
  1. Comparative information has been restated to reflect the adoption of narrow scope amendments to IAS12 'Income Taxes'.

  2. Capital expenditure is the net cash outflow on purchases less sales of property, plant and equipment; capitalised evaluation costs; and purchases less sales of other intangible assets. It excludes

equity accounted units (EAUs).

  1. Underlying return on capital employed (ROCE) is defined as underlying earnings excluding net interest divided by average capital employed.

Although global primary aluminium demand

rose by ~1% in 2023, falling costs and an

increase in global supply led to a 17%

reduction in the LME price and lower market

and product premiums. Market-related costs

for key materials such as caustic, coke and

pitch moderated with some of this benefitting

underlying EBITDA in the second half.

Operating costs particularly in our mines and

refineries increased year on year with a focus

on improved operational stability and asset

health. Overall there was significant margin

compression for our Aluminium business with

a 38% decrease in underlying EBITDA to$2.3

billion. Underlying EBITDA margin fell eight

percentage points to 21%.

We achieved an average realised aluminium

price of $2,738 per tonne, 18% lower than

Average realised aluminium prices comprise

the LME price, a market premium and a value-

added product (VAP) premium. The cash LME

price averaged $2,250 per tonne,17% lower

than 2022, while in our key US market, the

Midwest premium duty paid, which is 57% of

our total volumes (2022: 57%), decreased by

22% to $512 per tonne (2022: $655 per

tonne). Our VAP sales represented 46% of the

primary metal we sold (2022: 50%) and

generated product premiums averaging $354

per tonne of VAP sold (2022: $431 per tonne).

Our conversion of underlying EBITDA to cash

remained relatively strong, with net cash

generated from operating activities of$2.0

billion. Free cash flow of$0.6 billion reflected

investment in the business of$1.3 billion.

Bauxite production of 54.6 million tonnes was

unchanged from 2022. Operations saw a

continued improvement in the fourth quarter,

following the challenges of higher-than-

average rainfall at Weipa in the first quarter

and equipment downtime at both Weipa and

Gove in the first half.

We shipped 37.3 million tonnes of bauxite to

third parties, 2% lower than 2022. Segmental

revenue for bauxitewas also unchanged at

$2.4 billion. This includes freight revenue of

$0.5 billion (2022: $0.6 billion).

Alumina production of 7.5 million tonnes was

unchanged from 2022, with the Yarwun and

Queensland Alumina Limited (QAL) refineries

showing improved operational stability.

For the 2023 calendar year, as the result of

QAL's activation of a step-in process following

sanction measures enacted by the Australian

Government in 2022, we continued to take on

100% of capacity for as long as the step-in

continues. We have used Rusal’s 20% share

of capacity under the tolling arrangement with

QAL. This additional output is excluded from

our production results as QAL remains 80%

owned by Rio Tinto and 20% owned by Rusal.

On 1 February 2024, the Federal Court of

Australia rendered its decision in the litigation

initiated by Rusal against Rio Tinto and QAL,

dismissing Rusal’s case. Rio Tinto and QAL

are working to understand the impacts of the

decision.

Aluminium production of 3.3 million tonnes

was 9% higher than 2022, after we returned to

full capacity at the Kitimat smelter and

completed cell recovery efforts at Boyne

during the third quarter. All other smelters

continued to demonstrate stable performance.

For more informationabout our capital projects and future growth options, see pages 30-31.

Copper
Copper is essential to creating a sustainable, low-carbon world. Rapid electrification across all aspects of daily life is set to drive long-term demand for copper. With assets spanning the globe and an evolving suite of technologies to enable low-carbon production, we are accelerating growth and decarbonisation by producing the materials that enable a cleaner future.
Snapshot of the year
0.XXAIFR(2022: 0.22)0.35AIFR(2022: 0.22)42%Underlying EBITDA margin (product group operations)(2022: 49%)$1.9bnUnderlying EBITDA(2022: $2.6bn)1$6.7bnSegmental revenue(2022: $6.7bn)
$X.XbnCapital expenditure(2022: $1.6bn)$2.0bnCapital expenditure(2022: $1.6bn)$0.5bnNet cash generated from operating activities(2022: $1.5bn)11.0MtScope 1 and 2 GHG emissions (equity Mt CO2e)(2022: 1.7Mt)8,000Employee numbers2(2022: 8,000)

Safety

We experienced an increase in the number of

injuries and Potentially Fatal Incidents (PFIs)

across our copper assets. There were 22 PFIs

in 2023 compared to 18 in the previous year.

We had an overall all-injury frequency rate

(AIFR) of 0.35 compared to 0.22 in 2022, an

increase of 59%, with an employee AIFR of

0.31 and a contractor AIFR of 0.38.

Unfortunately, in 2023, we also experienced

two permanent damage injuries at our

Simandou project and Kennecott Underground

project, and a Process Safety Tier I event at

our Kennecott smelter. Extensive action plans

are being executed to ensure our people and

their safety remains at the centre of everything

we do, and through our critical risk

management we are focusing on fatality

prevention across our sites. Underpinning our

strategy, we continue our journey to embed

our enhanced safety maturity model to help us

improve and sustain exceptional safety

performance. Copper assets continue to focus

on understanding and reducing their most

significant health risks exposures, including

heat stress, diesel particulate matter and SO 2

exposure through the Kennecott smelter

rebuild. First line assurance for catastrophic

risk prevention is well embedded at Oyu Tolgoi

and is beginning to develop at our other

assets. This will provide greater certainty on

our risk control effectiveness for major hazard

and process safety risks going forward.

For more informationabout our global health and safety initiatives, see pages 71-72.

London Metal Exchange copper prices were

supported by expectations that China’s

demand would recover substantially as

COVID-19 restrictions were lifted at the

beginning of 2023. Disruptions to mine supply

in major mining countries further tightened

market fundamentals in the first quarter,

before loosening later in the year with the

commissioning of new mining projects in

South America and Africa.

Concerns about the US and China’s economic

growth towards the middle of the year

undermined sentiment. That was followed by a

stabilisation in China after pro-growth

measures were stepped up in the third quarter.

Overall, China’s demand was resilient, lending

support to copper prices together with

inflationary pressure, although price gains

were capped by US dollar appreciation. In the

final months of 2023, there were several

disruptions to mine supply in Latin America

that resulted in a notably tighter copper

concentrates market.

In 2023, our Copper business’s absolute

greenhouse gas emissions (1.0 Mt CO 2 e) were

65.5% lower than the 2018 equity baseline

(3.04Mt CO 2 e). The decrease in emissions

was mainly driven by decarbonising power

and commercial transactions in renewable

energy. Rio Tinto Kennecott is fully

transitioning to renewable diesel after a

successful seven month trial. Kennecott’s fleet

of 90 haul trucks and all heavy machinery will

begin to transition to renewable diesel in the

first quarter of 2024, along with consumption

from the concentrator, smelter, and refinery.

The transition will reduce Kennecott’s carbon

emissions by approximately 495,000 tonnes of

CO 2 equivalent per annum, comparable to

eliminating the annual emissions of more than

107,000 cars 3.

Nuton TM, our bioleaching technology venture,

has the potential to deliver game changing

ESG performance. Compared to conventional

concentrating and smelting and based on our

comparative environmental benchmark study

with the University of Technology, Sydney,

Nuton TM is projected to have a carbon intensity

up to 60% lower than a global average of 5.2

tonnes per tonne of copper. Combined with

opportunities for renewable energy that can

further reduce emissions from Nuton TM, we’re

excited about the incredible outcome Nuton TM

could bring.

For more informationabout our decarbonisation efforts in the Copper product group, see our 2023 Climate Change Report at riotinto.com/climatereport.

1.2022 has been adjusted to reflect a change in management responsibility for the Simandou iron ore project from Copper to the Chief Technical Officer. As a result, we have moved Simandou

outside of reportable segments and accordingly adjusted prior period comparatives.

  1. This represents the average number of employees for the year, including the Group's share of non-managed operations and joint ventures. Refer to page 215 for more information.

  2. Comparison calculation used US EPA Greenhouse gas equivalencies calculator (https://www.epa.gov/energy/greenhouse-gas-equivalencies-calculator).

Copper

Year ended 31 December20232022Change
Mined copper production ('000 tonnes — consolidated basis)6206072%
Refined copper production ('000 tonnes — Rio Tinto share)175209(16%)
Segmental revenue (US$ millions)6,6786,699–%
Average realised copper price (US cents per pound)¹390403(3%)
Underlying EBITDA (US$ millions)1,9042,565(26%)
Underlying EBITDA margin (product group operations)42%49%
Underlying earnings (US$ millions)133687(81%)
Net cash generated from operating activities (US$ millions)²5451,523(64%)
Capital expenditure — excluding EAUs³ (US$ millions)(1,976)(1,622)22%
Free cash flow (US$ millions)(1,438)(116)
Underlying return on capital employed (product group operations)⁴3%6%

2022 has been restated following the transfer of the Simandou iron ore project to outside the Reporting segments, as it now reports to the Chief Technical Officer, and to reflect the adoption of narrow

scope amendments to IAS12 'Income Taxes'.

  1. Average realised price for all units sold. Realised price does not include the impact of the provisional pricing adjustments, which positively impacted revenues by $2 million (2022: $175 million

negative).

  1. Net cash generated from operating activities excludes the operating cash flows of equity accounted units (EAUs) but includes dividends from EAUs (Escondida).

  2. Capital expenditure is the net cash outflow on purchases less sales of property, plant and equipment, capitalised evaluation costs and purchases less sales of other intangible assets. It excludes

EAUs.

  1. Underlying return on capital employed (ROCE) is defined as underlying earnings (product group operations) excluding net interest divided by average capital employed.

  2. Mine design and plans will be reviewed by regulatory bodies as part of the OTFS23 process.

  3. The 500 thousand tonne per year copper production target (stated as recoverable metal) for the Oyu Tolgoi underground and open pit mines for the years 2028 to 2036 was previously reported in

a release to the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) dated 11 July 2023 “Investor site visit to Oyu Tolgoi copper mine, Mongolia”. All material assumptions underpinning that production target

We delivered first sustainable production from

the underground mine at Oyu Tolgoi, where

we doubled our interest to 66% following the

acquisition of Turquoise Hill Resources at the

end of 2022. However, lower refined copper

volumes and higher unit costs, primarily driven

by the planned smelter and refinery rebuild at

Kennecott, in addition to higher energy prices

and an increase in exploration and evaluation

expenditure, led to underlying EBITDA being

down 26% to$1.9 billion. Underlying EBITDA

margin remained relatively strong at 42%.

Our copper unit costs, at 195 cents per pound,

increased by 32 cents, or 20%, as a result of

the lower shipment volumes of refined copper

following the planned rebuild at Kennecott and

higher input costs.

We generated$0.5 billion in net cash from

operating activities, a 64% decrease on 2022,

from the same drivers as underlying EBITDA,

together with $0.3 billion lower dividends from

Escondida.

Negative free cash flow of$1.4 billion reflected

the above movements and significant

investment of$2.0 billion in sustaining capital

and our growth projects. This mainly related to

the ongoing development of the Oyu Tolgoi

underground, the projects at Kennecott and

evaluation costs at Resolution and Winu.

Mined copper production, at 620 thousand

tonnes, was 2% higher than 2022, reflecting

first sustainable production from Oyu Tolgoi

underground in the first quarter. This offset

challenges at Kennecott following a conveyor

failure in March, with the concentrator not

returning to full capacity until the third quarter.

Our share of mined copper production from

Escondida was flat at 300 thousand tonnes.

Refined copper production decreased by 16%

to 175 thousand tonnes as we undertook the

largest rebuild of the smelter and refinery in

Kennecott’s history across the second and

third quarters. The smelter rebuild was

successfully completed in the fourth quarter of

2023 and the ramp-up is progressing.

Oyu Tolgoi underground project

During 2023, Rio Tinto, Oyu Tolgoi and the

Government of Mongolia continued to work

together towards the implementation of

Mongolian Parliamentary Resolution 103.

We continue to see strong performance from

the underground mine, with a total of 86

drawbells opened from Panel 0, including 67

drawbells in 2023.

By the end of 2023, shafts 3 and 4 sinking had

reached 923 metres and 1,013 metres below

ground level, respectively. Final depths

required for shafts 3 and 4 are 1,130 and

1,176 metres, respectively. Both shafts are

expected to be commissioned in the second

half of 2024.

Construction of the conveyor to surface works

continued to plan and was 88% complete at

the end of 2023. Commissioning remains on

track for the second half of 2024.

Construction of primary crusher 2 commenced

in December 2023 and is due to be complete

by the end of 2025.

Construction works for the concentrator

conversion remains on schedule.

Commissioning is expected to be

progressively completed from the fourth

quarter of 2024 through to the second quarter

of 2025. Technical studies for mine design and

schedule optimisation for Panels 1 and 2 were

completed during the second quarter 5. The

operation remains on track to ramp up to

deliver average mined copper production of

~500 thousand tonnes per year (100% basis)

between 2028 and 20366.

For more informationabout our capital projects and future growth options, see pages 30-31.

Nuevo Cobre exploration joint venture agreementWe have entered into a joint venture with Corporación Nacional del Cobre de Chile (Codelco) following the acquisition of PanAmerican Silver’s 57.74% stake in Agua de la Falda S.A. The new joint venture, known as Nuevo Cobre (New Copper), will allow us to explore and potentially develop Nuevo Cobre’s assets in partnership with Codelco in Chile’s prospective Atacama region.Chile has the largest copper reserves in the world, and currently is the leading copper producer. Chile is also a leader in other critical minerals that the world needs for the energy transition and to achieve net zero carbon emissions. The partnership builds on a collaboration agreement with Codelco, which first commenced in 2007, that encourages best practices, innovation, and technology to improve safety and productivity in underground mining.

Minerals
Our Minerals portfolio includes a global suite of businesses producing materials essential to a low-carbon future and projects well-positioned to meet the growing demand for electric vehicles. We produce high-grade, low-impurity iron ore pellets and concentrate, titanium dioxide, diamonds and borates from our operations in Canada, Madagascar, South Africa and the US.
Snapshot of the year
0.XXAIFR(2022: 0.38)0.24AIFR(2022: 0.38)30%Underlying EBITDA margin (productgroup operations)(2022: 40%)$1.4bnUnderlying EBITDA(2022: $2.4bn)$5.9bnSegmental revenue(2022: $6.8bn)
$X.XbnCapital expenditure(2022: $0.7bn)$0.7bnCapital expenditure(2022: $0.7bn)$0.5bnNet cash generated from operating activities(2022: $1.5bn)3.7MtScope 1 and 2 GHG emissions (equity Mt CO2e)(2022: 4.0Mt)10,000Employee numbers1(2022: 9,500)

Safety

While we recorded zero fatalities at managed

operations in 2023, tragically four colleagues

died in a plane crash while travelling to our

Diavik diamond mine in January 2024.

We are working closely with the authorities

to support their efforts to understand the

full facts of what happened.

Unfortunately, in 2023, we also experienced a

permanent damage injury at our Diavik mine.

The number of potentially fatal incidents (PFIs)

increased to 27, with vehicle collision and

rollover, contact with electricity and lifting

operations accounting for the highest number

of PFIs. Two of these PFIs were also

significant process safety incidents at our

RTIT Quebec Operations site in Sorel-Tracy,

which did not result in injuries. We have

heightened our focus on managing these risks

and have implemented measures in response

to the investigation.

Our all-injury frequency rate (AIFR) decreased

to 0.24, compared to 0.38 in 2022, as we

recorded fewer employee and contractor

injuries. The rate of injuries in our contractor

workforce reduced significantly, going from

0.42 in 2022 to 0.20 in 2023.

In 2024, we will continue our journey of

improvement, enabled by the safety maturity

model. Additionally, we will intensify our focus

on health, environment, and security to

achieve our objectives of creating a safe and

productive workplace for our employees and

contractor partners.

For more informationabout our global health and safety initiatives, see pages 71-72.

The titanium dioxide (TiO 2) market saw a

downturn in demand in developed regions,

although there was a small improvement

towards the fourth quarter. Elevated feedstock

inventory also hampered TiO 2 purchases,

leading to production cuts by major producers.

Borates prices also came under pressure as

weak construction markets globally impacted

underlying demand. Higher supply from

leading producers accumulated into inventory

as downstream demand underperformed.

The demand for IOC pellets in the European,

Japanese, and Korean markets was stable in

2023 despite weaker steel production amid

inflationary pressures. Following tentative

signs of stabilisation in the European steel

market in the middle of the year, pellet

demand and premiums came under downward

pressure by the end of the third quarter, and

headwinds in the Atlantic Basin persisted

through to the end of the year. Nevertheless,

the demand for Direct Reduction pellets

remained resilient in the Middle East and

North Africa on the back of firm steel

production in that region.

Downward pressure on lithium carbonate

prices emanated from the deceleration in

electric vehicle (EV) output growth and

inventory accumulation along the supply

chain. Supply from non-traditional regions

(Africa) entered the market, incentivised by

two years of elevated prices. Longer term,

lithium market fundamentals remain strong as

EV adoption continues to accelerate on

supportive government policies and supply

shortfalls requiring further investment.

In 2023, our Minerals product group’s absolute

greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions were 3.7Mt

CO 2 e, a 6.7% decrease from 2022 levels and

0.1% lower than the 2018 equity baseline

(3.7Mt CO 2 e). We started the BlueSmelting TM

demonstration plant at our RTIT Quebec

Operations, a new ilmenite smelting

technology that, if fully implemented, has the

potential to reduce the site’s overall GHG

emissions by up to 70%.

We announced we would build the largest

solar power plant across Canada’s territories

at Diavik Diamond Mine, featuring over 6,600

solar panels. It is expected to be fully

operational in the first half of 2024. In Boron,

California, we became the first open pit mine

in the world to fully transition our heavy

machinery from fossil to renewable diesel,

which brings an anticipated CO 2 e reduction of

up to 45,000 tonnes per year. At QIT

Madagascar Minerals, we commissioned the

8MW solar plant and 8.25 MWh lithium-ion

battery energy storage system, and we started

the construction of the 16MW wind project,

scheduled for completion by 2025.

We have also opened a new battery

manufacturing and testing research laboratory

within our Bundoora Technical Development

Centre in Melbourne, Australia, to test how our

minerals and other products will perform in

real-world applications, such as in EV

batteries.

For more informationabout our decarbonisation efforts in the Minerals product group, see our 2023 Climate Change Report at riotinto.com/climatereport.

  1. This represents the average number of employees for the year, including the Group's share of non-managed operations and joint ventures. Refer to page 215 for more information.
Year ended 31 December20232022Change
Iron ore pellets and concentrates production¹ (million tonnes — Rio Tinto share)9.710.3(6%)
Titanium dioxide slag production ('000 tonnes — Rio Tinto share)1,1111,200(7%)
Borates production ('000 tonnes — Rio Tinto share)495532(7%)
Diamonds production ('000 carats — Rio Tinto share)3,3404,651(28%)
Segmental revenue (US$ millions)5,9346,754(12%)
Underlying EBITDA (US$ millions)1,4142,419(42%)
Underlying EBITDA margin (product group operations)30%40%
Underlying earnings (US$ millions)²312854(63%)
Net cash generated from operating activities (US$ millions)5481,522(64%)
Capital expenditure (US$ millions)³(746)(679)10%
Free cash flow (US$ millions)(229)814(128%)
Underlying return on capital employed (product group operations)2, 413%22%
  1. Iron Ore Company of Canada (IOC) continues to be reported within Minerals.

  2. Comparative information has been restated to reflect the adoption of narrow scope amendments to IAS12 'Income Taxes'.

  3. Capital expenditure is the net cash outflow on purchases less sales of property, plant and equipment; capitalised evaluation costs; and purchases less sales of other intangible assets.

  4. Underlying return on capital employed (ROCE) is defined as underlying earnings (product group operations) excluding net interest divided by average capital employed.

Underlying EBITDA of$1.4 billion was 42%

lower than 2022, primarily due to lower prices

and higher costs. We experienced market

weakness for many of our products, in

particular for TiO 2 feedstock, where underlying

demand for pigment was subdued on weak

real estate activity in the Americas, Europe

and China. This gave rise to lower sales

volumes and, in combination with the two

furnace failures at our RTIT Quebec

operations, resulted in higher unit costs.

Net cash generated from operating activities of

$0.5 billion was 64% lower than 2022, while

negative free cash flow of$0.2 billion reflected

the lower underlying EBITDA, higher working

capital due to market conditions and a modest

rise in capital expenditure.

Production of iron ore pellets and concentrate

at IOC of 9.7 million tonnes was 6% lower

than 2022 with challenges due to the wildfires

in Northern Quebec in the second quarter, as

well as extended plant downtime and

conveyor belt failures in the third quarter.

TiO 2 slag production of 1,111 thousand tonnes

was 7% lower than 2022. Two furnaces at our

RTIT Quebec Operations remain offline

following process safety incidents in June and

July. In the fourth quarter, we decommissioned

an additional furnace, which is due for

reconstruction in 2024. As a result, we entered

2024 with six out of nine furnaces operating at

our RTIT Quebec Operations and three out of

four online at Richards Bay Minerals (RBM).

Borates production was 7% lower than 2022,

as we adjusted for decreased customer

demand, despite improved equipment

reliability.

Our share of carats recovered was 28% lower

than 2022, due to depleting one of three

underground pipes and reaching the end of life

for open pit mining.

For more informationabout our capital projects and future growth options, see pages 30-31.

Breakthrough technology: Scandium, a case in pointScandium is a critical mineral in increasing demand for the energy transition and modern technologies such as aerospace, lasers and microelectronics due to its alloying and emerging high-tech properties. We are combining scandium with our low-carbon aluminium to produce an alloy that is stronger, more flexible and more resistant to heat and corrosion.Today, our commercial scale demonstration plant in Quebec uses an innovative process to extract and produce high-purity scandium oxide from the waste streams of the existing TiO2 production, without any additional mining.This will make Rio Tinto one of the largest producers of scandium in the Western world. In two years, we have gone from testing the extraction process in a laboratory, to being able to supply a large share of the global scandium market. In 2023, we acquired a high-grade scandium resource in New South Wales, Australia. The BurraTM Scandium Project is a small, high-value physical scandium asset, with a small environmental footprint. When operational, Burra will significantly increase, and geographically and operationally diversify, our annual scandium production. Scandium is emblematic of Rio Tinto’s transformation in terms of what we mine and how we mine.

to ESG

As temporary custodians of the

land where we operate, we are

entrusted with accessing the

world’s essential materials and

making them available for

society’s use.

These resources are finite, and we have a

responsibility to find better ways to extract the

full value from them in the safest and most

sustainable way possible.

We know that responsibly managing our

business impacts is fundamental if we want to

continue to grow and deliver on our strategy.

Two of our core objectives are to strengthen

our social licence and achieve impeccable

credentials. As part of these commitments, we

align our business priorities with society’s

expectations and ensure sustainability

considerations are at the core of every

decision we make.

Our shareholders, employees and host

governments expect us to find better ways to

lower our impact, decarbonise our operations

and increase circularity, while contributing to a

positive legacy for the host communities and

countries where we operate.

And we have a big role to play in the world’s

transition to a low-carbon future. The materials

we produce are essential in many low-carbon

technologies. It also means we must deliver

our own decarbonisation, alongside investing

in research and development that enables our

customers to decarbonise more quickly.

To meet our goals, we are focusing on

developing the right mindset and culture,

encouraging our people to work together to

find new solutions and building partnerships

with those who share our ambition for a more

sustainable future.

Solar panel plant at Gudai-Darri, the Pilbara, Western Australia. See our 2023 Climate Change Report for further information about this project.

Our ESG

framework

We want to ensure all our

stakeholders benefit from the

success of our business. To do this,

our priorities and performance must

align with society’s expectations,

which are constantly evolving.

Each year we complete a materiality

assessment to understand what ESG issues

and topics matter most to, and have the

greatest impact on, our stakeholders and our

business. We gather information from internal

and external stakeholders via interviews,

surveys and reviews of publicly available

information. We ask them what is important

now and what they think will be important in five

to ten years. Some issues are identified as

higher materiality than others. Our ESG

framework describes how we manage and

report externally on these issues and how we

contribute to the United Nations Sustainable

Development Goals (UN SDGs).

The insights we gather through this process

guide our work towards achieving impeccable

ESG credentials and strengthening our social

licence. This includes providing people and

communities with economic opportunities;

safeguarding and promoting the health, wellbeing

and human rights of people and communities;

combating climate change; and being excellent

stewards of the natural resources entrusted to

us. Our commitment to running a transparent,

values-based, ethical business underpins all

our work.

EnvironmentSocialGovernance
Low intensitymaterialsEnvironmentalstewardshipMining & metalspracticesHeritage,culture &IndigenousPeoplesHuman rightsTalent, diversity& inclusionHealth, safety &wellbeingSupporting social & economic opportunityTransparent,values-basedethicalbusiness
Climate changeWatermanagementTailings &mineral wastemanagementCultural &heritage sitemanagementRespectinghuman rightsInclusion,diversity & equityHealth, safety &wellbeingLocal communityrelationsBusiness integrity& governance
End-to-endmaterialsmanagementBiodiversity &ecosystemsClosure, post-mining & land rehabilitationEmployment &talent retentionPandemicresponse & public healthImpact oftechnologyESGtransparency &disclosure
Future-proofassetsIndustrialenvironmentimpactsBusinessperformance
Keyl Higher materialityl Medium materialityl Lower materialityRisk management & cybersecurity
Responsible tax & royalty payments
Supply chain transparency
Each material topic above appears under either the environment, social or governance theme to which it primarily relates. However, there is crossover among ESG themes, meaning some material topics can be relevant to two or even all three themes. Accordingly, we work with themes and topics holistically, not in silos.

To achieve impeccable ESG credentials,

we aim to:

–Provide people and communities with social

and economic opportunities so they can live

and grow sustainably.

–Play our role to advance a fair and socially

inclusive energy transition.

–Build a healthy, diverse and inclusive

workforce, support local communities to

achieve their goals and aspirations, and

deliver positive social outcomes.

–Decarbonise our operations (Scope 1

and 2) and our value chains (Scope 3) and

maximise the full value of our resources.

–Encourage circularity and provide critical

minerals that the world needs to advance.

–Minimise environmental and heritage

impacts and act as a responsible steward of

water and biodiversity, to strengthen our

resilience to a changing environment.

The UN SDGs

Our approach to ESG aligns with the UN SDGs,

which are recognised as the global blueprint for a

sustainable future. The SDGs are a useful

reference point to ensure we direct our efforts

where they can deliver the most impact and our

focus areas reflect society’s expectations. We

focus on goals that we feel are most relevant to

operating our business responsibly and where

we can have the biggest impact. Our two lead

goals are SDG 12 (responsible consumption and

production) and SDG 8 (decent work and

economic growth).

Our operations also contribute to eight

supporting SDGs (3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 13 and 15),

while SDG 17 (partnerships for the goals)

reflects our approach to sustainability and is

fundamental to the way we run our business.

For more informationabout our approach to the UN SDGs see riotinto.com/sustainabilityapproach.

What is important now

Our internal and external stakeholders are

broadly aligned on the four highly material ESG

topics. Climate change is the most important

topic and includes greenhouse gas emissions

reduction, climate resilience and adaptation, and

just transition. Respecting human rights; cultural

and heritage site management; and health,

safety and wellbeing are the other three highly

material topics.

For our business, the safety and wellbeing of our

people remains our highest priority. Biodiversity

and ecosystems; business integrity and

governance; ESG transparency and disclosure;

inclusion, diversity and equity; local community

relations, tailings and mineral waste

management; and water management are also

material topics as we strive to build a sustainable

What will be important in the future

Our internal and external stakeholders feel that

climate change will only continue to increase in

importance over the next decade. Biodiversity

and ecosystems; the impact of technology;

respecting human rights; risk management and

cybersecurity; business integrity and

governance; supply chain transparency; and

end-to-end materials management will also

increase in importance.

Water management will continue to be an

extremely important topic in the future due to

the reliance of local communities and our

mining operations on this increasingly scarce

resource. Managing all these ESG topics well

will be integral to our social licence to operate

and the success of our business.

Reporting our performance

Our materiality assessment records the

threshold at which an issue or topic becomes

important enough for us to report on

externally. The importance of a topic is

based on the significance of its impact on

stakeholders. An ESG materiality assessment

differs from financial materiality, which may

use financial metrics or other quantitative

analyses to determine what would be

considered a significant or material impact.

As a member of ICMM, we commit to reporting

on our ESG performance against the Global

Reporting Initiative (GRI) standards and

implementing the ICMM Performance

Expectations (PEs). The ICMM Mining

Principles framework focuses on

the implementation of systems and practices

related to a broad range of ESG areas.

In 2022, all 29 Rio Tinto managed

operating and refining assets completed

a self-assessment against the ICMM PEs.

A self-assessment was also completed

for Rio Tinto Corporate. The criteria for

prioritising 26 of our 29 operating assets

for validation, within the three year cycle

(2023-2025), was also disclosed at this time.

In 2023, on-site third-party validations were

completed for 12 of our priority operating and

refining assets. The validation reports received

to date demonstrate a high level of alignment

between the self-assessment and validation

outcomes, with identification of relevant areas

for improvement. Information on the 2022 self-

assessment or 2023 validation results are

presented in the ICMM PE Summary tab in the

2023 Sustainability Fact Book. We have

continued to improve our reporting to meet

additional disclosure requirements, including

the ICMM Social and Economic Reporting

Framework (SERF). In 2023 we have

disclosed our performance against most of the

SERF indicators.

The majority of our ESG reporting is

incorporated into this Form 20-F and

supplemented by our 2023 Sustainability Fact

Book containing current and historical data on

topics including health, safety, environment,

climate, communities, human rights,

responsible sourcing, ICMM PEs

and transparency.

For more informationsee our 2023 Sustainability Fact Book at riotinto.com/sustainabilityreporting.

Governance and assurance

The Sustainability Committee oversees

strategies to manage social and environmental

risks, including management processes and

standards. The Committee reviews the

effectiveness of management policies and

procedures relating to safety, health,

employment practices (apart from

remuneration, which is the responsibility of

the People & Remuneration Committee),

relationships with neighbouring communities,

environment, security and human rights, land

access, political involvement and sustainable

development. Given its strategic significance,

climate change is overseen directly by

the Board.

For more informationabout our Sustainability Committee see pages 111-112.

This year, the Group’s auditor KPMG was

again engaged to provide the Directors of

Rio Tinto with assurance on selected

sustainability subject matters. KPMG’s limited

assurance statement satisfies the

requirements of subject matters 1 to 4 of the

ICMM assurance procedure.

For more informationabout our external auditors and internal assurance see page 109.

Non-financial and sustainability

information statement

The ESG section includes information required

by regulation in relation to:

–Environmental and climate matters,

including Task Force on Climate-related

Financial Disclosure (TCFD) disclosures

(pages 44-58).

–Our employees (pages 71-74).

–Social matters (pages 66-75).

–Human rights (page 75).

–Corruption and bribery (pages 76-77).

Other related information can be found here:

–Our business model (page 9).

–Material risks and how they are managed

(pages 80-88).

–Non-financial key performance indicators

(page 43).

Notes on data

The data summarised in this ESG section

relates to calendar years. Unless stated

otherwise, parameters are reported for all

managed operations without adjustment

for equity interests. Where possible, we

include data for operations acquired

before 1 October of the reporting period.

Divested operations are included in data

collection processes up until the transfer

of management control.

How we report

Linking sustainability to purpose and strategyll
Materiality and material topicsl
Climate changelll
Economic contributionlll
Human rightslll
Indigenous Peoplesll
Memberships and certificationsl
Sustainability data and trendsl
  1. Includes our Climate Change Reportand 2023 Addendum - Scope 1, 2 and 3 Emissions Calculation Methodology.

  2. Includes our Taxes Paid Report and Country-by-Country Report.

  3. Includes our Modern Slavery Statement and our Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights Report.

For more informationsee riotinto.com/sustainabilityreporting.

Our ESG framework continued

2023 performance against ESG targets

Targets2023 performance
Reach zero fatalities and eliminate workplaceinjuries and catastrophic events.Zero fatalities at managed operations(2022: 0 fatalities).–All-injury frequency rate (AIFR) at 0.37 (target: 0.40). (2022: 0.40).–1.53 million critical risk management (CRM) verifications. (2022: 1.37 million).
Have all of our businesses identify at least one critical health hazard material to their business and demonstrate a year-on-year reduction of exposure to that hazard.6 assets achieved an exposure reduction to known health risks(airborne contaminants and noise). (2022: 9 assets).
Reduce the rate of new occupational illnesses each year.27.15% increase in the rate of new occupational illnesses since 2022
Reduce our absolute Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions by 15% by 2025 and by 50% by 2030 (when compared to 2018 levels), and achieve net zero emissions from our operations by 2050.15.5% reduction in Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions below our 2018 baseline(2022: 5.2%).
Disclose permitted surface water allocation volumes, annual allocation usage and the estimated surface water allocation catchment runoff from average annual rainfall for all managed operations by 2023.Achieve local water stewardship targets for selected sites by 2023.5 of the 7 water stewardship targets attained by 2023(2022: 5 of 7). For more information about individual water target performance in 2023, see pages 60-61.
Achieve our global Communities and Social Performance (CSP) targets by 2026:–Year-on-year increase in contestable spend sourced from suppliers local² to our operations. –All sites to co-manage cultural heritage with communities and knowledge holders by 2026.–70% of total social investment to be made through strategic, outcomes-focused partnerships by 2026. –All employees in high risk human rights roles to complete job-specific human rights training by 2024.–All employees to complete general human rights training by 2026.–We sourced 16.8% of contestable spend from suppliers local to our operations. This was a 2.3% increase from 2022. Progress for each product group is included in the 2023 Sustainability Fact Book.–We independently assessed 25 assets against the cultural heritage co-management maturity framework with 8 assets performing at level 4 (integrated), 7 at level 3 (defined), 9 at level 2 (emerging) and 1 at level 1 (learning)3.–Outcome indicator framework and strategic partnering principles were developed and endorsed in 2023 with self-assessment and baseline data to be collected in 2024.–Our human rights team delivered 35 tailored training sessions, targeting 11 assets and 12 functional teams globally. We recorded 2,441 completions of our modern slavery e-learning module, representing 66% of employees and contractors4 in modern slavery high-risk roles.
Improve diversity5 in our business by:–Increasing women in the business (including in senior leadership6) each year.–Aiming for 50% women in our graduate intake.–Aiming for 30% of our graduate intake to be from places where we are developing new businesses.–24.3% of our workforce were women, up 1.4% from 2022.–25% of executive leaders were women, no change from 2022.–30.1% of senior leadership were women, up 1.8% from 2022.–30.8% of Board roles were held by women, up 0.8% from 2022.–51.6% of our graduate intake were women, down 1.6% from 2022.–37.6% of our graduate intake were from places where we are developing new businesses7, up 1.6% from 2022.
Improve our employee engagement and satisfaction.1 point increase in our employee satisfaction score (eSAT8) since 2022 (from 73 to 74)(2022: 2 point increase).
  1. While we expect to have made financial commitments to abatement projects totalling more than 15% of our emissions by 2025, achieved emissions reductions will lag this.

  2. We take a “site-centric” view of the definition of local, which allows operations to establish their own definition, based on a set of common principles. These principles require that each operation,

in defining “local” takes into consideration its geographic, social and economic area of impact as well as ownership. For example, suppliers located within the Pilbara region of Western Australia

are defined as “local” for Rio Tinto Iron Ore’s Pilbara Operations. This approach is consistent with international best practice and aligns with the ICMM Social and Economic Reporting Framework

guidance.

  1. The cultural heritage co-management maturity framework sets out a maturity model consisting of five levels of maturity – from "learning the practice" to "leading practice". There are six categories

against which a site will be evaluated to determine its level of maturity, covering various aspects of cultural heritage management.

  1. Contractors refers to category 1, 2 and 3 contractors.

  2. From 2021, the definition used to calculate diversity was changed to include people not available for work, and contractors (those engaged on temporary contracts to provide services under the

direction of Rio Tinto leaders), excluding project contractors.

  1. We define senior leadership as Managing Directors, General Managers, Group Advisers and Chief Advisors.

  2. Identifying with a nationality is not mandatory. More than 48% of our graduates have not formally reported a nationality.

  3. eSAT (Employee Satisfaction) is a measure of “how happy an employee is to work at Rio Tinto”. It is calculated by averaging the responses on a 1-7 scale and expressing this out of 100.

Environmental performanceOur purpose is to find better ways to provide the materials the world needs. The low-carbon transition is at the heart of our business strategy: we are focusing on growing production of the materials essential for the energy transition; decarbonising our operations; and partnering with our customers and suppliers to decarbonise our value chains.

Climate change

Our operational emissions targets are

ambitious - to reduce emissions by 15% by

2025 and 50% by 2030 relative to 2018 levels,

reaching net zero by 2050. Our targets cover

more than 95% ofour reported Scope 1 and 2

emissions and are aligned with 1.5°C

pathways. We adjust our baseline to exclude

reductions achieved by divesting assets and

to account for acquisitions.

Our definition of net zero applies to our

operational (Scope 1 and 2) emissions on an

equity basis. To reach net zero we will need to

decarbonise our operations as far as

technically and commercially practical, and

address all the remaining emissions with

carbon dioxide removals from the atmosphere

and long-term storage.

To tackle our Scope 3 emissions across our

value chains we are committed to helping our

customers and suppliers achieve their targets

a decade earlier - reaching net zero by 2050.

In particular, we continue to work with our

customers to develop and scale up the

technologies to decarbonise steel and

aluminium production.

In this section, we comply with the

requirements of Listing Rule 9.8.6(8)R by

including climate-related financial disclosures

consistent with the Task Force on Climate-

related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)

recommendations and recommended

disclosures.

In determining our compliance with all

11 of the TCFD recommendations and

recommended disclosures, we have

considered both Section C of the TCFD Annex

entitled “Guidance for All Sectors”

and Section E of the TCFD Annex entitled

“Supplemental Guidance for Non-Financial

Groups”. The climate-related financial

disclosures made within this section

also comply with the requirements of

the Companies Act 2006 as amended

by the Companies (Strategic Report) (Climate-

related Financial Disclosure)

Regulations 2022.

Climate change matters are also integrated

into other parts of this report, such as the key

performance indicators (KPIs), material risks,

and notes to the financial statements.

Progress on our Climate Action Plan (CAP) is

material to the successful implementation of

our Group strategy. This is summarised in the

metrics and targets area of this climate

change section. For supplementary

information, please see our 2023 Climate

Change Report and 2023 Sustainability Fact

Book. We will continually enhance our climate

reporting in response to emerging standards

and requirements set by the International

Sustainability Standards Board and

national regulators.

“Many 1.5°C climate change

scenarios rely on significant

deployment of carbon

dioxide removals to get to

net zero, which may not be

realistic. No single company

or country can halt the

course of climate change

alone, so partnering to

reduce emissions is vital.”

Environmental monitoring. Kennecott, US

Climate-related governance A)Describe the board’s oversight of climate-related risks and opportunitiesB)Describe management’s role in assessing and managing climate-related risks and opportunities

Board, committee and management structure related to climate changeSummary of 2023 activities
The Board
Direct and monitorClimate change is a material and strategic topic for our business and is part of ongoing discussion and analysis at the most senior levels of management and the Board. It is also an important topic when the Board and Executive Committee engage with investors and civil society organisations. The Board approves our overall strategy, policy positions and climate disclosures within this report and the Climate Change Report. The Board set the 2025, 2030 and 2050 emissions targets, and monitors performance against targets and operational resilience. The Chair of the Board is responsible for our overall approach to climate change. The Board delegates specific responsibilities to Board committees and the Chief Executive. Climate change and the low-carbon transition are routinely on the Board’s agenda, including as part of strategy discussions, risk management, financial reporting and executive remuneration. The Board considers climate-related matters as we develop and implement our strategy and make investment decisions. The low-carbon transition is at the heart of our business strategy and aligned with our four objectives. For additional information, see our Strategic context and Our strategy sections on pages 14-16.–Held dedicated meetings to focus on decarbonisation including large-scale renewable projects and repowering our Pacific Aluminium Operations.–Reaffirmed our strategy and engaged with investors and civil society organisations following the publication of our 2022 Climate Change Report.–Approved the 2022 Climate Change Report and climate-related disclosures in the 2022 Annual Report notes to the financial statements.
For more information on the Board, their activities, and composition see pages 92-104.
Sustainability CommitteeThe Sustainability Committee maintains oversight of key sustainability areas that may be impacted by climate change, such as biodiversity and water. This includes assessing the effectiveness of associated controls and ensuring the operational-level resilience of the Group.–Received and discussed the following reports: Physical resilience to climate change, Boron water control framework follow-up, Environment performance and maturity update, and Proposed approach to nature commitments.
For more information see pages 111-112.
Inform and reportAudit & Risk CommitteeThe Audit & Risk Committee addresses how climate issues (such as climate policy and our scenarios) impact the financial statements. The committee review all material accounting estimates and judgements relating to financial reporting, including those where climate issues are relevant and also appoint the external auditors, who assure greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and ensure the effectiveness of the risk management framework.–Reviewed and approved material climate-related accounting estimates and judgements relating to financial reporting.–Considered the relevance of climate-related risks when preparing and approving the Group’s Annual Report.
For more information see page 107-110.
People & Remuneration CommitteeThe People & Remuneration Committee ensures the Group’s remuneration structure and policies include climate-related performance metrics and reward individual executives fairly and responsibly.–Assessed the annual executive performance against climate metrics and approved incentives and remuneration revisions related to the way climate change is incorporated into incentives.
For more information see page 113-145.
Management role
Investment CommitteeThe Investment Committee reviews and approves the Group’s capital expenditure in relation to abatement projects and climate change research and development. Decarbonisation investment decisions are made under a dedicated evaluation framework which considers the value of the investment and impact on cost base, the level of abatement, the maturity of the technology, the competitiveness of the asset and its policy context and alternative options on the pathway to net zero. Projects are also assessed against our approach to a just transition, with consideration to the impact on employees, local communities and industry.
Chief Executive and Executive CommitteeThe Chief Executive is responsible for delivering the CAP, as approved by the Board, with the Executive Committee supporting this role. Risk management, portfolio reviews, capital investments, annual financial planning and our approach to government engagement integrate our approach to climate change and emissions targets. The annual plan process focuses on the short-term (up to two years). The new growth and decarbonisation strategy is part of the medium term planning process. The Chief Executive leads the strategy process with the Executive Committee each year and, in 2023, reaffirmed the decision to put the low-carbon transition at the heart of our business strategy. Remuneration: Our Chief Executive’s performance objectives in the short-term incentive plan (STIP) includes delivery of the Group’s strategy on climate change. These are cascaded down into the annual objectives of relevant members of the Executive Committee, including the Chief Technical Officer, and other members of senior management. Decarbonisation is also included as a performance measure in the long-term incentive plan (LTIP). See pages 119-141 for our Remuneration Policy, 2023 outcomes, and the incorporation of climate-related measures in the LTIP and STIP.
Energy and Climate TeamIn 2022, we established a central team, Rio Tinto Energy and Climate (RTEC), to deliver progress on our CAP. This is led by the Chief Decarbonisation Officer, who reports to the Chief Technical Officer and is accountable for all aspects of the CAP. The RTEC team is structured according to the 6+1 programs that drive decarbonisation across our operations. Two additional teams complete the RTEC organisation: a Decarbonisation Office that monitors and forecasts GHG emissions, tracks investment decisions and coordinates our approach to physical climate risks; and a Climate Policy and Advocacy team. Rio Tinto Commercial drives the approach to Scope 3 emissions, given its responsibility for procurement, shipping and sales to our customers. The Decarbonisation Office prepares a quarterly progress report for the Executive Committee, which includes operational emissions and progress on abatement projects across the 6+1 programs and other areas of our CAP.

Climate-related strategy and risk management

Strategy A)Describe the climate-related risks* and opportunities the organisation has identified over the short, medium, and long term. B)Describe the impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on the organisation’s businesses, strategy and financial planning. C)Describe the resilience of the organisation’s strategy, taking into consideration different climate-related scenarios, including a 2°C or lower scenario. Risk management A)Describe the organisation’s processes for identifying and assessing climate-related risks. B)Describe the organisation’s processes for managing climate-related risks. C)Describe how processes for identifying, assessing, and managing climate-related risks are integrated into the organisation’s overall risk management. *We typically refer to risks as both threats and opportunities, but follow TCFD wording in this section.

Our quantification and assessment of climate-

related risks and opportunities is embedded

within our Group risk management framework.

This includes six core elements that are

continually reviewed to ensure that we are

effectively managing current risks and preparing

for emerging risks.

In 2022, we launched the physical resilience

program which included a climate risk and

resilience assessment methodology. This

guideline provides our assets and product

groups with a bottom-up assessment

framework to quantify physical climate risk and

focuses on the following:

–Climate modelling assumptions: to guide

the selection of future emission scenarios

and time horizons to support bottom-up risk

assessment and analyses.

–A risk assessment process: to identify and

evaluate climate-related risks and

–A risk management framework: to plan and

implement risk responses, communicate

risks with stakeholders and maintain and

update risk information.

Our three lines of defence provide assurance

that risks are effectively managed in line with

our policies, standards and procedures. While

risk management is the accountability of our

leaders, all employees are empowered to

identify and manage risks at the point that they

arise in their business. For further detail

regarding the Group risk management

process, the risk factors of the Group and how

ESG has been incorporated into these, see

pages 78-88.

We use scenarios to identify and assess the

climate-related risks and opportunities impacting

our business in the, medium and long term. We

use market analysis for our short-term outlook

rather than the scenarios which provide a longer

term view out to 2050. For climate change

planning purposes, we define short term as up to

two years, medium term as two to ten years and

long term as beyond ten years.

Our short-term time frame aligns with our annual

planning process. The medium-term time frame

aligns to extended planning horizons that align

with our growth projects and emissions

abatement projects. Our long-term time frame

considers the full lifespan of our mining assets

and infrastructure, the long-term extent of our

operations, and the continued impact climate

risks and opportunities are expected to have on

the business.

Low-carbon transition

strategy and risk

management

Through our Group risk assessment process

and climate scenario analysis, it is evident that

the low-carbon transition poses numerous

transitional risks and opportunities for

our business.

Based on our analysis of these risks and

opportunities, their impact on the Group, and the

role played in the transition, we have identified

numerous transition-related material risks and

associated opportunities that have been

incorporated into our Group risk strategy.

The materiality, and subsequent prioritisation, of

each risk has been calculated through assessing

the likelihood of an impact occurring as well as

the effect this would have on the Group’s free

cash flow or business value.

The Group’s climate change and the low-carbon

transition uncertainties, based on our risk

management process, have been assessed

through the following material risks:

  1. Preparing our Iron Ore business to meet the

demand for green steel.

  1. Building trusted relationships

with communities.

  1. Minimising our impact on the environments

we work in and building resilience to

changes in those environments, including

climate change and natural disasters.

  1. Delivering on our growth projects.

  2. Achieving our decarbonisation targets

competitively.

  1. Conducting our business with integrity,

complying with all laws, regulations,

and obligations.

See pages 82-88 where we have highlighted

the key regions impacted by these risks, our

risk management responses, and the relevant

groups with oversight of each process.

The numerous risks and opportunities

resulting from the low-carbon transition affect

our portfolio in a variety of ways. The table on

page 48 provides an overview of the varying

impacts that the low-carbon transition has on

our overall portfolio.

For more informationon financial reporting considerations and sensitivities related to climate change and the low-carbon transition, see the notes to our financial statements on pages 162-165.

Capital allocation and

investment framework

Decarbonisation investment is derived from

the Group’s capital allocation framework and

aligned to our 2025 and 2030 Scope 1 and 2

emissions targets.

Our target to reduce emissions by 50% by 2030

relative to 2018 levels remains unchanged.

However, we now believe that achieving this will

require less capital investment and more

operating expenditure. We originally estimated

that approximately 3GW of renewable power

would be needed to decarbonise our operations

in the Pilbara - 1GW to replace gas-fired power

generation and 2GW to decarbonise our diesel-

based fleets. Carbon reduction from economically

viable, large-scale fleet electrification has always

been expected post-2030, however delays in the

availability of this technology mean that we now

do not expect to invest in the same scale of

Pilbara renewables pre-2030. We remain

committed to developing 1GW of renewable

energy capacity in the Pilbara, however, we now

estimate that 600 to 700MW capacity is required

by 2030.

To accelerate our emissions abatement, we will

take advantage of commercial solutions that can

be ready in the market this decade and avoid

lengthy project development schedules.

Therefore, although our 2030 emissions target

remains unchanged, we now believe that this can

be met with $5bn-$6bn of capital investment,

down from previous guidance of $7.5bn. This

excludes capitalised RECs, voluntary offsets and

compliance offset costs.

The table below shows capital and operational

expenditure on decarbonisation. Group figures

have been disclosed on page 173-174 and 184.

Decarbonisation expenditure

Capital expenditure on abatement projects

$94m

(2022: $86m)

Carbon credits and renewable energy

certificates (RECs) (intangible assets)

$61m

(2022: $33m)

Operational expenditure

$234m

(2022: $138m)

Investments

$36m

(2022: $42m)1

  1. Our 2022 figures have been restated to include Office of

Chief Scientist and battery material investments.

Climate change scenarios

Our scenario approach is reviewed every year

as part of our Group strategy engagement with

the Board. We have not fundamentally

changed the scenarios presented in 2022 or

the analysis undertaken in early 2023 to

evaluate the resilience of our business under

different transition-related scenarios. Our

scenario framework focuses on two prevailing

macro-level business concerns: the rate of

global economic growth and the pace of

climate action, each heavily influenced by

global geopolitics and governance. Our two

core scenarios (Competitive Leadership and

Fragmented Leadership) are used to generate

a central reference case for commodity

forecasts and valuations. Additional scenarios

(including our Aspirational Leadership

scenario) are used to further evaluate the

positive and negative effects of the energy

transition across our portfolio and stress test

investment decisions. We have designed our

Aspirational Leadership scenario with the aim

or reaching net zero by 2050, to help us better

understand the world on a 1.5°C pathway and

what this would mean for our business.

We do not undertake climate modelling

ourselves, but determine the approximate

temperature outcomes in 2100 by comparing

the emissions pathways to 2050 in each of our

scenarios with the Shared Socio-economic

Pathways (SSP) set out in the

Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change

(IPCC) Sixth Assessment Report. We also

consider the carbon budgets associated with

different temperature outcomes. The

emissions pathway of Aspirational Leadership

is most closely aligned with the IPCC’s shared

socio-economic pathway 1 (SSP1-1.9) with

emissions reaching net zero by 2050, which

limits warming to 1.5°C. The emissions

pathway in Competitive Leadership limits the

global temperature increase to 1.6-2.0°C

(SSP1-2.6). Fragmented Leadership’s

emissions pathway is between SSP1-2.6 and

SSP2-4.5, so the global temperature increase

is less than 2.5°C by 2100. For physical risk,

we also use the IPCC’s highest emissions

scenario (SSP5-8.5) in our bottom-up asset-

level physical risk and resilience assessments

and other scenarios for our financial risk

modelling (see page 163 for more

information). So, when assessing risks and

opportunities to the business we use a 1.5°C-

aligned scenario to assess a fast low-carbon

transition and we use the highest emissions

and high temperature outcome scenario

(SSP5-8.5) to assess physical climate risks.

While there are many uncertainties about how

a changing climate may negatively affect

gross domestic product (GDP) growth,

physical impacts of climate change are

integrated into the GDP growth assumptions in

our three scenarios. These are most

significant in Fragmented Leadership and

least significant in Aspirational Leadership.

Aspirational LeadershipCompetitive LeadershipFragmented Leadership
Aspirational Leadership reflects our view of a world of high growth, significant social change and accelerated climate action with all countries setting new Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) that collectively achieve net zero emissions by mid-century. We believe that despite geopolitical differences, major economies tend to work together through multilateral frameworks and proactively work towards limiting temperature change to 1.5°C by 2100. While there may be temperature overshoot in many 1.5°C scenarios, there is limited risk of this in Aspirational Leadership. Although Aspirational and Competitive Leadership share similar GDP growth, higher carbon prices under Aspirational Leadership result in lower global emissions.Competitive Leadership reflects a world of high growth and strong climate action post-2030, with change driven by policy and competitive innovation. A proactive reform environment encourages stronger business innovation, higher investment and improved productivity. This allows global GDP to continue growing at close to recent historical levels with a growing contribution from India and other developing countries. Carbon emissions are slightly higher than those in Fragmented Leadership by 2030 due to increased GDP growth. However, these decline over time as carbon prices continue to rise post-2030. Nations drive toward achieving their Glasgow Climate Pact commitments, resulting in global GHG emissions falling from 54Gt CO2e today to 21Gt in 2050.Fragmented Leadership is characterised by limited progress on policy reform with volatile low growth. The business environment is defined by weak final demand and greater uncertainty, and requires close ties with governments to manage risk. It is a world defined by geopolitical and domestic tensions, spurred by populist agendas that offer leaders little opportunity to build consensus around reform and environmental agendas. Nations eventually achieve their 2030 NDCs as agreed in Paris in 2015, but abandon further progress resulting in flat global emissions post-2030. Carbon prices track alongside Competitive Leadership levels until 2030, but remain constant subsequent to this, resulting in increased global emissions.
Key scenario metrics1 · Aspirational Leadership · Competitive Leadership · Fragmented Leadership
Global temperature outcome in 21001.5°C1.6-2.0°C2.1-2.5°C
2030 Outcome2021-2050 CAGR2030 Outcome2021-2050 CAGR2030 Outcome2021-2050 CAGR
Global average carbon prices in 2030, (2021 US$/t CO2e)599%428%423%
Global emissions, Gt CO2e40-11%250-4%50-1%
Global energy demand, mtoe10,5000.3%11,0001%10,3000.2%
Global GDP growth (PPP), %4%4%4%4%3%2%
Energy intensity of global GDP, toe/$1,000 2015 PPP0.1-3%0.1-3%0.1-2%
Carbon intensity of total energy, gCO2/MJ40-13%45-5%45-2%
Global energy from electricity, mtoe2,9004%2,9004%2,7002%
Global wind and solar capacity, GW9,80011%7,50010%5,7007%
EV penetration by 2030 (%)37011%6010%4010%
Finished steel demand (relative to 2021)>1101%>1101%<100–%
Aluminium demand (relative to 2021)>1302%>1302%>1201%
Copper demand (relative to 2021)>1503%>1503%>1302%
  1. These metrics have been extracted from our scenarios modelling and have been rounded to avoid the impression that they are precise predictions. Mtoe = Million tonnes of oil equivalent, PPP =

purchasing power parity.

2.11% p.a. decline in CO 2 emissions based on 2021-49 period in net zero pathway (by 2050), emissions in 2030 are highest in Competitive Leadership due to high GDP growth.

3.2021-50 compound annual growth rate (CAGR) based on global electric vehicle (EV) sales.

Our overall portfolio risks and opportunities in the low-carbon transition

Key

Aspirational LeadershipCompetitive LeadershipFragmented Leadership
Iron OreShort term: There is limited transition risk or opportunity to the Iron Ore business in the short term as the impacts of carbon pricing regulation is relatively low. Slow transition in the steel sector towards low-carbon technology limits risk to Pilbara operations. GDP growth has a stronger influence on iron ore price than climate change policy
Lower medium-term demand versus Competitive Leadership due to higher scrap-use affecting Pilbara products (recovers post 2040)Strong global GDP growth and continued urbanisation support iron ore demand including for Pilbara productsSlowdown in China and global GDP growth erode demand, creating margin pressure across the portfolio
Large increases in carbon pricing and penalties drive demand for high-grade iron ore supporting Simandou and Iron Ore Company of Canada (IOC)Stronger customer preference for Simandou and IOC ores for lower-carbon traditional and emerging steelmakingSmaller regional increases in carbon prices relative to the other scenarios help preserve longer-term margins for low-cost, Tier 1 Pilbara ores
AluminiumShort term: Current carbon pricing regulation raises operational costs for carbon intensive assets, notably our refineries and smelters in Eastern Australia. Limited transition related short-term demand growth for aluminium
Higher carbon penalties put pressure on emissions intensive refining and smelting operationsCompetition to secure large-scale firmed renewable electricity to repower coal-based Pacific Aluminium OperationsChina slowdown and production cap on primary aluminium reduce demand for seaborne bauxite
Strong GDP growth and EV penetration support demand with value upside for hydro-based smelters (more pronounced in Aspirational Leadership)Slowing demand and low-carbon penalties greatly reduce value upside of ELYSISTM and hydro-based smelters
Higher carbon penalties support ELYSIS™, hydro-based smelting assets in Quebec and repowering projects in Australia
CopperShort term: limited risk of carbon pricing regulation on copper operations given their location in the US, Mongolia and Chile. Some transition related short-term demand growth for copper given increasing electrification energy system
Strong GDP growth and accelerated EV penetration and global electrification (backed by renewable electricity) support demand growth and margins across the portfolioLower demand growth and poor carbon policy reduce margins and upside for low-carbon smelting and refining (Kennecott and Escondida)
Pressure to meet rapid demand growth supports growth projects (and NutonTM) if they satisfy environmental and social requirements
Environmental and social approval hurdles for new projects including Resolution Copper and La GranjaGeopolitical tensions could reduce joint venture partnership opportunities and create potential engineering, procurement and construction and logistical issues
MineralsShort term: Potential for carbon penalties to raise operational costs for emissions intensive minerals operations in Canada and South Africa. Some transition-related short-term demand growth for minerals that support electrification
Accelerated uptake of EVs and battery storage solutions supports growth projects (Rincon and Tamarack joint venture)Strong outlook for battery materials but international competition for greenfield and mergers and acquisitions opportunities limit growth optionsReduced battery material growth opportunities but resilience from operating high-grade TiO2 assets
Increasing ESG scrutiny of new projects and more stringent regulationsSupply disruption risks and volatility bolster demand for precious metal and critical mineral by-products
Potential for carbon penalties to raise operational costs for emissions intensive downstream processing of TiO2 and battery materials

Our approach: decarbonisation

and producing materials needed

for the low-carbon transition

The energy transition is a key driver of

commodity demand today and will continue to be

so over the next two decades. This will come on

top of the demand growth from continued

urbanisation and industrialisation (particularly in

emerging economies) and it will trigger a new

phase of demand growth in developed

economies, which have faced saturating demand

over the past two decades.

While the low-carbon transition is expected to

create additional demand for our commodities

(and therefore an opportunity to provide transition

materials), the outlook for demand varies

significantly between our scenarios as a function

of GDP growth, technology uptake, and scrap

supply and use. Different demand trajectories,

combined with industry supply responses and

global carbon policy evolution, determine the

market prices for our three major commodities

and implications for our Group-level and asset

valuations.

We aim to invest in quality assets that give

robust returns under our scenarios, creating a

resilient portfolio with a significant upside to

the energy transition. We have continued to

invest in our copper portfolio through

traditional assets such as Oyu Tolgoi and

Kennecott, as well as early-stage application

of our Nuton TM copper leaching technology.

In aluminium, we continue to develop

emissions-free smelting technology with

ELYSIS™ trials. Significant further research

and development is needed, including to scale

up the technology towards larger commercial-

sized cells, before the broader implementation

of ELYSIS™ is possible. For this reason, we

do not expect this new technology to achieve

emissions abatement across our smelters

before 2030.

We believe that global iron ore demand will

remain strong with a premium on higher grade

ore needed for the production of green steel in

Direct Reduction Iron-Electric Arc Furnace

(DRI-EAF) steel processing. This includes the

higher grade ores from the IOC and our

Simandou project. Demand for these ores

increases in our Aspirational Leadership and

Competitive Leadership scenarios.

In other commodities, we are evaluating a

range of opportunities to produce lithium as

well as making demonstrable progress on

various critical mineral developments that are

essential for the energy transition.

The pace of technological development is

uncertain, which could delay or increase the

cost of our decarbonisation efforts as well as

the ability to fully capitalise on transition

For additional information on the resilience of

our portfolio, see page 163.

Short term (less than 2 years)Medium term (2-10 years)Medium and long termLong term (beyond 10 years)No risk
High opportunityModerate opportunityModerate riskHigh risk

Physical climate risk

and resilience

Our business and wider value chain

experience a range of impacts associated with

extreme weather. As the climate continues to

change, so will the frequency and magnitude

of events and impacts associated with

extreme events. Proactive risk management is

crucial for us to operate safely, productively,

and profitably, well into the future.

Physical climate risk refers to the adverse

impacts that arise from extreme weather

and changes in climatic conditions and are

typically categorised into two main types:

–Acute climate risks involve sudden and

extreme events that can lead to rapid and

severe impacts. Examples include tropical

cyclones, wildfires, heatwaves, extreme

rainfall, flooding and hail. Acute risks can

disrupt operations, damage infrastructure,

impact our people and communities, and

result in production downtime and increased

operational costs.

–Chronic climate risks manifest gradually

over time, encompassing challenges such

as rising sea levels, increasing air

temperatures, and longer-term changes in

precipitation patterns. Chronic risks are

characterised by a slower onset and

progression, requiring longer-term

adaptation strategies and planning. Chronic

risks can result in reduced resource

availability, increased costs (such as water

and energy), impacts on productivity and

health and wellbeing of our workforce, and

can potentially affect supply

chain resilience.

The combination of these two types of climate

risk can lead to a compound extreme (such as

a landfalling tropical cyclone coupled with

higher sea levels) and can accentuate related

impacts.

Building resilience to a changing climate

means having the capacity to anticipate, adapt

to, and recover from the impacts of extreme

weather events, ensuring the long-term

viability of our assets, our people and

communities, and broader value chains.

Our strategy and approach

Taking and managing risk responsibly is

essential to operating and growing our

business safely, effectively, and sustainably.

Enhancing our resilience to physical

climate risk is an important component

of our approach to climate change and

is embedded within our risk management

and internal controls framework. Our approach

to physical climate risk and resilience is

centred around four pillars that guide our risk

management and work on adaptation, and is

summarised below.

Weather/climate analytics and insights–Short (days) and medium (weeks-months) term: weather forecasting, climate outlooks and natural catastrophe models.–Long term (decades): downscaled latest-generation global climate models considering a range of future emission scenarios and time horizons.–Location information: exposure and vulnerability.Scope (physical and financial)
Physical risk and resilience assessment–Identify: determine location-specific physical climate risks (threats and opportunities) considering present-day and short, medium and long-term time horizons and multiple emission scenarios.–Evaluate: assess identified risks in terms of their potential consequence (financial and non-financial) and likelihood.–Prioritise: prioritise risks based on materiality.
Top-downassessmentGroup-wideBottom-up assessmentAsset level
Resilience planning and adaptation–Options: explore and identify the most appropriate resilience and adaptation measures to mitigate risk.–Consider: cost-benefit, principles of adaptive management, modularity and long-term sustainability.–Prioritise: critical and high-impact measures for implementation.–Decide and implement: decide and implement adaptation measures.
Monitoring and evaluation–Accountability: clearly define roles and responsibilities. –Metrics: evaluate performance against established metrics and indicators to assess success and impact.–Review: revisit this approach regularly, or if there is a material change to the economic, social, environmental, or physical context of the subject/risk.OperationsEnvironmentPeople CommunitySupply chain

Weather/climate analytics and insights

We use the latest-generation weather and climate data products to gain quantitative insights into short, medium and long-term weather and climate

risks. The strategic implementation of these advanced tools help manage physical climate risks proactively across our geographically diverse sites

and supply chains. Across the Group, we utilise the following tools, the combination of which cater for time horizons and weather and climate risks

from hours in the future (operational resilience and short-term decision-making) to decades (long-term strategic and scenario planning).

ProductTime horizonVariablesDetail and use
Weather forecastsShort term: hours to daysAtmospheric conditions: temperature, precipitation, windWeather and severe weather forecasts used at site-level to inform short-term operational planning and trigger emergency response planning.
Severe weather forecastsShort term: hours to daysExtreme events: storms, tropical cyclones, flash floods, hail, lightning
Climate outlooksShort term: weeks to monthsAtmospheric conditions (rainfall outlooks) and extreme events (tropical cyclone outlooks)Climate outlooks inform operational mine planning and bolster operational resilience and rainy season preparations across our portfolio.
Catastrophe modellingShort, medium and long term (years to decades)Extreme events: tropical cyclone, floodModelling to estimate potential financial losses and damages that can result from extreme climate events like tropical cyclones and floods.
Climate change projectionsLong term: decadesAtmospheric, climatic, oceanic and extreme eventsLong-term projections of how acute and chronic hazards may change in the future. Projections are used to inform our asset-level and Global Industry Standard on Tailings Management (GISTM) physical risk and resilience assessments, operations, closure planning and execution, exploration, projects, mine water management, and Group finance and insurance.

Climate change projections are available

for every site in our portfolio (including

non-managed assets). Downscaled climate

change projections are available for over 60

climate change variables and future emission

scenarios from the IPCC Coupled Model

Intercomparison Project 5 and 6 (CMIP5 and

CMIP6). We have completed flood risk

modelling for 100% of our managed and non-

managed assets considering three future

emission scenarios and time horizons

spanning present-day, medium and

long-term time horizons.

Physical risk and resilience

assessment

Our approach to quantifying and assessing

physical risk (threats) and resilience is both

targeted and systematic, spanning from

individual assets (bottom-up) to the Group

level (top-down). We first identify climate risks

and opportunities across varying and

applicable time horizons (present day/short

term, medium and long term) and emission

scenarios. Next, we evaluate their potential

financial and non-financial consequences and

likelihood and we prioritise these risks by

materiality for effective risk management and

appropriate resource allocation. This process

is integrated within the Rio Tinto Risk

Management Information System. The scope

of our assessments includes our operations

and the environments in which we operate,

our people, the communities that host us, and

our supply chain.

Resilience planning and adaptation

Each site, operating context and location is

unique. Our resilience planning identifies the

most appropriate resilience measures to

manage climate risks and adapt to them.

This can explore multiple options, weighing up

cost-benefit, alongside principles of adaptive

management, modularity and sustainability. An

investment decision is comprehensively

evaluated before funding approval. This

includes prioritising projects and engaging key

stakeholders to seek alignment on the

investment and its implementation.

Monitoring and evaluation

Risks are actively and regularly monitored with

clearly defined roles and responsibilities.

Adaptation is a continuous and evolving

process and we continually evaluate the

latest-generation of climate change data and

emerging technologies to assess the risk

profile of our assets and infrastructure over

time. Where a material change to the

economic, social, environmental or physical

context of the risk has been identified, the

assessment process is revisited.

Physical climate risks and impacts

Combining climate insights with a top-down

assessment, we have identified eight

Group-level material physical climate risks.

Identifying and evaluating our most material

challenges and significant risks empowers us

to implement targeted controls, adaptation

strategies and risk management plans, to

safeguard our business and ensure a safe,

profitable and productive operation in a rapidly

changing climate.

While the emergence of climate-related risks

varies in response to the evolving nature

of the underlying hazards, many of these risks

could manifest today. For example,

an extreme heat event could impact the

health, safety and productivity of our workforce

in the short term. However, increases in future

temperature means that risks may become

more material. The summary table on page 51

takes into account both the short-term risk that

could emerge during current operations as

well as the long-term risk associated with

climate change.

KeylShort term (0-2 years)lMedium term(2-10 years)lLong term(10+ years)
Risk, impact and time horizonEnvironmental triggersRisk management
Tailings storage facility (TSF) containment breach/failure due to geotechnical instability or significant erosion eventExtreme rainfall, floodingOur facilities comply with local laws and regulations and have risk management protocols in place, including a Group safety standard for tailings and water storage facilities. We regularly update this standard and undergo internal and external assurance checks. Our operational TSFs have, or are developing, tailings response plans and follow strict business resilience and communications protocols. In accordance with the relevant climate change requirements from the GISTM, all TSFs will conduct a climate change resilience assessment by August 2025.
Water shortages, supply and availability impacting operations and production, water treatment and environmental compliance, dust control and community relationsRainfall, temperatureWe use a water risk framework to identify, assess and manage water risks across our portfolio of managed operations. For more information on the water risk framework, see page 59. The framework covers four themes, one of which relates to water supply (water resource). The supply theme requires us to consider whether sufficient water is available to supply both our operational demands and the demands of other stakeholders within the broader catchment, under the range of conditions that are likely to occur over the asset's life. We apply rigorous standards and processes to ensure effective controls are in place at all sites. This includes our Group water quality protection and water management standard, and a standardised Group water management control library which describes all controls identified to manage our water risks. Asset-specific climate change risk and resilience assessments further enable continued improvement of water risk management over time.
Damage to critical coastal infrastructure (shipping berths, ship loaders, stackers/reclaimers, conveyors) resulting in operational and supply chain disruptionTropical cyclone/storm, wind, storm surgeOur coastal infrastructure is designed to withstand the wind loading and other impacts associated with extreme events, including severe tropical cyclones. Established business resilience management plans offer frameworks for response, continuity, and recovery in the event of a natural catastrophe scenario, aiming to minimise damage and resume operations swiftly. Our engineering risk assessment program, including asset-level critical risk assessments, considers natural catastrophe modelling and associated risks, if appropriate.
Damage and outages of critical electrical (motors, generators, cooling systems) and power (substations, transformers, transmission lines) infrastructureTropical cyclone/storm, extreme rainfall, flooding, extreme temperatures, lightningElectrical and power infrastructure is designed in accordance with local engineering and design standards and internal electrical safety standards and is considered in our asset-specific climate change risk and resilience assessments. Flood risk modelling (surface water, riverine and coastal inundation) incorporating future climate change projections has been completed across our portfolio of managed and non-managed operations.
Damage to critical mining and production infrastructure (eg fixed plant, conveyors) resulting in operational disruptionTropical cyclone/storm, extreme rainfall and/or floodingCritical mining and production infrastructure is designed in accordance with local engineering and design standards and are considered in our asset-specific climate change risk and resilience assessments. Assets located in tropical cyclone-affected regions have appropriate controls to minimise damage and operational downtime. Flood risk modelling (surface water, riverine and coastal inundation) incorporating future climate change projections has been completed across our portfolio of managed and non-managed operations.
Health and safety and productivity of workforceExtreme heatControls are in place to manage the risk of extreme heat for our workforce, including adequate acclimatisation prior to commencing work. Those undertaking high-risk heat tasks are monitored daily for signs or symptoms of heat illness/stress. Operator checklists ensure adequate hydration and work area management. Provision is made for cool rest areas with access to cool drinking water. Our workforce is able to self-pace their workload ensuring regular work/rest breaks.
Disruption to transport routes (maritime, rail, air and road access) and supply chain (supplies and critical spares and access to direct customers)Tropical cyclone/storm, extreme heat, extreme rainfall, floodingWe are working to better understand the interdependencies across our entire operation. In 2023, we operationalised analytics that provides real-time natural hazard impacts for over 50% of our tier 1-3 goods suppliers. Being alerted of potential supply disruption in real-time allows our teams to make informed decisions to reduce supply chain disruption. This work aims to identify critical components of our product group supply chains and manage the potential adverse impacts from physical climate risk.
Acute and chronic climate change impacting closure objectivesTropical cyclones/storms, temperature, rainfall, flooding, sea level riseThe physical impacts of climate change are considered when planning and executing closure. Latest-generation climate change projections specific to the site are used to inform appropriate landform design, water management and vegetation selection. This is to support modelling as per local regulatory requirements and internal closure standards. Ongoing and regular monitoring and maintenance of the site is essential to ensure the effectiveness of closure measures, including monitoring water quality, soil erosion, vegetation growth and any potential contamination or instability issues.

Climate-related metrics and targets

A)Disclose the metrics used by the organisation to assess climate-related risks and opportunities in line with its strategy and risk management process. B)Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2, and, if appropriate, Scope 3 GHG emissions, and the related risks. C)Describe the targets used by the organisation to manage climate-related risks and opportunities and performance against targets.

We have identified various metrics to monitor

our climate-related risks, opportunities and

targets. Our decarbonisation strategy is

monitored by tracking progress on our

abatement projects and reporting Scope 1 and

2 emissions. On Scope 3 emissions, we track

our customer engagement on decarbonisation,

progress on individual projects and

partnerships as well as our emissions.

We provide metrics for transition-related

opportunities (the increased demand for

transition materials) on page 56. Physical risks

metrics include the financial exposure metric

and annualised damage metric on pages

57-58.

We have also disclosed other ESG-related KPIs,

metrics and targets that integrate with our

objective of achieving impeccable ESG

credentials within the respective Environmental,

Social, and Governance performance sections of

this Form 20-F. A summary of these metrics is

found on page 43 with other Group KPIs

highlighted on pages 20-22.

Scope 1 and 2: Operational

emissions targets aligned with

1.5°C

In 2023, we updated our Scope 2 emissions

reporting methodology to align with improved

and evolving global GHG emissions reporting

standards. Our primary metric for Group

emissions is a market-based methodology and

we have restated our baseline and current

emissions. Further detail on this change in

reporting and the implications for our

emissions baseline is available in our 2023

Addendum - Scope 1, 2 and 3 Emissions

Methodology report.

While there is no universal standard for

determining the alignment of targets with the

Paris Agreement goals, we conclude that our

Scope 1 and 2 targets for 2030 are aligned

with efforts to limit warming to 1.5°C. In 2021,

KPMG provided limited assurance over the

alignment of our Scope 1 and 2 targets with

efforts to limit warming to 1.5°C. They also

provided assurance of the roadmap to

delivering those targets (as set out in our 2021

Climate Change Report). KPMG provide

assurance over our 2023 reporting of progress

on our Climate Action Plan (CAP)

commitments as well as on our 2023 Scope 1,

2 and 3 emissions.

Current year progress and update

on 2025 target

Our Scope 1 and 2 emissions were 32.6 Mt CO 2 e

in 2023. This is 6% below our 2018 baseline of

34.5 Mt CO 2 e and slightly below our adjusted

2022 emissions of 32.7 Mt CO 2 e (adjusted for

acquisitions). Abatement delivered by our

projects in 2023 exceeded emissions growth

from higher production giving a slight reduction in

emissions on a like for like basis.

Our 2023 emissions were slightly higher than

our actual 2022 emissions total of 32.3 Mt

CO 2 e due to the recent acquisitions of

additional equity in OT and MRN.

Against a backdrop of rising production, the

emissions reductions achieved since 2018 are

mostly the result of decarbonising power.

These include PPAs at Escondida and the

purchase of renewable energy certificates

(RECs) at our Kennecott and Oyu Tolgoi

copper operations.

The scale of our commitments on abatement

projects has increased rapidly since we reset

our Scope 1 and 2 emissions targets in

October 2021. In 2023, we have made project

commitments which deliver abatement of

around 2Mt CO 2 e per year, mostly in

renewable energy contracts and certificates,

and biofuels deployment.

By 2025 we expect to have made financial

commitments to abatement projects that will

achieve more than 15% of Group emissions.

However, our actual emissions abatement will

lag this.

These delays are the result of a range

of factors including engineering and

construction timelines, pace of development

related to new technology and energy systems

in the locations we operate, and the need to

carefully integrate our ambitions with the

needs of our local communities and

stakeholder groups. We also need additional

abatement to address underlying emissions

growth as our production plans evolve.

Progress to our 2030 target

Between now and 2030, the most significant

opportunities to reduce our Scope 1 and 2

emissions are to switch the electricity we

generate or purchase to renewables, and to

address process heat emissions from our

alumina refineries.

To reach our 2030 goals, our single largest

lever - accounting for around one-quarter of

our emissions - is to develop a competitive

renewable energy solution for the Boyne and

Tomago aluminium smelters in our Pacific

Aluminium Operations (PacOps). In December

2023, we signed a PPA to buy all the electricity,

and associated green products to be generated

in the future, from the 1.1GW Upper Calliope

Solar Farm project, which if combined with more

renewable power and suitable firming,

transmission and industrial policy, could provide

part of a solution to repower Rio Tinto’s three

Gladstone production assets (Boyne aluminium

smelter, Yarwun alumina refinery and the

Queensland Alumina Limited (QAL) alumina

refinery). Once approved and developed, this

solar project has the potential to reduce operating

carbon emissions by 1.8Mt per year.

We must also execute other key projects in our

pipeline related to renewable electricity contracts

and alumina processing heat reductions to meet

our 2030 target.

We expect to make financial commitments before

the end of the decade that will result in structural

abatement of our portfolio beyond 2030. This

demonstrates our continued commitment

towards our net zero goal.

In 2023, we built a 5MW solar plant pilot

project at Kennecott Copper. We approved,

subject to regulatory approvals, a 12.4MW

solar system and a 2.1MWh battery storage

system via long-term PPAs for Amrun. There

have been continued discussions on the

proposed coastal Pilbara solar photovoltaic

with stakeholders and we progressed studies

for further solar and wind developments.

In alumina processing, we have developed a

decarbonisation energy strategy for Yarwun and

QAL refineries. We have progressed our double

digestion pre-feasibility study at QAL which

includes the construction and commissioning of a

pilot plant to provide technical inputs to support

the study. Electric boiler feasibility studies have

progressed at Vaudreuil and we have also

approved the Yarwun Hydrogen Calcination Pilot

Demonstration Program. .

Voltalia began Phase 1 construction of a

130MW solar farm for Richards Bay Minerals

(via PPA) and construction has also

commenced on the 16MW Phase 2 Wind

project at QIT Madagascar Minerals.

In the Pilbara, we remain committed to

building 1GW of renewable energy capacity.

However, due to the extended timeline for

deployment of battery electric haulage

solutions, we now estimate that 600MW to

700MW capacity is required by 2030.

We have completed the commercial and

technical due diligence of the submissions for

supply of renewable electricity to Gladstone

aluminium assets. In 2024, we aim to progress

renewable energy supply for Boyne Smelter,

launch a Request for Proposal for renewable

energy projects for Tomago, and seek renewable

energy and storage capacity for Tranche 1 of

electrification at the Gladstone alumina refineries.

While prioritising emissions reductions at our

operations, we are also investing in nature-

based solutions (NbS) that can bring benefits

to people, nature and climate. We may retire

high quality carbon credits generated by these

projects towards our 2030 targets. This will

complement our abatement project portfolio –

which aims to reduce operational emissions by

50% by 2030 – and support our compliance

with carbon pricing regulation such as the

Safeguard Mechanism in Australia.

Our emissions reporting will continue to

transparently distinguish between our

underlying operational emissions, the volume

and type of carbon credits retired and net

Group emissions.

In 2023, our net emissions total does not include

86,000 ACCUs retired for compliance with the

Safeguard Mechanism for the period 2021-22.

We expect to include ACCUs in our net

emissions figure from 2024 onwards.

Pathway to our 2030 Scope 1 and 2 emissions target

(Mt CO 2 e, equity basis)1

Note: small differences in chart attributable to rounding.

  1. Restated emissions due to Scope 2 methodology changes. Data represent gross Scope 1 and 2 emissions and direct abatement projects.

2.“Other required” will flex over time based on abatement project delivery, growth, closures and asset changes.

Scope 3: Partnering to reduce the

carbon footprint of our value

chains

In 2023, our Scope 3 emissions were 578.1 Mt

CO 2 e (equity basis), approximately 18 times

higher than our Scope 1 and 2 emissions. Most

of these emissions (94%) stem from customer

processing of our products, particularly iron ore

(69%) and bauxite and alumina (22%).

Scope 3 processing emissions related

to our iron ore rose from 386.6 Mt CO 2 e in

2022 to 399.9 Mt CO 2 e in 2023 primarily

due to an increase in production.

Downstream processing emissions from

bauxite and alumina decreased from 147.3 Mt

CO 2 e in 2022 to 129.8 Mt CO 2 e mostly as a

result of reduced emission intensities related

to aluminium smelting in China.

We have seen a significant increase in the

number of our customers setting public targets

for their Scope 1 and 2 emissions (our Scope

3). About 53% of our total iron ore sales are

now to steel producers with existing public

targets to reach net zero by 2050, up from

about 50% in 2022 and 28% in 2021.

Meanwhile, nearly 40% of our bauxite sales

are to customers with net zero emissions

targets, though only 13% of this is to

companies aiming for net zero by 2050.

As these numbers rise, we expect to enhance

our ability to partner through the value chain to

achieve our common sustainability objectives.

As things stand today, our analysis of our

customers’ targets and their governments’

commitments to reduce their emissions, shows a

trajectory for those processing emissions that

approaches net zero by around 2060.

We are committed to partner with our

customers and suppliers to find better ways to

help them achieve their targets a decade

earlier – reaching net zero by 2050.

To do this, we are investing in the development of

breakthrough technologies aiming to help

decarbonise our value chains and upgrading our

ores to be suitable for these.

As the world’s largest iron ore producer, we have a

key role to play in decarbonising the steel industry.

We are currently working with over 40 partners

across 50 projects in 10 countries. Supported by

research on our ore bodies, our objective is to

unlock the most sustainable and economic

pathways for our iron ores.

To reduce our Scope 3 emissions, we have defined

4+2 focus areas to address our Scope 3 emissions.

These include our four most significant categories

considering the magnitude of emissions and our

ability to drive meaningful incremental impact –

steel, alumina refining, shipping and procurement

decarbonisation. In parallel, we are also working on

two transversal programs aimed at leveraging our

size and scale to support collective industry and

policy action and enhancing emissions transparency

across our value chains.

Steel value chain: We are actively working

with our customers to help reduce their carbon

emissions from the current blast furnace

process. We have progressed the design plan

of the Baowu Meishan microwave lump drying

pilot plant and are also testing increased lump

usage in the blast furnace with POSCO and

Zenith. An economically viable carbon capture

technology with Shougang that could capture

blast furnace gas is also currently in

development.

As part of our focus on emerging pathways,

we aim to utilise our high-grade iron ores to

accelerate the early proliferation of low-carbon

technologies. During the year, we signed a multi-

year agreement to supply high grade direct

reduction iron ore pellets from IOC operations to

H 2 Green Steel’s integrated steel plant. We are

also evaluating a portfolio of options in energy-

advantaged regions (Canada, US, Europe,

Australia, and the Middle East) to accelerate the

build-out of natural gas and, eventually, hydrogen

shaft furnace solutions.

Due to the scarce availability of high-grade ore,

the main focus of our research and development

is on a range of new technologies that unlock

competitive low-carbon pathways for low and

medium-grade iron ores.

We are working to solve the key constraints to

this, notably removing impurities found in low-

mid grade iron ores prior to/during iron and

steel making.

We are currently evaluating the extent to which

impurities can be economically removed from our

Pilbara blend ores prior to processing and have

completed mineral resource and inventory

reviews to understand how much of our

future reserves are suitable for upgrading. Our

detailed feasibility study related to BioIron™ has

been completed and we have progressed

research on the pelletisation of Pilbara ores.

In 2023, we spent $28 million on steel

decarbonisation initiatives, and have set

specific action-oriented targets for

steel decarbonisation.

We estimate that we will spend $100 million

on steel decarbonisation in 2024.

Approximately one third of this will be capital

expenditure on BioIron™ (subject to approvals

and technical feasibility), with the remainder

being operational expenditure on our other

partnerships.

Aluminium value chain: The majority of our

product is processed in China using coal-fired

refining and smelting processes, where we

have little influence over the power source for

these electricity grids. Because of this, our

short-to-medium-term focus is to help our

customers improve the alumina refining

process to increase energy efficiency and

optimise the use of our bauxite. This is mostly

via sweetening and improved digestion and

renewable energy for heat source via

hydrogen calcination and electric boilers in the

longer term.

In 2023 we worked with three key customers

representing more than 47% of our bauxite sales,

to shortlist potential areas for future collaboration

and we are now developing action plans to

collaborate in priority ESG areas.

Procurement: Due to the nature of our

businesses, many of our purchased inputs are

from hard-to-abate sectors, such as caustic,

coke, pitch and steel. In 2023 we completed a

study to understand the sources of our

procurement-related emissions. This

enhanced our understanding of the sources

and nature of our procurement-related

emissions, including our highest emitting

categories and suppliers, and potential

abatement solutions.

Shipping: Our Scope 3 emissions from

shipping and logistics are 9.2Mt CO 2 e. We

have achieved a 37% emissions intensity

reduction relative to 2008 by incorporating

larger, more efficient vessels such as

Newcastlemaxes into our fleet, implementing

various design improvements and technical

modifications, and by ensuring the

implementation of speed and route

optimisation measures.

We continue to explore opportunities for

biofuels and liquid natural gas (LNG) and are

focused on bringing dual fuel, net zero vessels

into our portfolio by 2030.

Although the economics of implementing

these fuels remain challenging, a 12-month

biofuel trial has been completed on our owned

vessels which affirmed the fuel’s technical

viability for existing vessels.

Scope 3 near-term targets

By holding ourselves accountable on real and

measurable commitments in the near term, we

can help to make sure technologies are

developed early enough to accelerate the

transition in the long term.

Therefore, this year we have set specific near-

term targets for steel, alumina refining,

shipping and procurement decarbonisation.

To accelerate steel decarbonisation, we have

set targets to support our customers to reduce

blast furnace emissions by 20-30% by 2035,

halve our Scope 3 emissions from IOC by

20351 relative to 2022 levels, commission the

BioIron™ continuous pilot plant (CPP)1, shaft

furnace (DRI) and Electric Smelting Furnace

pilot plant by 2026 and finalise the Pilbara

beneficiation pilot plant study by 2026.

In alumina decarbonisation, we are committing to

partnerships with the goal of improving energy

efficiency, specifically via implementing and

validating digestion improvement technology and

developing approaches to control or remove

organic compounds from the refining process.

We are also committing to developing

technologies that reduce moisture in our bauxite.

In relation to shipping emissions, we are

aiming to reach net zero by 2050, have 10% of

our chartered fleet using net zero fuel by 2030

(as per our First Movers Coalition pledge),

achieve a 40% emissions intensity reduction

by 2025 with a 50% reduction by 2030, and

improve emissions reporting accuracy using

actual voyage data in 2024.

To help decarbonise our procurement, starting

in 2024, we will engage with our top 50

suppliers on decarbonisation and incorporate

it as a key criterion for all new sourcing in

high-emission categories.

  1. Subject to funding approval and technical feasibility.

2023 Scope 3 emissions by category and source (equity basis)

578.1 Mt CO 2 e (2022:583.9 Mt CO 2 e)

Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions – equity basis (Rio Tinto share 1). Performance against target

Equity greenhouse gas emissions (Mt CO2e)202320222018
Baseline Scope 1 and 2 emissions32.632.7
Carbon offsets retired00.0
Baseline net Scope 1 and 2 emissions232.632.7
2018 emissions target baseline (adjusted for acquisitions and divestments)34.5

Our 2030 greenhouse gas emissions targets are to reduce our absolute Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 15% by 2025 and 50% by 2030 compared with our 2018 equity baseline. Please see page 150

of this report and our 2023 Addendum - Scope 1, 2 and 3 Emissions Calculation Methodology report for further detail on our emissions reporting methodology.

Changes to our 2018 baseline include: Scope 2 update to market-based methodology, the additional equity share of the Oyu Tolgoi mine that was purchased in mid-December 2022, and the

additional equity share of MRN purchased in 2023 so a like-for-like comparison can be done on progress. We have also adjusted our 2022 emissions total to compare our actual progress on

abatement in 2023 relative to other changes at our operations.

The baseline value is based on the current equity in each asset, including zero equity in divested assets.This differs from the "Scope 1, 2 and 3 greenhouse gas emissions - equity basis" table which

does not get adjusted with asset or equity changes.

  1. Rio Tinto share (equity basis) represents emissions from our benefit or economic interest in the activities resulting in the emissions.

  2. Scope 2 emissions in the Baseline are calculated using the market- based method.

Scope 1, 2 and 3 greenhouse gas emissions – equity basis

Equity greenhouse gas emissions (Mt CO2e)20232022202120202019
Scope 1 emissions23.322.722.92323.1
Scope 2: Market-based emissions19.39.610.110.49.9
Total Scope 1 and 2 emissions32.632.33333.433
Carbon offsets retired200000
Total net Scope 1 and 2 emissions (with offsets retired)32.632.33333.433
Scope 2: Location-based emissions37.88.28.58.68.1
Scope 3 emissions578.1583.9558.3576.2—
Operational emissions intensity (tCO2e/t Cu-eq)(equity)46.877.276.8
Direct CO2 emissions from biologically sequested carbon (eg CO2 from burning biofuels/biomass)50.030000

Queensland Alumina Limited (QAL) is 80% owned by Rio Tinto and 20% owned by Rusal. However, as a result of QAL's activation of a step-in process following the Australian Government’s

sanction measures, Rio Tinto is currently entitled to utilise 100% of the capacity at QAL, but paying 100% of the costs for as long as that step-in continues. Our 2023 equity emissions and our 2018

baseline include QAL emissions on the basis of Rio Tinto’s 80% ownership. In 2023, the additional emissions associated with the step-in were 0.8Mt. Rusal has commenced proceedings challenging

the validity of the step-in and the sanctions regime may change over time, such that the duration of the step-in remains uncertain. Historical Scope 1 and 2 emissions have been restated to reflect

improvements in data quality.

  1. Scope 2: Market-based emissions reported as zero include Escondida, Resolution Copper, Weipa and Kennecott Copper with surrendered Renewable Energy Certificates (RECs) and Oyu Tolgoi

I-RECs from Inner Mongolia and nearby provinces. QMM has a wind and solar contract with energy attributes.

  1. In 2023, we did not reduce our reported net emissions by using any surrendered carbon units as eligible offsets retired. Our net emissions total does not include 86,000 ACCUs retired for

compliance with the Safeguard Mechanism for the period 2021-22. We expect to include ACCUs in our net emissions figure from 2024 onwards.

  1. Scope 1 and 2 equity emissions total – Location-based: 31.1Mt CO 2 e.

  2. Historical information for copper equivalent intensity has been restated in line with the 2023 review of commodity pricing to allow comparability over time.

  3. GHG Protocol Corporate accounting and reporting standard recommends disclosure of CO 2 emissions from biologically sequestered carbon for transparency. These are from biofuel use and are

not classified as our Scope 1 emissions.

2023 equity greenhouse gas emissions by location (Mt CO2e)Scope 1 Emissions (Mt CO2e)Scope 2 Emissions1(Mt CO2e)Total Emissions (Mt CO2e)
Australia13.06.319.2
Canada6.40.06.4
Africa0.51.31.8
US0.90.00.9
Europe0.31.72.0
South America0.50.00.5
Mongolia0.20.00.2
New Zealand0.50.00.5
Other0.90.10.9
Total23.39.332.6
  1. Scope 2 emissions in this table are calculated using the market-based method.

Note: The sum of the categories may be slightly different to the Rio Tinto total due to rounding.

Transition materials metrics

The following table provides metrics related to the first two pillars of our business strategy (grow in materials essential for the energy transition and

accelerate the decarbonisation of our assets).

These metrics are production, revenue, capital expenditure, operating assets and emissions associated with each of our products. These products

are classified as key transition materials (KTM) and other transition materials (OTM) aligning with the CA100+ Net Zero Standard for Diversified

Mining Companies. The table also includes iron ore and gold as transition neutral materials (TNM). We divested the last of our coal assets in 2018.

CommodityClassificationYear ended31 DecemberProduction1Revenue2US$mCapital expenditure3$mOperating assets4$mEmissionsMt CO2e5,62024 GuidanceRio Tinto production share, unless otherwise stated
LithiumKTM2023––27834––
('000 tonnes)2022––15835––
Copper7 (Mined)KTM20235622023: 6,6252022: 6,6182023: 2.4742022: 1,9422023: 21.0462022: 18,4632023: 1.12022: 1.7Mined copper: 660 to 720ktRefined copper: 230 to 260kt
('000 tonnes)2022521
Copper7 (Refined)KTM2023175
('000 tonnes)2022209
Silver (Mined)OTM20233,811
('000 ounces)20223,940
Silver (Refined)OTM20231,407
('000 ounces)20221,950
MolybdenumOTM20232
('000 tonnes)20223
Gold (Mined)TNM2023282
('000 ounces)2022235
Gold (Refined)TNM202374
('000 ounces)2022114
Aluminium8OTM20233,2729,27290611,91917.23.2 to 3.4Mt
('000 tonnes)20223,00910,73892510,13116.5
Alumina8OTM20237,5371,2883251,3155.97.6 to 7.9Mt
('000 tonnes)20227,5441,6363562,4005.7
Bauxite8OTM202354,6191,6482262,6490.953 to 56Mt
('000 tonnes)202254,6181,6072042,4580.9
Minerals9OTM/TNM2023See footnote 103,2403804,1022.8Titanium dioxide slag: 0.9 to 1.1Mt
(‘000 tonnes/carats)20223,4853323,9553.0
Iron OreTNM2023290,17133,7723,19320,5813.7IOC11 iron ore pellets and concentrate: 9.8 to 11.5MtPilbara iron ore (shipments, 100% basis): 323 to 338Mt
('000 tonnes)2022283,24732,8013,27319,5253.7
Metallurgical CoalNot applicable2023––––––
('000 tonnes)2022––––––
Thermal CoalNot applicable2023––––––
('000 tonnes)2022––––––

Further notes on production and capacity

Mined copper: On track for 1Mt copper production within five years.

Recycled aluminium (Matalco): System capacity of 900kt; production of 582kt in 2023.

Lithium carbonate (Rincon 3000): System capacity of 3,000 tonnes by the end of 2024.

Iron ore (Pilbara System): System capacity of 345-360Mt mid-term.

Iron ore dual fines product of blast furnace and direct reduction fines (Simandou): 60Mtpa production target (Rio Tinto share of 27Mt). The

estimated annualised capacity of approximately 60 million dry tonnes per annum iron ore for the Simandou life of mine schedule was previously

reported in a release to the ASX dated 6 December 2023 titled “Investor Seminar 2023”. Rio Tinto confirms that all material assumptions

underpinning that production target continue to apply and have not materially changed.

  1. Production figures are measured according to Rio Tinto's ownership % share of each site. For further details on the share %, see pages 297 and 298 of this Form 20-F where these have been

highlighted.

  1. Revenue reflects third party sales by product on a consolidated basis inclusive of our share of equity accounted units.

  2. Capital expenditure is the net cash outflow on purchases less sales of property, plant and equipment, capitalised evaluation costs and other intangible assets, inclusive of our share of equity

accounted units and reported by product.

  1. Operating assets by product recorded above are the net assets of subsidiaries, joint operations and the Group’s share relating to equity accounted units adjusted for net (debt)/cash and post-

retirement assets and liabilities, net of tax, after the deduction of non-controlling interests.

  1. Scope 1, 2, and 3 emissions are measured on an equity basis and align to the Rio Tinto ownership % share used to record production values. For additional information on our emissions

methodology, see our 2023 Sustainability Fact Book at riotinto.com/sustainabilityreporting.

  1. The emissions in this table are Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions for the operating sites producing the commodity listed. The total differs from the full Group share reported numbers as these

exclude development, closure sites, marine and corporate emissions.

  1. Copper production from Oyu Tolgoi, Kennecott and Escondida has been certified under the Copper Mark system. The Copper Mark certification for Escondida has been obtained via BHP who is

the majority partner.

  1. For a list of assets certified under the Aluminium Stewardship Initiative, see our 2023 Sustainability Fact Book.

  2. Minerals comprise titanium dioxide slag (KTM), borates (TNM), salt (TNM) and diamonds (TNM).

10.2023 Mineral production is as follows:

–Titanium dioxide slag (‘000 tonnes): 1,111 (2022: 1,200)

–Borates (‘000 tonnes): 495 (2022: 532)

–Salt (‘000 tonnes): 5,973 (2022: 5,757)

–Diamonds (‘000 carats): 3,340 (2022: 4,651)

  1. Iron Ore Company of Canada continues to be reported at Rio Tinto share.

Physical climate risk and resilience

Modelling financial exposure to

physical climate risk

Throughout 2023, we advanced our climate

physical risk modelling, in collaboration with our

climate risk consultants Marsh, and used

modelling from XDI. Our latest analysis estimates

the expected financial losses for individual

assets, considering various time horizons and

emission scenarios caused by discrete physical

climate hazards. This analysis shows the

potential financial losses associated with asset

damage, but excludes the losses associated with

business interruption or productivity loss. The

latter, while considered in the formulation of the

analysis, was excluded due to the complexity of

our value chain and the increased subjectivity of

loss attribution. This aspect may be considered in

future years and requires further analysis to fully

assess financial consequences.

Understanding and quantifying our financial

exposure to these physical climate risks is

important for prioritising our adaptation and

investment decisions, safeguarding our

assets, maintaining operational resilience,

ensuring long-term profitability, and aligning

with the evolving expectations of investors,

regulators and stakeholders.

This modelling process and methodology

considers the following:

  1. Asset portfolio: encompasses a significant

breadth of assets, including mining assets

and critical infrastructure components,

which are integral to our operations. Our

modelling has considered over 18,000

individual points, each with unique latitude

and longitude coordinates, representing

assets across 76 sites in 18 countries.

Assets are geolocated, facilitating the

assessment of climate-related risks and

hazards to their specific geographic

location. Each point is assigned one of 28

asset archetypes, representing our diverse

asset base. These archetypes best define

the engineering characteristics and

specifics of that point and determine the

vulnerability to damage by different climate

hazards. Archetypes do not capture unique

design and engineering attributes of each

asset.

Only active industrial and mining facilities

were modelled, including non-managed

operations. Corporate offices and remote

operation centres have been modelled but

are not presented in this analysis. Assets in

our closure portfolio have not been

modelled, but are considered in bottom-up

physical risk and resilience assessments.

  1. Climate scenarios, time horizons and

hazards: modelling considers two future

emissions scenarios - Representative

Concentration Pathways (RCPs) - from

the IPCC, including RCP4.5 (intermediate

greenhouse gas emission scenario)

and RCP8.5 (high greenhouse gas

emission scenario).

Emission scenarioDescription and outcome
Intermediate emissions scenario IPCC Representative Concentration Pathway 4.5 (RCP4.5)Emissions peak around 2040, then decline. Relative to the 1986-2005 period, global mean surface temperature changes are likely to be 1.1°C-2.6°C by 2100.
High emissions scenario IPCC Representative Concentration Pathway 8.5 (RCP8.5)Emissions continue to rise throughout the 21st century and is considered a worst-case climate change scenario. Relative to the 1986-2005 period, global mean surface temperature changes are likely to be 2.6°C-4.8°C by 2100.

Source: The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change

Our physical climate risk modelling considers

present day (short term) and future risks.

Multiple future time horizons are modelled,

including 2030 (medium term), 2040 and 2050

(long term). Eight climate hazards are

modelled in this analysis, including flooding

(riverine and surface water), coastal

inundation, including sea level rise, extreme

heat, cyclonic wind, extreme wind, forest fire

and freeze-thaw.

  1. Annualised damage (AD): the output of

the modelling is calculated for each asset

under various climate scenarios, time

horizons and hazards. AD, expressed as a

percentage, represents the expected

average annual damage to an asset

attributable to climate-related hazards

relative to a fixed value (eg $1 million). As

such, an AD of 0.5% would mean that for

every $1 million of exposure, $5,000 could

be damaged, on average, in any given year.

Asset-specific outputs have been

aggregated to the site, region and Group

level. Risk categorisation is based on the

AD values, with thresholds set at <0.2% for

low AD risk, 0.2-1% for medium AD risk,

and >1% for high AD risk.

Estimates consider a stationary “do nothing”

approach for our operating assets and does

not consider present or future controls,

adaptation/resilience projects that will likely

materially impact our AD cost.

Annualised damage risk scores

At the Group level, present day AD losses fall

within the initial range of the medium AD risk

category (0.2-1%). Considering projected

future emission scenarios by 2050, increases

in AD are expected. This places the Group’s

AD in the intermediate range of the medium

AD risk category, potentially exceeding a two-

fold rise from present values.

Currently, across nine core climate geographies

where we operate, the risk of AD is low in three

regions, medium in five and high in two. Notably,

sites located in Asia, the Middle East and Guinea

are the primary contributors to the highest risk

classification. In both the intermediate and high

emissions scenarios, by 2050, eastern Australia

and New Zealand are also expected to be

classified as high risk with up to a four-fold

increase in AD. This is principally due to the

potential effects of coastal inundation, surface

water flooding

and cyclonic winds. Other notable increases

in risk are in Europe and the Middle East

(an approximate 60% increase). The risk trend in

Asia is steady through time.

In assessing the risk of various hazards under

different emissions scenarios projected for

2050, there is a notable shift in the risk profile

for various perils across our operating sites.

The number of sites at risk from coastal

inundation, riverine flood and surface water

flood increase under both future emission

scenarios. Of all hazards, riverine flood sees

the largest increase by 2050 under a high

emissions scenario. The number of operating

sites at risk from cyclonic wind, extreme wind,

forest fire, freeze-thaw and soil subsidence

are not expected to materially change with

future emissions scenarios.

Annualised damage risk | Group and regional

Intermediate emissions scenarioHigh emissions scenario
Present203020402050203020402050
Rio Tinto Group
Africa
Asia
Australia East and New Zealand
Australia West
Canada East
Canada West
Europe and Middle East
South America
US
Low risk (<0.2%)Medium risk (0.2-1%)High risk (>1%)

Considerations and limitations

In our 2023 climate physical risk modelling

analysis, we acknowledge several limitations and

uncertainties inherent in the methodology and the

long-term nature of the assessment.

Climate change modelling is subject to inherent

uncertainties stemming from the dynamic nature

of the Earth’s climate system and from the

unpredictability of future GHG emissions. Climate

change scenarios should be regarded as

representations of a plausible future (what may

happen in the future) and not as forecasts or

predictions (what will happen in the future).

These factors contribute to a range of possible

outcomes. However, despite these challenges,

such models are useful for assessing potential

risks and informing strategic decision-making for

climate-resilient infrastructure and adaptation.

Furthermore, the accuracy of our analysis is

contingent upon the quality and completeness

of asset data and asset operating status. We

have assumed there is no change in our

operating assets and their value, not

accounting for potential changes in types of

operations, locations or design standards over

time. Each asset was assigned an appropriate

archetype, which best defines its engineering

characteristics and subsequent vulnerability to

specific hazards. This does not fully capture

the unique design and engineering attributes

of each asset, which may impact the resultant

risk profile.

This analysis represents our initial perspective

and is iterative, evolving with new scientific

insights, climate projections, and

advancements in risk modelling. We plan to

regularly update this analysis to reflect our

dynamic asset base.

The outcomes of this work will inform our

areas of focus and refine our physical

resilience program for 2024.

2023 progress on physical risk

and resilience

Throughout 2023, we made progress on

quantifying, managing and adapting to our

physical climate risks.

–Advancing our bottom-up physical

resilience assessments: progress in the

Pilbara centered on further validation and

quantification of physical climate-related

risks from the 2022 climate change

assessment and progress embedding

physical resilience into business-as-usual

management actions. We also conducted

asset-level resilience assessments across

our Canadian sites, including those in

Saguenay, BC Works and IOC, as well as at

our Simandou Iron Ore Project in Guinea

and at Weipa and Yarwun in Australia. We

have completed flood risk screening for all

of our managed and non-managed assets.

–Quantifying our top-down financial risk

exposure: scenario analysis was

conducted across our global portfolio to

quantify the financial impacts of physical

climate risk.

–Global Industry Standards on Tailings

Management (GISTM): in accordance with

GISTM guidelines, we initiated a climate

resilience assessment process for our

tailings storage facilities (TSFs). The

approach tests the design basis of each

TSF component considering future climate

change. Initially focused on 14 extreme and

high-risk consequence TSFs, which we

completed in 2023. Assessments for all

remaining facilities will be completed by

August 2025.

–Technical adaptation and guidance: in

2023, we developed a new internal leading

practice guideline on how to incorporate

climate change into mine water

management planning. This guidance

provides insights on when and how to

model the impacts of climate change to

inform hydrological design.

–Supply chain: this year, we operationalised

analytics that provide real-time natural hazard

monitoring for 50% of our supply chain (tier 1-3

goods suppliers). Being alerted of potential

supply disruption in real time provides our

teams with the opportunity to make informed

decisions to reduce supply chain disruption.

In 2024, we will progress bottom-up physical

risk and resilience assessments across our

operating sites and across our TSFs, in

accordance with the GISTM. Climate physical

risk modelling completed in 2023 has provided

us with valuable data which will be used to

focus our activities in 2024 and beyond.

For more informationon physical risk and resilience see riotinto.com/climaterisk.

Environmental stewardship

As environmental stewards, we focus on responsibly managing shared resources to protect the health, safety and livelihoods of local communities. We manage risk to minimise adverse environmental impacts from our operations and to sustain our shared ecosystems, planet and natural resources for future generations. 2023 progressIn 2023, we continued to strengthen our approach to environmental risk management by updating and implementing a shared language, developing a standardised set of controls and associated performance requirements and ensuring we are assessing the full breadth of potential environmental impacts in a consistent way across our business. This is evident in our Group environmental risk taxonomy and consequence descriptions for risk and incidents.As a forum member of the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures (TNFD), we have undertaken pilots of the prototype risk management and opportunity disclosure framework at our Simandou site in Guinea and at Greater Hope Downs in Australia. The final framework was released in September 2023. Through our membership with ICMM, we are engaging with our industry peers to develop mining sector-specific guidance for TNFD. We have also refreshed our approach to managing nature-related risk and are developing a pathway to increasing our environment-related disclosures in line with the requirements of TNFD. As part of the Health, Safety, Environment and Security Transformation Program, we continue to improve how we manage our environmental data. Access to trusted and timely environmental data across all Saguenay–Lac-St-Jean sites is supporting decision making, meeting the growing demand for transparency and enabling us to set meaningful targets for continuous improvement in environmental performance. A project is underway to optimise environmental data collection across the business, leveraging existing tools as much as possible.We have also worked to build a more consistent approach to environmental management and embed it across our business processes throughout the lifecycle of our operations. To support our assets in managing their overall health, safety and environmental performance, we continue to evolve our approach. We recently incorporated environmental and health risk ownership and performance management into our safety maturity model (SMM).WaterWater is a shared resource critical to sustaining biodiversity, people and economic prosperity. Increasingly disrupted weather patterns and more extreme weather events due to climate change, and a growing world population, mean efficiently managing water is more important than ever. The way we think about water and manage associated risks reflects the diversity of our operations and geographic locations. A small proportion of our assets operate in water-scarce regions, while others must remove excess water to allow safe mining operations. These are examples of the many potential risks we manage across the lifecycle of our diverse operations.We share water with the communities and ecosystems surrounding our operations, so we aim to avoid permanent impacts on water resources by carefully managing the quality and quantity of the water we use and return to the environment. This means balancing the needs of our operations with those of the local communities and ecosystems. We do this while considering the impact of climate change, already felt in the level of rainfall and water security at some of our operations. We understand this responsibility extends beyond the life of our operations. To address this complexity, we adopt a catchment-level approach to developing potential solutions and managing our risks and impacts within our operations. We use 2030 water stress as determined by the World Resource Institute (WRI) to identify operational catchments of most concern.
For more informationsee www.riotinto.com/water.
First major mining company to publish site-by-site water usage dataIn 2023, on World Water Day, we became the first major mining company to release our site-by-site water usage. The interactive online map shows surface water usage across our global network of managed sites in 35 countries.For each site included, the database shows permitted surface water allocation volumes, annual allocation usage and the associated catchment runoff from average annual rainfall estimates. These disclosures allow us to engage closer with our stakeholders and be even more transparent, while we continue to focus on becoming better water and land stewards for future generations.
For more informationsee www.riotinto.com/watermanagement.

Group water risk profile (percentage of

managed operations)

To manage our water impacts, we first need to

understand the specific risks at more than 50

operating sites, as well as our overall Group

impacts. To do this, we have developed a water

risk framework that considers:

–water resource

–quality and quantity

–dewatering

–long-term obligations.

We use this framework to identify, assess and

manage water risks. This comprehensive

approach extends beyond our mandatory

reporting obligations and allows us to have

relevant conversations about water risks

internally and with stakeholders in the

communities where we operate. In 2023, we

continued to embed the Group water control

library, a suite of critical controls and their

associated performance requirements to

manage our water risks.

Our Group water risk profile shows the level of

exposure against each of the four risk

categories. Most of our water risks sit in the

low to moderate range. There are some in

very high and high categories for each.

Regardless of the level of risk, we apply

rigorous standards and processes to

manage them. Below we give examples

of how the risk framework has been

applied across some of our assets with

site-based targets.

Water resourceIs there enough water available for both environment needs, community needs and our operational use?The water resource risk at Oyu Tolgoi in Mongolia is assessed as moderate, even though it is located in the Gobi Desert. Oyu Tolgoi sources its water requirements from a deep water supply, the Gunii Hooloi aquifer, a 150-metre deep resource holding around 6.8 billion cubic metres of non-drinkable saline water. Oyu Tolgoi uses this water source efficiently with water recycling and conservation practices implemented across the operation.
Water quality and quantityDoes the way we manage water on site, or discharge excess water, cause environmental impacts or operational constraints?Our QIT Madagascar Minerals (QMM) operation in Madagascar operates in a highly sensitive area from a water, broader environment and community perspective. The discharges from our operation have the potential to impact receiving water quality and, therefore, the water quality risk is assessed as high. We are working to improve management activities on site, including our ability to more accurately measure our water discharge quality, and the deployment of a dedicated water treatment plant to adjust the discharge pH.
DewateringDoes the removal of water from the operational areas of our sites impact regional aquifers or our mine plans?Impacts associated with dewatering and water supply activities in the Pilbara are recognised as a very high risk for our business. Returning water to the aquifers impacted by our mining activities in a controlled manner is the focus of a number of studies. We are working with Traditional Owners on water management.
Long-term obligationsDo our operational activities generate long-term or ongoing obligations related to water?We may sometimes generate impacts that we are required to manage over the long term, such as post-closure pit lakes in the Pilbara, or potential seepage from our waste rock or tailings facilities in our aluminium and copper sites. Our systems and standards aim to ensure that risks are identified early and managed appropriately and responsibly throughout the asset lifecycle.

Our water balance

Our Group water balance outlines where water

was withdrawn from, discharged to, recycled

or reused and consumed at our operations.

The reported categories correlate with the

requirements of ICMM and global reporting

initiatives.

We also report on our aggregated water

balance for sites in water-stressed areas.

We assess water stress using the WRI’s

Aqueduct Water Risk Atlas mapping tool.

For more informationsee our 2023 Sustainability Fact Book at riotinto.com/sustainabilityreporting.

Our water numbers

Our total operational withdrawals for 2023

were 1,170GL (2022: 1,173GL.). Freshwater,

or category 1 quality, withdrawals accounted

for 424GL or 36% of this total (2022: 432GL).

Freshwater is generally suitable for

consumption with minimal treatment required.

Where possible, we aim to minimise our

extractions from water sources of this quality.

Total discharges for 2023 were 692GL (2022:

694GL). Total water recycled or reused for

2023 was 303GL (2022: 312GL).

Our 2019–2023 water targets

Our five-year water targets allow us to be

more transparent about our water usage, risk

profile, management and specific challenges.

These targets, and the data required to

measure progress against them, are helping

us become better water stewards.

Our water targets were set in 2019 and

consisted of one Group target and six site-

based targets, reflecting our catchment-based

approach and recognising that we manage

vastly different water-related risks across our

The site-based targets were chosen based on

their water risk profile, our ICMM

commitments, and local community and

environmental interdependencies.

We successfully achieved our Group target in

  1. A disclosure platform was developed

and released, making public detailed

information about annual surface water usage

across our global network of managed sites in

35 countries; a first for the mining industry.

We attained four of our six site-based water

targets with improved understanding of our

responsibilities for water stewardship evident

throughout the business. Refer to the table

below for further details.

Throughout 2023, we continued embedding

our water risk framework and associated

controls across our product groups, and

commenced the development and

socialisation of our next round of nature-

related targets. Further details on the new

target program will be released during 2024.

Progress against our targets

Group targetWater risk themeStatusCommentary
Rio Tinto Group (Tier 11)
By 2023, we will disclose – for all managed operations – permitted surface water allocation volumes, annual allocation usage and the associated surface water allocation catchment rainfall-runoff volume estimate.Water resourceAttainedA disclosure platform was developed and released in 2023, making public detailed information about annual surface water usage across our global network of managed sites in 35 countries.
Site-based targetWater risk themeStatusCommentary
Pilbara operations, Iron Ore (Tier 1)
Our Iron Ore product group will complete six managed aquifer recharge investigations by 2023.Dewatering (aquifer reinjection)AttainedSuccessful completion of six managed aquifer recharge investigations with another three investigations underway. Two of the investigations resulted in ongoing recharge programs.
Oyu Tolgoi, Copper (Tier 1)
Oyu Tolgoi will maintain average annual water use efficiency at 550L/tonne of ore to concentrator from 2019-23.Water resource (intensity and efficiency)AttainedOyu Tolgoi maintained its average annual water use efficiency below 550L/tonne for the period 2019-23. Oyu Tolgoi remains one of the most efficient copper operations in the industry.
Kennecott Utah Copper, Copper (Tier 1)
Kennecott will reduce average annual imported water per ton of ore milled by 5% over the 2014-18 baseline of 393 gal/ton (1,487L/ton) at the Copperton Concentrator by 2023.Water resource (import reduction)Not attainedWith the exception of 2019, annual concentrator water intensity has remained above the 2014-2018 target baseline. Required changes to the concentrator process during 2020 resulted in increased water usage compared to the initial target baseline. Kennecott’s water usage has trended down since the implementation of these changes. Kennecott’s commitment to improve water efficiency through the concentrator successfully reduced intensity in 2022 and 2023 to approximately 10% lower than the period peak recorded in 2021.
Ranger Mine2, Energy Resources of Australia Limited (ERA), Closure (Tier 1)
ERA will achieve the planned total process water inventory treatment volume by 2023, as assumed in the Ranger water model.Quantity/quality (inventory reduction)Not attainedSince the commencement of the Water Target in 2019, ERA has implemented the process water treatment capacity upgrades that were envisaged in the Ranger closure plan of the time, including an upgrade to the capacity of its Brine Concentrator and the construction and subsequent upgrade of a Brine Squeezer. Despite these upgrades, process water treatment rates have not met expectations. Other changes in project schedule mean that the assumptions behind the Ranger water model used to set the Water Target are no longer valid.A feasibility study refresh completed in 2023 identified that ERA should move to a program management approach to the rehabilitation of Ranger, with additional studies required for the later stages of the project. The outcome of these additional studies will ultimately lead to an updated Ranger water model and a revised plan for process water treatment.
QIT Madagascar Minerals (QMM), Minerals (Tier 23)
QMM will develop and implement an improved integrated site water management approach by 2023.Quantity/quality (discharge quality)AttainedActions committed to and in-progress as part delivery of the site-based water target include:–updated water management strategy and vision–host community engagement in water management activities–establishing a water treatment plant–improvements in data integrity and capability in testing controls–improved transparency and disclosure of water information–improvements in host community access to potable water.
Queensland Alumina Limited (QAL), Aluminium (non-managed joint venture) (Tier 2)
QAL will complete the following four water-related improvement projects from the QAL five-year environment strategy by 2023:–Project L1: integrity of bunds and drains–Project W3: caustic pipe and wasteline 4 integrity–Project W6: residue disposal area surface/ground water impacts–Project W7: residue disposal area release to receiving environment.Quality/quantity (discharge quality)Joint venture performance improvementAttainedProgress of nominated water-related improvement projects is aligned with current project schedules. Refer to the 5-Year Environment Strategy on QAL’s website for further details.

For more informationabout our progress against our site-based water targets see www.riotinto.com/water.

  1. Tier 1 water targets form part of the Rio Tinto external limited assurance program.

  2. Ranger Mine is owned and operated by ERA. Rio Tinto is a 86.3% shareholder in ERA.

  3. Tier 2 water targets do not form part of the Rio Tinto external limited assurance program.

Biodiversity

We are dependent on healthy ecosystems to

run a successful business and we recognise

our responsibility to effectively mitigate the

impact of our operations on nature.

Healthy natural environments with functioning

ecosystems are key to climate resilience. They

also provide important services to the

communities where we operate and our

business. We are committed to protecting

biodiversity, and our ambition is to achieve no

net loss where we operate. This means

striking a balance between negative impacts

on biodiversity and positive outcomes

achieved through mitigation.

We are active members of ICMM and other

industry associations and working groups

seeking to drive improvements for our

industry. Our involvement in the ICMM

Taskforce on Nature-related Financial

Disclosures (TNFD) working group, Global

Reporting Initiative (GRI) Biodiversity

Technical Committee and the ICMM Nature

Working Group have contributed to the

development of important industry resources:

the TNFD framework, the draft GRI

Biodiversity Standard, and ICMM’s Nature

Position Statement.

We continue to assess the sensitivity of our

activities by using global datasets of

threatened species and conservation and

protected areas, developed by the UN

Environment Programme World Conservation

Monitoring Centre (UNEP WCMC). Together

with the UNEP WCMC, we completed an

updated biodiversity sensitivity study in 2023

to inform risk prioritisation across our

activities, including exploration and projects,

and support allocation of resources. Work will

continue in 2024, to be guided by the

recommendations of the TNFD framework.

We continue to innovate to help us become

better environmental stewards. In 2023, in

partnership with the UNEP WCMC, we piloted a

standard method for efficiently identifying

potential actions to deliver conservation value

beyond the management of our direct impacts.

Together with UNEP WCMC, we conducted

TNFD pilots at two sites (Simandou in Guinea

and Greater Hope Downs in Western Australia)

to inform the development of the framework.

This process provides us with a better

understanding of our impacts, dependencies

and importantly, the key environmental

monitoring and management activities that will

underpin future disclosure requirements.

In 2023, we continued the independent review

of monitoring programs at our high-priority

biodiversity sites.

This involved ensuring management plans and

actions adequately address biodiversity risks.

We completed this review at our Richards Bay

Minerals (RBM) site in 2023, with further

efforts planned for 2024.

We also submitted a revised Environmental

and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) for our

planned mine and rail activities at our

Simandou project in Guinea, drawing on data

collected over the last decade, and have

progressed work to deliver an ESIA in 2024 for

the planned development of the port.

At our Weipa operations, we continue to use

machine-learning solutions to support research

and monitoring of the endangered Palm

Cockatoo and have partnered with the

Australian National University and Australia

Zoo’s Wildlife Warriors to better understand the

challenges faced by this species. This ensures

that leading conservation science informs our

decisions and helps bring balanced

perspectives, innovation and best practice to

responsible environmental stewardship.

For more informationabout our biodiversity work see riotinto.com/biodiversity.

Land

In 2023, we rehabilitated 22 square kilometres

of land, mostly at our iron ore mines and

exploration areas in the Pilbara, Western

Australia and our mineral sands mines in

South Africa and Madagascar. Of this, we

rehabilitated 4.5 square kilometres of ex-pit

landforms and legacy areas across our Pilbara

mines. This is part of our Iron Ore business’s

plan to increase rehabilitation, in partnership

with Pilbara Aboriginal businesses. Since

2021, we have completed 24 square

kilometres of land rehabilitation across our

Pilbara mine operations.

In Mongolia, we have rehabilitated 4 square

kilometres of abandoned mine workings

based outside our operational footprint, along

valley floors and river beds in the Selenge

province. This is a part of Oyu Tolgoi’s

commitment to the Government of Mongolia’s

national movement to plant one billion trees by

In 2023, our land footprint – total disturbed

area – was 3,848 square kilometres, an

increase of 38 square kilometres compared to

  1. This includes all disturbances to our

operating assets and activities, such as

exploration activities, smelters, mines and

supporting infrastructure.

Our rehabilitation teams continue to partner

with research centres and universities to refine

our rehabilitation approaches and improve

outcomes.

We continue to support the Australian-led

Cooperative Research Centre for

Transformation in Mining Economies (CRC

TiMe) through research that addresses the

complex challenges underpinning mine

closure and relinquishment. At our bauxite

mines and refineries we have continued trials

focusing on transforming stored tailing

material into soils that will support plant

growth. We also continued trials using

satellite-derived data to test methodologies

aimed at providing insights to support on-

ground monitoring for vegetation and erosion

monitoring of rehabilitation. In addition, 16 of

our operations completed rehabilitation trials

to improve seed germination, erosion and

topsoil quality.

For more informationabout our closure work see page 64.

Waste

Waste and residues from our operational

activities are key areas of our environmental risk

management. In 2023, we continued to focus on

managing potential contamination from these

sources. This included work to remove all use of

PFAS (perfluoroalkyl and polyfluoroalkyl

substances) in fire-suppression systems at our

sites, which will continue through to 2024 due to

delays in retrofits of equipment and infrastructure

and challenges sourcing alternative fluorine-free

substances for use in fire-suppression systems in

some jurisdictions.

At some of our long-life assets, we continue to

evaluate waste management practices of the

past that have led to a need for remediation in

the present. We focus on finding better ways to

extract maximum value and to transform waste

and by-products from our operations into

materials the world needs. One example is our

work to sustainably extract and produce high-

purity scandium oxide and tellurium from waste

streams.

We also continue to look for opportunities to

repurpose items we purchase at the end of

useful life. For example, in 2023, we partnered

with a local business to trial recycling end-of-life

conveyor belts used to move iron ore across our

Pilbara operations. This trial will continue into

early 2024 and has the potential to divert 10,000

to 15,000 tonnes of waste from landfill every

year.

Some of our assets generate mineral waste with

the potential to be chemically reactive, requiring

careful management to prevent environmental

impacts. We conduct independent reviews every

four years to assess the effectiveness of our risk

management programs and identify areas for

improvement. In 2023, this was done at two sites

– Diavik in Canada and RBM in South Africa. The

review at Diavik revealed long-term progress in

managing and controlling our mineral waste

risks. At RBM there were no risks of critical or

high significance, and the risk posed by reactive

mineral wastes at the asset was low. Further

opportunities to improve mineral waste

management will continue at both sites in the

short and long term.

For more informationabout tailings see page 64.

Turning slime into solar panelsTellurium is one of the rarest elements on Earth, usually found in small, sparse rock deposits, making it difficult to mine at scale. But at our Kennecott copper operations near Salt Lake City, Utah, we have discovered a way to extract tellurium from an unlikely source – slime waste material. And while we know we have more to do to eliminate waste completely, Kennecott’s tellurium plant is the latest example of work we are doing globally to minimise our waste by finding a use for every material we dig from the ground or creating new products from the waste itself.

For more information about how we extract tellurium from slime see riotinto.com/telluriumfromwaste.

Air quality

Clean air is critical for the health of our host

communities and the surrounding ecosystems.

We are working to improve air quality

management, focusing on emissions of

particulate matter and gases from our

operational activities, including mining,

materials handling, processing and

transportation. The potentially hazardous

emissions we monitor at operations are:

–sulphur oxides (SOx), mainly at our

aluminium and copper smelters

–nitrogen oxides (NOx), mainly from burning

fossil fuels

–gaseous fluoride emissions from aluminium

smelters

–respirable particulate emissions (PM 10 and

PM 2.5), very fine particles from mining and

processing operations and from burning

fossil fuels.

We focus on reducing emissions at source by

upgrading equipment to use the best available

technologies, adding air pollution control

equipment, implementing mitigation measures

and using renewable energy or alternative

feed material where possible. Our air quality

management programs include monitoring,

sampling at source, incident tracking and risk

assessments.

Many of our assets have multi-year air quality

improvement projects in place. For example, at

Iron Ore Company of Canada (IOC), there is a

multidisciplinary working group focused on

assessing dust abatement options. We are

mitigating dust at the source by introducing new

dust control technology at the induration machine

stacks. The working group is also exploring

biodegradable dust suppressants to limit wind

erosion at IOC's tailings facilities. We have

expanded our air quality monitoring network at

IOC’s mine in Labrador City and at our Rio Tinto

Iron and Titanium Quebec Operations Sorel-

Tracy plant.

In some instances, we exceeded permissible

dust levels at nearby air quality monitoring

stations. We investigated all high dust

concentration events. Most resulted from

unusual forest fires, such as those close to our

operations in Sept-Îles, Canada, in June,

where exceedances were observed over a

large region. Improving our air quality

monitoring network over the coming years will

help us to prevent dust incidents in the future.

Operational environment overview

20232022202120202019
Significant environmental incidents110300
Fines and prosecutions – environment ($’000)298711072719
Land footprint – disturbed (cumulative square kilometres)3,8483,8103,7353,6303,627
Land footprint – rehabilitated (cumulative square kilometres)552522494490489
Mineral waste disposed or stored (million tonnes)9779781,005987905
Non-mineral waste disposed or stored (million tonnes)0.730.750.650.470.28
SOx emissions (thousand tonnes)72.566.270.275.776.8
NOx emissions (thousand tonnes)64.864.662.365.263.4
Fluoride emissions (thousand tonnes)2.612.362.362.272.34
Particulate (PM10) emissions (thousand tonnes)146.0146.3142.3143.2130.7
  1. Significant environmental incident is an incident with an actual consequence rating of high or very high. We measure and rate incidents according to their actual environmental and compliance

impacts using five severity categories: very low, low, moderate, high and very high. Very high and high environmental incidents are usually reported to the relevant product group head and the Rio

Tinto Chief Executive as soon as possible. The severity categories were updated for incident reporting in 2023 based on changes to Rio Tinto's risk matrix and associated environment

consequence descriptors..

  1. In 2023, we paid environmental fines totaling $986,968 resulting from non-compliant storage of residue materials as well as exceedance of the annual mobile fluoride load within the final effluent

at Alma, Canada; spillage of an acidic substance at a discharge outfall at Arvida, Canada; exceedance of the annual mobile fluoride load within the final effluent at Laterriere, Canada; removal of

an elm tree as well as the drowning of two Goitered Gazelles at the tailings storage facility at Oyu Tolgoi, Mongolia; release of water with a slightly elevated total suspended solids concentration

than authorised by the site’s Environmental Authority from Yarwun, Australia; multiple breaches (13) of land clearing conditions relating to iron ore exploration activities within the Pilbara region,

Australia; separate spills of caustic and acidic materials, as well as a fine for a separate administrative non-compliance issue, at Sorel Tracey, Canada; and failure to immediately notify the

regulators of a dangerous substance spill at Havre Saint Pierre, Canada..

Mining and metals practices

Tailings

We engage with stakeholders throughout the

lifecycle of our tailings storage facilities, from

design to closure. We also collaborate closely

with external bodies to improve the way

tailings are managed across our industry.

We operate 98 tailings storage facilities

(TSFs) across our global assets. Thirty-nine

are active TSFs, 26 are inactive and 33 are

closed. There have been no external wall

failures at any of our TSFs for more than 20

years.

We work through technical committees and

joint venture relationships to support leading

practice in tailings management. Our full

tailings disclosure is available on our website

at riotinto.com/tailings. We periodically update

the list of TSFs to reflect operational and

ownership changes, including changes due to

the transition to closure or remediation

obligations for legacy assets and

reclassification of facilities.

Our facilities are regulated and permitted and

have been managed for many years to comply

with local laws, regulations, permits, licences

and other requirements. Tailings management

has been included in the Group risk register

since 2010, and our Group safety standard for

tailings and water storage facilities has been in

place since 2015. Our internal assurance

processes verify that our managed TSFs

operate in accordance with this standard,

which we updated in 2020.

Our TSFs have emergency response plans –

tested through training exercises in

collaboration with stakeholders such as local

emergency services – and follow strict

business resilience and communication

protocols.

We have continued to progress our

implementation of the Global Industry Standard

on Tailings Management (GISTM), which focuses

on preventing tailings facility failures, reducing

the social and environmental impacts of tailings

facilities, and improving engagement and

transparency on tailings with local communities.

We have also assessed our progress on

implementation through self-assessment and

independent audits using ICMM’s GISTM

Conformance Protocols.

Much of the implementation work is already

complete for the tailings facilities that have a

“very high” or “extreme” consequence

classification, and all these tailings facilities

are nearing conformance with the GISTM.

However, there is still work to do to complete

the implementation and to embed the changes

made.

Implementation work programs are specific to

each tailings facility, and while the timing for

completion of each work program varies, we

anticipate that we will deliver this work

progressively and that all “very high” and

“extreme” consequence classification tailings

facilities will fully meet the requirements of the

GISTM in 2024 (except where longer-term

engineering works are required).

In August 2023, we disclosed detailed

information for the tailings facilities we operate

that are rated “very high” or “extreme” under

the GISTM consequence classification

scheme. We also disclosed information on the

other tailings facilities we operate that have

lower GISTM consequence classifications,

based on the Investor Mining and Tailings

Safety Initiative (IMTSI) request for public

disclosures on tailings.

For more informationabout our most recent tailings facilities disclosures see our interactive map at riotinto.com/tailings.

In 2023, we:

–Continued to regularly convene the Tailings

Management Committee with our

designated Accountable Executives, which

provides coordinated governance of tailings

management practices across the Group.

–Conducted multi-disciplinary risk

assessments for all our “very high” and

“extreme” consequence facilities.

–Continued to partner with BHP on tailings

filtration solutions at very high throughputs

for copper operations, which supports our

goal of increasing water recovery and

recycling.

–Continued to support the Future Tails

partnership, a collaboration between

Rio Tinto, BHP and the University of

Western Australia (UWA). In 2023, seven

students were awarded a Graduate

Certificate in Tailings Management from

UWA, three of whom are Rio Tinto

employees. This year, the program had 91

students from 15 countries who have

enrolled in 262 micro-credentialled units.

Two PhD candidates also commenced their

research programs in 2023.

–Continued to play an active role in the

ICMM tailings working group, which

provides guidance to support thesafe,

responsible management of tailings with the

goal of eliminating fatalities and

catastrophic events.

Closure and repurposing

As we mine and process metals and minerals

we have an environmental and social impact.

Our aspiration is to create a positive legacy,

meeting our commitments to stakeholders and

host communities, and deliver environmental,

social and financial value. The end of an

asset’s life is an opportunity for a new

beginning. We are finding better ways to

repurpose and renew our assets.

We recognise we are often a short chapter in the

long history of the land where we operate.

Understanding this, our first step is to work with

stakeholders to develop a shared vision for the

future and a pathway to deliver that together.

Today, we incorporate closure through each

stage of the asset lifecycle, in the way we

design, build and operate. In 2023 we made it

easier for operating assets to fund progressive

closure work to reduce our impact. For more

information on progressive rehabilitation in

2023, see page 65.

We develop asset closure strategies to identify

potential future land uses and focus on

opportunities to reduce closure costs and risks

over the asset lifecycle. We completed eight

additional asset closure strategies in 2023, and

now have these in place for 59% of our active

operations. All of our operating sites have closure

plans, and we are developing closure plans for

assets that have an indefinite life such as some

port facilities. We review these plans regularly to

align with stakeholder expectations and to

incorporate lessons learned from other closure

projects. At operations with joint ownership

structures, we endeavour to work in partnership

with other asset owners to ensure closure is

considered through asset design, planning and

To bring greater certainty to our closure plans,

we are undertaking 16 closure studies across

operations and our legacy portfolio.

For more informationabout our closure risks see page 88.

90+

legacy assets managed within our portfolio

59%

of our active operations have asset closure

strategies in place

$17.2 bn

in closure provisions on our balance sheet

at the end of 2023 (2022: $15.8 bn)

Partnering

We partner to ensure decisions from design

through to operations create social, economic,

and environmental value when mining and

processing ends.

–To build industry capability and share best

practices in closure, we developed the

Leadership in Sustainable Mine Closure

Program in partnership with the University of

British Columbia, Curtin University and Ernst &

Young.

–To reduce our waste inventory, we continue

to explore circular economy options. We

began a trial to recycle end of life tyres and

belts at Argyle andwe completed the first

shipments of scrap steel from the Gove

refinery for recycling.

–To identify opportunities to create value, we

consider options for reprocessing.

At Nevada Copper, a former copper site in

McGill, Nevada, US we completed a drilling

program with Regeneration Enterprises.

–To create long-term social and economic

value from the remediation effort at

Beatson, a series of former underground

copper mines on Latouche Island in

Prince William Sound, Alaska we signed a

Memorandum of Understanding with the

Native Village of Chenega, an Alaska Native

tribe, and Chenega Corporation, an Alaska

Native corporation, establishing a

framework for collaboration toward

achieving common goals.

Innovating

We innovate to seek lasting benefits. We

partner with universities, governments and

other organisations to find opportunities to

repurpose and reprocess mineral and

industrial waste, improve treatment and

valorisation of mining-influenced waters, and

explore the social aspects of mine closure.

–Our Mining Influenced Water Challenge was

launched to inspire solutions for sustainable

water treatment through closure. We received

98 submissions from 36 countries. We have

committed to fund $15 million over three years

for the 13 projects selected.

–We launched a crowdsourcing campaign

through the Pioneer Portal to seek partners to

develop a remote sensing solution for

environmental monitoring and mineral waste

characterisation receiving 100 concept papers.

–We continue to progress our partnership with

the Mining Microbiome Analytics Platform to

better understand the data collected about

the microbes we have at our sites and how

they can support rehabilitation and recover

metals from mineral waste at closed sites.

We continue to build our expertise and learn

as we execute closure work and manage our

legacy portfolio.

Argyle diamond mine

We continue to rehabilitate the Argyle diamond

mine on Miriwoong and Gija country in

Western Australia. In 2023, we completed

removal of the processing plant above ground

infrastructure, continued reprofiling of the

alluvial mining and waste rock landforms and

capping of the tailings storage facility. We

have reviewed our contracting strategy to

increase work awarded to Traditional Owner

businesses, increasing our spend to A$33

million in 2023 (2022: A$21 million). We are

engaging with Traditional Owners on how to

best support and expand meaningful

participation.

Gove refinery and residue disposal areas

In 2023, we began the largest demolition project

in the Southern Hemisphere at the Gove refinery

in the Northern Territory, Australia. While water

treatment and capping of the residue disposal

areas continues, we are working closely with

Gumatj and Rirratjingu Traditional Owners, and

the Northern Territory Government, to plan for the

future of the region beyond mining. In 2023, we

spent A$94 million with Traditional Owner

businesses, a decrease on the previous year due

to lower global fuel prices (2022: A$101 million).

Ranger uranium mine

Energy Resources of Australia (ERA) is

rehabilitating the Ranger uranium mine in the

Northern Territory, Australia. We are committed to

the successful rehabilitation of the Ranger

Project Area to a standard that will establish an

environment similar to the adjacent Kakadu

National Park, a World Heritage site. We

acknowledge the Traditional Owners’, the Mirarr

People, consistent opposition to developing the

Jabiluka uranium deposit and restate our full

support for ERA’s commitment that the deposit

would never be developed without the Mirarr

People’s consent. Our utmost priority and

commitment is to the rehabilitation of the Ranger

Project Area in a way that is consistent with the

wishes of the Mirarr People.

On 4 April 2023, we announced our support

for ERA’s Interim Entitlement Offer (IEO),

which raised approximately A$369 million to

address funding requirements for the Ranger

Rehabilitation Project to the end of the second

quarter of 2024. Rio Tinto, which owns 86.3%

of ERA's shares, subscribed for its full

entitlements under the terms of the IEO, at a

cost of A$319 million.

In October 2023, ERA announced that the

findings of a 2022 Feasibility Study were

under review. The study was undertaken on a

lower technical risk rehabilitation methodology

and to further refine the Ranger Project Area

rehabilitation execution scope, risks, cost and

schedule. In December 2023, ERA announced

that they expected rehabilitation costs to

materially exceed the previously estimated

range and expected to increase their closure

provision to approximately A$2.3 billion.

Rio Tinto continues to provide project support,

including organisational and technical support,

as requested by ERA. For more information,

please visit ERA’s website.

Legacy assets

We manage over 90 legacy assets in nine

countries and 28 tailings storage facilities, for

more information on tailings management see

page 64.

In 2023, we donated over 28 acres of land to

the Southwestern Oregon Community College

in Brookings, Oregon, US to support the

expansion of their Curry Campus. The

donation triples the size of the Curry Campus

providing additional education opportunities in

the region.

In France we opened an eco-park in

partnership with the French Ministry of

ecological transition at Le Thoronet, a former

bauxite mine. The park features hiking trails

and diverse habitat areas to support

local wildlife.

We completed relinquishments at Lochacker

Schreiber, a former landfill in Switzerland

returning the land to local government for

future use, long-term management

and monitoring.

At Kelian, a former gold mine in Indonesia we

have entered into a post-mining agreement

with the province of East Kalimantan, under

the supervision of the Ministry of Environment

and Forestry to support the long-term

management of the site. We have completed

the restoration of the environment in the

protected forest, which contains a rhinoceros

sanctuary.

For more informationabout closure provisions and financial statements see page 196.

Building capability in closureMine closure is a complex challenge that we face as an industry. Changing societal expectations mean the landscape is evolving and we need to develop specialist skills and capability in closure. We developed the Leadership in Sustainable Mine Closure Program in partnership with the University of British Columbia, Curtin University and Ernst & Young to help meet this need and create opportunities to share best practices and learnings. Learn how some of our first program participants are finding better ways to incorporate closure into their work.

For more informationsee riotinto.com/closure.

Social performanceOur operations can have far-reaching impacts on society. We work hard to avoid or minimise adverse impacts and seek to understand, and invest in, the diverse knowledge, cultures and resources that exist in areas where we operate. Our ambition is to contribute to positive and enduring outcomes for our workforce and the communities and countries where we operate.

Community

engagement and

social investment

The strength of our relationships with the

communities where we operate, and broader

society, is fundamental to our business.

Without the support from host communities we

can not operate successfully.

Through our partnerships, we strive to support

communities in achieving their aspirations and

improve lives by contributing to social and

economic outcomes, all while respecting and

protecting their connection to culture and

nature.

We have evolved our approach to engaging

with communities and Indigenous Peoples

across our business. By listening to

understand, being willing to learn from our

mistakes and genuine partnering, we will

deliver better long-term outcomes for

everyone. It enhances our understanding and

appreciation of the people and diverse

cultures in the geographies where we work.

Our relationships with Indigenous Peoples are

a priority for us and we especially value our

agreements with First Nations People of the

lands on which we operate.

We seek out the voices of communities to

inform our planning and decision making, and

it helps us manage our impacts better,

contribute to social outcomes and preserve

and protect heritage.

Our Communities and Social Performance

(CSP) teams work across our entire business

and include people with a range of expertise,

from archaeologists, anthropologists, social

scientists and economic development experts,

to human rights specialists and operational

leaders. While these teams help to implement

our technical activities, everyone in our

business has a role to play in our social

licence.

Our assets operate in line with our global

Communities and Social Performance

Standard, which was revised and

strengthened in 2022. Our standard provides

clear direction on what success looks like and

the minimum requirements expected across

our global business.

We continue to stre ngthen our social

performance capacity and capability to be

better operators and partners. Throughout

2023, our CSP practitioners undertook online

learning, communities of practice and face-to-

face cross-functional workshops. We have also

added central roles in key areas such as

heritage, agreements and human rights.

Understanding and acting on the perceptions

of communities who host our operations is

essential. In 2023, we trialled a new program

which will be rolled out across the Group in

2024 and 2025, to help us more effectively

engage and better understand our host

communities’ perceptions, leading to improved

data-driven social performance.

CSP targets

In 2023, we progressed initiatives towards our

2026 CSP targets. We focused on developing

and implementing frameworks and

measurement criteria for both cultural heritage

co-management and social investment

strategic partnerships. Our human rights

training continued throughout the year, with

planning for expanded online learning

programs.

For more informationabout our CSP targets see page 43.

Yinjaa-Barni Art, Roebourne, Australia

Country updates

QIT Madagascar Minerals (QMM), Madagascar

In 2023, QMM faced protests led by

representatives of a local association. The

protests affected the safety and well-being of

employees and people in the communities and in

October 2023, an altercation between protesters

and public security forces escalated into violence.

Public security forces officially reported one

person died, and one person was injured. We are

committed to learning from this tragic event and

will work together with local communities and

other stakeholders through open, meaningful,

and respectful dialogue to seek to prevent such

incidents in the future and find safe, peaceful and

long-term solutions to community concerns.

In 2023, QMM committed to increase its

community and social investment spend

to $4 million per year, on projects to be

co-designed with communities, authorities

and government, and which are consistent

with local, regional and national development

plans. This is part of a range of initiatives aimed

at maintaining trust and collaboration with

local communities. Our commitment to

reforestation also continues through our initiative

to help local communities establish village tree

nurseries.

Resolution Copper project, Arizona, US

At our Resolution Copper project, we are

committed to preserving Native American and

local community cultural heritage and bringing

lasting benefits to the entire region. We

continue to strengthen relationships with local

communities and Native American tribes by

deepening our engagement and partnership

support. In 2023, we signed agreements with

a number of Native American tribes with

ancestral ties to the land, to work together on

youth recreation, cultural preservation and

economic initiatives. We also finalised a

Good Neighbour agreement with the Town

of Superior to define the relationship with

the town and local community groups over the

life of the mine.

Resolution Copper also entered into

several multi-year partnership agreements

with local and national-level Native American

organisations supporting education

and youth recreation, including the

American Indian Science and Engineering

Society (AISES), the Native American

Basketball Invitational (NABI) and the Belvado

Foundation at the San Carlos Apache

community.

For more informationvisit Resolution Copper’s website resolutioncopper.com/cultural-heritage.

Simandou project, Guinea

At our Simandou iron ore project, we work with

local communities to design and deliver local

social investment programs, regional

economic development programs and

livelihood restoration initiatives to build

community resilience and support the future of

the operation. By raising local capacities,

engaging with local entrepreneurs, and

investing in training and development, we

hope to contribute to a better future for the

local communities.

We also work with our infrastructure and joint

venture partners to ensure a consistent

application of internationally recognised

environmental and social performance

standards across the entire project. And we

are implementing human rights due diligence

processes to understand our potential human

rights impacts and ensure our employees,

contractors and those in the local communities

are treated with dignity and respect.

Oyu Tolgoi, Mongolia

At Oyu Tolgoi, we strive to be a leader in

sustainable social and economic change

through partnerships with local communities

and government. Since 2015, we have made

an annual contribution to the regional

Development Support Fund (DSF) –

administered jointly by Oyu Tolgoi and the

community – for community initiatives in the

Umnugovi aimag. In 2023, the fund provided

$6.2 million to help complete a local school,

kindergarten and health care centre and

construct sewage pipelines, pasture irrigation,

waste plant and rare animal protection

projects. This has improved accessibility and

provided a better standard of living for

community members.

The Future Generation Special Fund makes up

5% of the annual DSF investment and provides

development opportunities for youth. In 2023,

114 local students were awarded the Goviin Oyu

scholarship to study in specialist fields. Since

2015, 519 students have received scholarships,

and of these, 70% have been hired for jobs in

their local communities.

Employment from the local communities at Oyu

Tolgoi increased by 10% in 2023 due to a

comprehensive recruitment process and local

talent development. There is also a focus on

strengthening the local and national supply chain

with local spending increasing from $261 million

in 2022 to $272 million in 2023.

In 2023, Oyu Tolgoi committed $50 million

over five years to support the Khanbogd Soum

town development by 2040. Some

infrastructure projects are already underway,

including the construction of a road, a public

square, a recreational sport centre and the

renovation of the local hospital.

Oyu Tolgoi also continues to work with

herders, local communities and the

government to improve water accessibility and

address the increased demand for water.

Panguna mine, Bougainville,

Papua New Guinea

The Panguna mine was operated by Bougainville

Copper Limited (BCL), majority-owned by Rio

Tinto, for 17 years from 1972 until 1989, when

operations were suspended due to a civil war,

which lasted until 1998. In 2016, we transferred

our 53.83% majority shareholding in BCL to the

Autonomous Bougainville Government (ABG)

and the Papua New Guinea (PNG) Government

for no consideration, enabling the ABG and PNG

to hold an equal share in BCL of 36.4% each.

In September 2020, the Human Rights Law

Centre (HRLC) filed a complaint against Rio

Tinto on behalf of 156 Bougainville residents

with the Australian National Contact Point

(AusNCP) regarding the Panguna site.

In 2021, as an outcome of the AusNCP

engagement, a joint committee of stakeholders,

the Panguna Mine Legacy Impact Assessment

Oversight Committee (Committee), was formed

to oversee a detailed independent assessment of

the Panguna mine. The Panguna Mine Legacy

Impact Assessment (Legacy Impact

Assessment) will cover the environmental

impacts, and directly connected social and

human rights impacts, caused by the Panguna

mine since the cessation of mining. The

Committee is chaired by an independent

facilitator with representatives from the ABG,

the Independent State of PNG, clan leaders

and landowners, local communities, Rio Tinto,

BCL and HRLC. It has met regularly since

its formation.

In 2022, the Committee selected and

endorsed Tetra Tech Coffey to undertake

phase 1 of the Legacy Impact Assessment.

The Legacy Impact Assessment began in

December 2022 and continued throughout

2023 with three field campaigns completed

successfully. The field work in 2023 included

interviews with community members across

the study areas as well as assessing the

stability of aging mine infrastructure and

impacts related to water quality and flooding.

The Legacy Impact Assessment will provide all

parties with a clearer understanding of the

human rights impacts, so we can consider the

best way forward together. Results will be

presented to the Committee when phase 1 is

completed (due 2024).

Compagnie des Bauxites de Guinée SA (CBG),

Guinea

CBG is a bauxite operation in Guinea owned

by Halco Mining Inc. (51%) and the Guinean

Government (49%). Halco is a consortium

comprised of Rio Tinto (45%), Alcoa (45%)

and Dadco Investments (10%). Rio Tinto

participates on the boards of Halco and CBG,

with representation on various shareholder

oversight committees.

Through our Board and committee roles,

we monitor and support CBG’s approach to

environmental protection, community issues

and human rights. We are aware of the

concerns regarding access to land and water,

and the pace of livelihood restoration

programs as well as concerns regarding

CBG’s stakeholder engagement.

In 2023, sustainability advisory committees

at Halco and CBG levels met regularly,

strengthening our governance oversight and

providing support to CBG for the improvement of

CBG’s social and environmental practices,

including for the development of an ongoing

human rights due diligence process. Both the

Halco and CBG advisory committees are closely

following CBG’s response to a complaint made to

the International Finance Corporation’s (IFC)

Office of the Compliance Advisor Ombudsman

(CAO). The mediation process facilitated by the

CAO has conducted four plenary sessions and

several other bilateral meetings between the

parties in 2023. Through a collaborative

approach, important progress was made with

agreements on CBG’s practices on stakeholder

engagement and management of grievances.

Additionally, the implementation of previous

agreements on blasting and access to water

have progressed, delivering positive outcomes to

local communities. Halco continues to participate

in the mediation process as an observer,

alongside the IFC.

Social investment

We have a long history of partnering to support

the host communities and regions where we

operate. We employ local people, buy local

products, and engage local services. In 2023, our

total voluntary global social investment was $84

million, covering a wide range of social and

economic programs. And we introduced a new

company-wide approach to social investment,

which focuses on working together with

communities to find out what is important to them

so we can make decisions that will deliver

positive and enduring outcomes. This is essential

for our continued social licence in an increasingly

complex world..

For more informationabout our partnerships and community engagement see riotinto.com/socialeconomicdevelopment

Update on our

communities and social

performance commitments

This section provides an update on our CSP

commitments made after the tragic destruction

of the rock shelters at Juukan Gorge in May

  1. This remains an important area of focus,

as we continue to find better ways, recognising

we always have things to learn.

In 2021 and 2022 we asked Traditional Owner

groups in the Pilbara to share feedback on our

progress on some of the commitments we

made as part of the Rio Tinto Board Review in

2020 on cultural heritage management. We

repeated this process in 2023 with six out of

ten Pilbara Traditional Owner entities choosing

to respond. The verbatim feedback is

presented on our website atriotinto.com/

juukangorgeas it was provided, with only the

names removed for anonymity. We now have

a three-year longitudinal perspective on our

relationships. We have summarised our

progress under three areas: relationships,

governance and process, and leadership

and inclusion.

For more informationsee our 2021 and 2022 Communities and Social Performance Commitments Disclosures at riotinto.com/cspreport.

Relationships

We are finding better ways to work with

communities and Indigenous Peoples,

particularly in how we protect heritage.

We are moving to a model of co-management,

working in partnership with Indigenous

Peoples across our operations. Our approach

aims to enhance our understanding and

appreciation of Indigenous cultural heritage

and ensure that Indigenous voices inform our

planning and decision making.

Social, Cultural and Heritage

Management Plans

In 2023, our Iron Ore business advanced five

Social, Cultural, and Heritage Management

Plans for proposed developments, with

positive feedback by Traditional Owners.

It is based on building understanding,

co-designing, partnering, and transparently

sharing information.

Memorandum of understanding with

Yindjibarndi Energy Corporation

We are exploring new economic models to

increase First Nations participation in our

business. In October 2023, we announced a

memorandum of understanding (MoU) with the

Yindjibarndi Energy Corporation to explore

opportunities to collaborate on renewable

energy projects on Yindjibarndi Country in the

Pilbara region of Western Australia. Together,

we will consider a range of opportunities,

including wind and solar power and battery

energy storage systems.

Nammuldi cultural heritage incident

In August 2023, as part of our cultural heritage

monitoring and management processes, we

identified the fall of a Pilbara scrub tree and a

one cubic metre rock from the overhang of a

rock shelter in an area adjacent to the

Nammuldi mine site. As soon as we identified

this, we paused nearby blasting work

occurring 150 metres away, and notified the

Traditional Owners of the land, the Muntulgura

Guruma People. We have apologised to the

Muntulgura Guruma People, who we deeply

respect, and are continuing to work closely

with them. We’ve completed a detailed review

to understand what happened and how we

can improve.

We are working through the outcomes of the

review with the Muntulgura Guruma People.

We will continue to listen, learn and improve

our ways of working.

Working with Indigenous communities

in Canada

Healthy community relationships are essential to

our operations and future growth. We have 12

active long-term impact benefits/participation

agreements with Indigenous communities in

Canada, supported by proactive site-based and

regional engagements.

Naskapi Nation and Iron Ore Company of

Canada agreement

In February 2023, the Naskapi Nation of

Kawawachikamach and Iron Ore Company of

Canada (IOC) signed an agreement to

establish a mutually beneficial relationship

based on dialogue, collaboration and trust.

This socio-economic agreement aims to

create opportunities for greater participation by

Naskapi People in IOC’s activities through

training and development, employment,

collaboration on environmental projects, and

procurement. It will also protect and

encourage the practice of traditional activities

and provide long-term financial benefits to the

Naskapi Nation.

Cheslatta Carrier Nation visit Australia

We are increasing engagement, participation

and encouraging learning. In 2023, the

Cheslatta Carrier Nation from British Columbia

attended the World Mining Congress in

Brisbane, and visited our Weipa operations in

Queensland where they met with Traditional

Owners.

Governance and process

During 2023, we continued to implement our

Communities and Social Performance

Standard, and revise systems and processes

to help us meet external expectations and

deliver better social and human rights

outcomes. We have strengthened our social

risk framework, and our teams’ understanding

of social and human rights risks.

Australian Advisory Group

We established the Australian Advisory Group

(AAG) in 2022 to provide independent expert

advice to our executives on matters impacting

our operations in Australia, with a priority focus

on First Nations issues and opportunities. The

group met four times in 2023, including site

visits to Weipa and the Pilbara. An

independent review of the AAG was finalised

in October to ensure the AAG continues to

operate in a way that adds genuine value to

our business.

The Oxford Leading Sustainable Corporations

Programme

A recommendation from the Juukan Gorge

Board review in 2020 was to strengthen our

leaders’ understanding of current and

emerging environmental, social and

governance (ESG) issues to better preserve

cultural heritage. In 2022, we partnered with

Saïd Business School, University of Oxford to

pilot their Leading Sustainable Corporations

Programme. In 2023, 116 leaders completed

the 12-week course. Learning outcomes and

feedback were overwhelmingly positive,

igniting new discussions about sustainability

that will support our decarbonisation

objectives, mutually beneficial sustainability

outcomes for communities and the long-term

success of the business. It will be offered

again in 2024.

Independent Cultural Heritage

Management Audit

In March 2023, we published an independent

report (produced by ERM, a global

sustainability consultancy) on a global audit of

our cultural heritage management

The audit was completed throughout 2021 and

2022 across 20 assets in Australia and 17

assets in other countries where we operate,

including Canada, South Africa, US and

Mongolia. The audit identified areas where we

are achieving leading cultural heritage

practices but also areas where we need to

improve our performance. Based on the report

recommendations, we are developing a

consolidated action plan and a cultural

heritage maturity model to monitor progress

across the business.

For more informationsee the results from the Independent Cultural Heritage Management Audit at riotinto/culturalheritage.

Leadership and inclusion

We are fast-tracking Indigenous Australians

into professional and leadership roles to

ensure we have a stronger representation of

diverse voices at our decision-making tables in

Australia. In 2023, we revised our target to

have 100 Indigenous leaders by 2025. Having

true diversity of perspectives, and an

Indigenous lens on decision making, will guide

our company moving forward.

Creating an environment that is safe for

Indigenous employees is a priority. Our

cultural safety initiative “Care for Mob” will be

delivered against a national framework in

partnership with the Everyday Respect

taskforce to ensure all employees feel safe,

supported and respected.

In 2023, we launched the Elevating Voices

Network in Australia. The Network is led by a

small group of Indigenous and non-Indigenous

employee volunteers who come together to

activate events, activities and conversations.

By encouraging connections, building cultural

intelligence, and fostering a more culturally

safe company, the Elevating Voices Network

aims to create stronger links for collaboration,

celebrate representation of our Indigenous

workforce, enhance current and future

initiatives and complement meaningful

workplace opportunities through engagement.

We have also continued our Cultural Connection

program to ensure leaders can navigate and

understand Indigenous culture and build strong

trusted relationships with the Indigenous

community and Indigenous employees in

Australia. In 2023, we introduced this program to

our Communities and External Affairs team in

Mongolia, to uplift their cultural knowledge in

preparation for a cross cultural visit between the

Nyangumarta Traditional Owner group in

Australia, and Mongolian herders and employees

in Mongolia.

Indigenous participation

In 2023 we re-established the Aboriginal

Training and Liaison (ATAL) program through

a co-design process with the Traditional

Owner groups we work with in the Pilbara.

This work-ready program is focused on

empowering participants to develop skills for

ongoing employment in different jobs and

industries across the Pilbara.

Indigenous partnerships

One of our priorities is partnering with local

and national Indigenous organisations to

provide support in key areas such as

economic development, community

empowerment, preserving traditional

knowledge and practices and promoting

sustainable development and social inclusion.

In November 2023, we announced a five-year

partnership with First Nations Media Australia

(FNMA) to help them digitise and preserve at-

risk media (audio and video tapes) from the

1970s to 1990s. The FNMA Archiving Project

will support First Nations media organisations

and other Central Australian-based Aboriginal

media organisations.

The partnership sits within our Living

Languages Living Cultures program, which

has been designed to promote the recognition,

preservation, and revitalisation of Australian

Indigenous languages and cultures for the

benefit of Australian Indigenous communities.

Supporting Indigenous businesses

We support local businesses, employ local

people and buy local products, especially from

Indigenous, small and regional businesses. In

2023, we spent more than A$725 million with

Indigenous businesses across Australia – an

increase of 28% on the year before.

We are also increasing our spend with local and

Indigenous businesses in Canada and the US. In

2023, we spent $190 million with Indigenous

suppliers in North America. We do not always get

it right, but when our local suppliers have

concerns, we listen and learn. In February 2023,

at our Rincon lithium project in Argentina, some

members of local Indigenous suppliers blocked a

road to the site due to concerns about the

procurement process. We met with the

communities, listened to the issues and made

changes to facilitate their ability to access

contracts.

Truth and reconciliation

In 2023, we supported the referendum for an

Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Voice in

the Australian Constitution and provided a

corporate donation to the “Yes” campaign.

The “No” outcome does not change our

support for constitutional recognition for

Indigenous Australians. As one of the largest

employers of Indigenous Australians and a

company that operates on the lands of

Indigenous Peoples, we have long supported

constitutional recognition for Indigenous

Australians.

In Canada, we continue to create learning

opportunities for our people to raise

awareness about the history, culture and rights

of Indigenous Peoples. In 2023, we introduced

a new online training on awareness of

Indigenous culture and issues, across all our

Canadian sites. We held a series of

educational events to celebrate National

Indigenous History Month, and to

commemorate Truth and Reconciliation Day.

Economic contributions ($ million)

20232022202120202019
Consolidated sales revenue54,04155,55463,49544,61143,165
Net cash generated from operating activities115,16016,13425,34515,87514,912
Profit after tax for the year29,95313,04822,59710,4006,972
Underlying earnings211,75513,35921,40112,44810,373
Underlying earnings per share (US cents)2725.0824.71,322.4769.6636.3
Net (debt)/cash(4,231)(4,188)1,576(664)(3,651)
Capital expenditure3(7,086)(6,750)(7,384)(6,189)(5,488)
Employment costs(6,636)(6,002)(5,513)(4,770)(4,522)
Payables to governments4(7,881)(9,313)(12,789)(8,224)(7,175)
Amounts paid by Rio TintoN/A5(10,779)(13,334)(8,404)(7,635)
Amounts paid by Rio Tinto on behalf of its employeesN/A5(1,622)(1,486)(1,353)(1,284)
  1. Data includes dividends from equity accounted units, and is after payments of interest, taxes and dividends to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries.

  2. Comparative information for 2022 and 2021 has been restated to reflect the adoption of narrow scope amendments to IAS12 Income Taxes.

  3. Capital expenditure is presented gross before taking into account any disposals of property, plant and equipment.

  4. Payables to governments includes corporate taxes, government royalties and employer payroll taxes.

  5. Our Taxes Paid Report will be published later this year on riotinto.com.

20232022202120202019
Community investment1 (discretionary)84*62.672.147.036.4
Development contributions2 (non-discretionary)17.618.219.112.812.0
Payment to landowners3 (non-discretionary)231.9299.0222.9165.9147.0

*Community investment increased in 2023 attributed largely to Oyu Tolgoi and Rio Tinto Iron Ore.

  1. Community investments are voluntary financial commitments, including in-kind donations of assets and employee time, made by Rio Tinto managed operations to third parties to address

identified community needs or social risks.

  1. Development contributions are defined as non-discretionary financial commitments, including in-kind donations of assets and employee time, made by Rio Tinto to a third party to deliver social,

economic and/or environmental benefits for a community, which Rio Tinto is mandated to make under a legally binding agreement, by a regulatory authority or otherwise by law.

  1. Payment to landowners are non-discretionary compensation payments made by Rio Tinto to third parties under land access, mine development, native title, impact benefit and other legally

binding compensation agreements.

Health, safety and wellbeing

Caring for one another is one of our values –

it is part of who we are and the way we work,

every shift, every day. Nothing is more

important than the health, safety and wellbeing

of our employees, contractors

and communities.

Although there were no fatalities on our

managed sites in 2023, in January 2024,

tragically four team members from our Diavik

mine in Canada lost their lives when a charter

flight crashed on its way to the mine.

In 2023, we also continued to see fatalities

more broadly across our industry, including six

at our non-managed operations. We firmly

believe all fatalities are preventable. Our focus

remains on identifying, managing and, where

possible, eliminating risks to ensure everyone,

including partners and colleagues at our non-

managed operations, goes home safely every

day.

In 2023, we encountered three permanent

damage injuries; two significant hand injuries

at Diavik and Guinea respectively, and another

at Kennecott Integrated Skarns Project, where

one of our colleagues sustained a leg injury

requiring amputation.

We also experienced three significant process

safety events in 2023; two at Sorel-Tracy in

Quebec, and one at Kennecott in Utah. We

are continuing to find better ways to safely run

our operations and prevent these incidents

from occurring. One example is our newly

developed process safety improvement plan

that aims to continually improve the maturity of

our management system and culture. These

will continue to be implemented globally

through until 2025.

Our all-injury frequency rate (AIFR) was 0.37

in 2023, an improvement from 2022 (2022:

0.40). We continue to see a disparity in safety

performance for employees compared to

contractors, so our focus remains on

improving contractor safety by further

integrating contractors into our safety culture.

Across our operations, we continue to see

serious incidents where people are exposed to

potentially fatal events. The main safety risks

relate to falling objects, falling from heights

and vehicle-related incidents. These risk areas

account for 58% of the total potentially fatal

incidents and remain at the forefront of our

safety maturity efforts.

Critical risk management

Critical risk management (CRM) remains our

primary fatality elimination tool, helping to

ensure critical controls are in place and

working where there is a fatal risk. In 2023, we

initiated a project to help our teams reconnect

with why we have CRM, and to enhance the

quality of verifications which check that the

right critical controls are in place for each task.

In 2024, we will leverage the data we collect to

identify trends, which will help us proactively

intervene before incidents occur.

Vehicles and driving

In 2023, we introduced a program to help our

teams learn critical lessons related to vehicles

and driving, including potential gaps in

vehicles and driving critical controls,

and developing effective strategies to

address these.

We also focused on deepening our

understanding of mass transport risks,

facilitating self-assessments at our sites to

identify compliance with our Group procedure.

We will undertake a similar exercise to better

understand our aviation-related risk profile in

Safety maturity model

We acknowledge the importance of leadership

and strong processes in driving a sustained

improvement to our safety performance and

safety culture. This is evident in the

implementation of our safety maturity model

(SMM). Introduced in 2019, the SMM is our

blueprint for safety, integrating best practices in

leadership, engagement, learning, risk

management and work planning, as well as

operational ownership of health and

environmental risks. In 2023, we continued to

work closely with our assets to evaluate and

evolve their safety maturity, and foster both

physical and psychological safety. Through this

work, we have refined our assessor training

program, placing a higher emphasis on elements

such as mindsets, behaviours and felt

experiences towards our safety maturity efforts.

This supports our belief that all employees and

contractors should feel empowered to work

safely, speak up and make decisions that

prioritise their wellbeing. While we acknowledge

cultural transformation is a long-term journey, we

draw encouragement from the outcomes of the

SMM assessments conducted in 2023. These

have significantly deepened our understanding of

the safety culture at each site and support

actionable insights which will guide us towards

creating an even safer work environment.

Demonstrating leadership of maritime safety and crew welfareAs the first initiative of its kind for the dry bulk industry, we launched the Designated Owners and Operators Program. It provides us and our shipping value chain partners, including shipowners and operators, a structured platform to work together on improving maritime safety and crew welfare standards. Although we have not had any fatalities across our owned vessels since the formation of Rio Tinto Marine in 1989, over the past four years, seven seafarers have tragically lost their lives on chartered vessels. As part of the program, our partners commit to improving everyday practices to prevent fatalities and injuries, and improve crew welfare. So far we have onboarded 16 owners/operators, representing around 36% of our shipped volumes.

Mental health and wellbeing

Mental health is a core part of our safety culture.

We have a responsibility to support the wellbeing

of our people, beyond the traditional areas of

health and safety, and we are committed to

creating a work environment that is free from

psychological harm.

Our employees’ mental health can be impacted

by psychosocial hazards at work, so we continue

to strengthen our psychosocial risk management.

To support an environment where everyone feels

safe, respected and included, we are progressing

all 26 recommendations from the Everyday

Respect Report. This focuses on training leaders

in building psychological safety and becoming

upstanders, rectifying any unsafe facilities and

building plans to make our facilities more

inclusive, and providing a more people-centric

response to support those impacted by harmful

behaviours and disrespect. In 2023, 83.5% of our

employees completed the “Building Everyday

Respect” employee learning module, a critical

step towards changing our culture, building trust

and supporting the psychological safety of our

colleagues.

To better support people impacted by bullying,

harassment, sexual harm, racism and

discrimination, we introduced Care Hub in late

  1. Care Hub facilitates access to a range

of wellbeing pathways and informal non-

investigative resolution options to help people

navigate routes for healing, recovery, support

and resolution, as is aligned to the

recommendations from the Everyday Respect

Report. For more information about Care Hub,

see page 77.

In 2023, we continued our work to help leaders

recognise psychosocial hazards; assess the

risks; and implement, evaluate and monitor

effective controls, just as for any other health or

safety risk. The practices support ISO 45003 and

the World Health Organisation’s mental health

report. We also continued embedding our mental

health framework to raise awareness of mental

wellbeing, reduce stigma and increase the

capacity of our leaders to recognise and support

individuals experiencing mental ill-health.

Aligned with our commitment to provide our

employees the tools and skills they need to

support their mental health, we continue to

provide and promote the employee assistance

program (EAP), our mental health toolkit andour

global Peer Support Program, which includes

more than 1,600 peer supporters globally. We

also support our people through our domestic

violence support programs, which cover 100% of

employees. Importantly, we continued to support

global mental health campaigns such as R U

OK? Day and World Mental Health Day. In

October 2023, we held our mental health week to

support mental wellbeing and encourage our

people to look out for one another. We ran a

program of activities that included a

comprehensive communications toolkit, packed

with vital information and resources for holistic

wellbeing. Our people, from graduates to the

Executive Committee, shared powerful stories

and commitments to mental health in a series of

impactful videos.

We also hosted a number of engaging

regional calls addressing related wellbeing

topics which have contributed to shaping a

culture that prioritises mental wellbeing and

breaking down stigmas.

In 2023, we challenged ourselves on the role

we can play in preventing suicide. This work

involved understanding how we can work

together as a business, improve identification

of those individuals who may be at risk, and

support our people and families impacted by

deaths from suicide.

We continue to be an active member of the

Minerals Council of Australia (MCA)

Psychosocial Risk Management Working

Group, chaired by MCA and industry partners,

to improve the understanding and

management of psychosocial risk within

our industry.

Rio Tinto is required to disclose mine safety

violations or other regulatory matters in

accordance with Sections 1503(a) of the

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and

Consumer Protections Act, which are included

in Exhibit 16.1 to this filing.

Occupational health

In 2023, we recorded a higher number of new

occupational health illnesses compared to the

previous year, with 98 (2022:70), in line with

our increased focus on medical assessments.

These assessments are a key requirement in

ensuring and maintaining our employees’

fitness for work, addressing legislative

requirements and managing risk profiles. We

continue to standardise and simplify these

assessments to help improve our health

We also ran two workshops for our global

health and hygiene practitioners to share

learnings, best practice and recent

technology developments in the Southern and

Northern hemisphere. We completed

occupational and industrial hygiene monitoring

at all of our operational and managed assets.

This included analysis of noise, airborne

particulates, gas and other contaminants that

can lead to adverse health effects for our

employees and contractors. This helped us to

better understand our exposure profile and

prioritise actions to put effective controls in

place.

In 2023, we commenced a project to improve

clarity and accessibility of data collected

through annual surveys. This project will

continue in 2024 and beyond, allowing better

internal reporting of health and industrial

hygiene risks at a Group level, and individually

for each product group. Health monitoring

remains a pivotal focus, involving the redesign

of fit-for-purpose medical assessments.

The data collected over 2023 allowed for

semi-quantitative assessments of risk and

identified areas where we can implement or

enhance control measures. Each product

group worked on identifying projects within

their assets which, with the support of the

Health Area of Expertise, will be designed,

developed and implemented to reduce

exposures for our employees and contractors.

We will continue to track exposure reduction

projects across product groups in 2024.

Recognising the need to improve the

transparency and detail of our health data, we

performed a Group internal audit in 2022. We

are continuing to implement the audit

recommendations by working to improve the

reporting of our data. These recommendations

include reviewing gaps in guidance, updating

our existing guidance to address these gaps,

re-training our health practitioners and

improving the available consolidated reports to

enable further insights.

We also made improvements to our annual

corporate reporting activity to ensure data

collected and reported is relevant to both

internal and external stakeholders.

This transparently shares our health, safety,

environment, security and communities

performance over a longer period of time, and

builds our environmental, social and

governance (ESG) credentials.

Health, safety, environment and

security transformation

The health, safety, environment and security

(HSES) transformation program has simplified

the way we work and provided access to

trusted and timely data, ultimately making our

business safer. Following three successful

pilots in Enablon TM in 2022 - a new digital tool

helping us to integrate HSES data and

processes into a single platform - global

deployment of the core Enablon TM modules

started in 2023. Today, more than 70% of the

business is using Enablon TM, and the final

wave of deployment will be completed in early

We also deployed 11 Enablon TM environment

modules across all Saguenay–Lac-St-Jean

sites in Quebec, Canada in 2023.

Work continues to expand the capabilities of

Enablon TM to support processes such as

management of change, in-field safety tools

and chemical management, which will drive

simplification and standardisation across

Safety and health performance

20232022202120202019
Fatalities at managed operations00000
All-injury frequency rate (per 200,000 hours worked)0.370.400.400.370.42
Number of lost-time injuries236225216187227
Lost-time injury frequency rate (per 200,000 hours worked)0.230.250.250.220.27
Safety maturity model score15.24.75.75.44.5
Rate of new cases of occupational illness (per 10,000 employees)219.215.115.216.820.7
Number of employees35700054,00049,00047,50046,000
Fines and prosecutions – safety ($’000)4330.0339.0646.225.440.7
Fines and prosecutions – health ($’000)50.90.05.00.01.4
  1. Figures in the table represent the Rio Tinto Group average SMM score at the end of each year. Each year, assets are added or removed from the SMM program based on project and closure

cycles. New assets to the program are baselined in the first quarter of each year and added to the Group average at the end of the year.

  1. Rate of new cases of occupational illness (NCOI) = number of all new cases of occupational illnesses x 10,000/number of employees (based on average monthly statistics).

  2. These figures include the Group’s share of joint ventures and associates (rounded).

  3. In 2023, we paid safety fines resulting from non-compliances identified during MSHA inspections at our Boron and Owens Lake operations, California, US, and Kennecott Copper and Bingham

Canyon mines, Utah, US.

  1. In 2023, we paid health fines resulting from non-compliances identified during the inspections conducted by the Health Authorities at our Oyu Tolgoi mine in Mongolia.

Contributing causes for newly reported illness cases (employees)

20232022202120202019
Noise induced hearing loss2820162334
Musculoskeletal disorders4632322929
Mental stress45122
Others2013151416

Note: There can be one or more illness reported for each employee/contractor.

Talent, diversity and inclusion

We are finding better ways TM to live our values

and build an environment of trust where

everyone feels safe, respected and

empowered. This is how we attract and retain

world-class talent to our operations globally.

Our people have access to outstanding

development opportunities allowing them to

build skills and capabilities to support them in

their role, many that are transferable within

and beyond our industry.

Listening to our people

More than 39,000 employees responded to our

most recent survey in October 2023, and our

employee satisfaction score (eSAT) increased to

74 (from 73 in 2022). Of particular note was the

positive progress we are making on key

indicators aligned with everyday respect:

authenticity (75), belonging (71), inclusion (69)

and speaking up (74). We have more to do and

will continue to focus on accountability and

increasing collaboration inside and outside of our

Supporting an inclusive culture

In 2023, we continued our work to support an

inclusive culture by implementing the

recommendations outlined in the Everyday

Respect Report. Our focus has been on:

–promoting respect

–investing in leadership development

–creating an inclusive workplace

–increasing support for our people

–ensuring equality through pay equity.

In 2024, we will conduct an independent

Everyday Respect progress review. We look

forward to reporting on the results and our

progress.

Promoting respect

The physical and psychological health and

safety of our workforce is a priority. In 2023,

83.5% of our employees completed a learning

module on building psychological safety and

becoming an upstander.

We have also introduced the concept of

“Purple Banners” across the business.

Through these updates, we share case

studies of recent instances of harmful

behaviours and disrespect that has happened

in the business. This encourages deeper

discussions about conduct among our teams

and helps increase transparency.

For more informationabout our work to support employees’ psychological health and safety see the health, safety and wellbeing section on pages 71-72.

Investing in leadership development

In 2023, we held two leadership conferences

to bring our senior leaders together to reflect

on our past, make further progress against our

strategy and look at ways we can shape the

future of our business for the next 150 years.

The keynotes, leader presentations and

discussions with community groups were

underpinned by our values.

We also continue to offer the Voyager

leadership program to all senior leaders to

help them lead authentically with care,

courage and curiosity. This is an immersive

leadership experience that accelerates

personal growth and deepens self-

understanding. This program has now been

completed by 72% of our senior leaders. In

2023, we continued to support and develop

our leaders through the Leading Sustainable

Corporations Programme in partnership with

Oxford University and focusing on developing

leaders as coaches.

In 2023, we have spent time developing,

testing and launching new leadership

programs that will help our leaders create a

safe environment, empower their teams and

perform together.

We are also committed to increasing cultural

knowledge, advancing Indigenous leadership

in our workforce and creating an environment

where everyone feels safe and respected. In

Australia, our Indigenous leadership program

continues to fast-track Indigenous Australians

into professional and leadership roles, helping

us to ensure that we have a stronger

representation of diverse voices across our

For more informationabout how we are increasing Indigenous leadership in our business see the CSP commitments section on page 69.

Creating an inclusive workplace

The representation of women across all levels

in our business continues to be an important

focus. In 2023, we saw an increase from

22.9% to 24.3% and further increases across

all levels of the organisation, with senior

leaders increasing from 28.3% to 30.1%, and

operations and general support increasing

from 16.2% to 17.7%.

Implementing the Everyday Respect Report

recommendations remains our priority and we

are confident that this will improve both the

attraction and retention of women and other

diverse groups to our business.

For more informationabout the Everyday Respect initiative see riotinto.com/everydayrespect.

We continued to evolve our award-winning

graduate program in 2023 and recruited our

biggest cohort yet with 298 graduate roles. Of

these, 51.7% in new graduate roles were

women and 37.6% were from communities

where we are building new businesses. In

Australia, 10.6% of the graduate intake (down

from 15% in 2022) and 13.8% of our vacation

student program (up from 2.2% in 2022) were

Indigenous.

In December 2023, we formalised our

ambitions to increase representation of ethnic

minorities setting a global target of 18% ethnic

minority representation within our senior

leadership population (Executive Committee

direct reports) by the end of 2027.

Collecting and monitoring ethnicity data is

challenging in a global context. We have more

work to do in 2024 to ensure that we have an

accurate understanding of both our baseline

and progress against this target. We will report

on the progress and the key programs and

activities we put in place to increase

representation, to ensure our organisation is

welcoming and built to support all of our

people.

Throughout 2023, we have also made it a priority

to address safety and hygiene risks in our

facilities with improvements to security, lighting

and access to well-maintained restrooms and

change rooms. We are performing audits and

making rectifications across all major sites and

offices. We are committed to investing to ensure

that our facilities are safe and meet the needs of

our diverse workforce. To provide a safe and

constructive way for employees and contractors

to raise concerns and give feedback, we have

created new village councils across managed

villages and camps. We now have over 20 village

councils across our camps, and these principles

are also being adopted in some of our office

locations.

We have also established a global network of

Employee Resource Groups (ERGs) to help us

find better ways to elevate diverse voices. These

employee-led groups, each with an Executive

Committee member as a sponsor, bring people

with a shared identity together with their allies to

offer a diverse lens to business challenges and

projects and offer participants career

development opportunities. We have three ERGs

which are LGBTQ+, neurodiversity and gender

equality. We plan to broaden our scope and

launch additional ERGs in 2024.

55,000¹ people

make up our workforce of employees and contractors, an increase of 5.8% since 2022 (52,000).

9,166 new hires

joined the business in 2023, of which 2,718 were contractors becoming permanent employees. (2022: 11,062 new hires of which 4,317 were contractors).

24.3% women

in our workforce, an increase of 1.4% since 2022 (22.9%). Workforce breakdown: 13,396 women; 41,660 men; 8 undeclared gender.

62% employees

participated in myShare2, an increase of 3% (2022: 59%).

  1. Includes our total workforce based on managed operations

(excludes the Group’s share of non-managed operations

and joint ventures) as of 31 December 2023, rounded to

the nearest 1,000.

  1. myShare is our global employee share plan.

Increasing support for our people

In 2023, the Business Conduct Office (BCO)

launched Care Hub, our new independent

care unit providing trauma and people-focused

support, practical care and alternative

resolution options to anyone affected by

harmful behaviours. Care Hub currently

supports matters reported through myVoice,

including matters where reporters are referred

to myVoice by Human Resources, our Health,

Safety, Environment and Security function,

leaders, our Peer Support Network, and has

supported over 276 people since launching.

For more informationabout the BCO, myVoice and Care Hub see page 77.

Ensuring equality through pay equity

Ensuring that employees with similar skills,

knowledge, qualifications, experience and

performance are paid equally for the same or

comparable work is intrinsically linked to our

commitment to inclusion and diversity. We

remain committed to eliminating any residual

pay inequities based on gender or other non-

legitimate dimensions of difference.

Our equal pay gap, the primary lens we use

when assessing gender pay, measures the

extent to which women and men employed by

our company in the same location and

performing work of equal value receive the

same pay. Our 2023 equal pay gap is less

than 1% in favour of men.

Our gender pay gap is a measure of the

difference between the average earnings of

women and men across the Group (excluding

incentive pay), regardless of role, expressed

as a percentage of men’s earnings. Our 2023

gender pay gap is less than 1% in favour of

women.

For more informationabout our commitment to pay equity see riotinto.com/payequity.

Workforce data by region(1)(2)

RegionAverage employee headcount(3)Headcount distribution %Absenteeism(4)Average contractor headcount(5)Headcount distribution %
Africa3,0586.0%3.1%1342.8%
Americas16,17431.9%0.6%84517.7%
Asia5,83411.5%1.2%1372.9%
Australia/New Zealand24,53548.3%4.7%3,59475.3%
Europe1,1682.3%0.7%641.3%
Total⁶50,768100.0%2.9%4,773100.0%
  1. Rates have been calculated based on average monthly headcount in the year.

  2. Employee headcount excludes Non-Executive Directors, contractors and people not available for work.

  3. Absenteeism includes unplanned leave (sick leave, disability, parental and other unpaid leave) for populations on global, centralised HR systems. Excludes Non-Executive Directors and

contractors.

  1. Contractors include those engaged on temporary contracts to provide services under the direction of Rio Tinto leaders.

  2. The sum of the categories may be slightly different to the Rio Tinto total shown due to rounding.

Workforce data by category and diversity(1)(2)

Headcount distribution % · Gender(3) · Age Group(4) · Region(4)
Women (count)Men (count)Undeclared (count)Women %Men %Under 3030-3940-49Over 50AfricaAmericasAsiaAustralia/NZEurope
Senior leaders1.1%175407030.1%69.9%0.2%6.4%44.9%48.5%4.5%26.0%10.6%43.8%15.1%
Managers8.2%1,5263,005233.7%66.3%0.5%25.3%44.2%30.0%5.1%34.1%11.3%43.5%6.0%
Supervisory and professional37.2%6,28214,173530.7%69.3%11.7%36.7%30.3%21.3%6.4%24.7%16.9%50.0%2.0%
Operations and general support52.6%5,13823,831117.7%82.3%17.8%28.8%26.6%26.8%6.4%35.5%9.1%47.5%1.5%
Graduates0.9%275244053.0%47.0%84.9%13.3%1.8%—%5.7%32.4%14.6%46.3%1.0%
Total100.0%13,39641,660824.3%75.7%14.5%31.1%29.4%25.0%6.3%31.3%12.2%48.0%2.2%
  1. Excludes Non-Executive Directors, Executive Committee, contractors and people not available for work 2017-2020. From 2021, the definition used to calculate diversity was changed to include

people not available for work and contractors (those engaged on temporary contracts to provide services under the direction of Rio Tinto leaders) excluding project contractors.

  1. In 2023, eight (8) individuals' gender was undeclared.

  2. Representation by Age and Region includes employees only, excludes contractors.

Employee hiring and turnover rates(1)(2)(3)

Gender(4) · Age group · Region
TotalWomenMenUnder 3030-3940-49Over 50AfricaAmericasAsiaAustralia/NZEurope
Employee hiring rate(5)(6)17.6%35.0%65.0%42.8%30.8%17.8%8.6%7.4%26.2%14.2%49.0%3.2%
Employee turnover rate(7)8.4%8.7%8.3%11.1%7.9%6.8%9.5%5.2%6.0%3.8%11.3%7.9%
  1. Excludes Non-Executive Directors and contractors.

  2. Rates have been calculated based on average monthly headcount in the year per category.

  3. In 2023, eight (8) individuals' gender was undeclared.

  4. Total hiring rate is calculated as total employee hires over average employee headcount for the year.

  5. Hiring rate includes total employee hires per category over total hires for the year.

  6. Turnover rate excludes temporary workers and the reduction of employees due to business divestment. Turnover rate includes total terminations per category over average monthly headcount in

the year per category.

Human rights

Our human rights program is core to delivering

on our business strategy and achieving

impeccable environmental, social and

governance (ESG) credentials.

Commitment

We commit to respecting and supporting the

dignity, wellbeing and human rights of

everyone we interact with. Living up to that

commitment relies on embedding rights-

respecting and ethical behaviour throughout our

business, from how we work with local

communities to how we choose our suppliers

and engage with others in the workplace. We

know that our activities, and those of our

partners, can have both a positive and a negative

impact on human rights. Successfully

embedding Group-wide respect for human

rights relies on our:

–business culture (to establish supportive

mindsets and behaviours aligned with

our values)

–processes and systems (to integrate and

operationalise human rights due diligence

into management systems)

–engagement with broader society

(to help address root causes of

human rights harm).

For more informationabout our human rights commitments see our Human Rights Policy.

We continue to evolve our human rights

performance to help prevent our involvement in

adverse human rights impacts. We regularly

review and update internal standards, systems

and processes to integrate human rights due

diligence and promote more responsible and

ethical ways of working.

As part of ongoing assurance of our human

rights program, the Group Internal Audit team

completed its review of risk assessment and

evaluation processes across the Group’s

identified salient issues. The review found that

while risks impacting human rights are being

identified and captured in risk management

systems, broader Group-wide understanding

of risks and human rights consequences is

needed. To help with this, we continue to

develop our Group-wide human rights

controls, with a focus on modern slavery risk

control management.

Salient human rights issues

Aligned with the United Nations Guiding

Principles (UNGPs) on Business and Human

Rights, we identify the priority human rights

issues that could severely impact people

through our activities or business

relationships. These issues consider our

operational footprint, value chain and external

contexts and include:

–land access and use

–Indigenous Peoples’ rights

–security

–inclusion and diversity

–community health, safety and wellbeing

–workplace health and safety

–labour rights (including modern slavery)

–climate change and just transition.

Assets conduct a range of assessments to

enable a more complete understanding of their

risk context so they can prevent and mitigate

human rights risks. In 2023, Richards Bay

Minerals, ISAL, Kennecott, Rincon, Iron Ore

Company of Canada and all Pacific region

operations undertook risk assessments to

review their salient human rights issues. In

addition, 13 assets completed human rights

and tailings assessments as part of the Global

Standard on Tailings Management review. Our

human rights team supported higher risk

assets as they worked towards conducting

human rights impact assessments, with a

focus on QIT Madagascar Minerals,

Simandou, Rincon and Oyu Tolgoi. For assets

in more complex security contexts that involve

private and public security forces, we

continued to undertake security and human

rights assessments.

For more informationabout our security and human rights program see our annual VPSHR statement.

Our business relationships

We partner with communities, business

partners and other stakeholders to advance

respect for human rights in line with

international standards and our values.

Our joint venture partners

In 2023, we worked with joint venture partners

to provide human rights technical support and

monitored human rights performance, through

Board and Committee roles for non-managed

operations. Human rights risk assessments

were completed at La Compagnie des

Bauxites de Guinée (CBG) and Sohar

Aluminium, as part of a broader human rights

due diligence program and Aluminium

Stewardship Initiative (ASI) certification. CBG

received its provisional ASI certification in

Suppliers

Using a risk-based approach through our third

party due diligence process, we pre-screen

our potential business partners and complete

desktop human rights reviews. More than

10,000 business partners completed baseline

screening in 2023, and 177 were escalated for

human rights review. We undertook human

rights knowledge shares with 18 strategic

suppliers.

We expect our suppliers (including

subcontractors) to adhere to our Supplier

Code of Conduct, which includes respecting

human rights. In 2023, we reviewed this code

to further clarify our expectations and align

with best practice, and plan to launch the

updated code in 2024.

In 2023, we focused due diligence efforts on

higher risk supplier categories, including

logistics and renewables due to operating

contexts and potentially higher risk

workforces. We started a project to review

non-financial, sustainability and human rights

risks in core procurement categories to

further promote transparency and effective risk

management. We expect this work to be

completed in 2024.

For more informationabout our human rights and modern slavery approach see our annual Modern Slavery Statement.

Grievance and remedy

Effective grievance management can enable

more trusted relationships. Every asset is

required to have a grievance mechanism. In

2023, we updated guidance and provided

training to help teams better align practice with

the UNGPs effectiveness criteria.

We are committed to providing for, or

cooperating in, remediation when we identify

we have caused or contributed to, human

rights harm. We may also play a role in

remediation where we are directly linked to

harm through our products, services or

operations. Receiving feedback, complaints or

grievances from stakeholders is an important

part of our ongoing human rights due diligence

approach. In 2023 the human rights team

provided counsel and support on a range of

internal investigations.

Capacity building on human rights

Everyone has a role in respecting human

rights; our people are our first line of defence.

Our strategy focuses on demystifying,

integrating, operationalising and personalising

respect for human rights.

In 2023, our human rights team delivered 35

tailored training sessions targeting 11 assets

and 12 functional teams globally. We recorded

2,441 completions of our modern slavery

online learning module. We will launch further

learning initiatives to support our target to train

100% of high-risk human rights roles by the

end of 2024. Our human rights training

records are available in the 2023 Sustainability

Fact Book.

Collaboration

It is crucial that we collaborate with peers, civil

society organisations and others given the

systemic nature of human rights issues. We

identify and embrace initiatives that work to

mitigate the root causes of human rights harm.

We advocate on public policy efforts that help

businesses respect human rights. We

continue to engage with peers, investors, civil

society organisations, workers’ organisations

and business partners on issues relating to

human rights. In 2023 this focus included

multiple industry initiatives including

International Council on Mining and Metals

Human Rights working group, the Human

Rights Resources and Energy Collaborative,

and the Mining Association of Canada’s

International Social Responsibility Committee.

We actively participate in the Voluntary

Principles Initiative and United Nations Global

Compact networks and attend regional

business and human rights forums in Africa,

Asia and Europe.

For more informationabout how we engaged with our key stakeholders, including civil society organisations see pages 12.

Governance performanceWe expect our people and partners to uphold the highest standard of integrity, act ethically and do the right thing. The way we treat our people, our partners, the environment, the communities where we work, and how we conduct business is what makes us a responsible partner of choice.

Transparent,

values-based,

ethical business

Code of Conduct

In early 2023, we launched The Way We Work, our

updated Code of Conduct, which is available at

riotinto.com/ethics. It is designed to help all

employees and contractors live our values of care,

courage and curiosity, and is a a central tool in

reshaping our culture. The values, commitments

and behaviours set out in our Code of Conduct

provide clarity which allows us to deliver responsibly.

It is broader in scope than the previous version,

reflecting changes in societal expectations. It also

includes our newly developed ethical decision-

making model to help our people reflect on the

potential impacts decisions may have on the

business and others. An interactive, online version of

the Code of Conduct is also available, including

additional related content, real life examples and

associated training.

Compliance program developments

Business integrity is core to how we build trust

with our stakeholders and the foundation of our

ability to run our operations. Our Business

Integrity Compliance Program (BICP) is

continuously evolving to align with leading

industry practice, the regulatory landscape and

specific business integrity risks we face across

the countries where we operate.

During 2023, we delivered several

BICP improvements:

–We set up a new online disclosures system

for gifts and entertainment from and to third

parties, conflicts of interest and sponsorship

and donations. This increases transparency

and allows us to automate approvals and

workflow.

–We are exposed to reputational, financial

and non-financial risk through our third

parties’ actions. We continued to enhance

our Third-Party Risk Management (TPRM)

framework and hired relevant subject matter

experts in areas such as sanctions and

renewables. Our TPRM Committee meets

regularly to set policy and risk appetite

associated with categories of third-party

risk. We have also started to implement a

new TPRM system to increase automation

and improve risk management by

integrating it with other associated business

processes.

–We completed a fraud risk assessment

across the organisation and reviewed our

controls to prevent and detect fraud risk.

This helps us better understand the root

causes of fraud and improve our response.

–We hired more people in country to support

developing businesses in high-risk

jurisdictions, such as Guinea and Argentina.

–We invested in our Sanctions Compliance

Program to enhance our monitoring of trade

sanctions and increase awareness

of trade sanctions compliance.

25,187 employees

undertook compliance training in 2023

Annual training

Our reputation as a business that operates with

high levels of integrity is dependent on the

actions and decisions we make each day. We

empower our people to seek guidance when

faced with ethical or business dilemmas – both

to prevent incidents from occurring, and to

protect them and others from harm. To help

equip our workforce to navigate uncertain areas

and spot ethical and compliance-related risks,

we implemented a new online training course

focused on ethical decision making through

several interactive, real-life scenarios.25,187

employees completing online compliance

training in 2023.

In addition to online training, the Ethics and

Compliance team delivers tailored risk-based

face-to-face training on anti-bribery and

corruption, data privacy, anti-trust and trade

sanctions. A total of 6,359 employees received

face-to-face training in 2023. We also provide

business integrity training to our third parties on

a risk basis.

Operations Centre in Perth, Australia

myVoice, our confidential

reporting program

We want to create a safe, respectful and

inclusive workplace, with a strong ethical culture,

that reflects our values, and we encourage and

support our people to speak up if they have

concerns about potential misconduct or harmful

behaviour. A strong culture of speaking up, with

protections against reprisal, enables us to identify

and address potential issues early, respond

appropriately, minimise risk and care for our

people and the communities in which

we operate.

The myVoice program enables confidential and

anonymous reporting, including protected

whistleblower disclosures. myVoice is operated

by the Business Conduct Office (BCO), which

reports to our Chief Legal, Governance and

Corporate Affairs Officer, and provides regular

program insights to the Board and the Group

Ethics and Compliance Committee.

In 2023, the BCO continued to enhance the

myVoice program by refining our triage and

investigation processes, including a people-

centric, trauma-informed approach.

Care Hub

In 2023, the BCO launched Care Hub, which

provides additional and more accessible

channels to raise concerns, access wellbeing

support and explore resolution options. Care Hub

provides options to resolve reports of harmful

and disrespectful behaviour via alternative

resolution and early intervention where

appropriate rather than investigation. Our

support partners facilitate specialised care,

guidance and resolution options for our people

for matters involving racism, sexual harassment

and assault, bullying and harassment or

discrimination. They also support leaders,

Human Resources, respondents and witnesses

to those behaviours. Care Hub is underpinned by

regionally appropriate support services and

resolution options informed by diverse voices

throughout the organisation.

Since launching, Care Hub has supported

over 276 people, and feedback has been

positive; people feel safe and supported.

We established a BCO reporting and

governance function to help us capture and

communicate early insights. In 2023, we saw

an increase in the number of concerns raised

through myVoice to 1,613 (2022:1,459).

The rate of reporting per 1,000 employees

was 29.1 in 2023 (2022:28.1). Anonymous

reporting in 2023 (40%) remained consistent

with trends in previous year (2022: 38%).

Of the cases investigated by the BCO, 61%

were substantiated in 2023 (2022: 65%). Of

the cases closed in 2023 (for both matters

reported into myVoice in 2023 and prior

periods), the average days to close a case

reduced to 38 days from 52 days in 2022.

Upcoming areas of focus:

–Refine and update the myVoice Procedure

to reflect enhancements to our framework

and processes.

–Continue to expand our data analytics

capability and provide the business with

insights that enable our people to strengthen

processes and culture, locally and globally.

–Expand the channels of reporting to services

and support available through Care Hub.

–Continue to identify possible barriers

preventing individuals from speaking up.

–Track the increased awareness and impact

of the BCO’s interventions in more depth

through data analytics.

We know there is more work to do to improve

our organisational culture. Each person's

experience of misconduct is unique. We are

committed to holding ourselves accountable

and having controls in place to identify where

our business processes may have created an

opportunity for misconduct to arise. This is

critical to ensuring our people feel safe and

respected in the workplace.

Transparency

Transparency encourages accountability – ours

as well as others’. Being open and transparent

about our tax payments, mineral development

contracts, beneficial ownership and our stance

on a range of other sustainability issues, such as

climate change, allows us to enter into open, fact-

based conversations with our stakeholders. This

provides a better understanding of everyone’s

roles and responsibilities.

We are recognised as a leader in transparent tax

reporting. We are a founding member of the

Extractive Industry Transparency Initiative (EITI)

and have actively supported EITI’s principles and

global transparency and accountability standards

since 2003. We are also a signatory to the B

Team Responsible Tax Principles.

Political integrity

We do not favour any political party, group or

individual, or involve ourselves in party political

matters. We prohibit the use of funds to support

political candidates or parties. Our business

integrity procedure includes strict guidelines for

dealing with current and former government

officials and politicians. They cannot be

appointed to senior employee positions or

engaged as consultants, in certain

circumstances, without the approval of executive

management and our Chief Ethics and

Compliance Officer. We regularly engage with

governments and share information and our

experiences on issues that affect our operations

and our industry.

We join industry associations where

membership provides value to our business,

investors and other stakeholders. We outline

the principles that guide our participation and

the way we engage, as well as a list of the top

five associations by membership fees paid, on

our website atriotinto.com/

industryassociations. We also track and

disclose how we engage on climate policy

issues, disclosing when the policies and

advocacy positions adopted by industry

associations differ materially from ours. We

continue to strengthen our approach and

disclosures on industry associations.

Voluntary commitments,

accreditations and memberships

We take part in a number of global, national

and regional organisations and initiatives that

inform our sustainability approach and

standards, which in turn allows us to better

manage our risks. These independent

organisations and initiatives assess and

recognise our performance, and we participate

in industry accreditation programs for some of

our products.

For more informationabout our voluntary commitments, accreditations and memberships see riotinto.com/sustainabilityapproach.

myVoice cases reported by category (% of cases reported)

2023 · 2022 · 2021 · 2020 · 2019
Case rate29.128.125.714.515.9
Reports received¹1,6131,4591,246748804
Reports receivedReports substantiated²Reports receivedReports substantiatedReports receivedReports substantiatedReports receivedReports substantiatedReports receivedReports substantiated
Business integrity25448%21152%15436%10251%13436%
Personnel1,19655%1,03465%81957%42138%45431%
Health, safety, environment³10961%12047%18622%6835%5246%
Communities40%100%60%250%30%
Information security220%1667%1836%9947%11181%
Finance250%10%00%268%533%
Other260%6733%6314%3150%450%
  1. Includes multiple reports relating to same allegations, where applicable.

  2. Based on all cases investigated and closed during 2023, including cases reported in previous years. Where percentages slightly differ from previous annual reports, this can be due to a number

of factors including re-opening of cases, internal reviews or quality assurance processes.

  1. Contained community concerns pre-2020 are now split into a separate category.
Our approach to riskTaking risks responsibly is key to delivering our strategy in a way that creates value for our customers, shareholders, employees and partners.

Our risk appetite

Risk appetite is an expression of the acceptable exposure to uncertainties that an organisation is willing to accept in pursuit

of its strategic objectives. Energy transition continues to be core to our strategy to strengthen our resilience and pursue new

growth opportunities and partnerships.

Partnering to advance

decarbonisation efforts

Our targets are to reduce our absolute Scope

1 and 2 emissions by 15% by 2025 and by

50% by 2030 (when compared to 2018 levels),

and achieve net zero emissions from our

operations by 2050.

We aim to reduce our Scope 3 emissions from

the Iron Ore Company of Canada (IOC) by 50%

by 2035, and increase our marine emissions

intensity reduction target to 50% by 2030.

We expect to invest $5-6 billion in capital to

2030 to deliver our decarbonisation strategy.

Our approach to investment is based on

commercial transactions for available

technologies and attractive economies;

transformational projects that transition

our assets for low carbon; and industry

breakthroughs in hard-to-abate processing.

Developing products and

technologies to create options

for the future

We partner with customers, competitors,

suppliers, technology developers, governments

and universities to tackle the energy transition.

We are committed to support customers with

their intent to reduce carbon emissions from

existing blast furnaces by 20% to 30% by 2035.

We expect to spend around $400 million every

year in research and development on the five

components of our technology road map to

deliver on this: health and safety, lightening our

overall environmental footprint, supporting

growth, decarbonising our business and our

products, and improving productivity.

The full list of climate targets is published in

our Climate Change Report.

Shaping our portfolio to enable the

energy transition

We focus on excelling in development and

being the best operator in commodities

essential for the drive to net zero.

We continue to consider higher-risk

jurisdictions and broadening our

target commodities.

We aim to spend up to $3 billion on growth

capital every year, while maintaining capital

discipline in pursuit of value-accretive

Our determination to be the best operator and

to achieve impeccable environmental, social

and governance (ESG) credentials is

underpinned by our zero tolerance for non-

compliance with our operational procedures,

laws and obligations. These expectations are

outlined in our Group policies, standards and

procedures, which are published on our

website at riotinto.com/policies.

Port Dampier, Australia

Our approach to risk management

To protect and create value, we

aim to have the right people at

the right level managing risks.

Our strategy, values and risk appetite inform

and shape our risk management framework.

We embed risk management at every level of

the organisation to effectively manage threats

and opportunities to our business and host

communities, and our impact on nature.

Our risk management process can be

described as a Plan-Do-Check-Act cycle.

We monitor how well we manage material

risks to our objectives by checking and

verifying the implementation of our response

plans (actions and controls) and our actual

performance against objectives. We enhance

the check-and-verify step by applying the

three lines of defence approach.

Our risk management process

Set strategy, objectives and risk appetiteRisk analysisIdentify and evaluate risks to our strategy and objectivesRisk managementImplement controls and actions to manage risks within risk appetiteAssuranceCheck and verify that controls and actions are effective in managing the risksCommunicationCommunicate current and emerging risks and escalate as appropriateImprove & embedBuild risk capability and culture so active management is embedded in how we run our business
PlanDoCheckAct

Rio Tinto has an enterprise-wide risk management information system (RMIS) which includes a set of integrated tools and applications to capture,

manage and communicate material risks to the business. We are currently implementing a program to refresh our three lines of defence as a core

part of the risk management framework, enabled by the development and implementation of a Group Control Library to strengthen the first line and

optimise the second line.

Governance structure supporting our risk management framework

Board and sub-committees
Full BoardAudit & Risk CommitteeSustainability CommitteePeople & Remuneration Committee
Executive management committees
Risk Management CommitteeOre Reserves Steering CommitteeEvaluation & Investment CommitteeEthics & Compliance CommitteeDisclosure Committee
Major Hazards Technical CommitteeClosure Steering CommitteeSafety & Operations CommitteeCyber Security Steering CommitteeFinancial Risk Management Committee
Operational management committees
Management steering committees providing oversight of risk management in their areas of responsibility
Strategic and portfolio risksPeople, partnerships and operational performance risksFinancial and commercial risks
–Resources to Reserves risks–Capital project risks–Technology risks–Portfolio opportunities–Low-carbon transition risks–People and culture risks–Major hazards risks–Health, safety, environment and security (HSES) risks–Communities and social performance (CSP) risks–Climate change and natural disaster risks–Cyber risks–Ethics and compliance risks–Third-party risks–Non-managed asset risks–Managed asset risks–Closure risks–Liquidity risks–Market risks–Credit risks–Tax risks–Disclosure risks

The Board and the Executive Committee oversee our material risks,

and the Audit & Risk Committee monitors the overall effectiveness

of our risk management and internal controls framework. In addition, the

operational management committees of our product groups

and Group functions also oversee risk management in their area of

responsibility, with insights from assurance and compliance activities.

At the front-line operational level, all employees are required and

empowered to own and manage the risks that arise within their

area of responsibility. This governance structure supports our

risk management framework and enables effective management

of material risks.

Emerging risks

Emerging risks are highly uncertain by nature.

Given our diverse portfolio and geographical

footprint, we are exposed to many highly

uncertain, complex and often interrelated

risks. We track leading indicators of emerging

risks and their likely impact on our business,

markets and host communities. Our analysis is

anchored on our global scenarios as outlined

in the Strategy section on page 14.

We have actions in place to minimise the

potential impact of heightened geopolitical

tensions and macroeconomic uncertainty that

could impact our performance. We have put

actions in place to minimise this impact.

This is discussed within material risks 11

and 14 detailed in the following pages.

Governments have been introducing new

policies to support reindustrialisation,

accelerate decarbonisation and meet societal

expectations. While this could support demand

for materials we produce and provide support

for both new and existing operations, it could

also encourage competition.

The rapid proliferation of Artificial Intelligence

(AI) and advancing technologies is an

emerging area of exposure for the business.

We recognise the significant opportunities and

threats presented by the use of AI for us and

the global economy. Our focus is on further

understanding this evolution and ensuring we

have strong risk management and governance

processes to support its use.

Climate change and the low-carbon transition

continue to provide both opportunity and

threats for us. We closely monitor and assess

the impact of climate change through

scenarios; see page 46-47. We address these

and our current actions under our material

risks 2, 4 and 8. Please refer to the climate

change section on pages 44-58 for further

details.

Longer-term

viability statement

Context

To deliver our strategy, which is underpinned

by our business model, we must meet our four

strategic objectives. Our strategy and

business model are outlined on pages 8 and 9

respectively.

Our business planning processes include

modelling a series of macroeconomic

scenarios and using various assumptions that

consider internal and external factors. As part

of our robust risk management framework, we

closely track, monitor and mitigate material

risks to our business plan and model.

Viability assessment process and

key assumptions

The assumptions underlying our business plan

and macroeconomic forecast have the

greatest level of certainty for the first three

years. Our longer-term viability assessment

examines the first five years (2024-28) of the

business plan. This allows for a detailed

analysis of the potential impacts of risks

materialising in the first three years and

enables us to further stress test the business

plan for risks materialising towards the end of

the time period, although with less certainty.

Our Directors are therefore able to assess the

Group’s capacity to exercise financial levers

available in both the three-year and five-year

time frames to maintain our viability.

The risk factors section outlines risks that

could materially affect our performance,

prospects or reputation. For the viability

assessment, we have considered material

risks that could severely impact the Group’s

liquidity and solvency.

Assessment of viabilityThe material risks and key assumptions considered in our longer-term viability assessment are as follows: Material Risk ARemaining competitive through economic cycles or shocksScenario assumptions: A global financial crisis takes place in 2024, akin to the one that took place in 2008, albeit not as severe, and extends through to the end of the assessment period. It assumes commodity prices experience large negative pricing shocks in 2024, which is sustained through 2028. Material Risk BGroup material major hazard or cyber risk Scenario assumptions: A singular catastrophic event occurs, resulting from a major operational failure or cyber security breach, such as a tailings and water storage facility failure, extreme weather event, or underground or geotechnical event. It results in multiple fatalities, cessation of operations and significant financial impacts. We have assumed two such events occur within the assessment period. It relates to material risks 1 (Preventing fatalities, permanent disablements, and illness) and 12 (Preventing material business disruption and data breaches due to cyber events). Material Risk CDelivery of our growth projects Scenario assumptions: A risk impacting our ESG credentials materialises (for example, material risks 6 (Building trusted relationships with Indigenous Peoples) and 3 (Building trusted relationships with communities), impacting our ability to deliver our growth strategy. We have assumed an impact on our near-term key projects and considered available alternatives. The financial impact assumed here is in addition to any non-financial impact, such as reputational damage.

We quantify the expected financial impact of

each risk based on internal macroeconomic

and business analysis, as well as internal and

external benchmarking on similar risks. We

apply a probabilistic approach to quantify risks

and impacts where relevant.

The first five years of the Group’s business

plan has been stress tested for each risk to

assess the impact on the Group’s longer-term

viability, including whether additional financing

facilities would be required. In addition to

liquidity and solvency, the assessment also

considered other financial performance

metrics as well as dividend payments. These

metrics are subject to robust stress tests.

The most “severe” scenario, considers the

financial impact of all three risks materialising

at the start of the assessment period, followed

by a second major hazard or cyber event

occurring towards the end of the five-year time

period. Without management action, this

scenario would create both an immediate and

prolonged severe impact, resulting in the

Group’s free cash flow performance over the

assessment period being an estimated outflow

of $6 billion in aggregate.

We have a suite of management actions

available to preserve resilience through the

period of assessment, including accessing

lines of credit, reducing organic and inorganic

growth capital expenditure and raising capital.

Our financial flexibility could be limited during

the peak of the crisis. The viability of the

Group under all the scenarios tested remained

sound.

The resilience of the Group’s business model

is largely underpinned by four factors:

–the competitive position and diversification

of our commodities portfolio

–the disciplined capital allocation framework

and commitment to prudent financial policy

–the pay-out shareholder return policy being

based on earnings, and is therefore more

sustainable

–the focus on achieving impeccable ESG

credentials and therefore strengthening our

social licence, which allows for growth and

maintained access to debt capital and bank

loan markets.

Therefore, considering the Group’s current

position and the robust assessment of our

emerging and material risks, the Directors

have assessed the prospects of the Group

over the next five years (until 31 December

  1. and have a reasonable expectation that

we will be able to continue to operate and

meet our liabilities as they fall due over that

period.

In the long term, there are four material risks

with long-dated consequences that could

have a material impact on our viability.

–Preparing our Iron Ore business to meet the

demand for green steel 1.

–Leaving a positive legacy for future

generations, embedding closure

considerations throughout the lifespan of

our assets.

–Minimising our impact on the environments

we work in and building physical resilience

to changes in those environments, including

climate change and natural disasters.

–Delivering our growth projects.

The risk factors section provides further details

including current management responses.

  1. Produced through low CO 2 technologies.

Risk management continued

Risk factors

The risk factors outlined in this section reflect the risks that could materially affect, negatively or

positively, our ability to meet our strategic objectives.

A material risk is one or a combination of risks

that emerges due to external or internal

factors. It could be of any nature, and manifest

and escalate from any part of the business as

an opportunity or a threat. Where risks are

material to the Group, they are escalated to

the Risk Management Committee and, as

appropriate, to the Board or its committees.

This requires a strong risk culture, which we

continue to develop and foster.

To ensure we can prioritise our efforts and

resources, we regularly assess our material

risks’ potential consequence and likelihood.

These assessments, and the effectiveness of

our associated controls, reflect management’s

current expectations, forecasts and

assumptions. By definition, they involve

subjective judgements and depend on

changes in our internal and external

environments.

The material risk potential assessments

mapped below are primarily based on our

managed operations. We are exposed to risks

associated with our non-managed joint

ventures which, if they arise, may have

consequences on our reputation or our

financial condition. We seek to bring an equal

level of rigour and discipline to our managed

and non-managed joint ventures as we do to

our wholly-owned assets. We do this through

engagement, embedded representatives and

influence, in line with applicable laws.

The timeframe of our material risks is within

five years unless explicitly stated otherwise.

We frame our material risks in the context of

our overarching strategic objectives: to be the

best operator; to achieve impeccable ESG

credentials; to excel in development; and to

protect our social licence. These are

summarised in the table below in order of

maximum reasonable consequence, likelihood

and change since 2022.

Current assessment of material risks

As of February 2024

Material riskKey objectiveOversight
1Preventing fatalities, permanent disablements, and illness from a major hazard or safety eventlBest operatorSustainability Committee
2Preparing our Iron Ore business tomeet the demand for green steellBest operatorBoard
3Building trusted relationships with communitieslSocial licenceSustainability Committee
4Minimising our impact on theenvironments we work inand building physical resilience tochanges in those environments, including climate change and natural disasterslImpeccable ESGSustainability Committee
5Leaving a positive legacy for future generations, embedding closure considerations throughout the lifespan of our assetslSocial licenceSustainability Committee
6Building trusted relationships with Indigenous PeopleslSocial licenceSustainability Committee
7Delivering on our growth projectslExcel in developmentBoard
8Achieving our decarbonisation targets competitivelylImpeccable ESGBoard
9Conducting our business with integrity, complying with all laws, regulations and obligationslImpeccable ESGBoard
10Transforming our culture, enabling us to live our valueslBest operatorBoard
11Remaining competitive through economic cycles or shockslBest operatorAudit & Risk Committee
12Preventing material businessdisruption and data breaches dueto cyber eventslBest operatorBoard
13Attracting, developing and retaining people with the requisite skillslBest operatorPeople & Remuneration Committee
14Withstanding the impacts ofgeopolitics on our tradeor investmentslBest operatorBoard
  1. Free cash flow or business value (NPV)

  2. Considering effectiveness of existing controls

Change versus 2022 represents changes in risk evaluation, movements up or down are driven

by changes in consequence or likelihood.

Risk to best operator

Preventing fatalities, permanent disablements,

and illness from a major hazard or safety

event

Nothing is more important than the safety and wellbeing

of our employees, contractors and communities where we

operate. The mining industry is inherently hazardous,

with the potential to cause illness or injury, damage to the

environment and disruption to communities. Our

objective is first and foremost to have zero fatalities. Our

focus is on identifying, managing and, where possible,

eliminating risks.

Strategic alignmentChange vs 2022
lBest operatorStable

Major hazards include process safety, underground mining, slope

geotechnical and tailings management. Failing to effectively manage

these risks could result in a catastrophic event or other long-term

damage. Loss of technical capability at complex operations poses a

significant risk.

While not considered major hazards, significant risks at our sites include

falling objects, fall from height, and vehicles and driving. These are the

top three causes of potentially fatal incidents (PFIs) which could result

in fatalities in our business.

Our underground operations such as Oyu Tolgoi, Diavik and Kennecott.

Geotechnical risk at our Kennecott and QIT Madagascar Minerals

(QMM) operations. Mass passenger transportation risks (including

chartered aviation). Process safety at our smelters and refineries. Our

tailings and water storage facilities.

The Major Hazards Steering Committee, Risk Management Committee

and Sustainability Committee.

Preparing our Iron Ore business to meet the

demand for green steel

Decarbonisation of iron and steel making may affect the

future relative values of our iron ore products. We have

the opportunity to unlock business value through the

optimisation of our iron ore product strategy, partnering

with technology providers and universities, and

innovating with our customers to position ourselves

favourably for the future demand for green steel.

Strategic alignmentChange vs 2022
lBest operatorStable

The emerging low-carbon iron and steel making technologies require high

grade iron ores, and may not favour low-mid grade ores such as those

found in the Pilbara. This could impact the future competitiveness of our iron

ore portfolio. Decarbonisation of the steel value chain will require the

development and proliferation of economic low-carbon technologies suited

to low-mid grade ores.

This material risk is focused on a medium- to longer-term time horizon.

Pilbara low-mid grade ores.

The Steel Decarbonisation Steering Committee and the Board.

Transforming our culture, enabling us to live

our values

Living our values goes to the heart of our Group’s

performance, prospects and reputation. Sharing and

demonstrating our values unlocks opportunities in all that

we do, every day. We are focused on building a culture of

trust, where all our people feel safe, respected and

empowered to be their best selves and help drive change.

Strategic alignmentChange vs 2022
lBest operatorStable

Not living our values will lead to production over safety. As societal

expectations change, it is essential that we focus on our commitment to

social licence and our values of care, courage and curiosity. The final

report of the Western Australia Parliamentary Inquiry into Sexual

Harassment in the Mining Industry and our release of the Everyday

Respect Reporton the findings from an independent review of our

workplace culture, both in 2022, highlighted the scale of change

required internally and across the resources sector.

The Board.

Remaining competitive through economic

cycles or shocks

Our business model depends on our ability to convert

existing resources to reserves available for mining when

required. The viability of our orebodies and business is

most sensitive to commodity economics which is greatly

influenced by macroeconomic and geopolitical

developments. We aim to remain competitive, preserve

resilience and maintain access to funding by having cost-

competitive assets, a diversified commodities portfolio, a

strong balance sheet, prudent financial policies and

strong ESG credentials.

Strategic alignmentChange vs 2022
lBest operatorStable

Deteriorating economic and political environment leading to

falling commodity prices (reduced cash flow, limiting profitability), trade

actions (increased tariffs, retaliations and sanctions), and governments’

efforts to exert more control over their natural resources by changing

contractual, regulatory or tax measures. This can impact our key

markets, operations or investments and access to funding.

Orebody health remains challenged with Ore Reserve depletion

driven by expanded production and ongoing resource development

challenges. Failure to secure access and approvals limiting collection of

required orebody knowledge or a material reduction in commodity price

may reduce the volume of existing reserves and the future conversion

of resources to reserves in the required timeframe.

The Financial Risk Management Committee, the Risk Management

Committee and the Audit & Risk Committee.

Preventing material business disruption and

data breaches due to cyber events

Manage cybersecurity events to ensure there is no

disruption to our operations that could impact how our

employees work, or data privacy or sensitive information

breach related to customers, contractors or suppliers.

Strategic alignmentChange vs 2022
lBest operatorStable

Cyber breaches can arise from malicious external or internal attacks,

but also inadvertently through human error and the inconsistent

application across functions of controls that are not managed by

Information Services and Technology (IS&T). Although the extent

and frequency of cybersecurity threats remains in line with growth

expectations, attacks have been observed to be more destructive in

nature. The ongoing digitisation and transformation of operational

technology environments, and the increasing use of AI to inform and

automate decisions, amplifies the threat of loss of control systems or

hijacking of autonomous functions.

Our greatest exposure continues to be through third parties. There was

one notable breach in 2023 with Go Anywhere, a third party, where

sensitive Rio Tinto data was exposed. Additionally, the growing reliance

on technology to underpin productivity is increasing the breadth and

magnitude of operational disruption exposures.

The Cyber Security Steering Committee(CSSC)and the Board.

Attracting, developing and retaining people

with the requisite skills

Our ability to achieve our business strategy depends on

attracting, developing and retaining a wide range of

internal and external skilled and experienced people.

Strategic alignmentChange vs 2022
lBest operatorStable

Business interruption or underperformance may arise from a lack

of access to capability. Tight labour markets and entry into new

countries are leading to heightened competition for diverse talent

and critical skills, such as climate, energy, decarbonisation, technical

mining and processing skills, licence to operate, new commodities

and projects.

Changing societal expectations are placing pressure on our corporate

and employer brand, that is, who we are and what we stand for. Since

the pandemic, people are less inclined to relocate, thus forcing us to

rely on local or national recruitment which reduces the market size for

sourcing talent.

Safety concerns as turnover rate in Process Safety Management (PSM)

roles continue.

People & Remuneration Committee.

Withstanding the impacts of geopolitics on

our trade or investments

Geopolitics has the potential to increase trade tensions,

undermining rule-based trading systems. Trade actions

may impact our key markets, operations or investments,

limiting the benefits of being a multinational company

with a global footprint. We continue to build reliance

through diversification and to identify opportunities for

engagement with governments, civil society, industry

associations and international bodies.

Strategic alignmentChange vs 2022
lBest operatorStable

Deteriorating economic and political environment leading to falling

commodity prices (reduced cash flow, limiting profitability, reducing reserve

inventory), trade actions (increased tariffs, retaliations, and sanctions), and

governments’ efforts to exert more control over their natural resources by

changing contractual, regulatory or tax measures. This can impact our key

markets, operations or investments.

A highly uncertain and unstable global macro environment, including

China-US tensions and the indirect impacts of the war in Ukraine and

conflict in the Middle East. The US election in November 2024 may

bring multiple geopolitical and economic uncertainties.

The Financial Risk Management Committee, the Risk Management

Committee and the Audit & Risk Committee.

Risk to impeccable ESG

credentials strategic objective

Minimising our impact on the environments

we work in and building physical resilience

to changes in those environments, including

climate change and natural disasters

Producing the materials the world needs means we have

an impact on the environment. Our operations and

projects are inherently hazardous, requiring proactive

management to minimise potential impact to water

resources, air quality or biodiversity in new asset

developments, existing operations and closures. Our

assets, infrastructure, communities and broader value

chains are exposed to the impacts of extreme weather

events, such as drought, flooding, heat waves and fires.

Climate change is expected to impact the frequency,

intensity and likelihood of extreme events.

Strategic alignmentChange vs 2022
lImpeccable ESGIncreasing

A number of our operations and future development opportunities exist

within, or close to, sensitive biodiverse regions. Our licence to operate

and develop requires us to demonstrate our capability to protect

ecosystems and community health through improved practices and

technological solutions. Natural hazards or extreme weather events can

endanger our employees and communities, damage our assets or

cause significant operational interruption. Longer-dated exposure to

chronic changes in climate is less understood given the inherent

uncertainty in future climate projections.

Our operations in the Pilbara and Saguenay–Lac-Saint-Jean region,

Simandou and RBM.

Achieving our decarbonisation

targets competitively

Ensuring our ability to deliver longer-term strategic

objectives, achieve our Scope 1 and 2 targets between

now and 2050 and deliver on our focus area of

impeccable ESG, while balancing the need to invest for

growth, deliver superior shareholder returns and remain

competitive.

Strategic alignmentChange vs 2022
lImpeccable ESGStable

Delays in priority initiatives will threaten our Scope 1 and 2 target

delivery and ability to respond proactively and competitively. A key

uncertainty is our ability to successfully engage (and partner where

appropriate) with governments and other external parties to progress

grid decarbonisation. Furthermore, our 2030 targets include new

technology that is dependent on timely and successful investment in

research and development; for example, hydrogen calcination and

BlueSmelting TM.

Following our social and human rights standards during implementation

of decarbonisation projects will be critical to avoid adversely impacting

people and stakeholder relationships. However, this may limit our

available sourcing options and lead to delays in meeting our targets (for

example, solar panel sourcing).

Rio Tinto Aluminium Pacific Operations (Pacific Ops) repowering and

Alumina processing.

The Risk Management Committee and the Board.

Conducting our business with integrity,

complying with all laws, regulations

and obligations

Our determination to be the best operator and have

impeccable ESG credentials is underpinned by our zero

tolerance for non-compliance with our operational

procedures, laws and our obligations. These expectations

are outlined in our Group policies, standards and

procedures, published on our website at riotinto.com/

policies.

Strategic alignmentChange vs 2022
lImpeccable ESGStable

A serious breach in our operations or in our value chain of anti-

corruption legislation or sanctions, human rights, anti-trust rules, or

inappropriate business conduct, could result in serious harm to people

and significant reputational and financial damage.

Argentina and Guinea.

The Group Ethics & Compliance Committee and the Board.

Risk to excel in development

Delivering on our growth projects

Delivering our growth strategy relies on our ability to

develop resources faster and more competitively than

others, while aiming for impeccable ESG credentials, and

on the success of our exploration and acquisition

activities to secure those resources. Developing projects

requires complex multi-year study and execution plans

and carries significant delivery risk.

Strategic alignmentChange vs 2022
lExcel in developmentStable

New high-quality deposits are increasingly scarce and those that are

known require advances in processing technology, significant capital

investment or may negatively impact our ESG credentials. Additionally,

as studies and projects progress, they are susceptible to changes in

approvals, societal expectations or changes in underlying commercial or

economic assumptions, which could impact economic viability.

Simandou, Pilbara increasing approval time frames, Oyu Tolgoi

underground expansion, Rincon, Resolution and Jadar.

The Investment Committee, the Ore Reserves Steering Committee and

the Board.

Risk to social license

Building trusted relationships with communities

If we are not viewed as a trusted partner by communities

and broader society, our performance, future prospects

and reputation will be impacted.

Strategic alignmentChange vs 2022
lSocial licenceIncreasing

Our access to land and resources could be impacted if we are not

considered a trusted partner that respects people’s rights, manages

adverse social and environmental impacts and sustainably improves

social and economic outcomes in communities that host our operations.

Other potential issues can include operational disruption, security

incidents, expropriation, export or foreign investment restrictions,

increased government regulation and delays in approvals, which may

threaten the investment proposition, title or carrying value of assets.

Simandou, Richards Bay Minerals (RBM), Resolution, QMM, Oyu Tolgoi

and Jadar.

Leaving a positive legacy for future

generations, embedding closure

considerations throughout the lifespan

of our assets

We aspire to leave a positive legacy for future

generations. We do this in partnership with our

stakeholders, embedding closure considerations

throughout the entire lifespan of our assets – in the way

we design, build, run, close and transition them.

Strategic alignmentChange vs 2022
lSocial licenceIncreasing

Financial obligations for closure may increase over time due to

stakeholders’ and community expectations, regulation, standards,

technical understanding and techniques.

Exposures at a closed or legacy asset could impact our reputation, our

licence to operate globally and the cost of closure. The legacy portfolio

continues to retain a level of uncertainty due to the lack of historic

information. We are progressively undertaking studies to determine

options for future management.

Pilbara near-term closures (including Channar), Gove, Argyle, Energy

Resources Australia (ERA) (non-managed), and the Panguna site in

Bougainville (legacy).

The Closure Steering Committee and the Sustainability Committee.

Building trusted relationships with

Indigenous Peoples

Our relationships with Indigenous Peoples play a material

role in delivering our operational and strategic goals and

in our ability to operate. A breakdown in these critical

relationships may have a significant impact on our

business. We aim to build respectful and enduring

relationships with Indigenous partners and communities,

enabling them to realise their goals and aspirations, and

to create long term shared benefits.

Strategic alignmentChange vs 2022
lSocial licenceStable

Mining activities may strain relationships with Indigenous Peoples,

particularly where actual or perceived damage of significant cultural

values (cumulative or acute) occurs without consultation and consent.

This may result in loss of trust with Indigenous Peoples, impacting our

social licence to operate.

Resolution, Pilbara and British Columbia.

Five-year review

Selected financial data

The selected consolidated financial information below has been derived from the historical audited consolidated financial statements of the Rio Tinto

Group. The selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with, and qualified in their entirety by reference to, the 2023 financial

statements and notes thereto. The financial statements as included on pages 158-237 have been prepared in accordance with International

Financial Reporting Standard (IFRS) as defined in “The basis of preparation” section to the financial statements on page 158.

Rio Tinto Group

Income statement data

For the years ending 31 DecemberAmounts in accordance with IFRS2023$m20222$m20212$m2020$m2019$m
Consolidated sales revenue54,04155,55463,49544,61143,165
Group operating profit114,82319,93329,81716,82911,466
Profit after tax for the year29,95313,04822,59710,4006,972
Basic earnings for the year per share (US cents)2620.3765.01,304.7604.0491.4
Diluted earnings for the year per share (US cents)2616.5760.41,296.3599.8487.8
Dividends per share
Dividends declared during the year
US cents
–interim177.0267.0376.0155.0151.0
–interim special––185.0–61.0
–final258.0225.0417.0309.0231.0
–special––62.093.0
UK pence
–interim137.67221.63270.84119.74123.32
–interim special––133.26–49.82
–final203.77185.35306.72221.86177.47
–special––45.6066.77
Australian cents
–interim260.89383.70509.42216.47219.08
–interim special—–250.64—88.50
–final392.78326.49577.04397.48349.74
–special––85.80119.63
Dividends paid during the year (US cents)
–ordinary402.0684.0685.0386.0331.0
–special–62.0278.0–304.0
Weighted average number of shares basic (millions)1,621.41,619.81,618.41,617.41,630.1
Weighted average number of shares diluted (millions)1,631.51,629.61,628.91,628.61,642.1
Share buy-back ($ million)––2081,552
Balance sheet data
Total assets103,54996,744102,89697,39087,802
Share capital/premium7,9087,8598,0978,3027,968
Total equity/net assets256,34152,74157,11351,90345,242
Equity attributable to owners of Rio Tinto254,58650,63451,94747,05440,532
  1. Group operating profit or loss includes the effects of charges and reversals resulting from impairments (other than impairments of equity accounted units) and profit and loss on disposals of

interests in businesses. Group operating profit or loss amounts shown above exclude equity accounted operations, finance items, tax and discontinued operations.

  1. Comparative information has been restated to reflect the adoption of narrow scope amendments to IAS12 “Income Taxes”.

This Strategic report is delivered in accordance with a resolution of the Board, and has been signed on behalf of the Board by:

Chair

Governance
Chair’s introduction91
Board of Directors92
Executive Committee94
Our stakeholders – Section 172(1) statement96
How the Board has considered stakeholders in their decision-making100
How the Board monitors culture101
Board activities in 2023102
Governance framework103
Evaluating our performance104
Nominations Committee report105
Audit & Risk Committee report107
Sustainability Committee report111
Remuneration report
Annual statement by the People & Remuneration Committee Chair113
Remuneration Policy119
Implementation report127
Additional statutory disclosure146
Compliance with governance codes and standards152

Alma, Canada

Chair’s introduction

Our focus as a Board in 2023 has

been on embedding an empowering

culture and on the delivery of

consistent operational performance

to progress our four key strategic

objectives. Strong corporate

governance is essential to achieving

these goals.

The following pages provide a comprehensive

description of our governance arrangements-

including our overall governance framework, how

we engage with stakeholders, how we

evaluate our own Board effectiveness and

detailed reports on the work of each of

our Board committees. I believe these

arrangements are first class, but we recognise

that effective governance requires constant

adaptation and evolution. We therefore strive

to continuously improve our approach

to optimise how the Board can drive and

support the success of the business, for

the benefit of shareholders and all of our

other stakeholders.

It has been another busy year for the

Board, but in this introduction I would

like to highlight three areas which were an

important part of our focus during 2023,

and into 2024.

Site visits

With the lifting of most remaining COVID-

related travel restrictions in 2023, we were

able to resume Board visits to our operations

and to strategically important countries. Whilst

like many, we adapted well to the pandemic

restrictions with ‘virtual’ Board meetings, there

is simply no substitute for getting on the

ground in person to gain first hand insights

into operations and meet key stakeholders in

person.

In July, we had a remarkable visit to Mongolia.

The Board visited our mining operations at

Oyu Tolgoi and met with employees, partners

and contractors, and members of the local

community. The visit also included important

meetings with our partners in the Mongolian

government and the opportunity to experience

the annual Naadam Festival, showcasing the

nation’s history and cultural roots.

In September, we held our Board meeting in

Washington, D.C. Given the importance of

the Group's North American business and

strategy and the very significant role that

the United States plays in climate, energy

transition, and geopolitics, the trip included

a program of valuable engagements with US

civil society, business and political leaders.

We had a landmark visit in December, where

we held the first Rio Tinto Board meeting in

China. The visit included a series of

engagements to deepen our relationships with

government, customers, partners and

suppliers. We also celebrated key milestones

such as the 40th anniversary of the opening of

our China Office and the 50th anniversary of

the first shipment of iron ore to China.

Board composition

As we reported last year, during 2022 we

evaluated the mix of skills and experience on

the Board and concluded that we needed to

refresh our composition, with a particular focus

on mining, operations and projects

experience, renewables and the energy

transition, finance / accounting, and

knowledge of countries or regions of strategic

relevance to the Group.

Over the course of 2023, I am pleased

that we have made significant progress

in this, with the announcement of six new Non-

Executive Directors representing these

skillsets and experience. We have provided

details on the search process for our new

Non-Executive Directors and how they fulfil

these skills requirements in the Nominations

Committee Report on page 106.

Board evaluation

In the second half of 2023 we had the

three-yearly external, independent evaluation

of Board effectiveness – this is described

further on the following pages.

Overall, the review concluded that the Board

and its Committees were working effectively,

but it also provided some valuable insights on

how we can enhance performance. We

discussed the initial findings in October 2023

and reviewed some detailed suggested

actions in February 2024 that we hope will

help with the ongoing optimisation of our

governance arrangements.

I believe that these activities, and those

described over the following pages, represent

a solid set of corporate governance

arrangements at Rio Tinto, but also

demonstrate our commitment to continuously

improving them.

Chair

Board of Directors

Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited have a common Board of Directors. The Directors are collectively

responsible for the stewardship and long-term sustainable success of the Group.

Dominic Barton BBMChair

BA (Hons), MPhil. Age 61. AppointedApril 2022; Chair from May 2022.

Skills and experience: Dominic spent over 30 years at McKinsey & Company, including nine years as the Global Managing Partner, and has also held a broad range of public sector leadership positions. He has served as Canada’s Ambassador to China, Chair of Canada’s Advisory Council for Economic Growth, and Chair of the International Advisory Committee to the President of South Korea on National Future and Vision. Dominic brings a wealth of global business experience, including deep insight of geopolitics, corporate sustainability and governance. His business acumen and public sector experience position him to provide balanced guidance to Rio Tinto’s leadership team. Dominic believes in the competitive advantage of putting people at the heart of strategy and the role culture change will play in Rio Tinto’s future success.Current external appointments: Chair of LeapFrog Investments and Chancellor of the University of Waterloo.

Simon HenryIndependent Non-Executive Director

MA, FCMA. Age 62.Appointed April 2017.

Skills and experience: Simon has significant experience in global finance, corporate governance, mergers and acquisitions, international relations, and strategy. He draws on over 30 years’ experience at Royal Dutch Shell plc, where he was Chief Financial Officer between 2009 and 2017.Current external appointments: Senior Independent Director of Harbour Energy plc, Adviser to the Board of Oxford Flow Ltd, member of the Board of the Audit Committee Chairs’ Independent Forum, member of the Advisory Board of the Centre for European Reform and Advisory Panel of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), and trustee of the Cambridge China Development Trust.

Jakob StausholmChief Executive

Ms Economics. Age 55. Appointed Chief Financial Officer September 2018; Chief Executive from January 2021.

Skills and experience: As Chief Executive, Jakob brings strategic and commercial expertise and governance experience. He is committed to rebuilding trust with communities, Traditional Owners and engaging broadly with stakeholders, including governments, partners and other business leaders. He continues to focus on improving operational performance, including through the Safe Production System, creating and progressing value-accretive growth options while remaining disciplined on capital allocation and delivering returns for shareholders. Jakob joined Rio Tinto in 2018 as Chief Financial Officer. He has over 20 years’ experience, primarily in senior finance roles at Maersk Group and Royal Dutch Shell plc, including in capital-intensive, long-cycle businesses, as well as in innovative technology and supply chain optimisation. He was also a Non-Executive Director of Woodside Petroleum and Statoil (now Equinor).Current external appointments: None.

Kaisa HietalaIndependent Non-Executive Director

MPhil, MS. Age 53. Appointed March 2023.

Skills and experience:Kaisa is an experienced executive with a strong track record of helping companies transform the challenges of environmental megatrends into business opportunities and growth. She began her career in upstream oil and gas exploration and, as Executive Vice President of Renewable Products at Neste Corporation, she played a central role in its commercial transformation into the world’s largest and most profitable producer of renewable products. She was formerly a Board member of Kemira Corporation.Current external appointments:Senior Independent Director of Smurfit Kappa Group plc, Non-Executive Director of Exxon Mobil Corporation, Chair of the Board of Tracegrow Ltd and a member of the Supervisory Board of Oulu University.

Peter Cunningham Chief Financial Officer

BA (Hons), CharteredAccountant (England and Wales). Age 57. Chief Financial Officer from June 2021.

Skills and experience: As Chief Financial Officer, Peter brings extensive commercial expertise from working across the Group in various geographies. He is strongly focused on the decarbonisation of our assets, investing in the commodities essential for the energy transition, and delivering attractive returns to shareholders while maintaining financial discipline.During almost three decades with Rio Tinto, Peter has held a number of senior leadership roles, including Group Controller, Chief Financial Officer – Organisational Resources, Global Head of Health, Safety, Environment & Communities, Head of Energy and Climate Strategy, and Head of Investor Relations.Current external appointments: None.

Sam LaidlawIndependent Non-Executive Director

MA, MBA. Age 68. Appointed February 2017; Senior Independent Director from May 2019.

Skills and experience: Sam has more than 40 years’ experience of long-cycle, capital-intensive industries in which safety, the low-carbon transition, and stakeholder management are critical. Sam has held a number of senior roles in the energy industry, including as CEO of both Enterprise Oil plc and Centrica plc. He was also a member of the UK Prime Minister’s Business Advisory Group.Current external appointments: Chair of Neptune Energy Group Holdings Ltd, Chair of the National Centre of Universities & Business and Board member of Oxford Saïd Business School.

Dean Dalla ValleIndependent Non-Executive Director

MBA. Age 64. Appointed June 2023.

Skills and experience: Dean brings over four decades of operational and project management experience in the resources and infrastructure sectors. He draws on 40 years’ experience at BHP where he was Chief Commercial Officer, President of Coal and Uranium, President and Chief Operating Officer Olympic Dam, President Cannington, Vice President Ports Iron Ore and General Manager Illawarra Coal. He has had direct operating responsibility in 11 countries, working across major mining commodities, and brings a wealth of experience in engaging with a broad range of stakeholders globally, including governments, investors and communities. Dean was Chief Executive Officer of Pacific National from 2017 to 2021.Current external appointments: Chair of Hysata.

Susan Lloyd-HurwitzIndependent Non-Executive Director

BA (Hons), MBA (Dist). Age 56. Appointed June 2023.

Skills and experience: Susan brings significant experience in the built environment sector with a global career spanning over 30 years. Most recently Susan was Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of Mirvac Group for over a decade. Prior to this, she was Managing Director at LaSalle Investment Management, and held senior executive positions at MGPA, Macquarie Group and Lendlease Corporation. Susan is known for her transformational leadership on cultural change, gender equity, diversity and inclusion, and sustainability, while at the same time delivering financial results.Current external appointments: President of Chief Executive Women, Chair of the Australian National Housing Supply & Affordability Council, Non-Executive Director of Macquarie Group, Member of the Sydney Opera House Trust, Global Board member at leading international business school, INSEAD and Non-Executive Director of Spacecube.

Board and Secretary changesMegan Clark stepped down from the Board on 15 December 2023. Steve Allen stepped down as Group Company Secretary on 29 August 2023. Sharon Thorne will join the Board on 1 July 2024.Past external appointments over the last three yearsFor details of each Director’s previous directorships of other listed companies see the Directors’ report on page 147.Board committee membership key
Committee ChairlNominations Committee
lAudit & Risk CommitteelSustainability Committee
lPeople & Remuneration Committee

Simon McKeon AOIndependent Non-Executive Director

BCom, LLB, FAICD. Age 68. Appointed January 2019; Senior Independent Director, Rio Tinto Limited from September 2020. Designated Non-Executive Director for workforce engagement from January 2021.

Skills and experience: Simon brings insights into sectors, including financial services, for purpose, law and government. He practised as a solicitor before working at Macquarie Group for 30 years, including as Executive Chair of its business in Victoria, Australia. Simon served as Chair of AMP Limited, MYOB Limited, and the Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation (CSIRO) and was the first President of the Australian Takeovers Panel.Current external appointments: Chancellor of Monash University, Chair of the Australian Industry Energy Transitions Initiative Steering Group, and Non-Executive Director of National Australia Bank Limited.

Ngaire Woods CBEIndependent Non-Executive Director

BA/LLB, DPhil. Age 61. Appointed September 2020.

Skills and experience:Ngaire is the founding Dean of the Blavatnik School of Government, Professor of Global Economic Governance and the Founder of the Global Economic Governance Programme at Oxford University. As a recognised expert in public policy, international development and governance, she has served as an adviser to the African Development Bank, the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank, the Center for Global Development, the International Monetary Fund, and the European Union.Current external appointments:Vice-Chair of the Governing Council of the Alfred Landecker Foundation and Board member of the Mo Ibrahim Foundation, the Van Leer Foundation, and the Schwarzman Education Foundation. Member of the Conseil d’administration of L’Institut national du service public.

Martina MerzIndependent Non-Executive Director

B.Eng.Age 61. Appointed February 2024.

Skills and experience:Martina brings over 38 years of extensive leadership and operational experience, most recently as CEO of industrial engineering and steel production conglomerate ThyssenKrupp AG. She has held numerous leadership roles, including at Robert Bosch GmbH and at Chassis Brakes International. Martina also has extensive listed company experience and is known for her expertise in the areas of strategy, risk management, legal/compliance and human resources.Current external appointments:Member of the supervisory board at AB Volvo and Siemens Aktiengesellschaft and Member of the Shareholder Council of the Foundation Carl-Zeiss-Stiftung as the owner of Zeiss AG and Schott AG.

Ben WyattIndependent Non-Executive Director

LLB, MSc. Age 49. Appointed September 2021.

Skills and experience: Ben had a prolific career in the Western Australian Parliament before retiring in March 2021. He held a number of ministerial positions and became the first Indigenous treasurer of an Australian parliament. His extensive knowledge of public policy, finance, international trade and Indigenous affairs brings valuable insight and adds to the depth of knowledge on the Board. Ben was previously an officer in the Australian Army Reserves, and went on to have a career in the legal profession as a barrister and solicitor.Current external appointments: Non-Executive Director of Woodside Energy Ltd, APM Human Services International Limited, Telethon Kids Institute and West Coast Eagles. Member of the Advisory Committee of Australian Capital Equity.

Jennifer NasonIndependent Non-Executive Director

BA, BCom (Hons).Age 63. Appointed March 2020.

Skills and experience:Jennifer has over 37 years of experience in corporate finance and capital markets. She is the Global Chair of Investment Banking at JP Morgan, based in the US, where she sits on the Investment Bank’s Executive Committee. For the past 20 years, she has led the Technology, Media and Telecommunications global client practice. During her time at JP Morgan, she has also worked in the metals and mining sector team in both the US and Australia. Jennifer co-founded and chaired the company’s Investment Banking Women’s Network.Current external appointments:Co-Chair of the American Australian Business Council.

Andy HodgesGroup Company Secretary

Associate of the Chartered Governance Institute UK and Ireland; MBA. Age: 56. Appointed August 2023.

Skills and experience: Andy joined Rio Tinto in 2018 and became Group Company Secretary in 2023. Andy brings with him nearly 20 years of experience in senior company secretarial roles, including as Head of Secretariat at Centrica, Deputy Company Secretary at Anglo American and Assistant Company Secretary at Aviva.Current external appointments: None.

Joc O’RourkeIndependent Non-Executive Director

BSc, EMBA. Age 63. Appointed October 2023.

Skills and experience:Joc has over 35 years of experience across the mining and minerals industry. He was the Chief Executive Officer of The Mosaic Company, the world’s leading integrated producer and marketer of concentrated phosphate and potash, from 2015 to December 2023. He also served as President of Mosaic until recently and previously held roles there including Executive Vice President of Operations and Chief Operating Officer. Prior to this, he was President of Australia Pacific at Barrick Gold Corporation, leading gold and copper mines in Australia and Papua New Guinea. Joc is known for his deep knowledge of the mining industry, and passion for improving safety and operational performance.Current external appointments: Non-Executive Director at the Toro Company and The Weyerhaeuser Company.

Tim PaineCompany Secretary, Rio Tinto Limited

BEc, LLB, FGIA, FCIS. Age 60. Appointed January 2013.

Skills and experience: Tim joined Rio Tinto in 2012 and became Joint Company Secretary of Rio Tinto Limited in January 2013. He has over 30 years of experience in corporate counsel and company secretary roles, including as General Counsel and Company Secretary at Mayne Group, Symbion Health and Skilled Group. Tim also spent 12 years at ANZ Bank, including as Acting General Counsel and Company Secretary. Current external appointments: Joint Company Secretary for Australia-Japan Innovation Fund and member of the Governance Institute of Australia’s Legislation Review Committee.

Executive CommitteeDay-to-day management of the business is delegated by the Board to the Chief Executive and, through him, to other members of the Executive Committee and to certain management committees.

Jakob StausholmChief ExecutiveBiography can be found on page 92.

Peter Cunningham Chief Financial OfficerBiography can be found on page 92.

Mark DaviesChief Technical Officer

Mark was appointed to the Executive Committee in 2020 and became Chief Technical Officer in October 2021. Mark joined Rio Tinto in 1995 as a Senior Mechanical Engineer and has worked in operational and functional leadership roles, including in our Iron and Titanium business unit, Group Risk, and Global Procurement.Mark is responsible for our development teams, including Exploration, Studies and Major Capital Construction, Energy, Climate and Closure teams working to rehabilitate and repurpose mines and facilities at the end of the development cycle. Mark’s remit also includes our technical centres of excellence as well as the Office of the Chief Scientist, which drives our global research and development activities. Mark is our representative on the Champions of Change Coalition, a group of business and community leaders working to achieve a significant and sustainable increase in the representation of women in leadership.

Bold BaatarChief Executive, Copper

Bold was appointed Chief Executive, Copper in February 2021. Prior to this, he led the Energy & Minerals product group, a position he had held since 2016. Since joining Rio Tinto in 2013, he has held a number of leadership positions across operations, marine, iron ore sales and marketing, and Copper.Bold brings deep experience across geographies, commodities and markets. A passionate advocate for integrating ESG into decision making across the business landscape, he combines strong commercial and business development expertise with a focus on developing markets and partnerships with our host communities and nations.

Isabelle DeschampsChief Legal Officer, Governance & Corporate Affairs

Isabelle joined Rio Tinto in November 2021. She has extensive international experience, most recently as General Counsel of the AkzoNobel Group and a member of its Executive Committee, with responsibility across Legal, Strategy and M&A activities. Prior to this, Isabelle worked at Unilever in the UK and the Netherlands, holding various legal and compliance leadership roles.Alongside leading our global Legal, Communication, and External Affairs teams, Isabelle oversees a range of governance functions, including Company Secretariat, Ethics & Compliance, and the Technical Evaluation group. She champions Everyday Respect and drives our integrated social licence agenda. Isabelle is a pragmatic, transparent leader with a passion for equal opportunities, inclusion and diversity, continuous learning, and driving a culture of integrity.

Alf Barrios Chief Commercial Officer

Alf was appointed Chief Commercial Officer, Chair for China and Chairman for Japan in 2021. He joined Rio Tinto in 2014 as Chief Executive, Aluminium. Alf has over 30 years of global experience in the resources sector across operations, marketing, trading and business development.The Commercial team is accountable for our sales and marketing, procurement, marine and logistics activities, and creates value and growth across Rio Tinto by working closely with our assets, customers and suppliers. Alf is focused on building industry-leading customer and supplier partnerships to deliver innovation and ESG leadership and create future value for the company.

Sinead KaufmanChief Executive, Minerals

Sinead became Chief Executive, Minerals in March 2021. Since Sinead joined Rio Tinto in 1997 as a geologist, she has held senior leadership and operational roles across Aluminium, Copper & Diamonds, Energy & Minerals, and Iron Ore. She joined the Executive Committee in early 2021.Sinead brings strong operational expertise combined with a track record of delivering future-focused sustainability outcomes. Sinead has led the Minerals business to play a central role in driving growth, for example, through the acquisition of the Rincon Lithium Project in Argentina, which supports our battery materials strategy. She is also playing a leading role in many sustainability initiatives to help us reach our decarbonisation ambition.

James MartinChief PeopleOfficer

James joined our Executive Committee as Chief People Officer in April 2021. Prior to this, James was at Egon Zehnder for 21 years. He led a range of global practices and specialised in coaching, talent management and leadership development. Prior to this, he worked in equity research after a career as an air force pilot.James has been supporting our culture evolution, from building a new leadership program, to paving the way to a more inclusive work environment and helping create our new values. His vision is to help unlock more of our potential and to inspire even more of our colleagues to feel the pride in Rio Tinto that many already do.

Jérôme PécresseChief Executive, Aluminium

Jérôme was appointed Chief Executive, Aluminium in October 2023. Prior to joining Rio Tinto, Jérôme was President & CEO of General Electric (GE) Renewable Energy, where he helped define and implement GE’s strategy to support the decarbonisation of the energy sector. He brings a wealth of global experience, primarily in energy, mining, business development and strategy from his previous roles at GE, Alstom and Imerys.Jérôme is committed to the energy transition and is focused on decarbonising our operations while growing our business to support new material needs for the future. Building a strong work culture around diversity and entrepreneurship, and forging partnerships with First Nations and Indigenous Peoples, communities and governments is fundamental to his approach.

Kellie ParkerChief Executive, Australia

Kellie was appointed Chief Executive, Australia in 2021, after a 20-year career at Rio Tinto. Before this, Kellie was Managing Director, Pacific Operations, Aluminium, a role she took after more than a decade of leadership, safety and operational roles across the Iron Ore and Aluminium businesses.Kellie represents our Australian interests with all stakeholders, and brings her operational experience and community values to listen, respond and set the direction for the business. Kellie also has responsibility for Health, Safety, Environment & Security (HSES) and Communities and Social Performance (CSP). She has a people-centric approach, with a strong commercial background, and she is an advocate for Indigenous Australians.

Simon TrottChief Executive, Iron Ore

As Chief Executive – Iron Ore, Simon leads the world’s largest and most innovative integrated bulk commodity producer, achieving exceptional financial performance by finding better ways to provide the materials the world needs. Drawing on 25 years’ mining industry experience across operating, commercial and business development roles, Simon is driving the Iron Ore business to develop a values-based performance culture and reach its vision to become the most valued resource business.He is focused on building the Iron Ore business we need for the future, by transforming its safe operating performance, leading the field in mine development, building valued partnerships, respecting, trusting and supporting self-determined outcomes for Traditional Owners, as well as positioning for a green future and decarbonising the Pilbara.

Former Executive Committee members Ivan Vella resigned from Rio Tinto in 2023 and ceased to be a member of the Executive Committee on 13 June 2023. He continued as Chief Executive, Aluminium until 23 October 2023, when Jérôme Pécresse succeeded him.Arnaud Soirat stepped down as Chief Operating Officer on 31 January 2024, ahead of his retirement from Rio Tinto.

Our stakeholdersThis section, together with the information on pages 12-13, constitutes our Section 172(1) statement. The Board is required by the UK Companies Act 2006 to promote the success of the company for the benefit of our shareholders, and in doing so, take into account the interests of our wider stakeholders. Our key stakeholders are our workforce, the communities in which we operate, civil society organisations, governments, our investors, our customers, and our suppliers.
How we engage
WorkforceEngaged people are key to our success.–Intranet, emails and newsletter updates on subjects such as safety and mental health shares, financial results and Group news. –Twice-yearly people surveys.–myVoice, our confidential reporting program. –Sessions with members of the Board and employees.–In-person and virtual town halls with the Board and Executive Committee members.–The Board engaged with our workforce while visiting several sites and offices throughout the year, including in Mongolia, London, France, Perth and China. For more information about some of these visits, see page 101.–In May 2023, members of the Board met with three employee groups at our Perth office. Two groups included emerging talent, while the third was employees from our Development & Technology team. These sessions allowed Board members and our teams to exchange insights and reflections about the business.
CommunitiesThe communities where we live and work are fundamental to our business – without their support, we cannot operate.We continue to strengthen our social performance structure, governance approach and processes. We have increased engagement between Indigenous Peoples and our senior operational leaders and teams. Our engagement activities include: –Community liaison teams.–Various meeting formats to reflect local expectations. –myVoice, our confidential whistleblower program, which provides a way for anyone, internal or external, to raise concerns about the Group.–Executive members regularly meet with Indigenous communities as part of site visits. –Since 2021, we have asked Traditional Owner groups in the Pilbara to share yearly feedback on our progress on some of the commitments we made as part of the Rio Tinto Board Review in 2020 on cultural heritage management. In 2023, six out of ten Pilbara Traditional Owner entities chose to respond. The feedback is presented at riotinto.com/juukangorge.
Civil society organisations Civil society organisations (CSOs) play an important role in society. They hold us to account and help us understand societal expectations across ESG issues, identify risks and opportunities to collaborate.–We engage regularly with a wide range of CSOs to understand and respond to areas of interest and concern, communicate progress, share challenges and advance common goals. In 2023, we expanded our outreach to CSOs in Argentina, Serbia, Guinea, the US and Canada.–We engage locally, nationally and globally on specific issues related to an operation.–We attend industry forums where CSOs are present to understand the latest trends and expectations on ESG issues.–Since 2018, we have held annual roundtables with CSO leaders and members of the Board and Executive Committee. The roundtables provide a dedicated forum for our most senior leaders to engage directly with CSOs and discuss strategic issues.–We continue to have issue-specific conversations with CSOs to explore issues in depth and gain detailed insights to inform our approach to each topic. In 2023, these included two sessions on decarbonisation progress, three sessions about the Jadar project, and two sessions about the Resolution Copper project.
What was important in 2023How the Board has taken account of these interests
–Company culture and the Everyday Respect report–Training and career opportunities–Compensation and inflation–Health, safety and wellbeing–Business growth and operational performance–Societal issues–Simon McKeon, our designated Non-Executive Director for workforce engagement, oversees our program of workforce engagement events.–An engaged and diverse workforce is imperative to the success of the business. The Board reviews the implementation activities and progress of the 26 recommendations of the Everyday Respect report quarterly. For more information about the Everyday Respect initiative and how the Board monitors our culture, see pages 100 and 101. –The health, safety and wellbeing of our people is a key priority for the Board. The Board considers this in all decisions to ensure we continually evolve our assets’ safety maturity and aim to create a physically and psychologically safe workplace. –The Board considers our workforce when making decisions on new ventures, projects and other growth opportunities, and aims to support job opportunities and fair work. For more information about how the Board engages with employees to understand their interests and concerns, see page 101.
–Job creation and procurement opportunities–Land access–Socioeconomic development projects–Environmental management, tailings storage facilities, operational impacts and potential site closures–Security–The Board oversees and receives regular updates on many projects and the impact they have or will have on communities. Supporting economic opportunities for our host communities and regions is a key priority for us and, in addition to our social investment programs, we strive to employ local people and engage local services. –We have developed the Western Australian Indigenous Participation Strategy, designed to support a more collaborative approach to attracting and developing Indigenous employees. –We have undertaken independent cultural management audits to help us improve our cultural heritage management and performance, and our engagement with Indigenous communities. –The Australian Advisory Group guides us on current and emerging issues, which helps us better manage policies and positions important to Australian communities and our broader business.For more information about our work with communities, see page 66-70.
–Decarbonisation, offsets and Scope 3–Water management, biodiversity protection and nature-based solutions–Cultural heritage protection, Indigenous economic advancement, community consultation, consent and free, prior and informed consent (FPIC)–EU due diligence regulation–Transparency and anti-corruption–Advocacy on policy–The Board and its sub-committees consider issues raised by CSOs throughout the year, particularly through the Sustainability Committee. The Board is represented at the CSO roundtables through the Chair and other Directors. –The Board considers ESG issues and our social licence to operate when making decisions on new ventures, projects and other growth opportunities. –The Chair and executives engaged extensively with investors on the topic of environment and water. In 2023, we published our transparent water data platform which was well received by CSOs and other stakeholders.
How we engage
GovernmentsGovernments – national, state and provincial, and local – are important stakeholders for our business. They provide the legal and policy framework that supports our businesses, and ensures that our communities and people are protected.–We provide updates on issues relevant to our industry, either directly or as part of industry associations.–We participate in multi-stakeholder organisations, initiatives and roundtables, such as the Extractive Industry Transparency Initiative (EITI), and the ICMM. –We have innovative partnerships with governments, such as ELYSIS with the Governments of Canada and Quebec. We also partner with governments on projects, such as with the Government of Guinea on the Simandou iron ore deposit. –Government representatives regularly visit our sites.–In Australia, we engage with governments on issues such as project approvals and cultural heritage protection. –In the US, we advocate on public policy related to the North American supply chain and alignment on climate change, critical minerals and materials, renewable energy, and trade. –In China, we partner and engage with a range of government and state-owned entities on issues related to climate change, innovation, training, procurement, and product supply.–We contribute to UK and EU public policy development.
InvestorsOur strategy and long-term success depend on the support of our investors.–Regular calls, one-on-one meetings and group events, roadshows, presentations and attendance at investor conferences. –Webinars and online Q&A sessions. –Our corporate reporting suite and regular updates on our website and social media. –We held two annual general meetings (AGMs), one in Australia and one in the UK, where institutional and retail investors could engage directly with the Board and management, giving them the opportunity to ask questions and vote on our Remuneration Report.–In 2023, our Chair, Dominic Barton, met with investors from the UK, the US and Australia to convey how our strategy integrates the net zero transition into our business, including our portfolio, capital investment decisions, and business planning.
CustomersThe needs of our customers are central to our operational decision-making.–Our Commercial team engages with customers through direct engagements and via business and industry forums. –We periodically seek feedback from our customers through a customer survey, supplementary to the regular feedback we receive as part of ongoing customer interactions. The next customer survey will be conducted in 2024. Results from these surveys will be shared with the Board.–Decarbonisation is one of our customers’ biggest challenges. We partner to find innovative solutions to help produce sustainable products that support their net zero ambitions. For example, in 2023 we signed a memorandum of understanding with the BMW Group to deliver low-carbon aluminium, while also enabling a more sustainable and traceable supply chain for aluminium products through our START blockchain technology.–In December 2023, the Board visited China and met with Chinalco, China Baowu and BYD. Board members visited their operations, demonstrating our commitment to continuing to strengthen our partnerships with China.
SuppliersOur suppliers are critical to our ability to run efficient and safe global operations.–Our Commercial team manages contracts and engages with our suppliers in a range of ways, including regular meetings and site visits, supplier events, local and host community procurement forums, annual awards, and supplier capability development initiatives.–We partner with suppliers to co-develop technologies and applications, such as renewable diesel with Neste and Rolls-Royce.–We periodically seek feedback from our suppliers through a supplier survey to improve our engagement and to strengthen our partnerships. The next supplier survey will be conducted in 2024. Results from these surveys are shared with the Board.

Our stakeholders continued

What was important in 2023How the Board has taken account of these interests
–Tax and royalty payments–Compliance with laws and regulations–Local employment, procurement, health and safety–ESG issues, decarbonisation opportunities and socioeconomic development projects–Operational environmental management–Transparency and human rights–Industrial policy–New technology–Security–We engage with government officials to understand their expectations, concerns, and policies. This helps us align our activities with government interests. The Board receives regular updates regarding all our projects and, in doing so, oversees our engagement with governments.–Board meetings were held in Australia, Mongolia, US and China in 2023, with significant engagement with government stakeholders. –The Board oversees our financial management to ensure we comply with tax obligations and fair contribution to our host country's revenue. We comply with regulations and contribute positively to the economic and social development of the regions where we operate.
–Financial and operational performance. –Our ESG performance, including the impact of climate change and how we are decarbonising our business. –Compliance with laws and regulations. –Human rights. –Remuneration policy.–With regard to capital allocation and shareholder returns, the Board is committed to maintaining an appropriate balance between cash returns to shareholders and investment in the business, with the intention of maximising long-term shareholder value. –Given investor interest in ESG issues, including climate change and our work with communities around the world, the Board considers these issues during its yearly strategy sessions when assessing our portfolio positions. –The Board’s engagement in CSO roundtables and some investor events provides a sounding board as we implement our strategy, respond to requisitioned resolutions and develop our reporting. –The People & Remuneration Committee Chair consulted extensively with shareholders and proxy advisers in 2023 to update them on proposals for the Remuneration Policy which is due for renewal at the 2024 AGMs, taking their feedback into consideration.
–Supply security. –Responsible sourcing and supply. –Transparency in the supply chain. –Human rights. –Compliance with laws and regulations. –Competitive pricing. –Product quality. –Strategic partnerships. –Evidence of ESG traceability. –Participation in responsible mining certification systems.–The Chief Commercial Officer updates the Board annually on the key priorities and vision for Commercial, its role in supporting the Group strategy, and our customer engagement initiatives.–The Board approved a $700 million1 investment to acquire a 50% equity stake in Giampaolo Group’s wholly-owned Matalco business. For more information on the Board’s decision-making on the investment in Matalco, see page 100.
–Responsible sourcing and supply. –Transparency in the supply chain. –Human rights. –Compliance with laws and regulations. –Competitive pricing. –Performance. –Payment terms. –Strategic partnerships.–The Chief Commercial Officer provides an annual update to the Board on the Group’s activities with suppliers, including metrics regarding how the Group has supported initiatives aimed at Indigenous groups. –With support from the Board, we facilitated a distribution deal between Wuxi Boton, one of our largest suppliers in China, and the entrepreneurial subsidiary of the Innu communities of Uashat mak Mani-utenam for the resale and after-sales service of industrial conveyors in Quebec, Canada.
  1. Subject to closing adjustments.

How the Board has considered stakeholders in their decision-making

Our Board believes that we can only achieve long-term sustainable success if we consider relevant stakeholders in our decision-making and ensure that decisions align with our purpose and values. Below are three examples of how our Board has considered stakeholders in 2023.

Matalco joint venture

The Board reviewed and approved the

acquisition of a 50% stake in Giampaolo

Group’s Matalco business for $700 million 1.

The Matalco joint venture will manufacture and

market recycled aluminium products.

–Customers

ll

–We are committed to the low-carbon

transition and providing our customers with

materials enabling their energy transition.

As part of this strategy, a range of

aluminium recycling opportunities were

assessed. It was determined that the

Matalco joint venture met our strategic

objectives and criteria.

–After a rigorous internal approvals process,

including endorsement from our Investment

Committee, the proposal was reviewed and

approved by the Board in May 2023.

–The Board agreed that the proposal would

positively impact our stakeholders,

particularly our customers who are looking

to reduce their carbon footprint with low-

carbon aluminium products.

–The Board also considered the impact on

local communities, as part of its review.

–Delivering on our strategic objectives and

the low-carbon transition is also important to

our investors and workforce.

–The Matalco transaction was finalised

in November 2023 after receiving regulatory

approval.

  1. Subject to closing adjustments.

Seawater desalination plant

The Board reviewed and approved the $395

million investment in a seawater desalination

plant in the Pilbara, Western Australia to

support water supply for our coastal

operations and local communities.

–CSOs

–Suppliers

lll

–Ensuring our ports, operations and local

communities have a good water supply is

imperative to our business and license

to operate.

–Ahead of requesting Board approval, the

coastal water supply project went through

formal internal approvals, including

Investment Committee approval. The Board

reviewed and approved the project in May

–The project's impact on all associated

Traditional Owners and Custodians was top

of mind for the Board.

–The Board were satisfied that the project

benefitted all our stakeholders and achieves

our objective to Excel in Development.

Construction of the plant will create

approximately 300 jobs, and the plant has

the ability for future expansion.

–We continue to work with regulators in

Australia to ensure that all the required

approvals are in place for the project

to proceed.

For more informationabout how we manage water, see page 59.

Everyday Respect

The Board continued to monitor our progress

against the 26 Everyday Respect

recommendations and our commitment to

strengthen our culture.

–CSOs

–Customers

–Suppliers

lll

–In 2021, we initiated a comprehensive,

independent review of our workplace culture to

better understand, prevent and respond

to harmful behaviours in the workplace.

The Board and Executive Committee fully

endorsed the recommendations set out in the

report in 2022 and have supported all

initiatives that have been implemented so far

to meet the 26 recommendations.

–During 2023, the Board received quarterly

updates on progress against the Everyday

Respect report recommendations.

–The Board considers our culture in all

conversations with our people during site visits

and when visiting offices.

–The Board considers all our stakeholders

when monitoring the implementation of the

Everyday Respect recommendations and how

we are progressing our broader culture

journey, especially our workforce, communities

and our investors.

–To ensure we continue to progress the

Everyday Respect recommendations, the

Board has requested Elizabeth Broderick to

undertake a final independent progress report

in 2024.

For more information about our progress to implement the recommendations from the Everyday Respect Report see riotinto.com/everydayrespect.

Relevance to our four objectives key

lBest operatorlImpeccable ESGlExcel in developmentlSocial licence

Our stakeholders continued

How the Board monitors culture

One of the Board’s focus areas is to

assess and monitor our culture to

make sure that our policies, practices

and behaviours throughout the

business are aligned with our

purpose, values and strategy.

It is important to the Board that they, together

with the leadership team, collectively set the

right tone from the top, and each Director

aspires to lead by example by living our values

of care, courage and curiosity. Our values

guide behaviour and the way we make

decisions, from small everyday choices to big

strategic decisions.

Since we released the Everyday Respect

report in 2022, the Board has supported

management to make targeted systemic

improvements aimed at eradicating harmful

disrespect including sexual harassment,

bullying and racism. We are committed to the

implementation of the 26 recommendations

listed in the report. In addition, Representation

targets, engagement programs and the

creation of Employee Resource Groups are

now in place.

These initiatives as well as systemic changes

to talent, performance and reward are

key enablers in creating an everyday

respect culture.

For more informationabout Everyday Respect see riotinto.com/everydayrespect.

The Board monitors and assesses the culture of

the Group by regularly receiving people updates

from the Executive Committee and management

and engaging directly with employees through

site visits. The Board also receives a quarterly

update on how the 26 recommendations from the

Everyday Respect report are progressing. This,

together with data from the myVoice confidential

whistleblower program, a quarterly update on the

culture journey, the employee engagement

survey, and data on retention, provide the Board

with a comprehensive view of how we are

progressing on our culture journey.

Although there is more to do, we believe that our

work to strengthen our culture has already had

an impact, with employee engagement,

retention and productivity improving in recent

years. As we redefined our culture, we have seen

a natural attrition of people with behaviours not

aligned with our values.

The Board places great importance on employee

engagement and regularly reviews its approach

to engaging with the workforce. Simon McKeon,

in his role as our designated Non-Executive

Director for engagement with the workforce, also

facilitates two-way dialogue between the Board

and wider workforce.

Employee engagement survey

The Board received and considered reports and

updates from the Chief People Officer on the

results of our twice-yearly People Survey in July

and December, which provided useful insights

into employee sentiment. In considering the

reports, the Board supported a number

of recommendations aimed at improving

communications from senior leadership to the

wider workforce, increasing opportunities for

career growth and learning, and supporting

psychological health and safety.

Western Australia town hall: celebrating 150 years Dominic Barton, Jakob Stausholm, Peter Cunningham and Kellie Parker, Chief Executive, Australia, had the opportunity to celebrate Rio Tinto’s 150 years during a Perth town hall, hosted by Simon Trott, Chief Executive, Iron Ore. More than 2,100 of our people attended the town hall, joining in-person and online. They had the opportunity to ask questions and hear the Board and Executive Committee members’ reflections, who, in turn, gained insight into what is top of mind for our people.

Site visits

In addition to the regular program of Board

meetings, the Board also visited several sites

and offices in 2023. These visits allow the Board

to observe the operations in action and deepen

their knowledge, while understanding the culture

of the business and how we are progressing

against our People Strategy.

Jakob Stausholm and Jennifer Nason share the

traditional Mongolian beverage "airag" (fermented

mare’s milk).

Oyu Tolgoi, Mongolia

The Board visited Mongolia in July. The Chair

and several Board members met with Prime

Minister Oyun-Erdene and government ministers

and participated in the Mongolian Economic

Forum in Ulaanbaatar, which focused on future

investment opportunities in Mongolia. While in

Ulaanbaatar, the Board experienced the annual

Naadam Festival, which offered a great

demonstration of the nation’s history and cultural

roots.

The Board visited Oyu Tolgoi and had the

opportunity to see the underground block cave

performing well. They were impressed by the

mine’s productivity and the management of

underground health and safety. They also viewed

trials of underground electric vehicles, which form

part of future plans to help decarbonise the mine.

While in Mongolia, Board members also visited a

herder family in the community, shared a

traditional meal, heard the education plans for

their children, and listened to herders’ concerns

about late seasonal rains to provide feed for their

camels.

The visit offered the Board a chance

to deepen their relationships with the

Mongolian Government, observe the culture

and leadership at our site, meet our frontline

leaders, partners and contractors, and

assess whether the business is meeting the

expectations of traditional herders and local

communities in Mongolia.

Le Thoronet, France

Our Chair, Dominic Barton, visited south east

France in October to see our Closure team in

action. Dominic visited the Gardanne alumina

refinery, the closed bauxite mine of Le Thoronet

and the closed bauxite residue disposal area

at St-Cyr. The former bauxite sites have been

fully rehabilitated and are now used by the

community for recreational activities. The visit

provided an opportunity to learn more about our

closure activities, stakeholder engagement and

how we work towards a shared vision for the

environment and community after mining ends.

The visit illustrated both the scale and the variety

of closure activity. Work to close assets and

remediate and repurpose land is critical

to our social licence and impeccable ESG

credentials objectives.

Board activities in 2023

The Board had seven scheduled meetings in

  1. At every Board meeting, the Chief

Executive and Chief Financial Officer report on

the safety, operating, and business

performance of the Group and people, culture

and values.

During the year, the Board reviewed its

forward agenda of matters to be discussed,

considered its constitution, composition,

and performance, and reviewed any new or

amended Group policies.

The Board has ultimate oversight of ESG

matters, but has delegated responsibility for

certain matters to the Sustainability Committee.

Set out below are some of the specific matters

that the Board considered during the year.

In February, the Board:

–Reviewed and approved the Group's 2022

full year results and final shareholder

returns, which had been considered by the

Audit & Risk Committee.

–Discussed a paper detailing a suggested

approach to succession planning for

Executive Committee positions.

–Approved the Group’s 2023 Annual Plan.

–Approved the 2022 Climate Change Report

and approach to industry associations.

–Received updates on Business Conduct

Office activities including material

compliance risks, compliance program

developments and effectiveness, and

business integrity myVoice insights.

In April, the Board:

–Received updates on the Group’s 150th

anniversary and associated stakeholder

engagement.

–Discussed a report covering the Group’s

progress on cultural change.

–Discussed Board succession planning.

–Approved two requests for funding to

develop and execute a growth and life

expansion pathway for Kennecott.

–Received an update on progress with the

Oyu Tolgoi project, which included cave

health metrics in relation to panel 0.

–Approved a proposal for the Group

to form a joint venture with Giampaolo

Group, by acquiring a 50% stake in

Giampaolo Group’s Matalco business

for $700 million (subject to

closing adjustments).

In May, the Board:

–Received an in-depth assessment of the

health of the Group’s Ore Reserves and

Mineral Resources, and considered the

trends and emerging risks and opportunities

of our Ore Reserves and Mineral

Resources.

–Reviewed an update on initiatives aimed at

simplifying the business.

–Approved the AP60 96-pot smelter

for expansion for capital expenditure

of $1.1 billion.

–Discussed an update and teach-in on the

Safe Production System deployment

program, reviewing its success, progress,

and impact on the business.

–Reviewed the Jadar project, covering the

country context, resource profile and

mineralogy of the asset, the major elements

of the project scope, and the project

economics and financials.

–Reviewed a technical update regarding the

Kennecott shutdown.

–Considered an update on the Group’s

aluminium business, focusing on progress

on the low-carbon strategy, and potential

opportunities for the business.

–Considered a paper regarding the

Group’s Modern Slavery Statement,

which was approved.

In July, the Board:

–Met in Mongolia and participated in a wide

range of events and engagements with

employees and key stakeholders and

visited the Oyu Tolgoi mine.

–Considered updates on culture, progress on

the Everyday Respect recommendations,

and the second quarter 2023 people survey.

–Reviewed a paper providing an update on

the results of a compliance program

perceptions study, material compliance

issues and risks, and Business Integrity

Compliance Program effectiveness.

–Reviewed and approved the Group’s 2023

half year results statement and interim

shareholder returns, which had been

considered by the Audit & Risk Committee.

–Reviewed and approved funding for the

Rincon lithium project.

In September, the Board:

–Met in Washington D.C. to deepen

understanding of our North American

business and strategy. The trip included a

valuable program of engagements with

stakeholders and business and political

leaders.

–Discussed an update on the status of the

proposed Simandou iron ore project, with

regards to the progress of negotiations, joint

venture partner engagements, and the

status of current capital approvals.

–Approved a request for funding to continue

the feasibility study, progress early works

and long lead procurement for a high-

density ore project at Robe River Iron Ore

Associations Joint Venture’s Cape Lambert.

–Approved a request for funding for

Resolution Copper to advance social

licensing and permitting initiatives,

operations and maintenance, and to close

the feasibility study.

In October, the Board:

–Approved the appointment of Joc O’Rourke

as a Non-Executive Director of Rio Tinto plc

and Rio Tinto Limited.

–Approved funding for sustaining capital for

the Oyu Tolgoi project.

–Reviewed a progress update regarding the

Simandou project.

–Reviewed an update on the Group’s

projects’ performance in 2023, including an

overview of the forward portfolio and

strategic priorities for 2024.

–Considered the Board evaluation results.

–Reviewed the Group’s risk scenarios and

mitigations of those risks.

–Considered and approved the Group’s

Tax Policy.

In December, the Board:

–Met in China, for the first time. This

important visit included a wide range of

engagements with stakeholders, partners

and government, culminating with a

celebratory event for key customers and

suppliers.

–Considered an update on Energy

Resources Australia Ltd’s rehabilitation

of the Ranger Project Area.

–Approved a number of requests for

sustaining capital for projects within

Rio Tinto Iron Ore’s Pilbara operations.

–Reviewed a post divestment review of the

Australian coal business.

–Considered an assessment of the Group’s

material risks, associated controls, and

management responses deployed in 2023.

–Approved the Group’s 2024 Annual Plan.

Strategy and risk

The Board holds dedicated two-day strategy

sessions in May and September each year.

The May discussions concentrate on the

external strategic environment and in

September the focus is on the Group’s

progress and future strategic direction. See

pages 14-19 for details of our strategy.

A high-level summary of the main themes

discussed is below:

May

–The shifting roles and importance of

governments and our customers’ customers

in metals and mining.

–The importance of partnerships.

–How to improve our social licence.

–The need to identify opportunities for the

Group to leverage its expertise in specific

areas of the value chain.

–How to maintain resilience while

creating value.

September

–Decarbonisation of the business.

–Our people, culture, and performance.

–Our portfolio, diversification, and

growth opportunities.

Governance framework

Good governance is about considering the right things, at the right time, with the right

people and insights. We have structured the way the Board works to support that objective,

to strengthen our strategic focus, and to facilitate the support that the Board provides to the

executive team. Here is a summary of the framework.

Board of DirectorsWe are finding better ways to provide the materials the world needs.By doing so efficiently, effectively and sustainably, we aim to create long-term value for all stakeholders. Our purpose is supported by three core values – care, courage and curiosity. The Board is collectively responsible for pursuing this purpose and approves the strategy, budget and plans proposed by the Chief Executive to achieve this objective.
Board CharterSee the Board Charter for more information on the role of the Board and the delegation to management.
For more informationsee riotinto.com/corporategovernance.
Audit & Risk CommitteeHelps the Board to monitor decisions and processes designed to ensure the integrity of financial reporting, the independence and effectiveness of the external auditors, and robust systems of internal control and risk management.Nominations CommitteeHelps the Board determine its composition, and that of its committees. They are regularly reviewed and refreshed, so they are able to operate effectively and have the right mixture of skills, experience and background.People & Remuneration CommitteeHelps the Board ensure the Remuneration Policy and practices reward employees and executives fairly and responsibly, with a clear link to corporate and individual performance, and a focus on people and culture.Sustainability CommitteeHelps the Board oversee the Group’s integrated approach to sustainability and strategies designed to manage health and safety, and social and environmental risks, including management processes and standards.Chair’s CommitteeSupports the functioning of the Board and will consider urgent matters between Board meetings.Chief ExecutiveHas delegated responsibility for the executive management of Rio Tinto, consistent with the Group’s purpose and strategy, and subject to matters reserved for the Board, as set out in the Schedule of Matters Reserved for the Board (available at riotinto.com), and in accordance with the Group’s delegation of authority framework.
See page 107See page 105See page 113See page 111

Executive Committee

The Executive Committee supports the Chief

Executive in the delivery of strategy, annual

plans and commercial objectives, and in

managing the financial and operational

performance of the Group.

The following management committees

support the Chief Executive in the

performance of his duties.

Investment Committee

Reviews proposals on investments,

acquisitions and disposals. Approves capital

decisions within delegated authority limits, and

otherwise recommends matters for approval to

the Board, where appropriate.

Risk Management Committee

Oversees the management and mitigation of

the material risks that could materially impact

the Group’s business objectives and exceed

its risk tolerances.

Ore Reserves Steering Committee

Responsible for standards and control

procedures in the Ore Reserves estimation

and disclosure process. Ensures that they are

effective in meeting internal objectives and

regulatory requirements.

Closure Steering Committee

Oversees the process and controls designed

to manage the material risks related to

rehabilitation, closure and legacy operations.

Disclosure Committee

Reviews and approves the release of all

significant public disclosures on behalf of the

Group. Oversees the Group’s compliance with

its disclosure obligations in accordance with all

relevant legal and regulatory requirements,

including processes to ensure such

disclosures are accurate and timely.

Evaluating our performance

We undertake a formal annual

evaluation of the effectiveness

of the Board and, every third

year, we engage a professional

external adviser to carry out an

independent evaluation.

In 2023, we appointed Jan Hall, of business

advisory company No 4, to conduct our

external evaluation. No 4 does not have any

other connection with Rio Tinto, and was

appointed following a formal tender process

overseen by the Chair, Senior Independent

Director, Rio Tinto plc and Group

Company Secretary.

Board review process

The external review comprised observations of

Board and Committee meetings and a series

of interviews with the Board members,

Executive Committee members, the Company

Secretary and certain advisors.

Conclusions of the evaluation

The Directors discussed the initial findings

from the evaluation at the October Board

meeting. The evaluation concluded overall that

the Board and its Committees were working

well, and that the performance of the Chair

and individual directors was effective.

In terms of areas for improvement, it was

agreed to explore ways of creating more time

for in-depth discussion of the most material

matters, to further sharpen the focus on

strategic execution and, to help enable those

improvements, to explore efficiencies related

to the arrangements of the Board including

scheduling, allocation of time and format of the

Board’s materials.

It was agreed that the Chair would lead further

discussion on how to progress these matters

and report back to the Board.

Actions

In February 2024, the Board reviewed a

number of proposed actions to progress

the improvement opportunities identified

by the evaluation. This included a high-level

summary of the most material matters for the

Board to focus on, phased over the short-,

medium- and longer-term of the Group’s

development. This document then informed

the Board forward agenda program,

a schedule of thematic “deep dives” on

material matters, and a revised template

for the Board papers.

The Board recognise that effectiveness

requires continuous improvement, and we

will gather feedback and reiterate these

actions on a regular basis.

Directors’ attendance at scheduled Board and committee meetings during 20231

Committee AppointmentsBoardAudit & RiskNominationsPeople & RemunerationSustainability
Chair and Executive Directors
Dominic Barton27/73/34/54/4
Jakob Stausholm7/7
Peter Cunningham7/7
Non-Executive Directors
Megan Clark - retired 15 December 202337/73/35/54/4
Dean Dalla Valle - joined 1 June 202344/42/21/12/2
Simon Henry57/76/62/3
Kaisa Hietala - joined 1 March 20236/62/23/3
Sam Laidlaw67/73/35/54/4
Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz - joined 1 June 20234/42/23/3
Simon McKeon7/76/63/35/5
Jennifer Nason7/73/35/5
Joc O’Rourke - joined 25 October 20232/2
Ngaire Woods7/73/35/54/4
Ben Wyatt7/76/63/3
  1. In addition to the scheduled meetings of the Board and Committees for 2023, in order to attend to urgent matters, one ad hoc meeting of the People & Remuneration Committee and one ad hoc

meeting of the Sustainability Committee were convened. Other than as expressly noted below, these meetings were attended by each member of those committees.

  1. Dominic Barton was unable to attend a meeting of the People & Remuneration Committee in October due to meetings with key Rio Tinto customers in South Korea.

  2. Megan Clark stepped down as Chair of the Sustainability Committee with effect from 1 October 2023.

  3. Dean Dalla Valle became a member of the Sustainability Committee and the People & Remuneration Committee with effect from 1 June 2023 and 1 November 2023 respectively, and became

Chair of the Sustainability Committee with effect from 1 October 2023.

  1. Simon Henry was unable to attend a meeting of the Nominations Committee in February due to a medical appointment.

  2. Sam Laidlaw was unable to attend an ad hoc meeting of the Sustainability Committee due to the meeting having been convened with short notice, clashing with previously-arranged travel commitments.

Board committee membership key

Committee ChairAudit & Risk Committee
Nominations CommitteePeople & Remuneration Committee
Sustainability Committee

Nominations Committee report

Our main priority as a Committee in 2023 was on refreshing the Board,

and I am pleased to report that, over the year, we have announced the

appointment of six new Non-Executive Directors.

We welcomed Kaisa Hietala, Susan Lloyd-

Hurwitz, Dean Dalla Valle and Joc O’Rourke to

the Board during the course of 2023 and, in

December, we announced the appointments

of Martina Merz, who joined the Board on

1 February 2024, and Sharon Thorne, who will

join in July 2024.

Megan Clark stepped down as a Non-Executive

Director on 15 December 2023, having served

for nine years on the Board. I would like to

express my sincere thanks to Megan for her

contribution to Rio Tinto. We will greatly miss her

insights and wise counsel.

As we have announced today, Simon McKeon

will step down as a Non-Executive Director

at the conclusion of our annual general

meetings in 2024. I am extremely grateful

to Simon for his invaluable contribution.

On behalf of the Board, I wish him well for

the future.

These changes mark the completion of the latest

phase of refreshing the Board, with the six newly

appointed Non-Executive Directors covering the

key areas of expertise we had identified in our

search criteria.

We have also enhanced the gender diversity of

our Board composition, with four of the six new

Directors being women. Our new Board will

comprise 14 Directors, six of whom (43%) are

women. Our new Board will peak at 14 directors

and then go back to a more optimal size. We

believe it is important to retain the expertise and

experience of our longer-serving Directors during

the transitional period as newer Directors

familiarise themselves with the Group. We also

acknowledge that, for the same reason, we do

not currently comply with the new UK Listing

Rules target that at least one of the senior board

positions (Chair, Chief Executive Officer, Chief

Financial Officer or

Senior Independent Director) should be a

woman. We are committed to achieving that

target and this will be a key consideration for

future appointments to these roles.

Nominations Committee Chair

Refreshing the Board

2023 was a busy and important year in terms

of refreshing the Board. As we set out in the

Annual Report last year, the Nominations

Committee identified a number of areas of

expertise to inform the candidate search and

strengthen the Board’s composition in mining,

operations and projects (preferably former or

current Chief Executives or other senior

leaders), renewables and the energy

transition, financial/accounting, and knowledge

of countries or regions of strategic relevance

to the Group.

During the year, and with the support of

executive search firm, Spencer Stuart, the

Committee oversaw the appointments of six new

Non-Executive Directors who were identified as

providing expertise in these areas.

We continue to work hard to enhance the

diversity of our Board composition. With four

of the six new directors being women, our new

Board will be 43% women (six out of 14

directors). The number of directors from an

ethnic background is one.

The external search diversity of the identified

areas of expertise was as follows:

Mining, operations and projects
38%women13%ethnic background
Renewables and the energy transition
60%women9%ethnic background
Finance/accounting
74%women10%ethnic background

Completed candidate searches within

identified expertise areas, were as follows:

Mining, operations and projects

Dean Dalla Valle and Joc O’Rourke were

appointed to the Board in June 2023

and October 2023, respectively. Dean has four

decades of operational and project

management experience as a senior leader

in the resources and infrastructure sectors and

Joc has more than 25 years’ experience in the

mining and minerals industry, for the last

decade as a Chief Executive. Dean has also

succeeded Megan Clark as Chair of the

Sustainability Committee.

Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz and Martina Merz were

appointed to the Board in June 2023 and

February 2024, respectively. Susan brings

extensive experience in Australia’s built

environment sector, for the last decade as a

Chief Executive. She is known for her

transformational leadership on cultural

change, gender equity, diversity and inclusion,

and sustainability. Martina brings leadership

and operational experience as a former Chief

Executive in industrial engineering and steel

production.

Renewables and the energy transition

Kaisa Hietala was appointed to the board in

March 2023. Kaisa brings a deep understanding

of renewables and sustainability from her

knowledge of the resources industry, as well as

commercial capability.

Finance/accounting

Sharon Thorne will join the Board from

July 2024 and will strengthen the composition

of our Audit & Risk Committee. Sharon is a

Chartered Accountant and spent 36 years with

Deloitte, holding a number of leadership

positions.

For more informationabout our new Non-Executive Directors, see the Board biographies on pages 92-93.

Nominations Committee members

Dominic Barton (Chair)Simon McKeon
Megan Clark1Martina Merz4
Dean Dalla Valle2Jennifer Nason
Simon HenryJoc O’Rourke5
Kaisa Hietala3Ngaire Woods
Sam LaidlawBen Wyatt
Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz2
  1. Until retirement from the Board on 15 December 2023.

  2. Appointed 1 June 2023.

  3. Appointed 1 March 2023.

  4. Appointed 1 February 2024.

  5. Appointed 25 October 2023.

Length of tenure of

Non-Executive Directors

Appointments to the Board –our policyWe base our appointments to the Board on merit, and on objective selection criteria, with the aim of bringing a range of skills, knowledge and experience to Rio Tinto. This involves a formal and rigorous process to source strong candidates from diverse backgrounds and conducting appropriate background and reference checks on the shortlisted candidates. We aim to appoint people who will help us address the operational and strategic challenges and opportunities facing the company and ensure that our Board is diverse in terms of experience, gender, nationality, social background and cognitive style. As such, we engage only recruitment agencies that are signed up to the Voluntary Code of Conduct on diversity best practice. We believe that an effective Board combines a range of perspectives with strong oversight, combining the experience of Directors who have developed a deep understanding of our business over several years with the fresh insights of newer appointees. We aim for the Board’s composition to reflect the global nature of our business - we currently have eight different nationalities (including dual nationalities) on a Board of 14. The Committee engaged Spencer Stuart to support the search for our new Non-Executive Directors. The Committee is satisfied that Spencer Stuart does not have any connections with the company or individual Directors that may impair their independence.When recruiting government or former government officials to join the Rio Tinto Board, we comply with any restrictions and obligations existing pursuant to relevant laws and regulations, including with respect to confidentiality, lobbying and conflicts of interest. The key skills and experience of our Board are set out on this page of the report. Our key responsibilitiesThe purpose of the Nominations Committee is to review the composition of the Board. The Committee leads the process for appointments, making recommendations to the Board as part of succession planning for Non-Executive Directors. It also approves proposals for appointments to the Executive Committee. · Membership of the CommitteeAll Non-Executive Directors are currently members of the Nominations Committee.The Chief Executive and the Chief People Officer are invited to attend all or part of meetings, as appropriate. The Committee is chaired by the Chair of the Board, unless the matter under consideration relates to the role of the Chair. The Committee had three formal meetings in 2023 and received regular and detailed updates on the status of the various searches, as required. Attendance at the formal meetings is included in the table on page 104.DiversityThe Board recognises that it has a critical role to play in creating an environment in which all contributions are valued, different perspectives are embraced, and biases are acknowledged and overcome. The Board shares ownership with the Executive Committee of the Group’s Inclusion and Diversity Policy, which can be found at riotinto.com/policies. · The proportion of women on the Board is currently 36% (five women and nine men) and will be 43% following the commencement of Sharon Thorne’s appointment in July 2024. The Group has continued to set measurable gender diversity objectives for the composition of senior leadership and graduate intake and achievement of these targets contributes to the variable remuneration of senior executives. Progress on diversity is shown in the Our approach to ESG section on page 43, where we show a breakdown by seniority. The number of Directors who identify themselves as being from an ethnic background is one (Ben Wyatt). For further information on the gender and ethnic diversity of the Board and Executive Committee please see page 153 of the Compliance with governance codes and standards section.
Progress on diversity is shown in the Talent, diversity and inclusion sectionon pages 73-74.
Skills and experience of the Chair and Non-Executive Directors
Skills and ExperienceSome experienceExtensive experienceTotal
Chief Executive experienceChief Executive-level experience of a major corporation.358
Chief Financial Officer & audit experience Experience in financial accounting and reporting, corporate finance, internal controls, treasury and associated risk management.325
Mining and broader industrial operationsSenior executive experience in a large, global mining or industrial organisation.156
Major projectsExperience in developing large-scale, long-cycle capital projects.5510
Corporate governanceExperience on the Board of a major quoted corporation subject to rigorous corporate governance standards.1910
Global experience, including multinational and geopolitical experienceExperience working in multiple global locations, exposed to a range of cultural, business, regulatory and political environments and/or in-depth understanding of public policy and government relations.1910
Relevant country/regional expertiseKnowledge of countries or regions of strategic relevance to the Group.718
Downstream customer markets Understanding of value chain development, including consumers, customers and marketing demand drivers.538
ESGExperience of issues associated with environmental and socialresponsibility, including communities and social performance, government relations, workplace health and safety and stakeholder engagement.6612
Energy transitionKnowledge and experience of managing climate-related threats and opportunities including climate science, the low-carbon transition and public policy.819
Industrial technology & innovationExperience of nurturing and harnessing research, development and innovation, including digital technology and cybersecurity.527
Mergers and acquisitions & private equity/investing Experience of mergers, acquisitions, disposals, joint ventures, private equity and investing.718

Nominations Committee report continued

Audit & Risk Committee report

I am pleased to present the Audit & Risk Committee (Committee) report for 2023. During the year, the

Committee continued to oversee the processes in place to monitor the Group’s risk management and

financial reporting. This included reviewing and considering the longer-term viability statement (LTVS)

and ensuring this Annual Report is fair, balanced, and understandable.

The Committee spent much of its time

discussing and overseeing the significant

issues of judgement relating to the financial

statements. In particular, this included

consideration of impairment charges and

reversals, exclusions, closure provisions,

climate change, tax and litigation.

We appraised and monitored the status

of the Group’s internal control of financial

reporting for the Sarbanes-Oxley Act

requirements. We have also overseen the

Group’s systems of internal control and

risk management, including the Group Internal

Audit (GIA) function.

This year, the Committee endorsed a GIA

development program to enhance the teams

quality, agility and speed of plan and

assurance delivery. This sees GIA working

more closely with the business to support and

assure critical activities, and ensure a

prioritised approach to managing

recommendations following audits. It will

simplify processes while maintaining strong

assurance activity. We believe this approach is

appropriate and will encourage cultural

change to support the Group’s objectives. We

also monitored and supported developments

in the risk management function and

processes targeted at a clearer articulation of

the three lines of defence model, in particular

the roles and accountabilities of the first and

second lines.

We continue to closely monitor the developing

regulatory requirements in the three

jurisdictions in which we are listed. Throughout

the year the Committee received updates on

the potential for UK corporate governance

reform. We aim to be a valued contributor to

positive developments in corporate

governance, and to adopt new requirements in

a timely way. I have worked with our team and

through the Audit Committee Chairs’

Independent Form (ACCIF) in formulating

responses to the Financial Reporting Council’s

UK Corporate Governance Code consultation.

Although many of the original proposals have

now been withdrawn, we intend to continue

working towards and developing an Audit and

Assurance Policy, which will show how we

receive assurance over the integrity of our

reporting, including both financial statements

and other components of the Annual Report,

and other external reporting requirements. I

also believe our current LTVS already meets

most of the requirements for the proposed

Resilience statement, and that Rio Tinto will

be well positioned to consider the new

requirement for a Board statement on the

effectiveness of internal controls.

In 2023, the Committee, together with the

Sustainability Committee, also closesly

followed the changing landscape of

reporting requirements. In the short term

the new climate-related requirements have

been disclosed on a voluntarily basis. The

Committee will continue to monitor ESG

reporting changes and make necessary

preparations to report against them as

required. I remain concerned about the

multiple emerging frameworks here and the

box ticking approach being taken by some

stakeholders, and will continue to contribute

wherever possible to development of common

global standards within the mining sector.

I would like to take this opportunity to thank

my fellow Committee members for their

continuing diligence, insight and challenge, as

well as our colleagues across the business

who support the work of the Committee.

I hope readers find this report of the

Committee’s work in 2023, set out on the

following pages, informative and interesting.

Simon Henry

Audit & Risk Committee Chair

Audit & Risk Committee members

Simon Henry (Chair)

Simon McKeon

Ben Wyatt

Membership

The members of the Committee are all

independent Non-Executive Directors, and

their biographies can be found on

pages 92-93. The Chair of the Board is not a

member of the Committee.

As Rio Tinto’s securities are listed in Australia,

the UK and the US, we follow the regulatory

requirements and best practice governance

recommendations for audit committees in

each of these markets.

Australian listing requirements

In Australia, the members, and the Committee

as a whole, meet the independence

requirements of the Australian Securities

Exchange (ASX) Principles. Specifically,

the Committee members between them

have the accounting and financial expertise

and a sufficient understanding of the industry

in which the company operates to be able to

discharge the Committee’s mandate

effectively.

UK listing requirements

In the UK, the members meet the

requirements of the Financial Conduct

Authority’s (FCA) Disclosure Guidance and

Transparency Rules, and the provisions of the

UK Corporate Governance Code relating to

audit committee composition. Simon Henry,

the Chair of the Committee, is considered by

the Board to have recent and relevant financial

experience.

Simon Henry has extensive experience in the

natural resources sector. Simon McKeon and

Ben Wyatt have gained experience in the

mining sector by serving on the Board and on

the Committee, and through regular site visits,

reports and presentations. The Committee as a

whole has competence relevant to the sector in

which the company operates.

The Committee complies with the Audit

Committees and the External Audit: Minimum

Standard.

US listing requirements

In the US, the requirements for the

Committee’s composition and role are set out

in Securities and Exchange Commission

(SEC) and New York Stock Exchange (NYSE)

rules. The members of the Committee meet

the independence requirements set out under

Rule 10A-3 of the US Exchange Act and under

Section 303A of the NYSE Listed Company

Manual. The Board has designated Simon

Henry as an “audit committee financial expert”.

The Board also believes that the other

members of the Committee are financially

literate by virtue of their wide business

experience.

Committee remit

The Committee’s objectives and

responsibilities are set out in our Terms of

Reference (see riotinto.com/

corporategovernance). These follow the

relevant best practice recommendations in

Australia, the UK and the US.

Our main duties

Financial reporting – we review the key

judgements needed to apply accounting

standards and to prepare the Group’s financial

statements. We also review the narrative

reporting that goes with them, with the aim of

maintaining integrity in the Group’s financial

reporting. We also monitor exclusions made in

deriving alternative (non-GAAP) (Generally

Accepted Accounting Principles) performance

measures such as underlying earnings.

External audit – we oversee the relationship

with the external auditors and review all the

non-audit services they provide and their fees,

to safeguard the auditors’ independence and

objectivity. We also assess the effectiveness

of the external audit and, when necessary,

carry out a formal tender process to select

new auditors.

Framework for internal control and risk

management – we monitor the effectiveness

of the Group’s internal controls, including

those over financial reporting. We also

oversee the Group’s risk management

framework.

Group Internal Audit (GIA) – we oversee the

work of GIA and its head, who reports

functionally to the Committee Chair.

Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves – we

oversee the reporting and assurance of

Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves, and

consider the impact on financial reporting.

Distributable reserves – we provide assurance

to the Board that distributable reserves are

sufficient, and in the correct corporate entities,

to support any dividend proposals.

These duties feed into an annual work plan

that ensures we consider issues on a timely

basis. The Committee has authority to

investigate any matters within its remit. We

have the power to use any Group resources

we may reasonably require, and we have

direct access to the external auditors. We can

also obtain independent professional advice at

the Group’s expense, where we deem

necessary. No such advice was required

during 2023.

The Committee Chair reports to the Board

after each meeting on the main items

discussed, and the minutes of Committee

meetings are circulated to the Board.

We had six Committee meetings in 2023.

Attendance at these meetings is included in

the table on page 104. The Committee has

met twice to date in 2024.

The Chair of the Board, the Chief Financial

Officer, the Group Financial Controller and the

heads of GIA and Risk regularly attend

Committee meetings, as do the Chief Legal

Officer, Governance & Corporate Affairs, and

the Group Company Secretary. Other senior

executives and subject-matter experts are

invited as needed.

The external auditors were present at all of the

Committee meetings during the year. The

auditors review all materials on accounting or

tax matters in advance of each meeting, and

their comments are included in the papers

circulated to Committee members. The audit

partners also meet with the Committee Chair

ahead of each meeting to discuss key issues

and raise any concerns.

The Committee meets regularly in private

sessions. We also hold regular private

discussions with the external auditors.

Management does not attend these sessions.

The Committee Chair also has regular contact

and discussions with these stakeholders

outside the formal meetings.

Use of Committee meeting time

in 2023

Other focus areas in 2023

In addition to the scheduled workload, the

Committee also:

–Received an update, at a joint session with

the Sustainability Committee, on regulatory

reform including potential changes to UK

corporate governance requirements and the

landscape for ESG reporting.

–Discussed an update on the OECD Pillar

One and Two proposals to implement a new

global tax framework involving a

reallocation of taxing rights to market

jurisdictions and application of a 15% global

minimum tax.

–After a robust process, in early 2024

recommended to the Board that the draft

2023 Annual Report should be taken as

whole, fair, balanced and understandable.

–Reviewed the quality and effectiveness of

the Group’s internal control and risk

management systems. This review included

the effectiveness of the Group’s internal

controls over financial reporting, and the

Group’s disclosure controls and procedures

in accordance with sections 404 and 302 of

the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002. The

Committee also considered reports from

GIA and KPMG on their work in reviewing

and auditing the control environment.

Significant issues relating to financial statements

There were four significant issues considered by the Committee in relation to the financial statements.

Matters consideredConclusion
Review of carrying value of cash-generating units and impairment charges/reversalsThe Committee assessed management’s determination of cash-generating units, review of impairment triggers, and consideration of potential impairment charges and reversals over the course of the year. In the first half of the year impairment triggers were identified at the Gladstone alumina refineries. The Committee considered the key judgements made by management, in particular the valuation sensitivity to the cost of carbon credits. In the second half of the year an impairment reversal trigger was identified at the Simandou iron ore project in Guinea. The key matters discussed with management were the timing of cost capitalisation and the perimeter of previously impaired assets that continue to be relevant to the project development.
Application of the policy for items excluded from underlying EBITDAThe Committee reviewed the Group’s policy for exclusion of certain items from underlying earnings and confirmed the consistent application of this policy year on year. The items excluded from underlying earnings comprised charges of US$2.1 billion and income of US$0.4 billion. A reconciliation of net earnings to underlying earnings is presented in the Alternative Performance Measures.
Estimate for provision for closure, restoration and environmental obligationsThe Committee reviewed the significant changes in the estimated provision for closure, restoration and environmental obligations by product group and Rio Tinto Closure. The Committee received updates on the closure studies completed in the period and the significant reforecast of costs in relation to the Ranger mine by Energy Resources of Australia. The Committee reviewed economic assumptions assessed by management, including inflation during the period and supported changes to the discount rate.
Climate changeThe Committee received an overview of the work that management is undertaking in relation to climate change and the potential financial reporting implications thereof. The Committee reviewed the climate change summary in the Financial Statements and the impacts of climate change throughout the notes, with particular emphasis on the impact to impairment charges and the related disclosure of sensitivities.

Audit and Risk Committee report continued

Climate change-related

financial reporting

The Directors have considered the relevance

of the risks of climate change and transition

risks associated with achieving the goals of

the Paris Agreement when preparing and

signing off the Company’s accounts.

The narrative reporting on climate-related

matters is consistent with the accounting

assumptions and judgements made in this

report. The Audit & Risk Committee reviews

and approves all material accounting

estimates and judgements relating to financial

reporting, including those where climate

issues are relevant. The Group’s approach to

climate change is supported by strong

governance, processes and capabilities.

Our commodity price forecasts focus on two

core scenarios. They are used to generate a

central reference case for commodity

forecasts and valuations, used pervasively in

our financial processes, including impairment

testing, estimating remaining economic life,

and discounting closure and rehabilitation

provisions, as was the case in the prior year.

There is broad recognition that the pace of

decarbonisation across the global economy is

too slow to limit warming to 1.5°C and that

current climate policies in many countries are

not yet aligned with their stated ambitions.

Consequently, neither of our two core

scenarios, Fragmented Leadership and

Competitive Leadership, is consistent with the

expectation of climate policies required to

accelerate the global transition to meet the

stretch goal of the Paris Agreement. Although

our operational emissions reduction targets

align with the goals of the Paris Agreement,

our two core scenarios do not. Given this, we

also assess our sensitivity, and test the

economic performance of our business

against, the Aspirational Leadership scenario

we have developed that reflects our view of

the global actions required to meet the stretch

goal of the Paris Agreement of limiting

warming to 1.5°C.

Overall, based on our internally developed

pricing outlooks, we do not envisage an

adverse impact of the 1.5°C Paris Agreement-

aligned sensitivity on asset carrying values,

remaining useful life, closure and rehabilitation

provisions for our Group.

During the year, the assessment performed

under the Physical Resilience Programme,

together with our ongoing review processes,

including impairment assessments, did not

identify any material accounting impacts as a

consequence of the physical risks associated

with climate change.

For more information on climate change

impact on our Group, see our 2023 Climate

Change Report and page 44 in this report.

Contact with regulators during

During the year, the Company received

a letter from the SEC regarding the

Production, Mineral Reserves, Mineral

Resources and Operations disclosures

in our 2022 20-F.

External auditors

Engagement of the external auditors

For the 2023 financial year, KPMG are serving

as our auditors. The UK entity of KPMG audits

Rio Tinto plc, and the Australian entity audits

Rio Tinto Limited. The UK audit engagement

partner, Jonathan Downer, was appointed in

March 2021 and the Australian partner, Trevor

Hart, was appointed in 2020.

We agreed on the scope of the auditors’

review of the half-year accounts, and of their

audit of the full-year accounts, taking into

consideration the key risks and areas of

material judgement for the Group. We also

approved the fees for this work and the

engagement letters for the auditors.

The Group has fully complied with the

Statutory Audit Services Order.

Safeguarding independence and objectivity,

and maintaining effectiveness

In our relationship with the external auditors,

we need to ensure that they retain their

independence and objectivity, and are

effective in performing the external audit.

Use of the external auditors for

non-audit services

The external auditors have significant

knowledge of our business and of how we

apply our accounting policies. That means it is

sometimes cost-efficient for them to provide

non-audit services. There may also be

confidentiality reasons that make the external

auditors the preferred choice for a particular

task.

However, safeguarding the external auditors’

objectivity and independence is an overriding

priority. For this reason, and in line with the

Financial Reporting Council’s (FRC) Ethical

Standard and the SEC independence rules,

the Committee ensures that the external

auditors do not perform any functions of

management, undertake any work that they

may later need to audit or rely upon in the

audit, or serve in an advocacy role for

We have a policy governing the use of

the auditors to provide non-audit services. The

cap on the total fees that may be paid to the

external auditors for non-audit services in any

given year is 70% of the average of the audit

fees for the preceding three years. This is in

line with the FRC’s Ethical Standard. Non-

audit assignments fall into two

broad categories:

–Audit, audit-related or other

“pre-approved” services where we

believe there is no threat to auditors’

independence and objectivity, other than

through the fees payable.

–Other services approved under

delegated authority.

We apply different approval regimes to these

areas of work. Approval of “pre-approved”

services is as follows:

–Up to $50,000: subject to prior notification to

management, this work can be awarded.

–From $50,001 to $100,000: requires the

Chief Financial Officer’s approval.

–Over $100,000 and with a tender process: if

the external auditors are successful in the

tender, the appointment requires the Chief

Financial Officer’s approval.

–From $100,001 to $250,000 without a

tender process: requires the Chief Financial

Officer’s approval.

–Over $250,000 without a tender process:

requires the Committee’s or Committee

Chair’s approval.

In each case, the nature of the assignment

and the fees payable are reported to

the Committee.

The Chief Financial Officer can approve other

services up to the value of $50,000 and an

aggregate value of no more than $100,000.

Fees exceeding $100,000 in aggregate

require approval from the Committee or the

Committee Chair.

At the half-year and year-ends, the Chief

Financial Officer and the external auditors

report to the Committee on non-audit services

performed and the fees payable. Individual

services are also reported to the Committee at

each meeting that have either been approved

since the previous meeting, or that require

approval for commencement following the

meeting.

Non-audit services provided by KPMG in 2023

were either within the predetermined approval

levels or approved by the Committee and were

compatible with the general standard of

independence for auditors and the other

requirements of the relevant regulations in

Australia, the UK and the US regulations.

Fees for audit and non-audit services

The amounts payable to the external auditors,

in each of the past two years, were:

2023$m2022$m
Audit fees26.625.7
Non-audit service fees:
Assurance services4.13.3
All other fees0.10.3
Total non-audit service fees4.23.6
Non-audit: audit fees (in-year)16%14%

For further analysis of these fees, please see

note 38 on page 237.

None of the individual non-audit assignments

was significant, in terms of either the work

done or the fees payable. We have reviewed

the non-audit work in aggregate. We are

satisfied that neither the work done, nor the

fees payable, compromised the independence

or objectivity of KPMG as our external

auditors.

Independence of the external auditors

No person who served as an officer of

Rio Tinto during 2023 was a Director or

partner of KPMG at a time when they

conducted an audit of the Group.

Effectiveness of the external auditors

We review the effectiveness of the external

auditors annually. We consider the results of a

survey containing questions on the auditors’

objectivity, quality and efficiency. The survey,

conducted in June 2023, was completed by a

range of operational and corporate executives

across the business, and by Committee

members.

We are satisfied with the quality and objectivity

of KPMG’s 2022 audit.

Appointment of the auditors

The Committee has reviewed the

independence, objectivity and effectiveness of

KPMG as external auditors in 2023 and in the

year to date. We have recommended to the

Board that KPMG should be retained in this

role for 2024, which the Board supports.

KPMG have indicated that they are willing to

continue as auditors of Rio Tinto. A resolution

to reappoint them as auditors of Rio Tinto plc

will be proposed as a joint resolution at the

2024 AGMs, together with a separate

resolution seeking authority for the Committee

to determine the external auditors’

remuneration.

Subject to the approval of the above

resolution, KPMG will continue in office as

auditors of Rio Tinto Limited.

Risk management and internal controls

We review Rio Tinto’s internal control systems

and the risk management framework. We also

monitor risks falling within our remit, especially

those relating to the integrity of financial

reporting. A summary of the business’s

internal control and risk management systems,

and of the risk factors we face, is available in

the Strategic report on pages 78-88.

Importantly, responsibility for operating and

maintaining the internal control environment

and risk management systems sits at asset

level. Leaders of our businesses and functions

are required to confirm annually that adequate

internal controls are in place, that these are

operating effectively and are designed to

identify any failings and weaknesses that may

exist, and that any required actions are

taken promptly.

The Audit & Risk Committee also regularly

monitors our risk management and internal

control systems (including internal financial

controls). We aim to have appropriate policies,

standards and procedures in place, and

ensure that they operate effectively.

As part of considering the risk management

framework, the Committee receives regular

reports from the Group Financial Controller,

the Chief Legal Officer, Governance &

Corporate Affairs, and the Head of Tax on

material developments in the legal, regulatory

and fiscal landscape in which the

Group operates.

The Board, supported by the Audit & Risk

Committee, has completed its annual review

of the effectiveness of our risk management

and internal control systems. This review

included consideration of our material

financial, operational and compliance controls.

The Board concluded that the Group has an

effective system of risk management and

internal control.

Internal control over financial reporting

The main features of our internal control and

risk management systems in relation to

financial reporting are explained on page 151.

Internal audit program structure

GIA provides independent and objective

assurance of the adequacy and

effectiveness of risk management and internal

control systems. It may also recommend

improvements.

While the Head of GIA reports administratively

to the Chief Financial Officer, appointment to,

or removal from, this role requires the consent

of the Audit & Risk Committee Chair. The

Head of GIA is accountable to the Chairs of

the Audit & Risk and the Sustainability

Committees, and communicates regularly with

both.

Our GIA team therefore operates

independently of management. Its mandate is

set out in a written charter, approved by the

Audit & Risk Committee. GIA uses a formal

internal audit methodology that is consistent

with the Institute of Internal Auditors’ (IIA)

internationally recognised standards.

When needed, the team brings in external

partners to help achieve its goals. There is a

clear policy to address any conflicts of interest,

which complies with the IIA’s standards on

independence. This policy identifies a list of

services that need prior approval from the

Head of GIA.

Governance of the annual plan

Each year’s internal audit plan is approved

by the Audit & Risk Committee and the

Sustainability Committee. The plan is focused

on higher-risk areas and any specific areas or

processes chosen by the committees. It is

also aligned with any risks identified by the

external auditors. Both committees are given

regular updates on progress, including any

material findings, and can refine the plans,

as needed.

Effectiveness of the internal audit program

The Audit & Risk Committee monitors the

effectiveness of the GIA function throughout

the year, with updates on performance at

every meeting. In 2022, PwC’s assessment of

GIA provided some useful suggestions for

further improvement to mature GIA to “trusted

adviser” level. These suggested improvements

were actioned during 2023 and while the

transformation is ongoing, it will improve the

function’s effectiveness and speed of delivery,

while maintaining strong assurance activity.

We are satisfied that the quality, experience

and expertise of GIA are appropriate for the

business and that GIA was objective and

performed its role effectively. We also

monitored management’s response to internal

audits during the year. We are satisfied that

improvements are being implemented

promptly in response to GIA findings, and

believe that management supports the

effective working of the GIA function.

Committee effectiveness

The Committee reviews its effectiveness

annually. In 2023, this was accomplished

through an externally-facilitated evaluation of

the Board and its committees.

The performance of the Committee was highly

rated, with no areas of concern raised and no

significant changes recommended.

Audit and Risk Committee report continued

Sustainability Committee report

The Sustainability Committee supports the long-term strategy of Rio Tinto’s businesses by caring for

our people, overseeing our contribution to the sustainability of the environments and communities in

which we operate, and encouraging the business to find better ways to provide the materials that the

world needs.

I am pleased to present my first report on the

work of the Sustainability Committee, having

been appointed Chair of the Committee in

October 2023.

The Sustainability Committee’s activities

include overseeing Rio Tinto’s policies,

frameworks, and management systems that are

designed to maintain the health and safety of

our employees and contractors, to manage our

key social and environmental risks, to support

the communities in which we operate, and to

respect human rights in our business and value

chains. By maintaining our focus on these

important areas, we are also supporting Rio

Tinto’s social licence to operate.

While we have now experienced five years without

a fatality at our managed operations, tragically four

team members from our Diavik mine in Canada

lost their lives when a charter flight on its way to

the mine crashed in January 2024. This is a stark

reminder that safety hazards still exist in our

operations, and that we must remain eternally

vigilant and committed to managing them. A

critical item on the Committee’s agenda is tracking

our progress in analysing and learning from

incidents that have the potential to result in

Potential Fatal Incidents (PFIs) to prevent similar

incidents from happening across our operations.

In July, we investigated two process safety

incidents that had occurred within six weeks at Rio

Tinto Iron and Titanium Quebec Operations’

reduction plant in Sorel-Tracy, Canada. We

looked at the root causes of each of these events,

and the work being done to investigate what

further process controls should be implemented.

In 2023, the Group recorded an all-injury

frequency rate of 0.37 – an improvement on the

rate of 0.40 for the prior year. However, three

permanent damage injuries occurred: an operator

injured their hand at our Diavik diamond mine in

Canada; a driller lost four fingers at the Simandou

iron ore project in Guinea; and at our Kennecott

copper operations in Salt Lake City, Utah a

geotechnical engineer required a leg amputation.

We continue to encourage transparent reporting of

PFIs as they occur, and are focusing on the critical

risk areas indicated by these incidents - and in

particular on falling objects, working at heights,

and vehicles and driving. The overall number of

reported PFIs remained broadly consistent with

the prior year’s levels at 103.

In 2023, the Committee undertook deep dives into

selected key safety risks. This included an

assessment of the mass passenger transport risks

across the Group, during which we examined

compliance with our controls, and opportunities for

strengthening those controls. Other deep dives in

2023 examined process safety risks, and risks

associated with contact with electricity. The

Committee also reviewed the design of the

governance frameworks for health, safety,

security, environment and communities for our

joint venture arrangements at Simandou.

At our April meeting, the product group Chief

Executives and the Chief Commercial Officer

presented to the Committee on the key ESG and

operational risks and trends for each product

group and for Rio Tinto Marine, and the controls

for managing those risks. The Committee noted

the key sustainability risk themes across the

Group, and commended the collaboration across

the Group for managing these risks.

The Committee continues to review the

progress with our safety maturity model (SMM)

program, a key tool for developing and

enhancing our safety culture. In 2023, the

business incorporated a mid-year self-

assessment process in addition to the end of

year independent assessment, and key insights

were provided to the Committee. While no

material changes were made to the SMMin

2023, the Group’s safety maturity is steadily

advancing with an average score in 2023 of 5.2

(out of a scale of 0 to 9), which is an 11%

improvement on the prior year.

The Committee continued to monitor our progress

towards implementation of the Global Industry

Standard on Tailings Management (GISTM). In

August 2023, in accordance with GISTM Principle

15, we published information on our facilities with

Very High or Extreme consequence

classifications. The Committee also continues to

directly engage with executives having

accountability for the safety of tailings facilities

across the Group, and has received progress

updates from management on the pathway to full

conformance with the GISTM.

The Committee examined the independent

audit of Rio Tinto’s Cultural Heritage

Management program as part of the response

plan to the Rio Tinto Board Review of Cultural

Heritage Management, published August 2020.

It will monitor ongoing actions to advance

Cultural Heritage Management practices

globally.

The Committee reviewed the progress of Rio

Tinto’s program for managing its physical

resilience to climate change, and for the

Group’s compliance with the disclosure

requirements set out by the Task Force on

Climate-Related Financial Disclosure.

Sustainability risks cannot be considered in

isolation. As part of our governance and oversight

of sustainability as an integrated risk for the

business, the Committee receives annual updates

from our product group Chief Executives on their

integrated strategies for managing sustainability

risks and opportunities. The Committee examined

sustainability risk themes and trends identified for

the Group, including the impact of the Group’s

decarbonisation agenda on sustainability risks,

and the need for an interdisciplinary approach for

the management of increasingly interdependent

sustainability risks.

The Group’s Internal Audit (GIA) function

undertakes reviews and reports to the

Sustainability Committee on matters within the

Committee’s scope. In addition, the Group’s

auditors, KPMG, reported to the Committee on

their assurance procedures over our 2022

sustainable development reporting.

Other key areas of focus for the Committee in

2023 included:

–Human Rights: reviewing management of

human rights risks, tracking global trends in

human rights policy and regulation, and

overseeing our modern slavery reporting.

–Environment and biodiversity: received

reports on all areas of environmental risk

management (excluding decarbonisation and

climate change).

–Water: receiving an update on our progress

against our water stewardship targets.

–Health, Safety, Environment and Security

(HSES) performance: receiving regular

updates on HSES performance.

–Communities and Social Performance (CSP):

receiving a progress update on the Group’s

CSP strategy, including key activities

undertaken in 2023 and a forward-looking

view on priorities for 2024, in support of the

group objectives of Impeccable ESG and

Social Licence.

–Major hazards: receiving updates from

management on the implementation of the

GISTM and implementation of the Group’s

Process Safety Improvement plan 2023-25.

Site visits are an important element of the work

of the Committee, and this year in addition to a

full Board site visit to Oyu Tolgoi in Mongolia,

our Committee members made individual visits

to our Iron Ore operations in the Pilbara,

Western Australia; in the US, our operations at

Resolution Copper in Arizona, and our

Kennecott copper operations in Salt Lake City,

Utah; QIT Madagascar Minerals’ facilities in

Madagascar; our RTIT operations in Suzhou,

China; four Rio Tinto Alcan legacy sites at Le

Thoronet, Gardanne, St-Cyr and Montgrand in

France; and to our Technical Development

Centre in Bundoora, Victoria.

Finally, I would like to thank Megan Clark for

her leadership and guidance as Chair of this

Committee for the past seven years, and her

commitment and generosity of time in assisting

my transition into the role of Chair.

Dean Dalla Valle

Sustainability Committee Chair

Sustainability Committee members

Dean Dalla Valle (Chair)1Sam Laidlaw
Megan Clark2Ngaire Woods
Dominic BartonJoc O’Rourke4
Kaisa Hietala3
  1. Member of the Committee from 1 June 2023, Chair of the

Committee from 1 October 2023.

  1. Chair of the Committee until 30 September 2023, Member

of the Committee until retirement from the Board on 15

  1. Member of the Committee from 1 March 2023.

  2. Member of the Committee from 1 January 2024.

The role of the Committee

The Committee’s scope and responsibilities

are set out in its Terms of Reference, which

can be found at riotinto.com/corporate

governance.

Activities in 2023

The Committee met five times in 2023. During

these meetings, the Committee undertook the

following activities:

Health and safety

–Received updates on the Group’s

performance across key health and

safety metrics.

–Conducted regular reviews of PFIs

occurring across the Group.

–Conducted deep dives into key safety risks

and controls, including process safety risk,

mass passenger transport risks, and major

tailings and water storage facility failure.

–Reviewed the Group’s performance across

key environmental metrics.

–Received an update on progress against

the Group’s 2019 to 2023 water stewardship

targets.

–Conducted a deep dive into the Group’s

physical resilience to climate change and

compliance with the TCFD disclosure

requirements.

–Received updates on the Group’s

implementation of the GISTM, and engaged

with Accountable Executives in line with the

Standard’s requirements.

Communities and social performance

–Received a progress update on the Group’s

CSP strategy.

–Received a report from the Chair of the

Australian Advisory Group, an advisory

forum to provide a broad perspective on

emerging developments and specific

policies or initiatives that could impact our

business in Australia.

–Received a report on an independent audit

of the Group’s cultural heritage

management performance.

–Reviewed progress on development

of the Group’s 2022 Modern Slavery

Statement.

Assurance, risk management

and global sustainability trends

–Approved the external assurance plan for

the Group’s sustainability reporting, and for

the performance data supporting the safety

and environmental, social and governance

(ESG) performance outcomes under the

short-term incentive plan.

–Received presentations on the key

sustainability risks and trends for each

product group and for Rio Tinto Marine.

These were presented by product group

Chief Executives and the Chief Commercial

Officer (for Rio Tinto Marine).

–Received reports from GIA on their audits

relating to matters within the Committee’s

scope, including:

–The Group’s closure control framework.

–The water management control

frameworks at Boron in California, and at

Oyu Tolgoi.

–Progress on implementation of the

recommendations in the Everyday

Respect Report.

–Management of environmental

compliance at Gudai-Darri in the Pilbara.

–Caustic release risk management

processes at the Yarwun Alumina

Refinery in Queensland.

–Rio Tinto Iron Ore’s engagement and

interaction with Traditional Owners.

–Community and government obligations

at Diavik in Canada.

–Major slope geotechnical hazard risks,

including at Iron Ore Company of Canada

and at Kennecott.

–Major underground safety risks, including

at Kennecott and Diavik.

–Mass transportation risks at Winu in

Western Australia and at our Rincon

lithium project in Argentina.

–The design of the health, safety, security,

environment and communities joint

venture governance arrangements

at Simandou.

–Reviewed recommendations for the Group’s

2024 sustainable development internal

assurance plan.

Governance and disclosure

–Reviewed various sustainability disclosure

materials.

–Reviewed an assessment of the Group’s

most material sustainability topics to be

reported on in the 2023 Annual Report.

–Received an update, in a joint session with

the Audit & Risk Committee, on the global

governance and ESG reporting landscape,

Rio Tinto’s proposed approach to meet

relevant evolving requirements, and the

work underway in preparation for doing so.

Other (including closure and security)

–Received an update on the Group’s closure

strategy and work program.

–Received regular updates on security

issues across the Group and key insights

on risk assessments and controls.

The chart below represents the allocation of

the Committee’s meeting time during 2023:

nHealth and safety
nEnvironment, including tailings management, water, and biodiversity
nAssurance, risk management, global sustainability trends
nCommunities and social performance (including cultural heritage and human rights)
nGovernance and disclosure
nOther (including closure and remediation, and security)

The Committee Chair reports to the Board

after each meeting and our minutes are tabled

before the Board. All Directors have access to

the Committee’s papers.

Sustainability disclosures

Our approach to ESG is described in detail on pages 40-77.

For more information and to access our 2023 Sustainability Fact Booksee riotinto.com/sustainability.

Our 2023 Climate Change Reportcan be found at riotinto.com/climatereport.

Our 2022 Communities and Social Performance Commitments Disclosurecan be found at riotinto.com/cspreport.

Our 2022 Modern Slavery Statementcan be found at riotinto.com/modernslavery.

Sustainability Committee report continued

Remuneration report

Annual statement by the People & Remuneration

Committee Chair

The Committee’s overarching

purpose is to ensure the people,

culture and remuneration policies,

frameworks and practices are aligned

with the Group’s strategy, objectives

and values.

Dear shareholders,

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to

present our 2023 Directors’

Nothing is more important than the health,

safety and wellbeing of our people. While

we had zero fatalities at our managed

operations in 2023, tragically four colleagues

died in a plane crash while travelling to our

Diavik mine in January 2024.

2023 was another year of solid operational

performance. While the external environment

remains volatile and challenging, the

fundamentals of our business enable us to

continue delivering strong financial results. We

have a very resilient business with strong free

cashflows underpinned by the quality of our

assets, our people and strength of our balance

sheet. It allows us to systemically address

short term issues and build sustainable

growth.

Our operational performance has been

accompanied by progress towards our

strategic objectives of “impeccable

environment, social and governance (ESG)”,

“becoming the best operator”,“excelling in

development” and “strengthening our social

licence”. This has seen us accelerate our

decarbonisation strategy, improve our culture,

safely improve and stabilise production, and

diversify in materials enabling the global

energy transition.

The resilience of our business has allowed us

to continue to invest in 2023. We announced

an investment of $1.1 billion to expand our

AP60 aluminium smelter in Canada with low-

carbon technology. We entered into joint

ventures during the year, with First Quantum

Minerals at the La Granja copper project in

Peru, and with the Giampaolo Group through

which Rio Tinto acquired a 50% stake in

Matalco, to recycle aluminium products

throughout the US and Canada. Good

progress was made with our ELYSISTM

technology which has the potential to

transformatively decarbonise the way we

produce aluminium.

We continued to develop our existing portfolio,

particularly at Oyu Tolgoi where we saw the first

underground production in the first quarter of

2023, and at the world-class Simandou iron ore

project in Guinea, where key infrastructure

agreements were concluded during the year.

A pre-feasibility study to progress development of

the Rhodes Ridge project, one of the best

undeveloped iron ore deposits in Western

Australia, was approved at the end of the year.

Overview of performance

and strategic progress in

Short-term incentive plan

In 2023, we implemented our new Short-term

incentive plan (STIP) scorecard which has

collective goals at its core. Half of the

scorecard for 2023 was based on financial

measures of underlying earnings and STIP

free cash flow (flexed and unflexed), with the

flexed outcome measuring our progress

towards “best operator”. Outcomes against the

other half of the scorecard are linked to

strategic goals of “impeccable ESG” covering

safety performance, carbon reduction, and

diversity and inclusion, “progress on excel in

development”, and “strengthening our licence

to operate”. An individual multiplier is in place

to be used sparingly in cases of exceptional or

underperformance. The STIP scorecard

applies consistently across 26,000 eligible

employees including the Executive

Committee.

The Committee has assessed Group

performance against the STIP scorecard

and determined the overall outcome is 56%

For the financial component of the STIP

scorecard, we reported underlying earnings of

$10.9 billion and free cash flow of $10.8

billion. This is against a backdrop of higher

than planned iron ore and copper prices.

Operationally, we achieved slightly lower than

expected production, reflecting equipment

failures, extended downtime and safety-

related disruptions. We also had a build in our

working capital in 2023, impacting our cash

flow performance. Overall, our reported 2023

financial results were above plan, albeit below

target on a flexed basis, resulting in an

outcome of 45% of maximum.

The strategic component of the STIP scorecard

includes four separate measures. Progress has

been made in each area resulting in an overall

outcome of 67% of maximum. The outcome

against our “impeccable ESG” measure, which

includes safety, was above target for the year.

2023 was a fatality-free year, but we regrettably

recorded three permanent damage injuries

(PDIs) at our sites in Diavik, Guinea and

Kennecott. We continue to believe all incidents

and injuries are preventable and we remain

focused on identifying, managing and, where

possible, eliminating risks. As a result of these

PDIs, the result for the all-injury frequency rate

component has been capped at 50%

Progress on decarbonisation and the approval

of specific abatement projects accelerated

over the year as we continued to shape our

roadmap to our 2030 ambition. During the

year, we critically reviewed our project

portfolio, leading to project commitments

equivalent to a 1.9Mt reduction in our

expected 2030 emissions.

Our people and culture measures include a

gender diversity element and while we added

1,456 women to the workforce the outcome

was below the stretching target set for 2023,

with room for improvement in 2024. The

delivery of our everyday respect learning

reached more than 34,000 employees in 2023,

which is above our outstanding range.

Overall performance against the “excel in

development” measure was above target for

the year, reflecting exciting progress in

exploration and studies, and continued strong

delivery across several projects despite some

challenges during the year.

The social licence measure provides an

indication of how we are perceived by our

community of stakeholders. In 2023, our

global reputation score remained broadly

consistent with our 2022 baseline, resulting in

a target outcome.

The Committee did not apply the individual

multiplier for either of the Executive Directors

but it has been selectively applied to some

Executive Committee members. Further

details on each component of the STIP

scorecard outcomes, the individual

performance and STIP outcomes for the

Executive Directors can be found on pages

129-132.

Long-term incentive plan

The performance period for the 2019

Performance Share Award (PSA) concluded in

December 2023 and awards will vest on 22

February 2024. The vesting outcome of the

2019 PSAis 94.1% based on our total

shareholder return (TSR) of 103.4% over this

five-year cycle. This level of TSR performance

compares favourably against our mining peers

and broader global corporates. The Committee

considered the vesting outcome in the context of

underlying business performance and the

consequence management framework, and was

satisfied the outcome was fair and representative

of the shareholder experience.

Remuneration Policy

In accordance with the triennial policy cycle,

we will be submitting our 2024 Remuneration

Policy (the new Policy) to shareholders for

their approval at our 2024 annual general

meetings (AGMs). Changes being made to our

Remuneration Policy (the current Policy) are

summarised on page 115 with a full version of

the new Policy on pages 119-126.

The Committee fully understands stakeholder

expectations that the remuneration of

executives should be linked to balanced

financial and non‑financial performance

outcomes, appropriately governed and aligned

with delivery against our strategy, supported

by sustainable long‑term value creation.

With these elements in mind, the Committee

has undertaken a comprehensive review of

our current Policy with primary considerations

including:

–Competitive advantage: Responding to

climate change is critical to our long-term

competitive advantage and value creation.

There can be an inherent tension between

decarbonisation goals and short- to

medium-term financial performance. Our

intent is to balance this appropriately in how

we structure our long-term and short-term

incentives. Given the inherent uncertainty,

we believe three-year targets are most

appropriate for measuring progress against

our decarbonisation goals.

–The global talent market: Rio Tinto competes

for the best talent with the world’s largest

companies. We need to be competitive to

retain and secure the talent required to

execute our strategic ambitions.

–Simplify focus for our global team:

Over the last decade, the complexity of our

business has increased, placing greater

demands on our leaders. Clear, collective

targets that build alignment will reinforce the

STIP changes we made last year and help

our leaders maintain focus on the most

critical objectives.

I met with many of our shareholders and the key

UK and Australian advisory bodies to discuss our

proposals. I would like to thank those who took

part in this consultation.

While views inevitably vary across the

stakeholder group, I was pleased to find a

sizeable majority of those we met were broadly

supportive of the key changes. Following this

consultation, the Committee further refined and

adapted the proposals in response to feedback.

The main changes proposed to our current Policy

relate predominantly to the structure of future

long-term incentive plan (LTIP) awards.

As part of the 2021 Policy renewal, the maximum

LTIP award level was reduced

from 438% to 400% of base salary, while the on-

target STIP for the Chief Executive was also

reduced from 120% to 100% of base salary.

These reductions have impacted our market

positioning relative to peers in the talent market.

Given the scale of our strategic ambition and

our important role in global decarbonisation, it

is vital we secure and retain the talent required

to achieve our goals. Our senior executives

remain highly attractive to competitors and

despite this competition for talent, the

Committee is seeking to maintain a measured

approach to pay. US-style pay practices

continue to be materially higher than in other

jurisdictions and we are not seeking to match

these award levels in our new Policy. Instead,

we have focused on ensuring executives are

aligned with similarly sized and globally

complex FTSE 10 companies and mining

peers.

The Committee proposes future LTIP awards

to Executive Directors and other Executive

Committee members are capped at 500% of

base salary. This would position award levels

closer to FTSE 10 peers where the median

LTIP maximum award is in excess of 500% of

salary, yet still materially below US pay levels.

Shareholder alignment will also be enhanced

via increased shareholding requirements.

The additional LTIP increment will be directly

linked to the achievement of our value accretive

climate change strategy. Given the scale and

complexity of Rio Tinto’s emissions portfolio,

our decarbonisation ambitions and the

multi-year timeframe for this transition, we are

proposing a balanced scorecard approach

with four equally weighted elements. This will

include input and outcome metrics that

incentivise long-term value creation and

sustained medium-term performance across

multiple performance cycles. Both the

scorecard and relative TSR will be measured

over three years and awards will be subject to

a further two-year holding period. This means

that executives will continue to only realise

value from awards after five years, consistent

with the previous structure. The application of

leaver and recovery provisions (malus and

clawback) will remain unchanged. This time

horizon is consistent with mainstream FTSE

practices in the UK, where just under 80% of

the Group’s shares are listed and is also

aligned with the UK Corporate Governance

Code. While practice on the length of

performance periods is more mixed in

Australia, the overall time horizon of five years

remains towards the upper-end of broader

ASX practice.

Ultimately the Committee concluded that a

three-year performance period was more

appropriate as it enables the setting of more

robust and tangible targets for the

decarbonisation scorecard where immediate

action is required but long-term visibility is

limited. It also provides flexibility to cascade

the plan to less senior participants on more

consistent terms. Relative TSR performance

will be measured over the same period for

simplicity. Extensive modelling demonstrated

that the change in TSR performance did not

create a material difference in outcomes.

Overall we continue to have a remuneration

structure that is more heavily weighted to long-

term incentives than many of our peers.

Further details are set out on pages 134-135.

The Committee recognises the progress of our

decarbonisation strategy will need to be

closely monitored to inform how we set our

targets and assess performance under this

part of the LTIP award. To support this, the

Committee will ensure input is obtained from

subject matter experts within the business and

other Board committees. We also commit to

providing enhanced disclosure and

independent verification so shareholders

can fully understand the basis of any awards

vesting. 80% of our LTIP will be driven

by relative TSR to align with the interests

of shareholders.

The Committee strongly believes our

proposals will ensure our executive

remuneration arrangements incentivise the

delivery of our ambitious strategy with a

balanced focus on the short- and long-term.

This will also align our reward outcomes with

Group performance and shareholder

experience. I will continue to proactively

engage with shareholders on this subject.

Implementation for 2024

During 2023, the Committee considered

extensive benchmarking as part of our new

Policy, which shaped our remuneration decisions

for 2024. In the shareholder consultations we

illustrated material gaps which the Policy

changes are aimed at reducing.

The STIP structure introduced in 2023 will be

broadly maintained for 2024; however the financial

metrics have been refined by replacing earnings

with underlying earnings before interest, taxes,

depreciation, and amortisation (EBITDA). This is a

key measure of our underlying financial

performance and is well understood by both

internal and external stakeholders.

Executive changes

We welcomed Jérôme Pécresse to the role of

Chief Executive Aluminium in October 2023.

Jérôme was appointed on terms consistent

with our current Policy, and details of his terms

are included on page 138.

In June 2023, Ivan Vella resigned from his role as

Chief Executive Aluminium, stepping down from

the Executive Committee. Ivan was due to leave

Rio Tinto in December 2023; however his

employment was terminated on 15 November

2023 for actions that did not follow Rio Tinto’s

requirements for the acceptable management of

confidential information. The Committee is

continuing to review this matter and will apply the

consequence management framework as part of

its review.

People

From 2023, the remit of the Committee increased

to include talent, capability, and diversity and

culture, reflecting the ever-increasing importance

of these areas and our commitment to building a

more inclusive culture.

During the year, we worked with the Executive

Committee to set the direction and tone for a

workplace culture that aligns with our purpose,

reflects our values, and supports the delivery of

our strategy. To that end, we supported the

implementation of a new performance

management framework that places as much

emphasis on how results are delivered as it does

on what is achieved. This further builds on our

decision to change the STIP scorecard to apply

consistently across 26,000 colleagues.

The Committee monitored culture progression

through visits to our sites and offices, operational

deep-dives, and management presentations,

considering trends and findings from our biannual

engagement survey, succession and talent plans

for our most senior roles as well as our ability to

attract and retain a diverse workforce. The overall

representation of women in our business remains

a key aspect of our broader agenda on diversity

and inclusion and will continue to be an area of

focus in 2024.

Pay in the broader context

Our focus on pay equity is evident in our

gender pay metrics. We have made progress

toward eradicating any equal pay and gender

pay gap. Further details on equal pay, gender

pay gap, and a wider discussion on diversity

and inclusion, are provided in the ESG section

of this report on pages 73-74.

As always, I welcome shareholder feedback

and comments on our 2023 Directors’

Yours sincerely,

Sam Laidlaw

People & Remuneration Committee Chair

Remuneration at a glance - Policy changes

Our current Policy was approved by shareholders at our 2021 AGMs and has served us well. The changes for the 2024 Policy reflect the need to

ensure strategic alignment and remuneration competitiveness.

Element2021 Policy summaryProposed changes for 2024 and implementation
Base salary–Base salaries are set to reflect broad alignment with comparable roles in the global external market and the executive’s qualifications, responsibilities and experience.–Base salaries are reviewed annually by the Committee, and any increase is normally aligned with the wider workforce, with a maximum individual annual increase of 5% plus Consumer Price Index (CPI). –An individual increase may be higher in specific circumstances, such as promotion, increased responsibilities or market competitiveness.–Remove the cap on individual salary increases to better align with market practice where the use of salary caps is uncommon and to ensure the Policy provides sufficient flexibility where appropriate. –It is intended that salary increases remain in line with the wider workforce, and for any additional increases to continue to be in specific circumstances.–For 2024, salaries for the Executive Directors will be increased by 4% which aligns with the increase for UK employees. Salaries as at 1 March 2024 will be: –Chief Executive - £1,285k–Chief Financial Officer - £761k
Pension or superannuation–Rio Tinto may choose to offer participation in a pension plan, superannuation fund, or a cash allowance in lieu.–The maximum annual benefit is set to reflect the pension arrangements for the wider employee population and is currently capped at 14% of base salary.–No change.
Other benefits–Executives are eligible to receive benefits which may include private healthcare cover, life and accident insurances, professional advice, and other minor benefits.–Secondment, relocation and localisation benefits may also be made to and on behalf of executives living outside their home country.–No change.
STIP–Measures and weightings for the scorecard are selected by the Committee for each financial year. At least 50% of the measures will relate to financial performance, and a significant component will relate to safety. Other strategic, environmental, social and governance (ESG) and individual business outcomes may be included.–For financial performance, threshold performance results in a nil award (25% of award pays out for threshold performance for non-financial measures) and outstanding performance results in maximum payout. The payout for specific metrics may be varied to reflect the stretch of the underlying target.–Maximum opportunity is capped at 200% of base salary for each executive.–Normally, 50% of the STIP is delivered in cash and the balance is delivered in shares that are deferred for three years as a Bonus Deferral Award (BDA).–Dividends (or equivalents) may accrue in respect of any BDA that vest.–The Committee retains the right to exercise discretion to ensure that the level of award payable is appropriate. –Malus, clawback and suspension provisions apply to the STIP and BDA.–Replace the earnings-based measure with EBITDA, half of which is adjusted for commodity prices in the same way as the current earnings measure.
LTIP–Performance is measured against TSR relative to the EMIX Global Mining Index and to the MSCI World Index.–The Committee will set performance conditions aligned with the Group’s long-term strategic objectives for each PSA grant. Relative TSR has been chosen as the predominant measure of long-term performance. The Committee retains the discretion to adjust the performance measures and weightings as appropriate.–Awards have a maximum face value of 400% of base salary. Threshold vesting is 22.5% of face value. Target is 50% of face value.–Dividends (or equivalents) may accrue in respect of any PSA that vest.–The Committee retains the right to exercise discretion and seeks to ensure that outcomes are fair and reflective of the overall performance of the company during the performance period.–Malus, clawback and suspension provisions apply to LTIP awards.–Opportunity increased from 400% to 500% of base salary with the additional 100% of base salary linked to tangible decarbonisation targets.–Performance period reduced from five to three years, followed by a holding period of two years.–Following the decommissioning of the EMIX Global Mining Index in 2023, our TSR will be measured against the S&P Global Mining Index and the MSCI World Index.–Clawback provisions updated to comply with SEC requirements.
Shareholding requirements–Over a five-year period, executives should reach a share ownership in Rio Tinto shares equivalent in value to:–Chief Executive: 400% of base salary.–Other executives: 300% of base salary.–Longer periods may be accepted for new appointments.–Executive Directors are required to retain a holding for two years after leaving the Group in line with the shareholding requirements.–Requirement for all executives increased by 100% of base salary.–Requirement expressed as a fixed number of Rio Tinto shares, calibrated based on the existing requirement after applying the 100% increase of base salary to shareholding requirements.–Fixed number of shares subject to review every two years.

When remuneration is delivered under current Policy

The following chart provides a timeline of when remuneration is delivered, using 2023 as an example.

Year 12023Year 22024Year 32025Year 42026Year 52027Year 62028
Base salarySalary
BenefitsBenefits, pension, etc.
STIP2023 performance year50%cash50% deferred shares (BDA)
LTIP (PSA)Five-year performance periodVests February 2028
Performance period startsMarchPSA grantMarchSTIP cash + BDA grantDecemberBDA vestDecember Performanceperiod endsFebruaryPSA vest

When remuneration is delivered under proposed 2024 Policy

The following chart provides a timeline of when remuneration is delivered under the proposed new Policy.

Year 12024Year 22025Year 32026Year 42027Year 52028Year 62029
Base salarySalary
BenefitsBenefits, pension, etc.
STIP2024 performance year50%cash50% deferred shares (BDA)
LTIP (PSA)Three-year performance periodTwo-year holding periodReleased February 2029
Performance period startsMarchPSA grantMarchSTIP cash + BDA grantDecemberPerformanceperiod endsDecemberBDA vestFebruaryPSA released

How are performance metrics for incentives aligned with the strategy?

In 2022, we moved to a much simpler STIP design, where the approximately 26,000 employees that participate in the STIP have one Group

scorecard rather than the diversified scorecards previously used. The metrics in the STIP design were chosen to drive the implementation of our

strategy and are based around our areas of focus: our four objectives together with the delivery of strong financial performance and accelerating our

culture change.

The PSA is targeted at our most senior leaders, with consistent metrics applied for all participants. The award is intended to capture how we create

sustainable value for our shareholders over the longer term. For many years, LTIP awards have been primarily based on relative TSR performance

against both sector peers and the wider market. For 2024, alongside TSR, we are introducing a scorecard linked to the Group’s long-term

decarbonisation agenda. We are aware of our responsibility in this area and the positive impact of decarbonisation. Given the scale and complexity

of our emissions portfolio, a balanced scorecard approach has been developed that focuses on input and outcome metrics.

IncentiveReflection in scorecard
Strategic priorities
People and cultureSTIPFocuses on “how” we do things as well as “what” we achieve as a critical lever of accelerating our culture change and building an inclusive workplace environment.
Excel in developmentSTIPMeasures progress in relation to exploration, studies and project execution.
Impeccable ESGSTIP / LTIPSafety in all its aspects remains a key priority alongside progressing the work on our decarbonisation pathways towards achieving our 2030 ambition.The new decarbonisation scorecard in the LTIP is structured around our multi-year and ambitious decarbonisation strategy, with a focus on a combination of offensive and defensive metrics to incentivise long-term competitive advantage.
Social licenceSTIPMeasures our progress in building trust and meaningful relationships with our community of stakeholders.
Best operator – flexed financialsSTIPFocuses on achievement of financial plan commitments.
Shareholder experience
Unflexed financialsSTIPAligned to market conditions for our commodities.
Total shareholder returnLTIPMeasures performance relative to sector peers and wider market.

+

People & Remuneration Committee Chair Q&A

How does the new Policy support Rio Tinto’s strategy?Have the changes made to STIP last year been effective?
We have a clear strategy to build a stronger business by focusing on four objectives, which will help improve our productivity, reduce capital intensity and assist us in becoming a partner of choice for a range of stakeholders globally. Although our existing framework remains broadly fit for purpose, the Committee has identified a number of refinements to better align remuneration with these strategic priorities, including an increased focus on decarbonisation. The Committee is also proposing a range of simplifications to ensure our remuneration arrangements are appropriate and allow us to be competitive in the global talent market.In 2022, we undertook a detailed review of incentives which resulted in the introduction of a much simpler STIP design for the approximately 26,000 employees that participate in the STIP, with clearer alignment to our strategy. The STIP targets help to make our goals relevant to day-to-day actions, and the level of engagement from participants over the past year has been encouraging. For 2024, we are maintaining this design and are taking the opportunity to refine the financial metrics by replacing the current earnings measure with EBITDA. This is a key measure of our underlying financial performance that is less subject to adjustment and well understood by both internal and external stakeholders.
How do incentives support Rio Tinto’s low-carbon transition agenda?Why aren’t you including Scope 3 emissions?
Climate change and the low-carbon transition are at the heart of our strategy. The Committee recognises the importance of including ESG metrics in our incentives, alongside a continued focus on operational and financial performance to deliver long-term shareholder returns. Impeccable ESG is a significant part of our STIP scorecard, with an increased focus on achieving our decarbonisation ambitions while maintaining a material focus on continued safety performance. In recognition of the long-term nature of the carbon journey, the Committee believes now is the right time to introduce decarbonisation metrics into the long-term incentives, by linking the additional PSA opportunity to the execution of our value accretive climate change strategy.Measuring and incentivising Scope 3 emissions is inevitably challenging. These emissions are primarily from our customers in Asia, processing our iron ore into steel, and bauxite into aluminium, so our level of control is limited. The best way to tackle these emissions is to work in partnerships to develop the technologies needed to produce low-carbon metals and minerals. While Scope 3 emissions are not within our direct control and are not specifically measured under the incentive schemes, the breadth of the decarbonisation scorecard for the PSA, particularly the focus on transition strategy and R&D, will ensure focus is given to developing new technologies that may support the longer-term reduction of Scope 3 emissions.
What is the rationale for increasing the PSA opportunity?
In recent years we have reduced executive pay. Meanwhile, our UK and Australian competitors have increased pay for executives. Our target pay is no longer competitive and, after years of good retention, we are starting to lose executives and may be at risk of losing more after having significant invested in their development. Given the scale of our strategic ambition, it is vital that we secure, retain and attract the talent required to achieve our goals. Increasing the PSA opportunity moves us closer to our competitors’ pay levels, in a way that is only realised with sustained long-term performance, enabling a focus on our decarbonisation strategy for competitive advantage. Further, we are requiring that the increased opportunity be added to mandatory shareholding requirements, increasing it by 100% of base salary for all executives.CEO total remuneration at target
Why are you moving to a three-year performance period for the PSA?How do the Policy proposals align executives with the wider workforce?
The use of a three-year performance period aligns our approach with typical market practice in the UK and the US while in Australia this approach is used by around one-third of larger companies. The inclusion of a two-year holding period will mean awards will continue to be released only after five years subject to achievement of the relevant performance conditions. The combined five-year time horizon aligns with UK market practice and is longer than most US and Australian companies. Participants will also continue to be strongly aligned with shareholders via increased share ownership requirements.The PSA is a critical tool for retaining, incentivising and motivating staff at many levels of management. The Committee believe that a three-year time horizon will be more tangible to participants below the Executive Committee and will therefore increase the competitiveness of the package and maximise the effectiveness of the PSA.The new Policy maintains the strong alignment of the current policy between executive reward and reward in the broader organisation. The approach to base salary is consistent across the organisation. No changes are proposed to benefits, keeping executive pensions in line with the broader employee population.The STIP applies in a consistent manner across a population of 26,000 eligible employees, while the PSA objectives ensure senior leaders are focused on creating sustainable long-term value for our shareholders.

2023 remuneration outcomes

Executive Director remuneration (£’000)

The charts below set out the maximum and actual executive

remuneration, as calculated under the UK regulations. As explained

on page 127, there are differences in both the reporting and

methodology for measuring remuneration under the

Australian regulations.

Chief Executive
Jakob Stausholm
2023 Actual remuneration (percentage of maximum)
100%56%94.1%
2023 Threshold remuneration (percentage of maximum)
100%25%22.5%
2023 Maximum remuneration
100%100%100%
nFixednSTIPnLTIP
Chief Financial Officer
Peter Cunningham
2023 Actual remuneration (percentage of maximum)
100%56%94.1%
2023 Threshold remuneration (percentage of maximum)
100%25%22.5%
2023 Maximum remuneration
100%100%100%
nFixednSTIPnLTIP

2023 short-term incentive plan

Group financial scorecard
nWeighting50%
nWeighted performance22.4%
Group strategic scorecard
nWeighting50%
nWeighted performance33.6%

Strategic scorecard performance

In 2023, the Group strategic scorecard outcome was above target at 67.2%

Financial scorecard performance

In 2023, the Group financial STIP outcome was below target at 44.8%

Underlying earnings target range (threshold to outstanding) – US$(bn)

STIP free cash flow target range (threshold to outstanding) – US$(bn)

2019–2023 long-term incentive plan

TSR relative to EMIX/S&P Global Mining Index
nWeighting50%
nWeighted performance44%
TSR relative to MSCI World Index
nWeighting50%
nWeighted performance50%

LTIP

We outperformed the EMIX/S&P Global Mining Index by 5.1% per

annum resulting in 88% vesting of this component and the MSCI World

Index by 8.6% per annum resulting in maximum vesting of this

component. Overall vesting for the 2019 PSA was 94.1%.

Share ownership requirements

Appointed January 2021(multiple of gross base salary)

Appointed June 2022(multiple of gross base salary)

Impeccable ESG 20%69%
Excel in development 10%75%
People and culture 10%73%
Social licence 10%50%

Remuneration Policy

Remuneration Policy introduction

This Policy applies to our Executive and Non-Executive Directors and to

the Chair. In accordance with Australian law, it also sets out the broad

policy principles that apply to members of the Executive Committee who

are not directors.

Our Policy is binding only in so far as it relates to directors. Therefore,

implementing this Policy for executives who are not directors may vary

from that of the Executive Directors.

In determining the new Policy, the Committee followed a robust

process, which included multiple discussions and engagement with

investors and proxy advisers regarding the content of the Policy, taking

into account the needs of the business and evolving market and best

practice. The Committee considered input from both management and

our independent advisers while ensuring that conflicts of interest were

appropriately managed.

The overall structure of the new Policy remains broadly unchanged from the

Policy previously approved by shareholders in 2021. Updates to the Policy

largely reflect strategic focus, evolving corporate governance and market

practice, with changes being made to aid the operation of the Policy,

including refinements to incentive measures proposed for 2024. The key

changes to the Policy include increasing the LTIP maximum award to 500%

of salary (from 400%) to drive the decarbonisation agenda, and increasing

share ownership requirements.

Our remuneration policies, principles and practices

Our values of care, courage and curiosity reflect who we are and what

we stand for as a business. They guide the Committee in its decision-

making and are foundational to our remuneration-related policies,

principles and practices.

Our first priority is to allocate remuneration resources wisely. We want

our pay policies to be regarded as fair by employees and shareholders

alike to reward both short and long-term performance and to reinforce

the values and collective behaviours that drive sustainable

performance. Although we believe that our Policy is fit for purpose, the

Committee retains the discretion to override any unforeseen and

inappropriate formulaic outcomes.

People with high quality skillsets, who are capable of managing and

growing the business sustainably, are essential to delivering on our

strategic objectives. Rio Tinto operates in global markets where it

competes for talented executives in a limited pool. Our remuneration

strategy is therefore designed to attract and retain the people we need.

We recognise remuneration represents just one of the factors that

encourages the attraction and retention of talent. We also seek to

engage our employees over the long-term, to foster diversity, to offer a

caring and respectful work environment, to provide challenging work as

well as opportunities to build capability. Our people strategy is

underpinned by our commitment to safety and our core values.

Competitive remuneration linked to performance and

shareholder value creation

We link remuneration to performance targets over both the short- and

long-term, to ensure executive rewards align to both short-term priorities

and long-term sustainable growth in shareholder value. In order to

assess the competitiveness of the packages we offer, we benchmark

ourselves against other international mining and natural resources

companies, and companies in the FTSE 30 (excluding financial

services) and global industrials of comparable size, which typically have

similar global reach and complexity.

The outcomes of these benchmarking exercises form just part of our

consideration of the appropriate level of remuneration packages.

The actual outcome will depend on both business and individual

performance and behaviours.

We take salary increases in the broader employee population into

account in determining any change to the base salary of executives and

consult with shareholders on the design of our short- and long-term

incentive plans to ensure they are aligned with shareholder interests

and priorities. We do not formally consult with our employees on the

Policy, but approximately 60% of the workforce are shareholders

through participation in our employee share plans and therefore have

the right to vote on the Remuneration report. Employees are invited to

ask questions or express opinions through our normal employee

communication channels. Our employee engagement surveys in 2023

were completed by an average of 38,500 employees.

Performance under the STIP is measured over one year based on a

balanced scorecard including strategic and financial metrics. We

recognise the importance of ensuring targets are achieved in the right

way, aligned to our values and consider this when determining STIP

outcomes. 50% of the STIP is normally deferred into shares that vest

after three years.

Performance under the LTIP is measured over three years (for PSA

awards made from 2024) and awards are typically delivered in shares

together with cumulative dividends. Awards with a three-year

performance period are also subject to a holding period of a further two

years.

Our share ownership policy requires executives to build up and maintain

a material shareholding in the company as described in the

Implementation report.

Alignment with the UK Corporate Governance CodeThe UK Corporate Governance Code principles for developing a remuneration policy have been addressed as follows:
PrincipleFocus
ClarityOur Policy is set out in a fully transparent manner. Communications and engagement with stakeholders promotes clarity around all elements of the Policy.
SimplicityOur Policy retains key features of transparency, alignment with our strategic objectives and simplicity to aid understanding.
RiskThe incentive arrangements have been structured to support effective risk management. This includes a strong focus on long-term success. Risks include non-financial risk, such as safety, the environment and heritage protection. Malus, clawback and suspension provisions apply to all variable remuneration, which allow for adjustment of rewards in the event of risk management failures.
PredictabilityThe remuneration outcomes under the different performance scenarios (threshold, target, and outstanding) are clearly set out with an estimate of potential maximum outcome if the share price increased by 50%. See charts on page 123.
ProportionalityThe Policy maintains a strong link to strategy and performance. This is set out in the Policy table on page 116. The Committee also has discretion over all variable remuneration outcomes.
Alignment to cultureOur incentive plans are aligned with our strategic focus on long-term sustainable growth and a focus on values and behaviours.

Executive remuneration structure – Policy table

The Policy set out on the following pages is designed to provide a total remuneration package that is appropriately balanced between fixed and

variable components, with an emphasis on long-term variable pay. The remuneration structure for executives, including the relationship between

each element of remuneration and Group performance, is summarised below.

Further details on the key performance indicators (KPIs) used to assess Group performance are provided in the Strategic report on pages 20-22.

Any commitment made before this Policy takes effect or before an executive became or becomes a director will be honoured even if it is not

consistent with this or any subsequent Policy.

Remuneration arrangements – Fixed

Base salary Link to Group performance and strategy–We pay competitive salaries to hire, motivate and retain highly competent executives from a global talent pool.Operation–Base salary is the main fixed element of the remuneration package.–Base salaries are reviewed annually. We determine any increases based on Group and individual performance, global economic conditions, role responsibilities, an assessment against relevant comparator groups and internal relativities. Any increase is generally aligned with the average base salary increases applying to the broader employee population unless there were significant changes to an individual’s role and/or responsibilities during the year. Such changes may include a promotion or increase in responsibility or where the executive’s base salary is significantly below market positioning.–Benchmarking is undertaken periodically but not annually, and our intention is to apply judgement in evaluating market data.

Pension or superannuationLink to Group performance and strategy–We provide competitive post-employment benefits in a cost-efficient manner in order to hire and retain.Operation–Employment benefits typically include participation in a pension plan, superannuation fund, or a cash allowance to contribute to a personal pension or superannuation fund, which are aligned with the arrangements for the broader workforce in the country of employment.–The maximum annual benefit is currently capped at 14% of base salary but may be adjusted to reflect changes in arrangements for the wider employee population.

Other benefitsLink to Group performance and strategy–We provide competitive other benefits in a cost-efficient manner in order to hire and retain.Operation–Other benefits may include, but are not limited to, private healthcare cover for the executive and their dependants, life insurance, accident insurance, professional advice, participation in local flexible benefit programs and certain other minor benefits (including modest retirement gifts in applicable circumstances, occasional spouse travel in support of the business, any Rio Tinto business expenses which are deemed to be taxable, and any resulting tax on the benefits).–Secondment, relocation and localisation benefits, including payment of transfer allowances, may also be made to and on behalf of executives living outside their home country.–Given the nature and variety of the items that make up benefits, there is no formal maximum level of company contribution.

Remuneration arrangements – Short-term performance-related (at risk)

Short-term incentive planLink to Group performance and strategy–STIP focuses participants on achieving demanding annual performance goals, which are based on the Group’s priorities, in pursuit of the creation of sustainable value for our stakeholders.–We require that sustainable business practices are adhered to, particularly in the context of safety and ESG. –We consider the individual performance of our executives against our values. The Way We Work outlines how we deliver both our purpose and strategy. It makes clear how all employees are expected to behave, in accordance with our values of care, courage and curiosity.Operation–The level of award for threshold performance is normally set at either nil or 25% of maximum, but may be adapted to reflect the stretch of the underlying targets. –The award is normally pro-rated on a straight-line basis between threshold, target and outstanding points.–The maximum award is capped at 200% of base salary for all executives. Any outcome from the formulaic STIP calculation is subject to discretion by the Committee.–A scorecard based on the Group’s priorities is established at the commencement of the financial year. The measures and the relative weightings are selected by the Committee in order to drive business performance for the current year, including the achievement of strategic and financial business outcomes that are priorities for the financial year in question. At least 50% of the measures will relate to financial performance, a significant component will relate to safety performance and any work-related fatality will have a material impact on the STIP result for all executives.–At the beginning of each year, we expect to disclose the measures and weightings only, with targets deemed commercially sensitive. We intend to disclose these targets and outcomes retrospectively. –An individual performance multiplier may be applied to the STIP outcome, but the final payout may not exceed 200% of salary.

Remuneration arrangements – Short-term performance-related (at risk) continued

Operation continued–In making its year-end determination of STIP awards, the Committee seeks to ensure that actual performance is directly comparable to the targets set at the beginning of the year. This may result in adjustments to the targets or to the assessed results being made by the Committee (in particular to take account of events outside management’s control), to ensure a like-for-like comparison. Both upward and downward adjustments can be made, with reference to principles agreed by the Committee, to ensure the outcomes are fair.–Malus, clawback and suspension provisions apply and are set out later in the Policy.

Bonus deferralLink to Group performance and strategy–Provides ongoing alignment between executives and shareholders through deferral of part of the STIP award into Rio Tinto shares.Operation–50% of the STIP will normally be delivered in deferred shares (known as Bonus Deferral Awards (BDA)) with the remainder delivered in cash.–BDA normally vest in the December of the third year after the end of the STIP performance year to which they relate.–Dividends (or equivalents) may accrue in respect of any BDA that vest.–Where permitted by the plan rules, and where the Committee so decides, awards may be made or satisfied in cash in lieu of shares. Awards are normally, but not exclusively, granted with an intention to settle in shares.–BDA vest on a change of control.–Malus, clawback and suspension provisions apply and are set out later in the Policy.

Remuneration arrangements – Long-term performance-related (at risk)

Performance share awards under the long-term incentive planLink to Group performance and strategy–Performance share awards (PSA) are designed to provide a simple and transparent mechanism for aligning executive reward with the execution of an effective business strategy and delivery of superior long-term shareholder returns.–Award levels are set to provide substantive focus on and reward long-term performance. PSA are the most significant component within the remuneration package and are calibrated so as to ensure the overall competitiveness of the remuneration package.Operation–PSA are conditional share awards (or economic equivalent) that vest subject to the achievement of stretching performance conditions and continued employment.–The Committee will set performance conditions aligned with the Group’s long-term strategic objectives for each PSA grant. –For the 2024 awards, relative TSR has been retained as the primary measure as it provides an objective external assessment over a sustained period on a basis that is familiar to shareholders. In addition, metrics linked to decarbonisation have been introduced to reflect the importance of climate change and low-carbon transition to the Group’s strategy. –While we expect TSR and decarbonisation will remain key performance metrics, the Committee retains the discretion to adjust the performance measures and weightings as appropriate. –PSA are normally only released five years after grant. From 2024, PSA are subject to a three-year performance period followed by a holding period of two years, with awards usually only released to executives five years after the award was granted.–Awards have a maximum face value of 500% of base salary when granted which is currently determined using the average share price of the prior financial year. Actual annual award levels may vary for each executive.–Threshold performance would result in the vesting of up to 22.5% of the award.–Dividends (or equivalents) may accrue in respect of any PSA that vest.–Where permitted by the plan rules, and where the Committee so decides, awards may be made or satisfied in cash in lieu of shares. Awards are normally, but not exclusively, granted with an intention to settle in shares.–Awards and performance conditions may be adjusted to take account of variations of share capital and other transactions. Subject to this Policy, performance conditions may also be amended in other circumstances if the Committee considers that a changed performance condition would be a fairer measure of performance.–If there is a change of control, awards will vest to the extent performance conditions are then satisfied. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, if the change of control happens prior to the vesting of the award, the number of shares that can vest will be reduced pro rata for the period from grant to change of control relative to the vesting period. The Committee may, alternatively, with agreement of an acquiring company, replace PSA with equivalent new awards over shares in the acquiring company. –The Committee retains the discretion, where circumstances warrant, to amend performance conditions under the relevant plan rules. The Committee will seek to ensure that outcomes are fair and that they take account of the overall performance of the company during the performance period.–Malus, clawback and suspension provisions apply and are set out later in the Policy.

Shareholding requirements

Link to Group performance and strategy–Shareholding requirements align executives’ interests with those of shareholders.Operation–The Group understands the importance of and expects executives to build up and maintain a material shareholding in Rio Tinto. –Executives should aim to reach a share ownership in Rio Tinto shares, which is set as a fixed number of shares with reference to the following levels: –Chief Executive: 5 x base salary–Chief Financial Officer: 4 x base salary –Other executives: 4 x base salary–From an operational perspective these requirements are converted into a fixed number of shares. For 2024, the required holdings are as follows: –Chief Executive: 120,000 Rio Tinto plc shares–Chief Financial Officer: 60,000 Rio Tinto plc shares –Other executives (requirement varies by individual): 46,000-54,000 Rio Tinto plc shares or 40,000-46,000 Rio Tinto Limited shares–The applicable number of shares will be reviewed at least every two years to account for salary and share price movements. –Executives are expected to build up their shareholding over a five-year period. Longer periods may be accepted for new appointments.–Shares are treated as “owned” once vested and where beneficial and/or legal ownership of the shares is held by the executive. A beneficial interest includes any shares for which an executive receives the benefit of ownership (such as a right to receive dividends) without directly owning the shares. Given the mandatory nature and absence of performance conditions, 50% of the unvested BDA will be treated as owned accounting for likely effects of taxation.–Executive Directors are expected to continue to meet the shareholding requirements for two years after ceasing to be an Executive Director (or if the holding requirement is not met at this date, the relevant holding at the time). When considered alongside the existing leaver provisions for share awards, this will ensure that Executive Directors will remain aligned with shareholders for an extended period.–The Committee retains the discretion to enforce shareholding requirements through the application of malus to unvested share awards and/or scale back of future grants.

Consequence management framework

In 2021, the consequence management framework was introduced as a framework to assist with the application of Committee discretion and the potential recovery of incentives in exceptional circumstances. Malus, clawback and suspension provisions will apply to all STIP and LTIP awards in cash or shares. Under both the malus and clawback provisions, where the Committee determines that exceptional circumstances exist, the Committee may, at its discretion, reduce the number of shares to be received on vesting of an award, or, for a period of two years after the vesting, the end of any holding period or payment of a share or cash award, the Committee can clawback value from a participant.The circumstances under which the Committee may exercise such discretion may include, inter alia:–any fraud or misconduct by a participant or an exceptional event which has had, or may have, a material effect on the value or reputation of any member of the Group (excluding an exceptional event or events which have a material adverse effect on global macroeconomic conditions).–an error in the Group’s financial statements, which requires a material downward restatement or is otherwise material, or where information has emerged since the award date, which would have affected the size of the award granted or vested.–where the Committee determines that the personal performance of a participant, of their product group or of the Group does not justify vesting or where the participant’s conduct or performance has been in breach of their employment contract, any laws, rules or codes of conduct applicable to them or the standards reasonably expected of a person in their position.–the performance of the company, business or undertaking in which a participant worked or works or for which they were or are directly or indirectly responsible for is found to have been misstated or subject to a material misrepresentation. Consequently, the award being granted and/or vesting has resulted in a greater number of shares than would otherwise have been the case.–where any team, business area, member of the Group or profit centre in which the participant works or worked has been found guilty in connection with any regulatory investigation or has been in breach of any laws, rules or codes of conduct applicable to it or the standards reasonably expected of it.–where the Committee determines that there has been material damage to the Group’s social licence to operate.–a catastrophic safety or environmental event or events occurring in any part of the Group.Under the suspension provisions, the Committee may suspend the vesting or payment of an award (for up to five years) until the outcome of any internal or external investigation is concluded and may then reduce or lapse the participant’s award based on the outcome of that investigation. Note that where suspension applies, the 24-month clawback period will not extend beyond the period commencing from the original vesting date or end of holding period.Remuneration delivered under this Policy is also subject to any additional malus and clawback provisions operated by the company, including but not limited to the Incentive-Based Compensation Clawback Policy adopted in compliance with the US SEC legislation requiring the clawback of incentives erroneously awarded as a result of material misstatements for up to three financial years.

Discretion

The Committee recognises the importance of ensuring that the outcomes of the Group’s executive pay arrangements described in this Policy, properly reflect the Group’s overall performance and risk appetite.The Committee therefore reserves the right to review all remuneration outcomes arising from mechanistic application of performance conditions and to exercise discretion to make adjustments where such outcomes do not properly reflect underlying performance or the experience of shareholders or other stakeholders. The Committee will also be mindful of broader diversity and inclusion ambitions.The Committee may, at its discretion, adjust and/or set different performance measures if events occur (such as a change in strategy, a material acquisition or divestment, a catastrophic safety or environmental incident, a change in control, or other unexpected event) which cause the Committee to determine that the measures are no longer appropriate or in the best interests of shareholders or other stakeholders, and that amendment is required so that the measures, as far as possible, achieve their original purpose. Such discretion will be exercised judiciously and clearly disclosed and explained in the Implementation report.Any discretionary adjustments for directors will be disclosed in the Implementation report for the relevant financial period.

2024 remuneration opportunity

The following charts provide an indication of the minimum, target and maximum total remuneration opportunity, subject to shareholder approval of

the Remuneration Policy for the Executive Directors, together with the proportion of the package delivered through fixed and variable remuneration.

The STIP and PSA are both performance-related remuneration.

(£’000)

nFixed paynSTIPnPSAn50% share price growth

Chief Financial Officer

(£’000)

nFixed paynSTIPnPSAn50% share price growth

The following table provides the basis for the values included in the charts above:

Fixed pay (stated in £’000)Base salary1PensionBenefits2Total
Jakob Stausholm£1,285£180£110£1,575
Peter Cunningham£761£107£43£911
  1. Base salary is the salary effective 1 March 2024.

  2. The value of benefits is as per the 2023 benefits figure in the single total figure of remuneration table, as set out in the Implementation report.

Performance-related pay
Target STIP and LTIP performance–A STIP award of 50% of the maximum award, equating to 100% of base salary–Expected value of 2024 PSA of 50% of face value, calculated as 250% of base salary
Maximum STIP and LTIP performance–A maximum STIP award of 200% of base salary–Full vesting of 2024 PSA, calculated as 500% of base salary

–PSAs granted under the LTIP are measured at 2024 face value. This does not constitute an estimate of the value of awards that may potentially

vest with respect to year-end 31 December 2026. An assumed 50% growth in share price has been included in the final illustration. No

assumption has been made for payment of dividends.

–Further details of the 2024 PSA are disclosed in the Implementation report.

Minimum

Target

Maximum

Maximum + 50% share price growth

100%

26%21%53%
15%24%61%
11%19%47%23%

Minimum

Target

Maximum

Maximum + 50% share price growth

100%

26%21%53%
15%24%61%
11%19%47%23%

Recruitment remuneration

The table below sets out the policy for both internal and external recruitment. No form of “golden hello” will be provided upon recruitment. In the case

of internal appointments, commitments preceding appointment will be honoured.

ElementRecruitment policy
Base salaryWe aim to position base salary at an appropriate level, taking into consideration a range of factors including the executive’s current remuneration and experience, internal relativities, an assessment against relevant comparator groups and cost. If a new Executive Director is initially appointed at a lower rate, the Committee retains the ability to award larger increases in subsequent years in order to realign the salary over time as the individual develops in the role.
Pension or superannuationConsistent with Policy table.
Other benefitsConsistent with Policy table.
STIPEligible to take part in our STIP with maximum opportunity capped at 200% of base salary.
PSA under LTIPMaximum face value of 500% of base salary in line with our Policy.
Buy-out awardsAny compensation provided to an executive recruited from outside the Group, for the forfeiture of remuneration arrangements on joining, is considered separately to the establishment of forward-looking annual remuneration arrangements. Our approach with respect to such “buy-outs” is to determine a reasonable level of award, on a like-for-like basis, consisting primarily of equity-based awards, but also potentially cash, taking into consideration the quantum of forfeited awards, their performance conditions and vesting schedules. The Committee will obtain an independent external assessment of the value of awards proposed to be bought out and retains discretion, subject to the considerations noted above, to make such compensation arrangements as it deems necessary and appropriate to secure the relevant executive’s employment. The Committee’s intention is that buy-out compensation should include, where appropriate, performance conditions and equivalent timeframes for release.
Relocation-related supportIf the Committee concludes that it is necessary and appropriate to secure an appointment, relocation-related support and international mobility benefits may be provided, depending on the circumstances and in line with the Group’s broader approach. Any relocation arrangements will be set out in the Implementation report.

Executives’ service contracts and termination

Under normal circumstances, Executive Directors will be offered service contracts that can be terminated by either party with up to 12 months’ notice

in writing. In exceptional circumstances, an initial notice period of up to 24 months during the first two years of employment, reducing to up to 12

months thereafter, may be necessary to secure an external appointment. In some circumstances, it may also be appropriate to use fixed-term

contracts for Executive Directors.

Other executives are offered service contracts which can be terminated by the company with up to 12 months’ notice in writing, and by the executive

with up to 12 months’ notice in writing.

The contracts for executives include appropriate non-compete and restrictive covenants.

The current contract terms of directors and the other executives are included in the Implementation report. The letters of appointment are available

for inspection at Rio Tinto plc’s registered office, and at our AGMs.

Executives may be required to go on “Garden leave” during all or part of their notice period and may receive their base salary, STIP and other

benefits during the notice period (or the cash equivalent). Where applicable, tax equalisation and other expatriate benefits will continue in

accordance with the executive’s prevailing terms and conditions.

If termination is a result of redundancy, the terms of the relevant local policy or practice will apply in the same way as for other employees hired in

the same location.

The STIP and LTIP rules govern the entitlements that executives may have under those plans upon termination of employment, which is dependent

on whether they are considered an eligible leaver or not. In general terms, an eligible leaver is an executive who leaves the Group by reason of ill-

health, injury, disability (as determined by the executive’s employer), retirement with company consent, redundancy, transfer of the undertaking in

which the executive works, change of control of the executive’s employing company, or death in service. In addition, the plan rules afford discretion

to the Committee to award eligible leaver status in other circumstances.

In the case of dismissal for cause, the company can terminate employment without notice and without payment of any salary or compensation in lieu

of notice. The Committee will apply the consequence management framework, and outstanding awards under any of the Group’s incentive plans

may be forfeited and previous awards clawed back.

ElementTermination policy
Base salary, pension and other benefitsBase salary will be paid in lieu of any unexpired notice and may be paid progressively in instalments over the notice period. For Executive Directors the Committee will (to the extent permitted by relevant law) have regard to the Executive Director’s ability to mitigate their loss in assessing the payment to be made.Executive Directors and their dependants may also be eligible for post-retirement benefits such as medical and life insurance. The company may also agree to continue certain other benefits for a period following termination where the arrangements are provided under term contracts or in accordance with the terms of the service contract, for example, payment for financial advice, tax advice and preparation of tax returns for a tax year. In some cases, they may receive a modest leaving gift.
Short-term incentive plan (STIP)If an eligible leaver leaves the Group during a performance year, the Committee may determine in its absolute discretion to award a pro rata portion of the STIP based on the amount of the year served and based on actual assessment of performance against the scorecard targets. Any cash payment will be made at the normal STIP payment date and no portion of the award will be deferred into shares. If an executive provides the company notice of their resignation during the performance year, but does not leave the Group until after the end of the performance year, the Committee may determine in its absolute discretion to make an award under the STIP. In these circumstances, the executive will only be eligible to receive the cash portion of the award and will forfeit any deferred shares portion. Any cash payment will be made at the normal STIP payment date.No STIP award will be made where an executive who is not an eligible leaver leaves the Group, resigns or is terminated for cause prior to the end of the performance year.
Bonus deferral awards (BDA)BDA will normally vest on the scheduled vesting date. There will be no pro-rating of BDA. Termination as an ineligible leaver at any point during the vesting period will result in forfeiture of BDA.
Performance share awards (PSA)PSA will normally vest on the scheduled vesting date, subject to performance conditions. PSA will be reduced pro rata to reflect the period of employment between the date of grant of the award and the normal vesting date (in February following end of the three-year performance period). Leaver provisions apply until the release date of the awards at the end of the holding period. Termination as an ineligible leaver at any point during the five-year time horizon will therefore result in forfeiture of PSA.
Management share awards (MSA)Any MSA granted prior to appointment will normally be retained, and vest, at the Committee’s discretion, at the scheduled vesting date (although awards for US taxpayers may vest on leaving).MSA will be reduced pro rata to reflect the period of employment between the date of grant of the award and the normal vesting date. Termination as an ineligible leaver at any point during the vesting period will result in forfeiture of MSA.
All-employee share plansAll-employee share awards will normally vest on or shortly after leaving. There will be no pro rata reduction of awards. Termination as an ineligible leaver at any point during the vesting period will result in forfeiture of awards.
Dividend sharesAny dividend equivalent shares will be calculated on the vesting of all share awards.
RepatriationOn termination, the company will pay relocation or expatriation benefits as agreed at the time of the original expatriation and/or in accordance with applicable legislation and internal policies on travel and relocation.
Accrued but untaken leaveAccrued but untaken annual leave and any long service leave will be paid out on termination, in accordance with the relevant country legislation and practice applicable to all employees.
Legal expensesThe company may pay reasonable legal and other professional fees (including outplacement support) to, or in respect of, an executive concerning the termination of their employment.
Settlement claimsSubject to the approval of the Committee, the company may pay such amount as it determines is reasonable to settle any claims that an executive may have in connection with the termination of their employment.
Restrictive covenantsWhile our employment agreements include appropriate restrictive covenants as a matter of practice, the Policy provides additional flexibility to make payments in respect of expanding or enhancing existing covenants to protect Rio Tinto and its shareholders. The amount of such payment will be determined by the Committee based on the content and duration of the covenant.

Chair and Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration

The table below summarises how the fees are set and our Policy for the Chair and Non-Executive Directors:

AreaChairNon-Executive Directors
Setting of feesThe Committee (excluding the Chair, if they are a member) determines the terms of service and remuneration of the Chair.The Non-Executive Directors’ fees and other terms are set by the Board upon the recommendation of the Chair’s Committee (which includes the Chair, Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer).
FeesIt is Rio Tinto’s policy that the Chair should be remunerated on a competitive basis and at a level that reflects the complexity of the business and their contribution to the Group, as assessed by the Board.The Chair receives a fixed annual fee and does not receive any additional fee or allowance either for committee membership or being a committee chair, or for travel. The Chair does not participate in the Group’s incentive plans.Non-Executive Directors receive a base fee with additional fees paid for further Board responsibilities such as committee membership, being a committee chair or taking on the senior independent director role. Allowances may be paid for attending meetings that involve medium or long-distance air travel.They do not participate in any of the Group’s incentive plans.Fees paid to Non-Executive Directors reflect their respective duties and responsibilities, and the time required for them to make a meaningful and effective contribution to Rio Tinto affairs.
Pension and superannuationRio Tinto does not pay retirement or post-employment benefits to the Chair.Where the payment of statutory minimum superannuation contributions for Australian Non-Executive Directors is required by Australian superannuation law, these contributions are deducted from the director’s overall fee entitlements.
BenefitsThe Chair may on occasion receive reimbursement for costs incurred in relation to the provision of professional advice.Other benefits include accident insurance (note this is neither contractual nor a taxable benefit), other minor benefits (including modest retirement gifts in applicable circumstances), occasional spouse travel in support of the business, any Rio Tinto business-related expenses that are deemed to be taxable and any tax the company has paid on their behalf.Non-Executive Directors may on occasion receive reimbursement for costs incurred in relation to the provision of professional advice.Other benefits provided include accident insurance (note this is neither contractual nor a taxable benefit), other minor benefits (including modest retirement gifts in applicable circumstances), occasional spouse travel in support of the business and any Rio Tinto business-related expenses that are deemed to be taxable and any tax the company has paid on their behalf.

Appointment

The appointment of Non-Executive Directors (including the Chair) is

handled through the Nominations Committee and Board processes. The

Chair’s letter of appointment from the company stipulates their duties as

Chair of the Group and appointment may be terminated without liability

on the part of Rio Tinto in accordance with the Group’s constitutional

documents dealing with retirement, disqualification from office or other

vacation from office. Otherwise, their appointment may be terminated by

giving 12 months’ notice. Accrued fees will be paid up to the termination

date with the exception of dismissal for cause. The Committee has the

discretion to make a payment in lieu of notice if the Chair is not required

to serve their full 12 months’ notice. Should the Chair’s appointment be

terminated by reason of their removal as a director pursuant to a

resolution of shareholders at the AGM, the company shall be liable to

pay any fees accrued up to the date of any such removal.

The Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment from the company

stipulate their duties and responsibilities as directors. Each Non-

Executive Director is appointed subject to their election and annual re-

election by shareholders. Non-Executive Directors’ appointments may

be terminated by either party giving three months’ notice. There are no

provisions for compensation payable on termination of their

appointment. The letters of appointment are available for inspection at

Rio Tinto plc’s registered office and at the AGM.

The current fee levels are set out in the Implementation report.

As provided for in the Rio Tinto plc Articles of Association and Rio Tinto

Limited Constitution, the current maximum aggregate fees payable

annually to the Non-Executive Directors (including the Chair) for serving

on the Board and any committees is £3 million. This current maximum

aggregate amount of £3 million per annum was approved by

shareholders at the 2009 AGMs and it has remained unchanged during

the past 15 years, during which time the size of the Board has also

increased. An ordinary resolution will be proposed at the 2024 AGMs

seeking shareholder approval to increase the maximum aggregate

amount to £4 million per annum with effect from 1 March 2024. In the

event the resolution is not approved by the shareholders at the 2024

AGMs, the current maximum aggregate amount of £3 million per annum

will continue to apply.

Implementation report

This Implementation report is presented to shareholders

for approval at our AGMs. It outlines how our Policy was

implemented in 2023 and the intended operation in 2024.

About our reporting

As our shares are listed on both the Australian

Securities Exchange and London Stock

Exchange, the information provided within our

Remuneration report must comply with the

reporting requirements of both countries.

Our regulatory responsibilities impact the

volume of information we provide, as well as

the complexity. In Australia, we need to report

on a wider group of executives, as described

in the following paragraph. In addition, as set

out in the summary table below, the two

reporting regimes follow different

methodologies for calculating remuneration.

In the UK, disclosure is required for the

Board, including the Executive Directors.

The Australian legislation requires disclosures

in respect of “key management

personnel” (KMP), being those persons having

authority and responsibility for planning,

directing and controlling the activities of the

Group. Accordingly, our KMP comprise the

Board, all product group Chief Executives and

the Chief Commercial Officer.

Throughout this Remuneration report, KMP

are collectively referred to as “executives”.

They are listed on page 137, with details of the

positions held during the year and dates of

appointment to those roles.

The single total figure of remuneration table on

page 129 shows remuneration for our

Executive Directors, gross of tax and in the

relevant currency of award or payment.

In table 1a on page 141, we report information

regarding executives in accordance with

Australian statutory disclosure requirements.

The information is shown gross of tax and in

US dollars. The remuneration details in table

1a include accounting values relating to

various parts of the remuneration package,

most notably LTIP awards, and require a

different methodology for calculating the

pension value. The figures in the single total

figure of remuneration table are therefore not

directly comparable with those in table 1a.

Where applicable, amounts have been

converted using the relevant average

exchange rates included in the notes to

table 1a.

In table 1b on page 142, we report the

remuneration of the Chair and the Non-

Executive Directors.

Shareholder voting

As required under UK legislation, the new

Policy will be subject to a binding vote at our

2024 AGMs. The Implementation report,

together with the annual statement by the

People & Remuneration Committee Chair, is

subject to an advisory vote each year as

required by UK legislation. Under Australian

legislation, the Remuneration report as a

whole is subject to an advisory vote. All

remuneration-related resolutions will be voted

on at the AGMs as Joint Decision Matters by

Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited

shareholders. An additional resolution is being

put forward at the AGMs to increase the

annual maximum aggregate fees payable to

Non-Executive Directors from £3 million to

£4 million.

The differing approaches explained

As well as the difference in methodology for

measuring remuneration, there are also key

differences in how remuneration is reported in

the UK and Australia.

UK

–For reporting purposes, remuneration is

divided into fixed and variable elements.

–We report remuneration in the currency it is

paid; for example, where a UK executive is

paid in pounds sterling, remuneration is

reported in pounds sterling.

–For reporting purposes, remuneration is

divided into short- and long-term elements.

–All remuneration is reported in US dollars,

so using the previous example, the UK

executives’ remuneration would be

converted to US dollars using the average

exchange rate for the financial year (except

STIP, which is converted at the year-end

exchange rate).

The table below summarises the elements of

each component of remuneration, as well as

the significant differences in the approaches to

measurement.

People & Remuneration

Committee

Responsibilities

The Committee’s responsibilities are

set out in our Terms of Reference, which

is reviewed annually, and published at

Our responsibilities include:

People

–Reviewing strategic workforce planning

including talent, succession and

development planning within the Group.

–Developing leaders’ skills.

–Overseeing and implementing the Board’s

workforce engagement plan and

implementation.

Culture

–Developing strategies to implement the

Group’s values and to progress

implementation of the Everyday Respect

Report recommendations and the

monitoring of broader cultural change.

–Developing strategies, initiatives and

performance measures around

organisational culture and desired

behaviours.

–Assessing the effectiveness of diversity and

inclusion policies.

Remuneration

–Determining the Group’s remuneration

strategy, policy and framework.

–Determining the remuneration of the Chair,

Executive Directors and other members of

the Executive Committee.

–Determining the mix and operation of the

Group’s STIP and LTIP, ensuring alignment

with the company’s strategic objectives.

–Overseeing the operation of the Group’s

STIP and LTIP for executives, including

approving awards, setting performance

criteria, and determining any vesting, and

where necessary applying the consequence

management framework to current and

prior awards.

–Determining contractual notice periods and

termination commitments, and setting

retention and termination arrangements

for executives.

–Overseeing awards under the Group’s

all-employee share plans.

–Responsible for the Annual Remuneration

report, shareholder engagement on the

Remuneration Policy including its

implementation, and other related matters

including gender pay.

–Reviewing workforce remuneration and

related policies and the alignment of

incentives and rewards with culture, taking

these into account when setting the Policy

for Executive Director remuneration.

–Engaging independent external

remuneration advisers.

We consider the level of pay and conditions

for all employees across the Group when

determining executive remuneration.

Committee membership

The members of the Committee during the

year and to the date of this report were:

Sam Laidlaw (Committee Chair)Dominic Barton
Megan Clark(to 15 December 2023)Dean Dalla Valle(from 1 November 2023)
Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz(from 1 June 2023)Simon McKeon
Jennifer NasonNgaire Woods

How we work

The Group Company Secretary (or their

delegate) attends meetings as secretary to the

Committee. The Chief Executive, Chief People

Officer, Head of Reward and Head of Talent

attend appropriate parts of the meetings at the

invitation of the Committee Chair. No

individual is in attendance during discussions

about their own remuneration.

Independent advisers

The Committee has a protocol for engaging

and working with remuneration consultants to

ensure that “remuneration

recommendations” (being advice relating to

the elements of remuneration for KMP, as

defined under the Australian Corporations Act

  1. are made free from undue influence by

KMP to whom they may relate. We monitored

compliance with these requirements

throughout 2023. Deloitte, the appointed

advisers to the Committee, gave declarations

to the effect that any remuneration

recommendations were made free from undue

influence by KMP to whom they related, and

the Board has received assurance from the

Committee and is satisfied that this was

the case.

Deloitte are members of the Remuneration

Consultants’ Group, and voluntarily operate

under its Code of Conduct (the Code) in

relation to executive remuneration consulting

in the UK. The Code is based upon principles

of transparency, integrity, objectivity,

competence, due care and confidentiality.

Deloitte has confirmed that they adhered to

the Code throughout 2023 for all remuneration

services provided to Rio Tinto. The Code is

available online at

remunerationconsultantsgroup.com.

The Committee is satisfied that the Deloitte

team is independent. During 2023, Deloitte’s

services also included attending Committee

meetings, providing support on the 2024

Remuneration Policy and giving advice in

relation to management proposals and

shareholder consultations.

Deloitte was paid $504,507 (2022: $545,620)

for these services. Fees were charged on the

basis of time and expenses incurred.

We received other services and publications

relating to remuneration data from a range of

sources. During the year, Deloitte also

provided internal audit, tax compliance and

other non-audit advisory services. These

services were provided under separate

engagement terms and the Committee is

satisfied that there were no conflicts

of interest.

How the Committee spent its time

in 2023

During 2023, the Committee met six times.

We fulfilled our responsibilities as set out in

our terms of reference including the expanded

scope on the broader People agenda.

Our work in 2023 included:

–Reviewing culture maturity metrics.

–Reviewing people development and

talent management.

–Determining any base salary adjustments

and LTIP grants for executives.

–Determining the targets for the 2023 STIP.

–Reviewing performance of the accountable

executives for Global Industry Standard on

Tailings Management (GISTM)

implementation.

–Reviewing performance against the 2022

STIP and 2018 PSA targets, including

assessing applicable adjustments.

–Considering shareholder feedback on the

remuneration-related resolutions for the

2023 AGMs.

–Transitioning from EMIX Global Mining

Index to the S&P Global Mining Index as a

relative performance comparator group

for PSA.

–Considering, reviewing and refining the

alternate structures for the new Policy.

–Consulting with shareholders and proxy

advisers on our new Policy proposals.

–Setting terms of appointment of Jérôme

Pécresse, Chief Executive, Aluminium.

–Terminating the employment of Ivan Vella,

Chief Executive, Aluminium.

–Further refining the consequence

management framework.

–Reviewing executives’ progress towards the

Group’s share ownership requirements.

–Reviewing the strategy and annual reports

on the Group’s global benefit plans.

Performance review process

for executives

We conduct annual performance reviews for

all executives. Our key objectives for the

performance review process are to:

–Improve organisational effectiveness by

creating alignment between the executive’s

objectives, Rio Tinto’s strategy, the

individual’s leadership behaviours and

the company’s values.

–Provide a consistent, transparent and

balanced approach to measure, recognise

and reward executive performance.

The Chief Executive conducts the review for

members of the Executive Committee and

recommends the performance outcomes to

the Committee. The Chief Executive’s

performance is assessed by the Chair of the

Board and it is discussed and considered with

the Committee and the Board. Performance

reviews for all executives took place in 2023

and early 2024.

Executive Directors

Single total figure of remuneration (£’000)

Incentive - STIP payment · Value of LTIP awards vesting1
Executive DirectorYearBase salaryBenefitsPensionTotal fixedCashDeferred sharesFace valueShare price appreciationTotal variableSingle total figure
Jakob Stausholm (Chief Executive)20231,2271101721,5096926924,4251,1326,9418,450
Jakob Stausholm (Chief Executive)20221,1771301651,4725755761,3601,0273,5385,010
Peter Cunningham (Chief Financial Officer)202372643102871409410361921,2722,143
Peter Cunningham (Chief Financial Officer)202270039988373203203332511,2242,061
  1. Dividend equivalent shares are applied on the vesting of the LTIP awards, are valued at the grant price for the LTIP awards and included in the face-value figure. The impact of share price change

for LTIP awards vesting is included under share price appreciation. The value of the 2022 LTIP awards vesting is restated to reflect the actual vested value.

The LTIP face value for 2023 is based on the number of PSA shares due to vest for the performance period ending 31 December 2023 (including

notional dividends accrued throughout the vesting period), valued at the share price on the grant date. Any impact of share price movement over the

vesting period is shown under the share price appreciation column. The increase in values for LTIP award vesting for the Chief Executive reflects a

full year grant in 2019 compared to a pro-rated grant in 2018.

The 2023 face value and the share price appreciation figures shown above are estimates of both the number of shares that will ultimately vest and

the share price on vesting. Once actual values are known these estimates will be restated in the following year. Refer to page 134 for further detail.

Fixed remuneration

Base salary

Consistent with prior practice, Executive Director base salary increases are in line with that awarded to the wider UK employee population.

The general salary increase for UK employees in 2024 will be 4%. Base salaries are reviewed with a 1 March effective date.

Executive DirectorAnnual base salary 1 March 2023 £'000Annual base salary 1 March 2024 £'000% change
Jakob Stausholm1,2351,2854%
Peter Cunningham7327614%

Benefits (2023)

Includes healthcare, allowance for professional tax compliance services, occasional spouse travel in support of the business which is deemed to be

taxable to the individual, and non-performance based awards under the all-employee share plans.

Pension (2023)

Pension benefits can either be paid as contributions to Rio Tinto’s company pension fund and/or as a cash allowance.

Executive DirectorPension contributions paid tothe Rio Tinto pension fund £'000Cash in lieu of pension contributions paid £'000Total £'000Pension provision (% of base salary)
Jakob Stausholm8.4163.417214%
Peter Cunningham8.493.310214%

Short-term incentive plan (2023)

2023 outcome

For an executive’s STIP outcome, the weighted STIP financial and strategic scorecard results are added to determine the total result.

The resulting STIP is delivered equally in cash and deferred shares.

Executive Director · Weighted result (out of 100%) · Fatality deduction (%) · STIP (% of base salary) · Base salary £’000 · STIP outcome £’000 · Delivered in: · Percentage of:
Financial (50%)1 · Strategic(50%)2 · Group Scorecard result % · Cash £’000 · Deferred shares £’000 · Max awarded · Max forfeited · Target awarded
Jakob Stausholm22.4%33.6%56%—%112%1,2351,38469269256%44%112%
Peter Cunningham22.4%33.6%56%—%112%73281940941056%44%112%
  1. The Financial scorecard includes flexed financials (underlying earnings and free cash flow), focusing on the achievement of financial plan commitments and unflexed financials (underlying

earnings and free cash flow) aligned to market conditions for our commodities.

  1. The Strategic scorecard includes Excel in development (exploration progression, studies progression and project execution metrics), impeccable ESG (safety and decarbonisation metrics),

people and culture (gender diversity and Everyday respect metrics) and social licence (reputation metric).

Maximum STIP award is capped at 200% of base salary. Target performance represents of 50% of maximum and outstanding performance

represents 100% of maximum.

Half of the STIP award will be paid in cash in March 2024, and the remainder will be delivered in deferred shares as a BDA, vesting in

December 2026. On cessation of employment, any unvested deferred shares will lapse unless the Committee decides the executive is an

eligible leaver.

2023 short-term incentive plan measures

Performance categoriesWeightingCommentary
Financial50%For 2023, the financial measures were STIP underlying earnings and STIP free cash flow. The first, STIP underlying earnings, gives insight to cost management, production and performance efficiency. This is calculated as underlying earnings of $11.7 billion adjusted for items not reflective of performance in the year as described on page 131. A reconciliation of underlying earnings to net earnings is provided on pages 290-291.STIP free cash flow demonstrates how we convert underlying earnings to cash and provides further insight into how we are managing costs, efficiency and productivity. STIP free cash flow comprises free cash flow (as reported on page 293), adjusted to exclude dividends paid to holders of non-controlling interests in subsidiaries ($0.5 billion) and development capital expenditure, to include development capital expenditure on decarbonisation ($2.7 billion). This adjusted metric excludes the impact of those components of free cash flow that are not directly related to performance in the year and therefore better represents underlying business performance.
Strategic50%Impeccable ESG (20%) aims to promote safety in all its aspects and progress decarbonisation efforts as we work towards achieving our ambition to reduce Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2030.Safety measures a combination of our safety maturity model (SMM) and all injury frequency rate (AIFR). The safety outcome is underpinned by an assessment of conformance with the GISTM for “very high” and “extreme” classification tailings facilities.Decarbonisation measures progress of carbon abatement projects against incremental stages of development.People and culture (10%) aims to improve diversity, create an inclusive work environment in which people can thrive, accelerate our culture change, and reinforce our values. It encompasses gender diversity and Everyday Respect metrics. Gender diversity measures the year-on-year increase in representation of women in our organisation.Everyday Respect reflects the completion rate of the “Building Everyday Respect” employee training program.Excel in development (10%) aims to incentivise a growth mindset by focusing on exploring new opportunities, prospecting new sites, technology, and innovation. It measures performance in exploration, studies and project execution.Exploration focuses on the opportunities coming out of the exploration pipeline and moving into formal studies. Studies assesses the number of studies approved to progress to project execution phase. Project delivery measures our execution progress in creating growth opportunities and closure projects across the Rio Tinto portfolio. Social licence (10%) is included as an indicator of our ability to build trust and acceptance of Rio Tinto with our external community of stakeholders. The general public perception in key countries is reflected by a reputation score currently measured via a third-party survey provider, RepTrak.

Calculation of 2023 short-term incentive plan award

The following table summarise the calculation of the 2023 short-term incentive plan (STIP) award for the Executive Directors. Threshold payout is nil on

financial measures and social licence and 25% of maximum for other strategic measures. Below threshold payout is nil on all other measures.

Group scorecard outcomes

Weighting(out of 100%) · 2023 performance1 · Outcome · Result(% of maximum) · Weighted result(out of 100%)
Threshold · Target · Outstanding
STIP Underlying earningsUnflexed12.5%$6.4 billion$9.1 billion$11.9 billion10.983.1%10.4%
Flexed12.5%$8.4 billion$12.0 billion$15.6 billion34.7%4.3%
STIP Free cash flowUnflexed12.5%$7.5 billion$10.7 billion$14.0 billion10.850.9%6.4%
Flexed12.5%$9.9 billion$14.2 billion$18.4 billion10.4%1.3%
Total Financials50%44.8%22.4%
Impeccable ESGAIFR23.3%0.460.400.320.3750%1.7%
SMM36.7%4.65.16.15.255%3.7%
Decarbonisation410.0%7Mt CO2e10Mt CO2e13Mt CO2e1283.5%8.4%
People and cultureEveryday Respect5.0%30% of employees40% of employees50% of employees83.5%100%5.0%
Gender diversity5.0%1% improvement1.5% improvement2% improvement1.4%45%2.3%
Excel in developmentExploration progression52.5%1233100%2.5%
Project execution5.0%25%50%75%50%50%2.5%
Studies progression2.5%1 study2 studies3 studies6100%2.5%
Social licenceReputation10.0%55.9 or below57.9 to 59.9 (inclusive)60.9 or above58.850%5.0%
Total Strategic50%67.2%33.6%
Total Group100%56%
  1. No payout below threshold. Threshold payout is nil for financial measures and social licence and 25% of maximum for the other strategic measures. Payout for achieving target corresponds to

50% of maximum, going up in a straight line to outstanding, which represents 100% of maximum.

  1. AIFR assesses the number of injuries per 200,000 hours worked by employees and contractors at managed operations. It includes medical treatment cases, restricted workday and lost-day

injuries. AIFR improved from 0.40 in 2022 to 0.37 in 2023, surpassing the target. The AIFR component of the STIP result is however capped at target, which represents 50% of maximum, due to

three permanent damage injuries (PDIs). The PDIs occurred at our Diavik Diamond Mine in Canada, in Guinea and at Kennecott Underground, Integrated Skarns Project respectively.

  1. The Group SMM STIP result is the average of the SMM scores achieved by the individual assets included in the Safety Maturity program.

  2. For Decarbonisation, the progress of carbon abatement projects against incremental stages of development is calculated as the expected 2030 carbon reduction, measured in tonnes of CO 2 e,

contributed by each abatement project that passes a stage-gate during the calendar year. The scope is restricted to direct abatement initiatives under the global “6+1” decarbonisation program,

including approved renewable energy, abatement and energy efficiency projects. Nature-based solution (NbS) offset projects are not in scope.

  1. Six projects progressed from Projects of Merit (PoM) to Conceptual Study (CS) phase. Each project has been assigned a value of 0.5 points for the PoM to CS transition, resulting in a weighted

outcome of 3.

Commentary on financial measures

Unflexed performance for our financial

performance is above target at 67%.

Above-plan commodity prices have continued

to provide us with an uplift in financial

performance: the iron ore realised price of

$100 per wet metric tonne (wmt) being 11%

higher than plan; the copper price 4% higher

than plan.

Flexed performance to remove the impact of

commodity prices and foreign exchange rates

gives us an indication of underlying business

performance. Key drivers of flexed

performance are reflected in lower than

planned production volumes as a result of the

overland conveyor belt failure and extended

smelter shut down at Kennecott, the two

furnaces that remain offline following the two

process safety incidents at Rio Tinto Iron and

Titanium Quebec Operations (RTIT) in June

and July, and the disruptions caused from the

forest fires at Iron Ore Company of Canada

(IOC) in June.

Our earnings performance benefited from

a number of one-off events and non-cash

impacts. Conversely, our cash flow performance

was impacted by a build in working capital in

2023 of $0.9 billion which was not in the plan.

This mainly related to a build in inventory at

Kennecott following the extended smelter

rebuild and higher working capital at RTIT,

reflective of weaker market conditions.

Based on these factors, the flexed component

is below target for earnings (at 34.7%) and

cash flow (at 10.4%).

In line with our standard STIP principles, two

downward adjustments were approved by the

Committee to ensure the outcome was a fair

reflection of underlying performance. These

related to benefits to underlying earnings that

were not reflective of performance during the

year. The two adjustments were in connection

with the Group's share of net interest on

shareholder loans following the acquisition of

the minority interest in Turquoise Hill

Resources in 2022 and the update of the

Group's discount rate and inflation

assumptions applied to closure and other

provisions, along with a resulting lower

amortisation charge in the period.

Outcome for financials (unflexed and flexed):

below target (at 44.8%)

Commentary on Strategic measures

Safety is our number one priority, and while we

had zero fatalities at our managed operations

in 2023, tragically four colleagues died in a

plane crash while travelling to our Diavik mine

in January 2024. These fatalities will be

considered further when reviewing 2024

performance. In 2023, we improved our all-

injury frequency rate (AIFR) performance from

0.4 to 0.37, exceeding the annual target of 0.4.

Regrettably, we had three permanent damage

injuries (PDIs) in Canada at Diavik, in Guinea

and in the US at Kennecott. Acknowledging

the PDIs, the result for the AIFR component

has been capped at target.

As part of our continual improvement, we have

also seen an uplift of 0.6 in our safety maturity

model (SMM) assessments score, against a

target improvement of 0.5, resulting in a SMM

global score of 5.2. We have also

exceeded the target for our GISTM

implementation plans for “extreme” and “very

high” consequence tailings facilities in 2023.

We have had no incidents with off-lease

tailings releases at any of our facilities.

Decarbonisation measures the progress

of carbon abatement projects against

incremental stages of development. Climate

change and the low-carbon transition is at the

heart of our strategy. We have set ambitious

commitments to reduce carbon emissions

(CO 2 e) from our business by 50% relative to

2018 levels in 2030 and achieve net zero

Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2050.

The carbon abatement target set for 2023 was

10Mt of CO 2 e. A total of 29 projects

progressed through a development stage

during the year, leading to an above target

performance of 12Mt CO2e abatement

expected by 2030.

Outcome for Impeccable ESG: Above target

Excel in development encompasses goals

focusing on exploration progression, studies

progression and project execution.

Exploration progression develops a dynamic

portfolio of projects that are rigorously

prioritised and rapidly tested. Exploration

progression focuses on the opportunities

coming out of the exploration pipeline and

moving into formal studies, including

Conceptual Studies completed with a decision

to hold, divest or advance to Order of

Magnitude (OoM), studies advancing from

Projects of Merit (PoM) to Conceptual Study

(CS) phase, and studies advancing from

Target Testing (TT) to PoM.

Six projects in the exploration portfolio pipeline

advanced from PoM to CS phase in 2023,

across a large variety of ore deposits. Each

project has been assigned a value of 0.5

points for the PoM to CS transition, resulting in

an outstanding weighted score of three.

Studies progression of six studies, significantly

exceeding the target of two, obtained approval

from the Investment Committee (IC) to

progress from feasibility study to execution

project, including North Rim Skarns Stage 1 at

Kennecott Copper, AP60 smelter expansion at

Aluminium, West Angelas Deposit A-West,

Parker Point Stockyard Sustaining, Hope

Downs 1 Sustaining and Coastal Water

Supply Sustaining at Iron Ore. We have also

made significant progress towards the full

approval of the Simandou project in Guinea.

This is the highest number of studies to

progress to execution in a single year since

  1. This outstanding result provides

diversified growth opportunities across

commodities of Copper, Aluminium and

Iron Ore.

Projects execution refers to the percentage of

in flight and completed projects on track

against the IC plan. Throughout 2023, we

made strong progress on a range of projects.

Four out of eight projects finished the year

within three months of the approved IC

schedule, achieving the “on track” project

target of 50%, including Integrated Skarns

Underground Characterisation, Western

Range, Oyu Tolgoi underground and the Gove

Refinery Closure projects. At the Oyu Tolgoi

copper mine, the construction of the

conveyor to surface works is approaching

90%, with critical path maintained and the

mine schedule optimisation work completed.

Both shafts 3 and 4 are expected to be

commissioned in the second half of 2024.

At Western Range, we made progress on bulk

earthworks and on the primary crusher pad

construction, and the 5-month Coarse Ore

Stockpile shutdown is underway.

Outcome for Excel in development:

Above target

People and culture

Our People and culture scorecard focuses on

building everyday respect and improving

gender diversity.

Building everyday respect progressed in 2023,

with deployment of the Everyday Respect

training program (Building Everyday Respect

through care, courage and curiosity) across

our organisation. The goal of the program is to

set the foundational elements of psychological

safety at a Group level and to emphasise the

role everyone plays in creating a

psychologically safe, respectful, and inclusive

work environment. Over 34,000 of our in-

scope employees completed the program

either through a self-paced module or face-to-

face sessions. Our training completion rate

target has been significantly exceeded,

reaching 83.5%.

Gender diversity in 2023 was focused on both

increasing the number of women and

changing the culture to become more

inclusive, the representation of women across

our business remains a challenge. It will

continue to be an area of high focus in 2024.

The year-on-year average global increase was

1.4 percentage points, landing below our 1.5

percentage points target. The increase is

distributed across all levels of the organisation

with women representation amongst senior

leaders increasing year on year from 28.3% to

30.1%, and representation in operations and

general support functions increasing by 1.5

percentage points, from 16.2% to 17.7%.

Outcome for People and culture: Above target

Reputation as the social licence metric

focuses on building trust and acceptance of

Rio Tinto with our community of external

stakeholders. The general public perception in

key countries is reflected by a reputation score

measured by RepTrak. The 2023 result was

58.8, within the target range of 57.9 to 59.9.

This score is a weighted, global aggregate

made up of results from Australia, Canada,

Mongolia, New Zealand, South Africa, United

Kingdom, and the US.

Outcome for Social licence: At target

Commentary on Individual

performance

Individual multiplier outcome: Not applied

Strategic objectivesAssessment
Impeccable ESG–Substantial efforts to progress our decarbonisation commitments, with two sites transitioning to renewable diesel (Boron complete and Kennecott to commence in early 2024), with continued focus on progressing new technologies including BlueSmelting at Sorel-Tracy, Nuton and BioIronTM. Key to achieving our 2030 decarbonisation target is the repowering of our Gladstone operations and, with substantial effort made in 2023, this has resulted in driving the development of the largest solar farm in Australia, announced in early 2024.–Publishing of our Water Data platform, delivering market-leading transparency and disclosure at the asset level. Water discharges are monitored at the vast majority of our operations, with a number of sites already undertaking significant water monitoring programs as part of regulatory processes.–Progress on safety marred by three permanent damage injuries.
Excel in development–Significant progress of the Simandou project, to unlock the largest known undeveloped, high-grade iron ore resource globally.–Successful completion of the Matalco recycling joint venture, strengthening the ability for our North American business to meet the growing demand for low-carbon materials. –Commenced early works on the $1.1 billion expansion of our AP60 smelter in Quebec. –Strengthened the future of our Pilbara iron ore portfolio with Western Range construction on schedule, Rhodes Ridge moving to pre-feasibility phase and productivity improvements at Gudai Darri resulting in an expected uplift in capacity. These steps are pivotal to us meeting our mid-term capacity target of 345–360 million tonnes.–Development of lithium business behind plan.
People and culture–Strong leadership continues to develop and is focussed on culture. Employee satisfaction (eSat) and recommend scores exceeded 2022 levels. –Implementation of the 26 recommendations from the Everyday Respect report remain on track, and, in line with these recommendations, we are completing an independent progress review in 2024. –Establishment of the global leadership collective for our most senior employees to further drive cultural change.–Improvement in representation of women at all levels of the organisation, but further work required on gender diversity across the workforce.
Social licence–The Pilbara renewables MoU was signed with Yindjibarndi Energy, an important step to mark a change from the past in our engagement with Traditional Owners. Co-management of replacement mines in the Pilbara remains a key focus for the Group.–Iron Ore Company of Canada signed an agreement to establish a mutually beneficial relationship with the Naskapi Nation of Kawawachikamach.–Relationships with government and civil society continue to improve and deepen. Regular roundtables with global civil society organisation (CSO) in each of our key regions continue to improve transparency and trust and our understanding of society’s needs.
Best operator–The Group’s total copper equivalent production increased by over 3% from 2022 despite extended shutdown at Kennecott.–Delivered the second highest year of shipments from the Pilbara, driven by the ramp up of Gudai-Darri and the implementation of the Rio Tinto Safe Production System.–Achieved first sustainable production at our Oyu Tolgoi underground mine in March 2023, with strong performance throughout the year as the underground mine continues through a ramp up phase.–Completed the largest rebuild of the smelter and refinery in Kennecott’s history, demonstrating continued investment in our existing assets to enhance resilience.–Exceeded the deployment targets set for the Safe Production System, driving forward operational improvements across the Group. –Production volumes impacted by equipment reliability and furnace shutdowns.

Individual multiplier outcome: Not applied

Strategic objectivesAssessment
Impeccable ESG–Strengthened investment approach to carbon abatement. This led to a significant increase in the number of projects that we were able to progress.–Supported the simplification of decarbonisation investment pathways resulting in greater use of commercial solutions and partnerships, easing capital expenditure requirements this decade.–Supported investments in renewable energy (Australia, South Africa), renewables diesel (Kennecott, Boron), research and development investment in hard to abate processing emissions, as well as nature-based solutions partnerships generating high quality carbon credits to complement our decarbonisation efforts.
Excel in development–Key contributor to the formation of the Matalco recycling joint venture through leadership of the Business Development, Treasury and Evaluation teams. –Played a critical role in the execution of strategy and shaping the portfolio, including progressing the high-grade iron ore Simandou project and studies for Pilbara replacement mines, investing in AP60 expansion, partnering to develop the La Granja copper mine, and progressing Kennecott underground.–Maintained financial strength with consistent capital allocation, balancing essential capital expenditure with shareholder returns and growth.
People and culture–The performance management framework was improved during the year, with more comprehensive and integrated reporting but further work needed to fully embed across the organisation. –Has been a strong advocate for simplification and standardisation, as well as removing complexity through rule changes, technology and innovation, system interventions and in-sourcing of some key activities. –Has promoted an owner’s mindset, with comprehensive communications throughout the year, focused on the performance of our STIP scorecard.
Social licence–Further developed a comprehensive capital allocation processes to promote investment decisions and further build partnerships and capabilities.–Supported investment for creating growth options and social licence through targeted exploration and evaluation, communities and social performance (CSP) and social investment, decarbonisation, and research and development.
Best operator–Led the simplification and continuous improvement with a strong focus on the transformation of business productivity through increased use of digital.–Continued to streamline the investment approval process to dedicate time to the most complex decisions.–Supported investments that improved asset discipline and performance management, resulting in 3% copper equivalent production growth at the Group level.

2024 short-term incentive plan

This section outlines the operation of the 2024 short-term incentive plan (STIP).

2024 short-term incentive plan measures and weightings

Financial scorecard dimensionWeightingWhat does it measure?Commentary
Underlying EBITDA –Unflexed12.5%Underlying EBITDA is a segmental performancemeasure and represents profit before tax, netfinance items, depreciation and amortisation.Underlying EBITDA is the prominent financial measure of underlying business performance on an income statement basis. The core objectives of robust operational performance and careful cost management are well reflected in Underlying EBITDA. The EBITDA target for STIP purposes equates to the EBITDA of the Group’s annual plan.
Underlying EBITDA –Flexed12.5%Underlying EBITDA, adjusted for the impact of commodity prices and foreign exchange rates.Removing the impact of commodity prices and foreign exchange rates gives us a stronger indication of the EBITDA outcome of our underlying business performance, aligned to the core objective of Best Operator.
STIP free cash flow –Unflexed12.5%STIP free cash flow comprises free cash flow adjusted to exclude dividends paid to holders of non-controlling interests in subsidiaries and development capital expenditure.STIP free cash flow demonstrates how we convert underlying EBITDA to cash and provides further insight into how we are managing efficiency and productivity, including working capital and sustaining capital.The STIP free cash flow target for STIP purposes equates to the same measure of the Group’s annual plan.
STIP free cash flow –Flexed12.5%STIP free cash flow, adjusted for the impact of commodity prices and foreign exchange rates.Removing the impact of commodity prices and foreign exchange rates gives us a stronger indication of the free cash flow outcome of our underlying business performance, aligned to the core objective of Best Operator.
Total weighting50%
Strategic scorecard dimensionWeightingWhat does it measure?Commentary
Impeccable ESG
Decarbonisation10%Progress of moving carbon abatement projects through the various stages of development all the way to execution to meet our decarbonisation ambition.Provides focus on progressing at pace and optimising resources deployment of decarbonisation projects.
Safety index10%AIFR as a lag indicator and SMM at our assets as a lead indicator, which includes maturity of safety leadership, including psychological safety. Conformance to GISTM is set as an underpin.Safety is at the heart of everything we do. The safety index provides focus on the importance of continuing to embed and strengthen our safety culture.
People and culture
Diversity5%Improving representation of women at Rio Tinto.The ongoing focus on improving gender representation is an important contributor to advancing our culture change agenda.
Culture5%Measuring progress in our culture change journey.Using trends in responses and scores to our engagement surveys to demonstrate to what extent our culture is changing.
Excel in development
Exploration, studies and project execution10%Performance in exploration, studies and project delivery.Exploration, studies and project execution identifies opportunities for growth and enhancing orebody reserves across our portfolio while keeping focus on the importance of executing to time and budget.
Social licence
Reputation10%Indicators of progress made in building acceptance and trust with our community of external stakeholders, including but not only communities, governments, customers, suppliers, and civil society. General public perception in key countries is measured by a reputation score.Assesses trust and acceptance of us by a broad community of stakeholders. We are developing further tools to assess social licence beyond 2024.
Total weighting50%

A fatality deduction of 10% will be applied to the overall scorecard outcome in the event of work-related fatalities. This 10% deduction combined with

the 10% weighting of the safety index maintains the prominence of safety in the STIP structure.

The specific targets for the 2024 STIP are considered by the Board to be commercially sensitive. These will be disclosed alongside the outturn

retrospectively in the 2024 Implementation report.

Long-term incentive plan

PSAs granted in 2019 were based on two performance conditions,

both measured over a five-year performance period:

–TSR relative to the EMIX Global Mining Index – 50%

–TSR relative to the MSCI World Index – 50%

The TSR performance condition against the MSCI World Index has

been met in full. The performance outcome against the EMIX Global

Mining Index was 88.2% resulting in an overall vesting of 94.1%.

The value of the shares vesting included in the single total figure of

remuneration table for 2023 is an estimate, as the actual value can only

be determined once the share price and final application of dividend

equivalents on vesting are known.

The disclosed value is based on:

–The approved TSR outcome relative to the EMIX Global Mining Index

(transitioned to S&P Global Mining Index from 1 August 2023

following the decommissioning of the EMIX on 31 July 2023) and

MSCI World Index (with associated dividend equivalent shares)

–The average share prices for Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited over

the last quarter of the five-year performance period (Q4 2023).

The actual value associated with the 2019 PSA vesting will be disclosed

in the 2024 Remuneration report.

Calculation of 2019 PSA vesting

Our independent remuneration consultants, Deloitte, calculated performance against the TSR measures. The dual TSR measures recognise

that the company competes in the global market for investors as well as within the mining sector, and rewards executives for returns over the long-

term that outperform both the broader market and the mining sector.

IndexThreshold(22.5% of maximum)Maximum(100% of maximum)Actual TSRoutperformanceWeightingVestingoutcome
S&P Global Mining Index1Equal to IndexIndex + 6% p.a.Index + 5.1% p.a.50%88.2%
MSCI World IndexEqual to IndexIndex + 6% p.a.Index + 8.6% p.a.50%100%
  1. The EMIX Global Mining Index was decommissioned on 31 July 2023 and therefore it was necessary to identify a replacement index for the remainder of the performance period. The Committee

considered a range of alternative indices and determined that S&P’s replacement index (the S&P Global Mining Index) was the most suitable, given the overlap in constituents and close

correlation in performance. TSR performance was calculated by our independent remuneration consultants tracking the EMIX Global Mining Index to 31 July 2023 and the S&P Global Mining

Index thereafter. This methodology will apply to all outstanding PSA.

Executive DirectorYearincludedin single figureAwardOverallvesting %DividendequivalentsDividendequivalents(% of shares vesting)Shares(includingdividendequivalents)SharepricePSA outcome(£’000)1
Jakob Stausholm20232019 PSA94.1%28,79638%103,708£53.59£5,558
Peter Cunningham20232019 PSA94.1%2,34738%8,453£53.59£453
  1. The PSA outcome is an estimate based on the average share price over the last quarter of 2023.

For reference, the 2018 PSA vested in full on 23 February 2023 with Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited share prices of £59.83 and A$125.51

respectively (closing share price on the day prior to vesting). Dividend equivalents were equal to 33.5% for Jakob Stausholm and 35.1% for Peter

Cunningham of the vested awards.

Long-term incentive plan awards granted in 2023

These awards are subject to TSR performance relative to the S&P Global Mining Index and MSCI World Index (equal weighting). Targets for

threshold and maximum performance are unchanged from prior years.

Executive DirectorType of awardGrant dateFace valueof award(% of base salary)Face value ofaward(£’000)% of vestingat thresholdperformanceGrant price1ConditionalsharesawardedEnd of the periodover which the performanceconditions have tobe fulfilledVestingmonth
Jakob StausholmPSA22 March 2023400%4,94222.5%£53.0793,11431 December 2027February 2028
Peter CunninghamPSA22 March 2023400%2,92622.5%£53.0755,13431 December 2027February 2028
  1. In line with the Policy, the grant price for PSA is determined by reference to the average share price for the calendar year prior to year of grant. The grant price of £53.07 represents the Rio Tinto

plc average share price for 2022.

Long-term incentive plan due to be granted in 2024

Executive DirectorType of awardFace valueof award(% of base salary)Face valueof award(£’000)% of vestingat thresholdperformanceGrant price1Conditionalshares to beawardedEnd of the periodover which the performanceconditions have tobe fulfilledEnd of holding period
Jakob StausholmPSA500%6,42422.5%£53.43120,23231 December 2026February 2029
Peter CunninghamPSA500%3,80422.5%£53.4371,19531 December 2026February 2029
  1. In line with Policy, the grant price for PSA is determined by reference to the average share price for the calendar year prior to year of grant. The grant price of £53.43 represents the Rio Tinto plc

average share price for 2023.

Performance measures

The Committee intends to grant 2024 PSAs with performance metrics, weightings and targets in line with the approach set out in the new Policy.

80% of the award will be based on relative TSR measured on a weighted ranked basis against a sector and a broader market index. For the 2024

award, the weighting has been re-balanced so that two-thirds of the TSR element will be measured relative to sector peers and the remaining one-

third measured against a broader market reference point. The remaining 20% of the award will be based on strategic measures linked to

decarbonisation.

Performance measuresThreshold(22.5% of maximum)Maximum(100% of maximum)Weighting
Relative TSR vs S&P Global Mining IndexMedianUpper Quartile53.3%
Relative TSR vs MSCI World IndexMedianUpper Quartile26.7%
Decarbonisation scorecardsee belowsee below20%

Decarbonisation

Given the scale and complexity of our emissions portfolio and our decarbonisation ambitions as well as the multi-year timeframe for this transition,

performance and progress will be assessed using a balanced scorecard. The decarbonisation scorecard includes a combination of metrics that

address opportunities and risks from the energy transition to incentivise long-term competitive advantage. The balanced scorecard includes the

following four equally weighted elements assessed over the three-year performance period:

ObjectiveDetails
Residual emissions–This provides a measure of actual reduction in Scope 1 and 2 emissions with targets set taking into account the Group’s stated ambition of a 50% reduction by 2030 (relative to our 2018 baseline). Achieving the maximum outcome would be consistent with the linear trajectory required to achieve the 2030 ambition.–The Committee will take into account the relative contribution of nature-based offsets directly associated with Rio Tinto landholdings or those of its joint ventures when assessing performance. The contribution will be capped at 10% and for any outcome above target the contribution from offsets will be ignored.
Project delivery–The successful delivery of abatement projects will be fundamental to achieving our stretching decarbonisation objectives.–Working with the Decarbonisation Office the Committee have identified a number of priority decarbonisation projects for which investment approval has been granted, or is expected to be granted in 2024. Examples of projects to be included for 2024 - 2026 performance period are the commissioning of a BioIronTM continuous pilot plant and an electric boiler at IOC, both of which have been noted at previous investor seminars and are further defined in our 2023 Climate Change Report. The projects included will be planned for execution within the performance period and will typically have a duration of 1-3 years. These will be physical projects, potentially including renewable energy project delivery, alumina process heat reductions, minerals processing solutions or projects that support our partners with Scope 3 emissions reductions. Commercial solutions such as power purchase agreements or procuring biofuels would not be considered in this metric.–At the end of the three-year performance period, there will be a qualitative assessment of project delivery measuring conformance to plan for both spend and schedule. Using a pre-determined framework, each project will be assigned a score out of ten and vesting will be determined based on the average score of the projects.
Technology development–Progressing towards net zero will require technology advancement and research and development breakthroughs that convert into implemented projects.–This metric assesses Group spend committed to research and development and the successful implementation of projects that have a meaningful impact on the abatement of emissions (including spend associated with reducing Scope 3 emissions).
Transition strategy–This measure will align decarbonisation activity with our value creation strategy, specifically in building new capabilities or commitments towards new growth assets.–Three transition strategy outcomes have been identified that are significant to Group value, namely, Pacific Operations (PacOps) decarbonisation, ELYSISTM implementation, and aluminium and copper recycling. Working with the Chief Scientist, each project has been assigned a bespoke scorecard that enables a qualitative assessment of progress and performance.–At the end of the three-year performance period, each transition strategy will be assigned a score out of ten using a predetermined framework and vesting will be determined based on the average score of the transition objectives.

While the Committee have spent considerable time ensuring that the targets are robust, challenging and in line with our strategy, it is recognised that

this is a complex and evolving area. Assessment of the scorecard will inevitably require a degree of judgement to ensure that outturns are an

appropriate reflection of performance. To support the Committee with their assessment, additional processes have been introduced including input

from subject matter experts within the business, as well as other Board Committees, and development of a framework to scoring results. The targets

under each element of the scorecard are summarised below:

ObjectiveLTIP weightingThreshold(22.5% of maximum)Target(50% of maximum)Maximum(100% of maximum)
Residual emissionsReduction in residual emissions relative to 2018 baseline5%3.6Mt CO2e5.1Mt CO2e6.6Mt CO2e
Project deliveryConformance to plan for priority decarbonisation projects5%Average score of at least six out of ten being a maximum deviation of 25% from planned cost and scheduleAverage score of at least eight out of ten being a maximum deviation of 15% from planned cost and scheduleAverage score of at least nine out of ten being less than 10% deviation from planned cost and schedule
Technology developmentTechnology advancements and research and development breakthroughs that convert into implemented projects5%0.2% of Group revenue on decarbonisation research and development spendAt least one project into implementation totalling 250kt annual abatement0.4% of Group revenue on decarbonisation research and development spendAt least one project into implementation totalling 500kt annual abatement0.5% of Group revenue on decarbonisation research and development spendAt least two projects into implementation totalling 750kt annual abatement
Transition strategyAlignment of decarbonisation activity with value creation5%Average score of at least six out of ten representing more limited progressAverage score of at least eight out of ten representing good progress towards strategic goals, some areas of outperformance, substantially achieved or on track to deliver major objectives, or progress with no major failures or impacts on broader performance of the GroupAverage score of at least nine out of ten representing significant outperformance of expectations, implementation achieved or a major new advancement with scope for material benefits

In disclosing the above information the Committee has sought to provide transparency of the metrics, targets and how different outcomes will be

rewarded, noting that certain details within the scorecard, such as those relating to activity addressing project delivery and technology development

outcomes, are considered commercially sensitive. However, further detail on the targets and outcomes will be disclosed at vesting. The Committee

also recognises that, although long-term in nature, the decarbonisation strategy will inevitably evolve over time and it is in shareholders’ interests for

the business to remain suitably agile (eg responding to technological advancements).

In setting the above measures and targets, the Committee has been mindful to use quantitative measures where possible to ensure the targets can

be assessed through formulaic vesting outcomes. This approach also provides for straight-line vesting between threshold, target and maximum

outcomes, where appropriate. The Committee will retain discretion in determining vesting outcomes and where required will adjust targets or

baselines in relation to any material changes to the portfolio, such as following acquisitions, divestments or closure. The use of offsets towards any

measure will be limited, and in the case of the residual emissions targets, will be capped and used only towards any outcome up to target.

Executive Directors’ shareholding

In line with our share ownership policy, Executive Directors’ shareholdings are calculated using the closing price of Rio Tinto shares on

31 December 2023.

Executive Director · Multiple of base salary · Holding of ordinary shares
31 December 2023 · Requirement · Year requirementneeds to be met · 31 December 2023 · 31 December 2022
Jakob Stausholm5.14.0202495,36356,337
Peter Cunningham5.53.0202663,05352,815

The multiple of base salary shown above includes 50% of the value of unvested BDA.

We operate a post-employment holding requirement for Executive Directors, but no former Executive Directors are currently subject to a holding

requirement.

Executive DirectorPosition held during 2023Date of appointment to positionNotice period
Jakob StausholmChief Executive1 January 202112 months
Peter CunninghamChief Financial Officer17 June 202112 months

Either party can terminate their contract with notice in writing, or immediately by the company by paying the base salary only in lieu of any unexpired notice.

Executives’ external and other appointments

Neither of the Executive Directors currently has an external directorship.

Past director payments

There were no payments to past directors in excess of the de-minimis threshold of £15,000.

Chief Executive’s remuneration over time

YearChief ExecutiveSingle total figureof remuneration(’000)Annual STIPaward againstmaximum opportunityLong-term incentivevesting against maximumopportunity (PSA)
2014Sam WalshA$10,47688.4%49%
2015Sam WalshA$9,14181.9%43.6%
2016Sam Walsh1A$5,77268.2%50.5%
2016Jean-Sébastien Jacques£3,11682.4%50.5%
2017Jean-Sébastien Jacques£3,82173.4%66.7%
2018Jean-Sébastien Jacques£4,55170.1%43%
2019Jean-Sébastien Jacques£5,99974.8%76%
2020Jean-Sébastien Jacques£8,6700%66.7%
2021Jakob Stausholm2£2,78861.3%–
2022Jakob Stausholm3£5,01048.7%100%
2023Jakob Stausholm£8,45056%94.1%
  1. STIP award and PSA vesting percentages restated following release from the deed of deferral as described in prior Remuneration reports.

  2. Jakob Stausholm joined Rio Tinto in September 2018 and became Chief Executive on 1 January 2021. Therefore, he did not participate in the 2017 LTIP which vested at 66.7% of maximum.

  3. The 2022 single total figure of remuneration for Jakob Stausholm reported in the 2022 Remuneration report was £4.8 million based on the estimated value of the 2018 PSA which vested at 100%.

The single total figure of remuneration for 2022 shown above is restated and based on the actual vesting share price of £59.83.

The effect of performance on the value of shareholdings, as measured by TSR delivered over the past five years, based on the sum of dividends

paid and share price movements during each calendar year, is detailed in the table below.

Year · Underlying earnings · Underlying EBITDA · Dividends paid per share · Share price –Rio Tinto plc pence · Share price –Rio Tinto Limited A$ · TSR
$ millions · $ millions · $ cents · 1 Jan · 31 Dec · 1 Jan · 31 Dec · Group %
201910,37321,1976353,7304,50378.47100.4038.7%
202012,44823,9023864,5035,470100.40113.8334.0%
202121,40137,7209635,4704,892113.83100.11(3.8)%
202213,35926,2727464,8925,798100.11116.4118.3%
202311,75523,8924025,7985,842116.41135.6615.8%

The data presented in this table reflects the dual corporate structure of Rio Tinto. We weight the two Rio Tinto listings to produce a Group total

shareholder return (TSR) figure in line with the methodology used for the 2019 PSA.

TSR has been calculated using spot Return Index data as at the last trading day for the year sourced from DataStream.

The vesting of the PSA granted in 2019 was subject to relative TSR

against the S&P Global Mining Index (transitioned from the EMIX Global

Mining Index following its decommissioning in July 2023) and the MSCI

World Index.

The graph below shows Rio Tinto’s TSR performance for the 2019 PSA.

It uses the same methodology as that used to calculate the vesting for

the PSA granted in 2019 with a performance period that ended on 31

  1. TSR has been calculated using 12 month average Return Index data for the year sourced

from DataStream.

  1. TSR for Rio Tinto Group has been calculated using a weighted average for Rio Tinto plc and

Rio Tinto Limited. The weighting is based on the free-float market capitalisation of each entity

at the start of the period.

The following graph illustrates the TSR performance of the Group

against the S&P Global Mining Index (and for periods to 31 July 2023

against the EMIX Global Mining Index) and the MSCI World Index over

the ten years to the end of 2023.

The graph meets the requirements of Schedule 8 of the UK Large and

Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports)

Regulations 2008 (as amended) and is not an indication of the vesting

of PSA granted in 2019.

  1. TSR has been calculated using spot Return Index data as at the last trading day for the year

sourced from DataStream.

  1. TSR for Rio Tinto Group has been calculated using a weighted average for Rio Tinto plc and

Rio Tinto Limited. The weighting is based on the free-float market capitalisation of each entity

at the start of the period.

Other executive key management personnel

This section sets out remuneration information pertaining to executive

key management personnel (KMP) excluding the Chief Executive and

the Chief Financial Officer. The Remuneration Policy applicable to the

Executive Directors is also applicable to the other executive KMP with

variances specified in this section.

The remuneration mix for other executive KMP under this Policy is set

out in the chart below.

2023 Remuneration mix

Maximum

Target

nFixed paynSTIP – CashnSTIP – BDAnLTIP

2023 Assumptions

The value of benefits is estimated at 11% of base salary.

Performance-related (at risk)
Target STIP and LTIP performance–STIP award of 50% of the maximum award(equates to 100% of base salary)–PSA expected value of 50% of face value, calculated as 200% of base salary
Maximum STIP and LTIP performance–Maximum STIP award of 200% of base salary–Maximum PSA face value of 400% of base salary

No assumption has been made for growth in share price and payment

of dividend equivalents.

The table below outlines the positions held by the other executive KMP and the respective dates of appointment:

NamePosition(s) held during 2023Date of appointment to position
Bold BaatarChief Executive Copper1 February 2021
Alfredo BarriosChief Commercial Officer1 March 2021
Sinead KaufmanChief Executive Minerals1 March 2021
Jérôme PécresseChief Executive Aluminium23 October 2023
Simon TrottChief Executive Iron Ore1 March 2021
Ivan Vella1Chief Executive Aluminium1 March 2021
  1. Ivan Vella ceased to be a KMP on 23 October 2023 and his employment terminated on 15 November 2023.

Base salary

Base salaries for Executive Committee members are reviewed annually by the Committee with increases generally aligned with the wider employee

population in the relevant jurisdiction. Variations may occur in instances in which an individual has changed position, or the position’s duties and

responsibilities have been enlarged, for example as a result of a reorganisation or acquisition, or where an individual’s remuneration has fallen

below comparable positions in the market. As disclosed last year, Bold Baatar and Simon Trott received a higher salary increase in 2023 to reflect

their market positioning.

Short-term incentive plan

Overview of 2023 short-term incentive plan weightings and measures

The measures and weightings used to determine short-term incentive plan (STIP) awards for executives in 2023 are set out on page 130.

The 2023 STIP awards are detailed in the table below.

Percentage of:
2023 STIP award (% of salary)2023 STIP award ('000)Maximum STIPawardedMaximum STIPforfeited
Bold Baatar140%£94170%30%
Alfredo Barrios84%SGD98142%58%
Sinead Kaufman112%A$1,18856%44%
Jérôme Pécresse112%C$25856%44%
Simon Trott140%A$1,65070%30%

Share ownership

The following table shows the share ownership level for other KMP as a

multiple of base salary.

Share ownership level at 31 December 2023 as a multiple of base salary
Bold Baatar5.9
Alfredo Barrios4.5
Sinead Kaufman6.2
Jérôme Pécresse0.4
Simon Trott5.4

Share ownership level is calculated using the market price of Rio Tinto

shares on 31 December 2023, and we define “share ownership” in

our Policy.

Alongside the new Policy, any newly signed service contracts can be

terminated by the company or executive with 12 months’ notice in

writing, or immediately by the company by paying base salary only in

lieu of any unexpired notice.

Other KMP appointments

All newly appointed executives have received a remuneration package

that is aligned with our Policy and is comprised of base salary in line

with market benchmarks; target STIP opportunity of 100% of base

salary (with maximum opportunity of 200% of base salary); LTIP awards

of up to 400% of base salary; company pension contributions of 14% of

base salary; and other benefits such as company-provided healthcare

coverage, and continued eligibility to participate in the all-employee

share plans. A minimum shareholding requirement of 300% of base

salary applies on appointment to be built up over subsequent years.

Executive departures

Ivan Vella ceased to be a KMP on 23 October 2023 and his

employment was terminated on 15 November 2023 as an ineligible

leaver. All subsisting variable remuneration was therefore lapsed

and only statutory payments for accrued leave were made

following termination.

Broader employee disclosures

Chief Executive pay ratio

The ratio of the single total figure of remuneration for the Chief

Executive to the lower quartile, median and upper quartile Rio Tinto

Australian employee population for 2023 is set out in the table below.

Lower quartile · Median · Upper quartile
20231169781
2022 1765242
  1. The 2022 pay ratio data has been restated based on actual pay outcomes for the Chief

Executive in 2022.

The median CEO pay ratio of 97:1 is higher than last year, primarily due

to the vesting of Jakob’s first full LTIP award from 2019 which vested at

94.1% at the end of the 2023 performance year. The Committee

continues to be mindful of the relationship between executive

remuneration and that of our broader workforce. The Committee’s

decision-making will continue to be supported by regular and detailed

reporting on these matters.

Relative spend on remuneration

The table below shows our relative spend on remuneration across our

global employee population and distributions to shareholders in the

year. We have also shown other significant disbursements of the

company’s funds for comparison.

Stated in US$m20232022Differencein spend
Remuneration paid16,6366,002634
Distributions to shareholders26,47011,727(5,257)
Purchase of property, plant and equipment, and intangible assets37,0866,750336
Corporate income tax paid34,6276,909(2,282)
  1. Total employment costs for the financial year as per note 26 to the financial statements.

  2. Distributions to shareholders include equity dividends paid to owners of Rio Tinto shares as

per the Group cash flow statement.

  1. Purchase of property, plant and equipment, and intangible assets, and corporate income tax

paid during the financial year are as per the Group cash flow statement.

Change in director and employee pay

In the table below, we compare the annual changes in salary, benefits and annual incentives of the directors for the past four years, to that of the

Australian employee population. Column ‘a’ represents the percentage change in salary and fees; values in column ‘b’ represent the percentage

change in taxable benefits; and values in column ‘c’ represents the percentage change in bonus outcomes for performance periods in respect of

each financial year.

2019 to 2020 · 2020 to 2021 · 2021 to 2022 · 2022 to 2023
a1 · b · c · a1 · b · c · a1 · b · c · a1 · b2 · c3
Executive Directors
Jakob Stausholm2%34%29%46%(19)%25%2%94%(18)%4%(15)%20%
Peter Cunningham–––––––18%47%4%10%28%
Non-Executive Directors
Dominic Barton4–––––––––50%(84)%–%
Megan Clark1%(54)%–%(3)%(93)%–%(1)%1,651%–%(1)%52%–%
Simon Henry3%(88)%–%–%64%–%(6)%98%–%(7)%189%–%
Sam Laidlaw8%(87)%–%–%(51)%–%–%779%–%–%242%–%
Simon McKeon9%(72)%–%15%(91)%–%(6)%1,487%–%6%78%–%
Jennifer Nason––––––(6)%58%–%(8)%59%–%
Ngaire Woods–––––––%273%–%–%201%–%
Ben Wyatt––––––12%–%–%–%52%–%
Kaisa Hietala5––––––––––––
Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz5––––––––––––
Dean Dalla Valle5––––––––––––
Joc O’Rourke5––––––––––––
Australian workforce64%5%19%4%–%(18)%7%6%15%8%(1)%16%
  1. Change in salary and fees compared on an annualised basis to smooth the impact of part-year appointments.

  2. Changes in director benefits are primarily driven by variances in business travel during the year.

  3. The percentage change in annual incentive compares the incentive outcomes for the 2022 performance year to those for the 2023 performance year.

  4. Increase in fees are representative of 2023 being the first full year post appointment in 2022 and reduction in benefits reflective of non-recurring benefits from appointment in 2022.

  5. No prior year data as appointed as a Non-Executive Director in 2023.

  6. Since Rio Tinto plc, the statutory entity for which this disclosure is required, does not have any employees, we have included voluntary disclosure of the change in employee pay for our Australian

employees who make up more than 40% of our employee population.

“–” in the table signifies no reported change as a result of the absence of comparable data.

Non-Executive Directors

What we paid our Chair and Non-Executive Directors

Positions held

We list the Non-Executive Directors who held office during 2023 below.

Each held office for the whole of 2023 unless otherwise indicated.

Their years of appointment are reported in “Board of Directors” on

pages 92-93.

NameTitle
Dominic BartonChair
Megan ClarkNon-Executive Director (to 15 December 2023)
Dean Dalla ValleNon-Executive Director (from 1 June 2023)
Simon HenryNon-Executive Director
Kaisa HietalaNon-Executive Director (from 1 March 2023)
Sam LaidlawNon-Executive Director
Susan Lloyd-HurwitzNon-Executive Director (from 1 June 2023)
Simon McKeonNon-Executive Director
Jennifer NasonNon-Executive Director
Joc O’RourkeNon-Executive Director (from 25 October 2023)
Ngaire WoodsNon-Executive Director
Ben WyattNon-Executive Director

The Chair and Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment from the

company stipulate their terms of appointment, including their duties and

responsibilities as Directors. Each Non-Executive Director is appointed

subject to their election and annual re-election by shareholders. The

Chair’s appointment may be terminated by either party giving 12

months’ notice and Non-Executive Directors’ appointments may be

terminated by either party giving three months’ notice.

Annual fees payable

The Chair’s fee is determined by the Committee and was increased in

December 2023 with effect from 1 March 2024. Prior to this increase,

the Chair’s fee had remained unchanged since the increase in July 2013.

All other fees are subject to review by the Board on the

recommendation of the Committee.

A review of Non-Executive Director fees was undertaken in 2023.

The review supported an increase in Non-Executive Director fees

effective 1 March 2024 reflecting the significant increase in complexity

and time commitment of the Non-Executive Director roles, as well as

accounting for inflation after a freeze in fees for an extended period of

time.

The table below shows the annual fees paid in 2023 and to be paid in

2024 to the Chair and Non-Executive Directors.

20242023
Director fees
Chair’s fee£800,000£730,000
Non-Executive Director base fee£115,000£95,000
Non-Executive Director base fee for Australian residents£115,000£105,000
Senior Independent Director£45,000£45,000
Committee fees
Audit & Risk Committee Chair£50,000£40,000
Audit & Risk Committee member£30,000£25,000
People & Remuneration Committee Chair£45,000£35,000
People & Remuneration Committee member£25,000£20,000
Sustainability Committee Chair£45,000£35,000
Sustainability Committee member£25,000£20,000
Nominations Committee member£8,000£7,500
Meeting allowances
Long distance (flights over 10 hours per journey)£10,000£10,000
Medium distance (flights of 5-10 hours per journey)£5,000£5,000

We set out details of each element of remuneration, and the single total

figure of remuneration, paid to the Chair and Non-Executive Directors

during 2023 and 2022 in US dollars in table 1b on page 142. No post-

employment, termination or share-based payments were made.

Statutory minimum superannuation contributions for Non-Executive

Directors are deducted from the Director’s overall fee entitlements when

these are required by Australian superannuation law.

The total fee and allowance payments made to the Chair and

Non-Executive Directors in 2023 were within the current maximum

aggregate annual amount of £3 million set out in the Group’s

constitutional documents, approved by shareholders at the 2009 AGMs.

An ordinary resolution will be proposed at the 2024 AGMs seeking

shareholder approval to increase the maximum aggregate annual

amount to £4 million with effect from 1 March 2024.

Share ownership policy for Non-Executive Directors

Rio Tinto has a policy that encourages Non-Executive Directors to build

up a shareholding equal in value to one year’s base fee within three

years of their appointment. Details of Non-Executive Directors’ share

interests in the Group, including total holdings, are set out in table 2 on

page 142.

Non-Executive Directors’ share ownership

The Non-Executive Directors’ shareholdings are calculated using the

market price of Rio Tinto shares on 31 December 2023:

DirectorShare ownership level at31 December 2023as a multiple of base feeShare ownership level at31 December 2022as a multiple of base fee
Dominic Barton1.21.1
Megan Clark14.43.9
Dean Dalla Valle20.0N/A
Simon Henry1.20.9
Kaisa Hietala30.3N/A
Sam Laidlaw4.64.6
Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz21.0N/A
Simon McKeon7.76.8
Jennifer Nason1.11.1
Joc O’Rourke40.0N/A
Ben Wyatt0.30.2
Ngaire Woods0.90.3
  1. Megan Clark left the Board on 15 December 2023.

  2. Dean Dalla Valle and Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz joined the Board on 1 June 2023.

  3. Kaisa Hietala joined the Board on 1 March 2023.

  4. Joc O’Rourke joined the Board on 25 October 2023.

Other statutory disclosures

Other share plans

All-employee share plans

The Committee believes that all employees should be given the

opportunity to become shareholders in our business, and that share

plans help engage, retain and motivate employees over the long term.

Rio Tinto’s share plans are therefore part of its standard remuneration

practice, to encourage employee share ownership and create alignment

with the shareholder experience. Executives may participate in broad-

based share plans that are available to Group employees generally and

to which performance conditions do not apply.

A global employee share purchase plan is normally offered to all

eligible employees unless there are local jurisdictional restrictions.

Under the plan, employees may acquire shares up to the value of

$5,250 (or equivalent in other currencies) per year or capped at 15% of

their base salary if lower. Each share purchased will be matched by the

company, providing the participant holds the shares, and is still

employed, at the end of the three-year vesting period.

Approximately 34,000 of our employees (63% of those eligible) are

shareholders as a result of participating in these plans. In the UK, these

arrangements are partially delivered through the UK Share Plan which

is a UK tax approved arrangement. Under this plan, eligible participants

may also receive an annual award of Free Shares up to the limits

prescribed under UK tax legislation.

Management Share Awards

The Management Share Awards (MSA) are designed to help the Group

attract the best staff in a competitive labour market, and to retain key

individuals as we deliver our long-term strategy. MSA are conditional

awards that are not subject to a performance condition. They vest at the

end of three years subject to continued employment. Shares to satisfy

the awards are bought in the market or reissued from Treasury.

Executive Committee members are not eligible to be granted MSA after

appointment.

Shareholder voting

In the table below, we set out the results of the remuneration-related

resolutions voted on at the Group’s 2023 AGMs.

ResolutionVotesforVotesagainstVoteswithheld1
Approval of the Directors Remuneration report: Implementation report96%4%21,075,873
Approval of theRemuneration Policy (2021)97%3%22,272,424
Approval of the Directors’Remuneration report96%4%21,100,383
  1. A vote “withheld” is not a vote in law and is not counted in the calculation of the proportion of

votes for and against the resolution.

Table 1a – Executives’ remuneration

Stated in US$‘0001Short-term benefits
Base salary · Cash bonus2 · Other cash-basedbenefits3 · Non-monetarybenefits4 · Totalshort-term benefits
Executive Directors
Jakob Stausholm20231,5258602031292,717
20221,4566941991532,502
Peter Cunningham2023903523116471,589
2022866386151411,444
Other executives
Bold Baatar2023824601105791,609
2022760361114341,269
Alfredo Barrios202386437343981,378
2022811368471121,338
Sinead Kaufman202370040880911,279
202270734086521,185
Jérôme Pécresse2023170985376811
Simon Trott202377256690561,484
2022749372931061,320
Ivan Vella82023616–70129815
2022765286941021,247
Stated in US$’0001 · Long-term benefits: Value of shared-based awards5 · Post-employment benefits9
BDA6 · PSA · MSA · Others7 · Pension and superannuation · Other post-employment benefits · Termination benefits · Total remuneration10 · Currency of actual payment
Executive Directors
Jakob Stausholm20237832,556–810––6,074£
20227012,020–75––5,235£
Peter Cunningham2023338691132710––2,767£
202222434219265––2,213£
Other executives
Bold Baatar20234731,531–810––3,631£
20224191,360–75––3,060£
Alfredo Barrios20234281,578–443––3,431S$
20224231,404–397––3,265S$
Sinead Kaufman202329385613318––2,462A$
2022227557126319––2,117A$
Jérôme Pécresse202322–––23––856C$
Simon Trott20234361,465––18––3,403A$
20224081,461–119––3,209A$
Ivan Vella82023(323)(1,003)6(1)23–155(328)C$
202220469552424––2,226C$

Notes to table 1a – Executives’ remuneration

1.“Table 1a – Executives’ remuneration” is reported in US$ using A$1 = US$0.66441; £1 = US$1.24329; C$1 = US$0.7410; S$1 = US$0.74464 which are year-to-date average rates, except for

cash bonuses which use A$1 = US$0.68605; £1 = US$1.2770; C$1 = US$0.75835; S$1 = US$0.75956 31 December 2023 year-end rates.

2.“Cash bonus” relates to the cash portion of the 2023 STIP award to be paid in March 2024.

3.“Other cash-based benefits” typically include cash in lieu of company pension or superannuation contributions. For Jérôme Pécresse this also includes the international transfer allowance paid as

per the company standards upon Jérôme's relocation from France to Canada.

4.“Non-monetary benefits” for executives typically include healthcare coverage, professional tax compliance services/advice, flexible perquisites and, where applicable, leave accruals and mobility

related benefits.

  1. The “Value of share-based awards” has been determined in accordance with the recognition and measurement requirements of IFRS2 "Share-based Payment". The fair value of awards granted

as MSA, BDA and PSA have been calculated at their dates of grant using valuation models provided by external consultants, Lane Clark and Peacock LLP, including an independent Monte Carlo

valuation model, which take into account the constraints on vesting attached to these awards. Further details of the valuation methods and assumptions used for these awards are included in

note 27 (Share-based Payments) in the financial statements. The fair value of other share-based awards is measured at the purchase cost of the shares from the market. The share-based values

disclosed in this table do not reflect amounts actually paid in 2023 or the value of shares that will ultimately vest.

6.“BDA” represents the portion of the 2020–2023 STIP awards deferred into Rio Tinto shares.

7.“Others” includes the Global Employee Share Plan (myShare) and the UK Share Plan.

  1. The figures for Ivan Vella reflect his remuneration up until he ceased to be a KMP on 23 October 2023. His total remuneration up until his employment termination date of 15 November 2023 was

($268,000). The negative values for his remuneration reflect the reversal of accounting costs in relation to the lapse of share awards as a result of the termination of his employment.

  1. Any costs related to defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement medical benefits are the service costs attributable to the individual, calculated in accordance with IAS 19. The cost for

defined contribution pension plans is the amount contributed in the year by the company.

10.“Total remuneration” represents the disclosure of total emoluments and compensation required under the Australian Corporations Act 2001 and applicable accounting standards.

Further details in relation to aggregate compensation for executives, including directors, are included in note 29 (Directors’ and key

management remuneration).

Table 1b – Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration

Stated in US$’0001 · Fees and allowances2 · Non-monetary benefits3 · Post-employment benefits · Single total figure of remuneration4 · Currency of actual payment · 1.Remuneration is reported in US$. The amounts have been converted using the 2023 annual average exchange rates of £1 = US$1.24329 and A$1 = US$0.66441.2.“Fees and allowances” comprises the total fees for the Chair and all Non-Executive Directors (NED), and travel allowances for the NED. The statutory minimum superannuation contributions required by the Australian superannuation law and paid for the Australia based NED are included in “Fees and allowances”. 3.“Non-monetary benefits” include, as in previous years, amounts that are deemed by the UK tax authorities to be benefits in kind relating largely to the costs of directors’ expenses in attending Board meetings held at the company’s UK registered office (including associated accommodation and subsistence expenses) and professional tax compliance services/advice. Given these expenses are incurred by directors in the fulfilment of their duties, the company pays the tax on them.4.Represents disclosure of the single total figure of remuneration under Schedule 8 of the Large- and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (as amended) and total remuneration under the Australian Corporations Act 2001 and applicable accounting standards.5.The amounts reported for Dean Dalla Valle and Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz reflect the period of active Board memberships from 1 June 2023 to 31 December 2023.6.The amounts reported for Kaisa Hietala reflect the period of active Board memberships from 1 March 2023 to 31 December 2023.7.The amounts reported for Joc O’Rourke reflect the period of active Board memberships from 25 October 2023 to 31 December 2023.
Chair
Dominic Barton202390830–938£
2022600192792£
Non-Executive Directors
Megan Clark2023222824254A$
2022221223246A$
Dean Dalla Valle52023109610125A$
Simon Henry20232213–224£
20222024–206£
Kaisa Hietala6202316318–181£
Sam Laidlaw20233085–313£
20222635–268£
Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz5202311439126A$
Simon McKeon20233027–309A$
20222753–278A$
Jennifer Nason20232026–208£
20221964–200£
Joc O’Rourke7202323––23£
Ngaire Woods20232215–226£For more informationfurther details in relation to aggregate compensation for executives, including directors, are included in note 29 (Directors’ and key management remuneration).
20221889–197£
Ben Wyatt202322010–230A$
202220344211A$

Table 2 – Directors’ and executives’ beneficial interests in Rio Tinto shares

Rio Tinto plc1 · Rio Tinto Limited · Movements
1 Jan20232 · 31 Dec20233 · 7 Feb20244 · 1 Jan20232 · 31 Dec20233 · 7 Feb20244 · Compensation5 · Other6
Directors
Dominic Barton–––11,90011,90011,900––
Megan Clark7––N/A6,3706,370N/A––
Peter Cunningham52,81563,05363,065–––16,173(5,923)
Dean Dalla Valle8––––––––
Simon Henry1,5002,0002,000––––500
Kaisa Hietala8–500500––––500
Sam Laidlaw7,5007,5007,500–––––
Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz8––––1,3801,380–1,380
Simon McKeon–––10,00010,00010,000––
Jennifer Nason1,7651,7651,765–––––
Joc O'Rourke8––––––––
Jakob Stausholm56,33795,36395,389–––52,047(12,995)
Ngaire Woods5721,4821,482––––910
Ben Wyatt–––300400400–100
Executives
Bold Baatar76,11161,21661,242–––93,458(108,327)
Alfredo Barrios62,39247,88847,922–––98,601(113,071)
Sinead Kaufman–––39,51143,63343,63315,232(11,109)
Jérôme Pécresse–5,0005,000––––5,000
Simon Trott9,78019,33819,33826,00626,09026,09085,161(75,519)
Ivan Vella794160N/A17,56923,986N/A19,997(13,513)
  1. Rio Tinto plc ordinary shares or American depositary receipts.

  2. Or date of appointment, if later.

  3. Or date of cessation as director or KMP, if earlier.

  4. Latest practicable date prior to the publication of the 2023 Annual Report, in accordance with LR 9.8.6 R(1).

  5. Shares obtained through awards under the Rio Tinto UK Share Plan, the Global Employee Share Plan and/or vesting of PSA, MSA and BDA granted under the Group’s LTIP and STIP deferral

arrangements.

  1. Share movements due to the sale or purchase of shares, or shares received under dividend reinvestment plans.

  2. Ivan Vella ceased to be a KMP effective 23 October 2023 and Megan Clark ceased to be a Non-Executive Director on 15 December 2023.

  3. Kaisa Hietala was appointed Non-Executive Director on 1 March 2023, Dean Dalla Valle and Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz were appointed Non-Executive Director on 1 June 2023 and Joc O’Rourke was

appointed Non-Executive Director on 25 October 2023.

Interests in outstanding BDA, MSA and PSA, and UK Share Plan and the Global Employee Share Plan are set out in table 3 and 3a

(see pages 143-145).

Table 3 – Plan interests (awards of shares under long-term incentive plans)

NameAward/grant dateMarket price at award1,21 January 2023AwardedLapsed/ cancelledDividend unitsVested31 December 20237 February 2024Vesting period concludesDate of releaseMarket price at releaseMarket value of awardat releaseUS$3
Bold Baatar
Bonus Deferral Awards18 Mar 2021£55.586,583––1,575(8,158)––1 Dec 20231 Dec 2023£55.57563,631
23 Mar 2022£58.006,956––––6,9566,9561 Dec 2024–––
22 Mar 2023£53.19–5,463–––5,4635,4631 Dec 2025–––
Performance Share Awards415 May 2018£42.3063,039––22,104(85,143)––31 Dec 202223 Feb 2023£59.226,268,859
18 Mar 2019£42.6751,752––––51,75251,75231 Dec 2023–––
16 Mar 2020£33.5853,272––––53,27253,27231 Dec 2024–––
18 Mar 2021£55.5854,005––––54,00554,00531 Dec 2025–––
23 Mar 2022£58.0044,414––––44,41444,41431 Dec 2026–––
22 Mar 2023£53.19–50,672–––50,67250,67231 Dec 2027–––
Alfredo Barrios
Bonus Deferral Awards18 Mar 2021£55.587,497––1,794(9,291)––1 Dec 20231 Dec 2023£55.57641,910
23 Mar 2022£58.006,466––––6,4666,4661 Dec 2024–––
22 Mar 2023£53.19–5,549–––5,5495,5491 Dec 2025–––
Performance Share Awards415 May 2018£42.3066,050––23,159(89,209)––31 Dec 202223 Feb 2023£59.226,568,228
18 Mar 2019£42.6757,011––––57,01157,01131 Dec 2023–––
16 Mar 2020£33.5853,236––––53,23653,23631 Dec 2024–––
18 Mar 2021£55.5854,652––––54,65254,65231 Dec 2025–––
23 Mar 2022£58.0043,707––––43,70743,70731 Dec 2026–––
22 Mar 2023£53.19–51,626–––51,62651,62631 Dec 2027–––
Peter Cunningham
Bonus Deferral Awards18 Mar 2021£55.581,402––335(1,737)––1 Dec 20231 Dec 2023£55.57120,008
23 Mar 2022£58.005,203––––5,2035,2031 Dec 2024–––
22 Mar 2023£53.19–5,827–––5,8275,8271 Dec 2025–––
Management Share Awards16 Mar 2020£33.583,713––838(4,551)––23 Feb 202323 Feb 2023£59.22335,078
18 Mar 2021£55.584,781––––4,7814,78122 Feb 2024–––
Performance Share Awards415 May 2018£42.307,229––2,534(9,763)––31 Dec 202223 Feb 2023£59.22718,824
18 Mar 2019£42.676,489––––6,4896,48931 Dec 2023–––
16 Mar 2020£33.587,426––––7,4267,42631 Dec 2024–––
18 Mar 2021£55.589,564––––9,5649,56431 Dec 2025–––
23 Mar 2022£58.0050,405––––50,40550,40531 Dec 2026–––
22 Mar 2023£53.19–55,134–––55,13455,13431 Dec 2027–––
Sinead Kaufman
Bonus Deferral Awards18 Mar 2021A$110.801,408––269(1,677)––1 Dec 20231 Dec 2023A$124.69138,932
23 Mar 2022A$113.684,711––––4,7114,7111 Dec 2024–––
22 Mar 2023A$115.45–4,278–––4,2784,2781 Dec 2025–––
Management Share Awards16 Mar 2020A$77.654,289––871(5,160)––23 Feb 202323 Feb 2023A$122.58420,249
Performance Share Awards415 May 2018A$83.616,322––2,002(8,324)––31 Dec 202223 Feb 2023A$122.58677,937
18 Mar 2019A$93.326,291––––6,2916,29131 Dec 2023–––
16 Mar 2020A$77.658,579––––8,5798,57931 Dec 2024–––
18 Mar 2021A$110.8041,207––––41,20741,20731 Dec 2025–––
23 Mar 2022A$113.6836,042––––36,04236,04231 Dec 2026–––
22 Mar 2023A$115.45–40,045–––40,04540,04531 Dec 2027–––
NameAward/grant dateMarket price at award1,21 January 2023AwardedLapsed/ cancelledDividend unitsVested31 December 20237 February 2024Vesting period concludesDate of releaseMarket price at releaseMarket value of awardat releaseUS$3
Jakob Stausholm
Bonus Deferral Awards18 Mar 2021£55.589,680––2,316(11,996)––1 Dec 20231 Dec 2023£55.57828,797
23 Mar 2022£58.0013,017––––13,01713,0171 Dec 2024–£––
22 Mar 2023£53.19–10,488–––10,48810,4881 Dec 2025–£––
Performance Share Awards410 Sep 2018£35.1629,886––10,008(39,894)––31 Dec 202223 Feb 2023£59.222,937,292
18 Mar 2019£42.6779,609––––79,60979,60931 Dec 2023–––
16 Mar 2020£33.5874,711––––74,71174,71131 Dec 2024–––
18 Mar 2021£55.58103,510––––103,510103,51031 Dec 2025–––
23 Mar 2022£58.0085,126––––85,12685,12631 Dec 2026–––
22 Mar 2023£53.19–93,114–––93,11493,11431 Dec 2027–––
Simon Trott
Bonus Deferral Awards18 Mar 2021£55.586,392––1,529(7,921)––1 Dec 20231 Dec 2023£55.57547,257
23 Mar 2022A$113.685,494––––5,4945,4941 Dec 2024–––
22 Mar 2023A$115.45–4,683–––4,6834,6831 Dec 2025–––
Performance Share Awards415 May 2018£42.3057,188––20,052(77,240)––31 Dec 202223 Feb 2023£59.225,686,981
18 Mar 2019£42.6750,598––––50,59850,59831 Dec 2023–––
16 Mar 2020£33.5852,838––––52,83852,83831 Dec 2024–––
18 Mar 2021£55.5849,571––––49,57149,57131 Dec 2025–––
23 Mar 2022A$113.6838,204––––38,20438,20431 Dec 2026–––
22 Mar 2023A$115.45–44,488–––44,48844,48831 Dec 2027–––
Ivan Vella5
Bonus Deferral Awards18 Mar 2021£55.581,525–(1,525)––––1 Dec 2023–––
23 Mar 2022£58.005,288–(5,288)––––1 Dec 2024–––
22 Mar 2023£53.19–4,261(4,261)––––1 Dec 2025–––
Management Share Awards16 Mar 2020A$77.651,931––392(2,323)––23 Feb 202323 Feb 2023A$122.58189,194
Performance Share Awards415 May 2018A$83.6113,376––4,237(17,613)––31 Dec 202223 Feb 2023A$122.581,434,467
18 Mar 2019A$93.328,570–(8,570)––––31 Dec 2023–––
16 Mar 2020A$77.653,862–(3,862)––––31 Dec 2024–––
18 Mar 2021£55.5851,025–(51,025)––––31 Dec 2025–––
23 Mar 2022£58.0041,731–(41,731)––––31 Dec 2026–––
22 Mar 2023£53.19–48,648(48,648)––––31 Dec 2027–––
  1. Awards denominated in pounds sterling were for Rio Tinto plc ordinary shares of 10 pence each and awards denominated in Australian dollars were for Rio Tinto Limited shares. All awards are

granted over ordinary shares.

  1. The weighted fair value per share of BDA and MSA granted in March 2023 was £52.85 and £52.80 respectively for Rio Tinto plc and A$114.28 and A$114.17 for Rio Tinto Limited and for PSA was

£28.41 for Rio Tinto plc and A$61.66 for Rio Tinto Limited. Conditional awards are awarded at no cost to the recipient and no amount remains unpaid on any shares awarded.

  1. The amount in US dollars has been converted at the rate of US$0.80432 = £1 and US$1.50509 = A$1, being the average exchange rates for 2023.

  2. For the PSA granted on 18 March 2019 with a performance period that concluded on 31 December 2023, 94.1% of the award vested.

  3. Ivan Vella ceased to be a KMP effective 23 October 2023 and his employment with Rio Tinto terminated on 15 November 2023. All unvested awards held were lapsed.

  4. The closing price at 31 December 2023 was £58.42 for Rio Tinto plc shares and was A$135.66 for Rio Tinto Limited shares. The high and low prices during 2023 of Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto

Limited shares were £64.06 and £45.09 and A$136.65 and A$102.51 respectively.

  1. As of 7 February 2024, the above members of the Executive Committee held 1,530,214 shares awarded and not vested under the LTIP and STIP deferral arrangements. No Executive Committee

member held any options.

Table 3a – Plan interests (award of shares under all-employee share arrangements)

myShare · UK Share Plan · Total activity in 2023
Planinterests at1 January20231 · Value of Matching shares awarded in year2(U$‘000) · Value of Matching sharesvested in year3 (U$‘000) · Value of Matching shares awarded in year2(U$‘000) · Value of Matching sharesvested in year3(U$‘000) · Value of Free shares awardedin year4(U$‘000) · Value of Free shares vested in year4(U$‘000) · Grants in year(U$‘000) · Vesting in year(U$‘000) · Planinterests at31 December20231
Bold Baatar388.5232246811357.6
Alfredo Barrios196.456000056205.4
Peter Cunningham300.523004669274.6
Sinead Kaufman158.746000046148.8
Jakob Stausholm388.5232246811357.6
Simon Trott50000000000.0
Ivan Vella152.9450000450.0
  1. All shares shown are Rio Tinto plc shares except in the case of Sinead Kaufman which are Rio Tinto Limited shares. Ivan Vella held a combination of Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited shares.

  2. myShare and UK Share Plan Matching share awards are granted on a quarterly basis (in January, April, July and October) throughout the year.

  3. The vesting of a Matching share is dependent on continued employment with Rio Tinto and the retention of the associated Investment share purchased by the participant for three years.

  4. UK Share Plan Free shares vest after three years.

  5. Simon Trott suspended participation in myShare effective October 2019, resulting in no activity during 2023.

  6. UK Share Plan awards shown above and the vested Matching shares under myShare are included, where relevant, in the executive’s share interests in table 2.

  7. The value of shares is rounded.

This Directors’ Remuneration report is delivered in accordance

with a resolution of the Board, and has been signed on behalf of

the Board by:

Sam Laidlaw

People & Remuneration Committee Chair

Additional statutory disclosure

The Directors present their report and audited consolidated financial

statements for the year ended 31 December 2023.

Scope of this report

For the purposes of UK company law and the

Australian Corporations Act 2001:

–The additional disclosures under the

heading ”Shareholder information” on pages

347-353 are hereby incorporated by

reference to, and form part of, this Directors’

report.

–The Strategic report on pages 1-89 provides

a comprehensive review of Rio Tinto’s

operations, its financial position and its

business strategies and prospects, and is

incorporated by reference into, and forms

part of, this Directors’ report.

–Certain items that would ordinarily need to

be included in this Directors’ report

(including an indication of likely future

developments in the business of the

company and the Group) have, as

permitted, instead been discussed in the

Strategic report, while details of the Group’s

policy on addressing financial risks and

details about financial instruments are

shown in note 24 to the Group financial

statements.

–Taken together, the Strategic report

and this Directors’ report are intended

to provide a fair, balanced and

understandable assessment of the

development and performance of the

Group’s business during the year and its

position at the end of the year; its strategy;

likely developments; and any principal or

emerging risks and uncertainties associated

with the Group’s business.

For the purposes of compliance with DTR

4.1.5R(2) and DTR 4.1.8R, the required

content of the “Management report” can be

found in the Strategic report or this Directors’

report, including the material incorporated by

reference.

A full report on Director and executive

remuneration and shareholdings can be found

in the Remuneration report on pages 113-145,

which, for the purposes of the Australian

Corporations Act 2001, forms part of this

Directors’ report.

Dual-listed structure and

constitutional documents

The dual-listed companies (DLC) structure of

Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited, and their

constitutional provisions and voting

arrangements – including restrictions that may

apply to the shares of either company under

specified circumstances – are described on

pages 347-348.

Operating and financial review

Rio Tinto’s principal activities during 2023

were mining minerals and metals throughout

the lifecycle from exploration, development,

mining and processing, marketing, and

repurposing and renewing our assets to create

a positive legacy.

Subsidiaries, joint operations, joint ventures

and associated undertakings, principally

affecting the profits or net assets of the Group

in the year, are listed in notes 30-32 to the

financial statements.

The following significant changes and events

affected the Group during 2023 and up to the

date of this report:

–In February 2023, we released our 2022

Climate Change Report, including our

Climate Action Plan, to the Australian

Securities Exchange.

–In February 2023, we announced changes

to the estimates of Mineral Reserves at

Rio Tinto Kennecott copper operations’

Bingham Canyon deposit in Utah; Mineral

Resources at Winu copper project in

Western Australia; Mineral Resources at

QIT Madagascar Minerals’ Petriky mineral

sands deposit in Madagascar; and Mineral

Reserves at Richards Bay’s Minerals Zulti

South mineral sands deposit in

South Africa.

–In March 2023, we resolved a previously

self-disclosed investigation by the U.S.

Security Exchange Commission (SEC) into

certain contractual payments made to a

former consultant in 2011, relating to the

Simandou project in the Republic of Guinea.

Without admitting to or denying the SEC's

findings, Rio Tinto paid a $15 million civil

penalty for violations of the books and

records and internal controls provisions of

the USForeign Corrupt Practices Act. This

payment did not have a significant effect on

Rio Tinto's financial position or profitability.

–In March 2023, we priced US$650 million of

ten-year fixed rate SEC-registered debt

securities and US$1.1 billion of 30-year

fixed rate SEC-registered debt securities.

The bonds were issued by Rio Tinto

Finance (USA) plc and are fully and

unconditionally guaranteed by Rio Tinto plc

and Rio Tinto Limited. The ten-year notes

will pay a coupon of 5.000% and will mature

on 9 March 2033 and the 30-year notes will

pay a coupon of 5.125% and will mature on

9 March 2053.

–In March 2023, we announced the

appointment of Dean Dalla Valle and

Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz to the Board as

Non-Executive Directors. Mr Dalla Valle and

Ms Lloyd-Hurwitz, both Australian citizens,

joined the Board on 1 June 2023.

–In March 2023, we announced that we and

First Quantum Minerals entered into an

agreement to form a joint venture that

will work to unlock the development of

the La Granja copper project in Peru.

The transaction was expected to be

completed by Q3 of 2023.

–In April 2023, we announced we supported

Energy Resources of Australia Ltd's (ERA)

plans for an Interim Entitlement Offer (IEO),

which seeks to raise up to A$369 million to

address funding requirements for the

Ranger Rehabilitation Project in Australia's

Northern Territory to the end of Q2 2024.

Rio Tinto, which owns 86.3% of ERA's

shares, pre-committed to subscribe for its

full entitlements under the terms of the IEO,

at a cost of A$319 million.

–In May 2023, we announced that we had

published our report on payments to

governments made by Rio Tinto plc and its

subsidiary undertakings for the year ended

31 December 2022, as required under the

UK’s Report on Payments to Governments

Regulations 2014 (as amended in

December 2015), and it had been filed at

Companies House. We paid US$10.8 billion

of taxes and royalties and a further

US$1.6 billion on behalf of our employees

during 2022.

–In June 2023, we announced we will invest

$1.1 billion to expand our state-of-the-art

AP60 aluminium smelter equipped with low-

carbon technology at Complexe Jonquière

in Canada. The total investment includes up

to $113 million of financial support from the

Quebec government. This expansion, which

will coincide with the gradual closure of

potrooms at the Arvida smelter on the same

site, will enable Rio Tinto to continue to

meet customers’ demands for low-carbon,

high-quality aluminium for use in

transportation, construction, electrical

and consumer goods.

–In June 2023, we announced that we had

an approved investment of $498 million to

deliver underground development and

infrastructure for an area known as the

North Rim Skarn at our Kennecott operation

in Utah. Production will commence in 2024

and is expected to ramp up over two years,

to deliver around 250 thousand tonnes 1 of

additional mined copper over the next ten

years alongside open cut operations. This

investment will strengthen the supply of

copper in the US by increasing production

from underground mining and improving the

health of key assets.

  1. The production target of around 250 thousand tonnes of additional mined copper over the next ten years (2023 to 2033) at Kennecott was previously reported in a release to the Australian

Securities Exchange (ASX) dated 20 June 2023 titled “Rio Tinto invests to strengthen copper supply in US”. Rio Tinto confirms that all material assumptions underpinning that production target

–In July 2023, we announced that we

had entered into an agreement with

Giampaolo Group to form a joint venture to

manufacture and market recycled

aluminium products with Rio Tinto acquiring

a 50% equity stake in Matalco business for

$700 million 1.

–In July 2023, we hosted an investor visit to

the Oyu Tolgoi copper mine in Mongolia, set

to be the world’s fourth largest mine

by 2030.

–In August 2023, we announced that we and

the Simfer joint venture had reached an

important milestone by concluding key

agreements with the Republic of Guinea

and Winning Consortium Simandou on the

trans-Guinean infrastructure for the world

class Simandou iron ore project.

–In August 2023, we announced that we and

First Quantum Minerals completed the

transaction to form a joint venture that will

work to unlock the development of the La

Granja project in Peru, one of the largest

undeveloped copper deposits in the world.

First Quantum acquired a 55% stake in the

project for $105 million, and committed to

further invest up to $546 million into the joint

venture to solely fund capital and

operational costs to take the project through

a feasibility study and toward development.

–In October 2023, we hosted an investor tour

to our Pilbara iron ore operations in Western

Australia. We showcased our world class

ports, autonomous rail network and 17

mines, including our newest mine Gudai-

Darri, and the Rhodes Ridge project, one of

the world’s largest and highest quality

undeveloped iron ore deposits.

–In October 2023, we announced the

appointment of Joc O’Rourke to the Board

as Non-Executive Director. Mr O’Rourke, a

dual Canadian/Australian national, joined

the Board on 25 October 2023.

–In November 2023, we reached a court

approved settlement with SEC related to the

disclosure of the impairment of Rio Tinto

Coal Mozambique reflected in the 2012

year-end accounts.

–In December 2023, we announced completion

of the Matalco joint venture, combining the

strengths of North America's largest primary

and secondary aluminium producers to meet

the growing demand from manufacturers for

low carbon materials. Following the receipt of

all regulatory approvals, Rio Tinto has

acquired a 50% equity stake in the Matalco

business from Giampaolo Group for $738

million.

–In December 2023, we provided an update

on the Simandou project, which is being

progressed through the Simfer joint venture

in partnership with Chalco Iron Ore

Holdings (CIOH), a Chinalco-led consortium

and the Republic of Guinea. First production

from the Simfer mine is expected in 2025,

ramping up over three months to an

annualised capacity of 60 million tonnes

per year.2

–In December 2023, we hosted an investor

seminar in Sydney where we gave an

update on progress in our long-term

strategy of investing. Executives also

outlined the progress that was made in

2023, which has been a pivotal year in the

Group’s copper production.

–In December 2023, Megan Clark stepped

down as Non-Executive Director.

–In December 2023, Martina Merz and

Sharon Thorne were appointed as Non-

Executive Directors. Martina Merz joined

the Board on 1 February 2024 and Sharon

Thorne will join on 1 July 2024.

–In December 2023 we published our

Country by Country Report for 2022,

supplementing the comprehensive

disclosures in our 2022 Taxes and Royalties

Paid Report to disclose associated financial

information on a country by country basis

for all countries where we had a taxable

presence in 2022.

For more information visit riotinto.com/invest.

In 2023 and 2022, the Group did not receive

any public takeover offers from third parties in

respect of Rio Tinto plc shares or Rio Tinto

Limited shares. In 2022, Rio Tinto made, had

accepted and completed a takeover offer for

all of the remaining shares of Turquoise Hill

Resources (TRQ) that we did not own.

Details of events that took place after the

balance sheet date are further described in

note 39 to the financial statements.

Risk identification, assessment

and management

The Group’s risk factors are listed on pages

81-88. The Group’s approach to risk

management is discussed on pages 79-80.

Share capital

Details of the Group’s share capital as at

31 December 2023 are described in note 34 to

the financial statements. Details of the rights

and obligations attached to each class of

shares are covered on pages 347-348, under

the heading “Voting arrangements”.

Details of certain restrictions on holding

shares in Rio Tinto and certain consequences

triggered by a change of control are described

on page 348 under the heading “Limitations on

ownership of shares and merger obligations”.

There are no other restrictions on the transfer

of ordinary Rio Tinto shares, save for:

–Restrictions that may from time to time be

imposed by laws, regulations or Rio Tinto

policy (for example, relating to market

abuse, insider dealing, share trading or an

Australian foreign investment).

–Restrictions on the transfer of shares that may

be imposed following a failure to supply

information required to be disclosed, or where

registration of the transfer may breach a court

order or a law, or in relation to unmarketable

parcels of shares.

–Restrictions on the transfer of shares held

under certain employee share plans while

they remain subject to the plan.

At the AGMs held in 2023, shareholders

authorised:

–The on-market purchase by Rio Tinto plc or

Rio Tinto Limited or its subsidiaries of up to

125,083,217 Rio Tinto plc shares

(representing approximately 10% of

Rio Tinto plc’s issued share capital,

excluding Rio Tinto plc shares held in

Treasury at that time).

–The off-market purchase by Rio Tinto plc of

up to 125,083,217 Rio Tinto plc shares

acquired by Rio Tinto Limited or its

subsidiaries under the above authority.

–The off-market and/or on-market

buy-back by Rio Tinto Limited of up

to 55.6 million Rio Tinto Limited shares

(representing approximately 15% of

Rio Tinto Limited’s issued share capital

at that time).

Substantial shareholders

Details of substantial shareholders are

included on page 349.

Dividends

Details of dividends paid and declared for

payment, together with the company’s

shareholder returns policy, can be found on

page 29.

Directors and executives

The names of Directors and their periods of

appointment are listed on pages 92-93,

together with details of each Director’s

qualifications, experience and responsibilities,

and current directorships.

There are no family relationships between any

of our Directors or executives. None of our

Directors or Executive Committee members

are elected or appointed under any

arrangement or understanding with any major

shareholder, customer, supplier or otherwise.

A table of Directors’ attendance at Board

and committee meetings during 2023 is on

Previous listed directorships

Details of each Director’s previous

directorships of other listed companies (where

relevant) held in the past three years are set

out below:

Martina Merz: thyssenkrupp AG (February

2019-June 2023)

Directors’ and executives’ beneficial interests

A table of Directors’ and executives’ beneficial

interests in Rio Tinto shares is on page 142.

Secretaries

Andy Hodges is Group Company Secretary

and Company Secretary of Rio Tinto plc. Tim

Paine is the Company Secretary of Rio Tinto

Limited. Andy’s and Tim’s qualifications and

experience are described on page 93.

  1. This figure is subject to closing adjustments.

  2. The estimated annualised capacity of approximately 60 million dry tonnes per annum iron ore for the Simandou life of mine schedule was previously reported in a release to the Australian

Indemnities and insurance

The Articles of Association of Rio Tinto plc and

the Constitution of Rio Tinto Limited provide

for them to indemnify, to the extent permitted

by law, Directors and officers of the

companies, including officers of certain

subsidiaries, against liabilities arising from

the conduct of the Group’s business. The

Directors, Group Company Secretary and

Company Secretary of Rio Tinto Limited,

together with employees serving as Directors

of eligible subsidiaries at the Group’s request,

have also received similar direct indemnities.

Former Directors also received indemnities for

the period in which they were Directors. These

are qualifying third-party indemnity provisions

for the purposes of the UKCompanies Act

2006, in force during the financial year ended

31 December 2023 and up to the date of this

report. During 2023, Rio Tinto paid legal costs

under the terms of those indemnities for

certain former Directors and officers totalling

$1,878,654.

Qualifying pension scheme indemnity

provisions (as defined by section 235 of the

UK Companies Act 2006 and other applicable

legal jurisdictions) were in force during the

course of the financial year ended 31

December 2023 and up to the date of this

Directors’ report, for the benefit of trustees of

the Rio Tinto Group pension and

superannuation funds across various

jurisdictions. No amount has been paid under

any of these indemnities during the year.

The Group has agreed to pay a premium for

Directors’ and officers’ insurance. Disclosure

of the nature of the liability covered by the

insurance and premium paid is subject to

confidentiality requirements under the contract

of insurance.

Labour relations

We also work together with our employees

and their unions, and we seek constructive

dialogue and fair solutions while maintaining

the competitiveness of our managed

operations. In 2023, we had no union

industrial actions.

Employment of people with a disability

We acknowledge the systemic barriers

facing people with disabilities in attaining

meaningful employment. We further

acknowledge the efforts necessary to

fully support people with disabilities and

we seek to implement the accommodations

they need to fulfil their role, or an alternative

role if required.

Our Inclusion and Diversity Policy sets out our

expectations around the behaviours needed

for an inclusive and diverse workplace, where

we embrace different perspectives, valuing

diversity as a strength.

Our Employment Policy outlines how we

are committed to preventing discrimination

and that we employ on the basis of job

requirements and do not discriminate on

grounds of disability or any other protected

characteristic. It also explains how we ensure

our people are trained to perform their roles.

More information can be found atriotinto.com/

policies.

We remain a member of the IncludeAbility

Employer Network, which was set up by the

Australian Human Rights Commission and

aims to increase access to meaningful

employment opportunities for people

with a disability. We will continue to seek ways

to improve how we provide meaningful

opportunities for people with a disability

and are also working to reduce these

barriers as part of our response to the

recommendations in the Everyday

Respect Report.

Engagement with UK employees

Our statement on engagement with UK

employees is on page 96-97.

Engagement with suppliers, customers

and others in a business relationship with

the company

Our statement on engagement with suppliers,

customers and others in a business

relationship with the company is on

page 98-99.

Waived dividends

The number of shares on which Rio Tinto plc

dividends are based excludes those held as

treasury shares and those held by employee

share trusts that waived the right to dividends.

Employee share trusts waived dividends on

110,774 Rio Tinto plc ordinary shares and

31,831 American depository receipts (ADRs)

for the 2022 final dividend, and on 99,016

Rio Tinto plc ordinary shares and 35,066

ADRs for the 2023 interim dividend. (2021: on

194,321 Rio Tinto plc ordinary shares and

30,162 ADRs for the 2021 final dividend and

on 111,443 Rio Tinto plc ordinary shares and

35,132 ADRs for the 2023 interim dividend;

2021: on 101,752 Rio Tinto plc ordinary

shares and 27,873 ADRs for the 2020 final

dividend and on 91,008 Rio Tinto plc ordinary

shares and 27,501 ADRs for the 2021 interim

dividend). In 2023, 2022 and 2021, no

Rio Tinto Limited shares were held by

Rio Tinto plc.

The number of shares on which Rio Tinto

Limited dividends are based, excludes those

held by shareholders who have waived the

rights to dividends. Employee share trusts

waived dividends on 35,010 Rio Tinto Limited

ordinary shares for the 2022 final dividend and

on 34,607 shares for the 2023 interim dividend

(2022: on 36,517 shares for the 2021 final

dividend and 31,368 shares for the 2022

interim dividend; 2021: on 45,250 shares for

the 2020 final dividend and 33,531 shares for

the 2021 interim dividend).

Purchases

Rio Tinto plc shares of 10p each and Rio Tinto plc American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)

Total number of shares purchased1Average price pershare US$2Total number of shares purchased to satisfy company dividend reinvestment plansTotal number of shares purchased to satisfy employee share plansTotal number of shares purchased as part of publicly announced plans or programs3Maximum number of shares that may be purchased under plans or programs
1 to 31 Jan–––––124,921,5735
1 to 28 Feb–––––124,921,5735
1 to 31 Mar–––––124,921,5735
1 to 30 Apr586,66267.61393,248193,414–125,083,2176
1 to 31 May56,34861.77–56,348–125,083,2176
1 to 30 Jun–––––125,083,2176
1 to 31 Jul–––––125,083,2176
1 to 31 Aug–––––125,083,2176
1 to 30 Sep503,07963.37342,910160,169–125,083,2176
1 to 31 Oct28,99161.54–28,991–125,083,2176
1 to 30 Nov–––––125,083,2176
1 to 31 Dec–––––125,083,2176
Total1,175,080465.36736,158438,922––
1 to 31 Jan–––––125,083,2176
1 to 07 Feb–––––125,083,2176

Rio Tinto Limited shares

Total number of shares purchased1Average price pershare $2Total number of shares purchased to satisfy company dividend reinvestment plansTotal number of shares purchased to satisfy employee share plans7Total number of shares purchased as part of publicly announced plans or programs3Maximum number of shares that may be purchased under plans or programs
1 to 31 Jan–––––55,600,0008
1 to 28 Feb–––––55,600,0008
1 to 31 Mar–––––55,600,0008
1 to 30 Apr733,79777.39572,918160,879–55,600,0008
1 to 31 May41,02171.54–41,021–55,600,0009
1 to 30 Jun–––––55,600,0009
1 to 31 Jul–––––55,600,0009
1 to 31 Aug–––––55,600,0009
1 to 30 Sep595,22373.31459,671135,552–55,600,0009
1 to 31 Oct167,04371.79–167,043–55,600,0009
1 to 30 Nov–––––55,600,0009
1 to 31 Dec705,35190.06–705,351–55,600,0009
Total2,242,43679.771,032,5891,209,847––
1 to 31 Jan–––––55,600,0009
1 to 07 Feb–––––55,600,0009
  1. Monthly totals of purchases are based on the settlement date.

  2. The shares were purchased in the currency of the stock exchange on which the purchases took place and the sale price has been converted into US dollars at the exchange rate on the date

of settlement.

  1. Shares purchased in connection with the dividend reinvestment plans and employee share plans are not deemed to form any part of any publicly announced plan or program.

  2. This figure represents 0.0936% of Rio Tinto plc issued share capital at 31 December 2023.

  3. At the Rio Tinto plc AGM held in 2022, shareholders authorised the on-market purchase by Rio Tinto plc, and Rio Tinto Limited and its subsidiaries of up to 124,921,573 Rio Tinto plc shares.

This authorisation expired at the 2023 AGM on 6 April 2023.

  1. At the Rio Tinto plc AGM held in 2023, shareholders authorised the on-market purchase by Rio Tinto plc, and Rio Tinto Limited and its subsidiaries of up to 125,083,217 Rio Tinto plc shares.

This authorisation will expire on the later of 5 July 2024 or the date of the 2024 AGM.

  1. The average price of shares purchased on-market by the trustee of Rio Tinto Limited’s employee share trust during 2023 was $82.77.

  2. At the Rio Tinto Limited AGM held in 2022, shareholders authorised the off-market and/or on-market buy-back of up to 55.6 million Rio Tinto Limited shares.

  3. At the Rio Tinto Limited AGM held in 2023, shareholders authorised the off-market and/or on-market buy-back of up to 55.6 million Rio Tinto Limited shares.

Political donations

Rio Tinto prohibits the use of its funds to support

political candidates or parties. No donations were

made by the Group to parties or political

candidates during the year. At Rio Tinto, we

respect every country’s political process and do

not get involved in political matters, nor do we

make any type of payments to political parties or

political candidates. In the US, in accordance

with the Federal Election Campaign Act, we

provide administrative support for the Rio Tinto

America Political Action Committee (PAC), which

was created in 1990 and encourages voluntary

employee participation in the political process. All

Rio Tinto America PAC employee contributions

are reviewed for compliance with federal and

state laws and are publicly reported in

accordance with US election laws. The PAC is

controlled by neither Rio Tinto nor any of its

subsidiaries, but instead by a governing board of

five employee members on a voluntary basis. In

2023, contributions to Rio Tinto America PAC by

12 employees amounted to $10,425 and

Rio Tinto America PAC donated $17,500 in

political contributions in 2023.

Government regulations

Our operations around the world are subject to

extensive laws and regulations imposed

by local, state, provincial and federal

governments. In addition to these laws,

several of our operations are governed by

specific agreements made with governments,

some of which are enshrined in legislation.

The geographic and product diversity of our

operations reduces the likelihood of any single

law or government regulation having a material

effect on the Group’s business as a whole.

Environmental regulations

Rio Tinto is subject to various environmental

laws and regulations in the countries where it

has operations. We measure our performance

against environmental regulation by tracking

and rating incidents according to their actual

environmental and compliance impacts using

five severity categories (very low, low,

moderate, high or very high). Incidents with a

consequence rating of high or very high are of

a severity that requires notification to the

relevant product group head and the Rio Tinto

Chief Executive immediately after the incident

occurring. In 2023, there wereone

environmental incidents at managed

operations with a high impact.

During 2023, eight managed operations

incurred fines amounting to $986,968 (2022:

$109,782). Details of these fines are reported

in the Our approach to ESG section on

page 63.

Australian corporations that exceed specific

greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions or energy

use thresholds have obligations under the

Australian The National Greenhouse and

Energy Reporting Act 2007 (NGER). All

Rio Tinto entities covered under this Act have

submitted their annual NGER reports by the

required 31 October 2023 deadline.

Further information on the Group’s environmental

performance is included in the Our approach to

ESG section on pages 44-58, and atriotinto.com/

sustainabilityreporting.

Energy efficiency action

Details of the measures taken to increase the

company’s energy efficiency are reported on

pages 45-58.

Energy consumption 1, 2, 3

Energy consumption in GWh202320225
From activities including the combustion of fuel and the operation of facilities85,46384,619
From the net purchase of electricity, heat, steam or cooling27,42125,065
Total energy consumed4112,884109,684
  1. Rio Tinto does not report on the proportion of energy

consumption associated with the UK and offshore area

since it has no producing assets in the UK, only offices,

and consequently falls below Rio Tinto’s threshold level of

reporting.

  1. Our approach and methodology used for the determination

of measuring energy consumption is available at

riotinto.com.

  1. Data reported is 100% managed basis, without adjustment

for equity interest. Includes total energy less export to

others..

  1. Rio Tinto exports electricity and steam to others and

exports are netted from our purchases.

  1. Numbers restated from those originally published to

ensure comparability over time.

Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions

(in million tonnes CO 2 e)6, 7, 8

2023202213
Scope 1923.322.7
Scope 2109.39.6
Net GHG emissions1132.632.314
Operational emissions intensity (tCO2e/t Cu-eq)(equity)126.87.0
  1. Rio Tinto’s GHG emissions for our operations (RT share:

equity basis) are reported in accordance with the

requirements under Part 7 of the UK Companies Act 2006

(Strategic report and Directors’ report) Regulations 2013.

This GHG data represents Scope 1 and market-based

Scope 2 data on equity basis. Our approach and

methodology used for the determination of these

emissions are available at riotinto.com.

  1. Rio Tinto’s GHG emissions inventory is based on

definitions provided by The World Resource Institute/World

Business Council for Sustainable Development

Greenhouse Gas Protocol: A Carbon Reporting and

Accounting Standard (Revised Edition) (2015).

  1. Rio Tinto does not report on the proportion of CO 2

emissions associated with the UK and offshore area since

it has no producing assets in the UK, only offices, and

consequently falls below Rio Tinto’s threshold level

of reporting.

  1. Scope 1 GHG emissions are direct GHG emissions from

facilities fully or partially owned or controlled by Rio Tinto

(equity share basis). They include fuel use, on-site

electricity generation, anode and reductant use, process

emissions, land management and livestock.

  1. In 2023, Rio Tinto reviewed all Scope 2 emissions sources

and transitioned to a dual Scope 2 reporting method.

Location-based method reflects the emissions grid

intensity of the location which the operation is located and

includes the percentage of renewables that make up the

total unadjusted grid intensity. Market-based method

counts commercial decisions to purchase the unique rights

to renewable energy as zero emissions and applies a

residual mix factor (or similar) to the remaining MWh

purchased. The residual mix factor is typically equivalent to

the grid intensity with renewable attributes that have been

sold removed from the factor. Scope 2 GHG emissions are

GHG emissions from the electricity, heat or steam brought

in from third parties (indirect emissions). Scope 2 emission

factors are consistent with the Australian National

Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Measurement

Determination 2008 for Australian operations location-

based reporting. For non-Australian operations, where

possible, factors are sourced from public grid level data or

electricity retailers. Scope 2 emissions are presented on

equity share basis, for market-based reporting Scope 2

includes the use of renewable electricity certificates.

  1. Total emissions are the sum of Scope 1 and Scope 2

emissions. These emissions exclude indirect emissions

associated with transportation and use of our products

reported under Scope 3 emissions atriotinto.com.

  1. Historical information for copper equivalent intensity has

been restated in line with the 2023 review of commodity

pricing to allow comparability over time.

  1. Numbers restated from those originally published to

ensure comparability over time using market-based

method for Scope 2 reporting.

  1. Actual 2022 emissions. To evaluate our progress against our

targets, we also disclose adjusted 2022 Scope 1 and 2

emissions on a baseline equivalent basis of 32.7Mt CO 2 e.

Exploration, research and development

The Group carries out exploration, research

and development as described in the product

group pages on pages 32-39. Exploration and

evaluation costs, net of any gains and losses

on disposal, generated a net loss before tax of

$1,230 million (2022: $896 million). Research

and development costs were $245 million

(2022: $76 million).

Financial instruments

Details of the Group’s financial risk

management objectives and policies, and

exposure to risk, are described in note 24 to

the financial statements.

Dealing in Rio Tinto securities

Rio Tinto securities dealing policy restricts

dealing in Rio Tinto securities by Directors and

employees who may be in possession of

inside information. These individuals must

seek clearance before any proposed dealing

takes place.

Our policy also prohibits such persons from

engaging in hedging or other arrangements

that limit the economic risk in connection to

Rio Tinto securities issued, or otherwise

allocated, as remuneration that are either

unvested, or that have vested but remain

subject to a holding period. We also impose

restrictions on a broader group of employees,

requiring them to seek clearance before

engaging in similar arrangements over any

Rio Tinto securities.

Financial reporting

The Directors are required to prepare financial

statements for each financial period that give a

true and fair view of the state of the Group at

the end of the financial period, together with

profit or loss and cash flows for that period.

This includes preparing financial statements in

accordance with UK-adopted international

accounting standards, applicable UK law

(Companies Act 2006), Australian law

(Corporations Act 2001) as amended by the

ASIC class order and preparing a

Remuneration report that includes the

information required by Regulation 11,

Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-sized

Companies and Groups (Accounts and

Reports) Regulations 2008(as amended) and

the Australian Corporations Act 2001.

In addition, the UK Corporate Governance

Code recommends that the Board provide a

fair, balanced and understandable assessment

of the company’s position and prospects in its

external reporting.

Rio Tinto’s management conducts extensive

review and challenge in support of the Board’s

obligations, aiming to strike a balance

between positive and negative statements and

provide good linkages throughout this Form

20-F.

The Directors were responsible for the

preparation and approval of the Annual Report

for the year ended 31 December 2023. They

consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole,

to be fair, balanced and understandable, and

that it provides the information necessary for

shareholders to assess the Group’s position,

performance, business model and strategy.

The Directors are responsible for maintaining

proper accounting records, in accordance with

UK and Australian legislation. They have a

general responsibility to safeguard the assets

of the Group, and to prevent and detect fraud

and other irregularities. The Directors are also

responsible for ensuring that appropriate

systems are in place to maintain and preserve

the integrity of the Group’s website.

Legislation in the UK governing the

preparation and dissemination of financial

statements may differ from current and future

legislation in other jurisdictions. The work

carried out by the Group’s external auditors

does not take into account such legislation

and, accordingly, the external auditors accept

no responsibility for any changes to the

financial statements after they are made

available on the Group’s website.

The Directors, senior executives, senior

financial managers and other members of staff

who are required to exercise judgement while

preparing the Group’s financial statements,

are required to conduct themselves with

integrity and honesty, and in accordance with

the highest ethical standards, as are all Group

employees.

The Directors consider that the 2023 Annual

Report presents a true and fair view and has

been prepared in accordance with applicable

accounting standards, using the most

appropriate accounting policies for Rio Tinto’s

business, and supported by reasonable

judgements and estimates. The accounting

policies have been consistently applied as

described on pages 158-167, and Directors

have received a written statement from the

Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer

to this effect. In accordance with the internal

control requirements of the Code and the ASX

Principles, this written statement confirms that

the declarations in the statement are founded

on a sound system of risk management and

internal controls, and that the system is

operating effectively in all material respects in

relation to financial reporting risks.

Disclosure controls and procedures

The Group maintains disclosure controls and

procedures, as defined in USSecurities

Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act) Rule

13a-15(e). Management, with the participation

of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial

Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the

Group’s disclosure controls and procedures in

relation to US Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(b),

as of the end of the period covered by this

report, and has concluded that the Group’s

disclosure controls and procedures were

effective at a reasonable assurance level.

Management’s report on internal control over

financial reporting

Management is responsible for establishing

and maintaining adequate internal controls

over financial reporting. These controls,

designed under the supervision of the Chief

Executive and Chief Financial Officer, provide

reasonable assurance regarding the reliability

of the Group’s financial reporting and the

preparation and presentation of financial

statements for external reporting purposes, in

accordance with International Financial

Reporting Standards (IFRS) as defined on

page 158.

The Group’s internal controls over financial

reporting include policies and procedures

designed to ensure the maintenance of

records that:

–accurately and fairly reflect transactions and

dispositions of assets,

–provide reasonable assurances that

transactions are recorded as necessary,

enabling the preparation of financial

statements in accordance with IFRS, and

that receipts and expenditures are made

with the authorisation of management and

Directors of each of the companies, and

–provide reasonable assurance regarding the

prevention or timely detection of

unauthorised acquisition, use or disposition

of the Group’s assets that could have a

material effect on its financial statements.

Due to inherent limitations, internal controls

over financial reporting cannot provide

absolute assurance. Similarly, these controls

may not prevent or detect all misstatements,

whether caused by error or fraud, within each

of Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited.

There were no changes to internal controls

over financial reporting during the relevant

period that have materially affected, or were

reasonably likely to materially affect, the

internal control over financial reporting of

Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited.

Management’s evaluation of the effectiveness

of the company’s internal controls over

financial reporting was based on criteria

established in the Internal Control-Integrated

Framework (2013), issued by the Committee

of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway

Commission. Following this evaluation,

management concluded that our internal

controls over financial reporting were effective

as at 31 December 2023.

Non-audit services and auditor independence

Details of the non-audit services and a

statement of independence regarding the

provision of non-audit services undertaken by

our external auditor, including the amounts

paid for non-audit services, are set out on

pages 109-110 of the Directors’ report.

Going concern

The Directors, having made appropriate

enquiries, have satisfied themselves that it is

appropriate to adopt the going concern basis

of accounting in preparing the financial

statements. Additionally, the Directors have

considered longer-term viability, as described

in their statement on page 80.

2024 annual general meetings

The 2024 AGMs will be held on 4 April in

London, UK and 2 May in Brisbane, Australia.

Separate notices of the 2024 AGMs will be

produced for the shareholders of

each company.

The Directors’ report is delivered in

accordance with a resolution of the Board.

Chair

Compliance with governance codes and standards

Application of and compliance with

governance codes and standards

This section sets out our compliance with the

applicable governance codes and standards.

As our shares are listed on both the Australian

Securities Exchange (ASX) and the London

Stock Exchange (LSE), we set out how we

have complied with the codes and standards

of those bodies on the following pages:

London Stock Exchange –UK Corporate

Governance Code (2018 version) (the UK

Code), see pages 152-154.

Australian Securities Exchange –ASX

Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate

Governance Principles and Recommendations

(4th edition) (the ASX Principles), see pages

154-156.

In addition, as explained below, as a foreign

private issuer (FPI) with American depositary

receipts (ADRs) listed on the New York Stock

Exchange (NYSE), we need to report any

significant corporate governance differences

from the NYSE listing standards (NYSE

Standards) followed by US companies.

Statement of compliance with the UK

Code and ASX Principles

Throughout 2023 and as at the date of this

report, the Group has complied with all the

Principles of the UK Code and the ASX

Principles, and all the relevant provisions.

The UK Code is available at frc.org.uk, and

the ASX Principles at asx.com.au. For the

purposes of ASX Listing Rule 4.10.3 and the

ASX Principles, pages 91-112 of this report

form our “Corporate Governance Statement”.

This statement is current as at 21 February

2024, unless otherwise indicated, and has

been approved by the Board. Corporate

governance documents and policies

referenced can be found on our website at

Difference from NYSE Standards

We have reviewed the NYSE Standards and

consider that our practices are broadly

consistent with them, with the following

exceptions where the literal requirements of

the NYSE Standards are not met due to

differences in corporate governance between

the US, UK and Australia:

–The NYSE Standards state that US

companies must have a nominating/

corporate governance committee which,

in addition to identifying individuals qualified

to become board members, develops and

recommends to the

Board a set of corporate governance

principles applicable to the company.

Our Nominations Committee does not

develop corporate governance principles for

the Board’s approval. The Board

itself develops such principles.

–Under US securities law and the NYSE

Standards, the company is required

to have an audit committee that is

directly responsible for the appointment,

compensation, retention and oversight of the

work of external auditors. While our Audit &

Risk Committee makes recommendations to

the Board on these matters, and is subject to

legal and regulatory requirements on oversight

of audit tenders, the ultimate responsibility for

the appointment and retention of the external

auditors of Rio Tinto rests with

the shareholders.

–Under US securities law and the NYSE

Standards, an audit committee is required to

establish procedures for the receipt, retentionand

treatment of complaints regarding accounting,

internal accounting controls andaudit matters.

The whistleblowing program(myVoice)

enables employees to raise any concerns

confidentially or anonymously. The Board

has responsibility to ensure that the

program is in place and to review the

reports arising from its operations.

The UK Code

Board leadership and company

purpose

A. Making the Board effective

Our Board provides effective and

entrepreneurial leadership. It is collectively

responsible for the stewardship and long-term

success of the Group. There is a framework of

prudent and effective controls that enable risk

to be assessed and managed. In the Our

approach to ESG section on pages 40-77 we

set out how we assess our impact on wider

society. See page 102 for the key activities

undertaken by the Board during the year and

the factors that were considered when making

decisions.

B. The company’s purpose, values and

strategy, and alignment with culture

Through our Code of Conduct –The Way We

Work, the Board sets the company’s purpose,

values, and standards for the Group’s employees.

Our values are set out on page 8. The Board is

committed to acting in accordance with these

values, championing and embedding these in the

organisation. The Board also seeks to ensure that

the culture of the company is aligned with these

values and standards.

C. Company performance and

risk management

The Board leads the development of long-term

investment plans for the company. It aims to

make good quality decisions at the right time, to

achieve the company’s objectives, in alignment

with our purpose, values and strategy. The role of

the Board in establishing and monitoring the

internal control environment is set out in the Audit

& Risk Committee report on pages 107-110. The

way in which the company manages risk is set

out on pages 78-88. For information on the

delegation of business to management, please

refer to pages 94-95.

The formal schedule of matters reserved

for the Board’s decision, available at

riotinto.com/corporategovernance, covers

areas including: setting the Group’s purpose

and strategic vision;

monitoring performance of the delivery of the

approved strategy; approving major

investments, acquisitions and divestments; the

oversight of risk and the setting of the Group’s

risk appetite; and reviewing the Group’s

governance framework.

D. Stakeholder engagement

The Chair undertakes regular engagement with

our major shareholders, in addition to that carried

out by the Chief Executive, the Chief Financial

Officer and the investor relations team. The

committee Chairs also engage with their relevant

stakeholders on any significant matters and

details of any engagement are provided in the

committee reports. We have mapped our key

stakeholders and continually work to understand

their views, and we take account of our

responsibilities to our stakeholders when making

business decisions. We explain more about this

in our section 172(1) statement, set out on pages

96-100. We also discuss stakeholders in the

Strategic report on pages 12-13 and in

Our approach to ESG in this report.

Simon McKeon is the designated Non-Executive

Director for workforce engagement. An overview

of workforce engagement during 2023 is set out

on pages 96-97.

At Rio Tinto plc’s AGM on 6 April 2023,

Resolution 21 (“Authority to purchase

Rio Tinto plc shares”) was passed with less

than 80% of votes in favour, and Shining

Prospect (a subsidiary of the Aluminium

Corporation of China (Chinalco)) voted

against. Chinalco has not sold any Rio Tinto

plc shares and now has a holding of over

14%, given its non-participation in Rio Tinto’s

significant share buyback programs. This

places Chinalco close to the 14.99% holding

threshold agreed with the Australian

Government at the time of Chinalco’s original

investment in 2008.

E. Our workforce policies and practices

Group workforce policies are approved by the

Board. All the policies relating to our workforce take

account of the global nature of our company. Our

whistleblowing process is overseen by the Board.

Every member of the workforce has access to the

whistleblower program (myVoice); details of this

program are on page 77.

Division of responsibilities

F. The role of the Chair

The Chair leads the Board and is responsible

for its overall effectiveness. He was

independent on the date of his appointment

and we consider he remains independent

for the purposes of the Code. The Chair

recognises the importance of creating a

boardroom culture that encourages openness

and debate and ensures constructive relations

between executive and Non-Executive

Directors.

The Chair is responsible for the management

of the Board and its committees, Director

performance, induction, training and

development, succession planning, engagement

with external stakeholders, and attendance by

the Board at shareholder meetings.

The Chair is supported by the Senior

Independent Directors, the Group Company

Secretary and the Chief Executive. In line with

the UK Code, the Senior Independent Director,

Rio Tinto plc is responsible for acting as a

sounding board for the Chair and engages

with shareholders to develop a balanced

understanding of their interests and concerns.

For further details, please see our Board Charter

on our website, which sets out the role,

responsibilities, structure, compositions and

conduct of the Board, as well as the role of the

Chair, the Senior Independent Director, Rio Tinto

plc and the Senior Independent Director,

G. Composition of the Board

As at the date of this report, the Board

comprises 14 members: 11 independent

Non-Executive Directors, the Chair, the Chief

Executive, and the Chief Financial Officer.

As detailed in the Nominations Committee report,

we engaged Spencer Stuart to support the

search for six new Non-Executive Directors as

set out on page 105 of the Nominations

Committee report. The Committee is satisfied

that Spencer Stuart does not have any

connections with the company or individual

Directors that may impair their independence.

The Board is satisfied that it has the appropriate

balance of skills, experience, independence, and

knowledge of the company to enable its

members to discharge their respective duties and

responsibilities effectively, and that no individual

or group can dominate the Board’s decision-

making. There is a clear division of

responsibilities between the leadership of the

Board and the executive leadership of our

business. The Chief Executive is responsible for

the day-to-day management of the business and,

under a Group delegation of authority framework,

delegates to other members of the Executive

Committee.

H. Role of Non-Executive Directors

We list all of the Non-Executive Directors that

we consider to be independent on

pages 92-93. Over 50% of the Board

(excluding the Chair) are Non-Executive

Directors. The Non-Executive Directors

constructively challenge and help develop

proposals on strategy. They are also

responsible for scrutinising management

performance and ensuring that financial

information, risks and controls, and systems of

risk management are robust.

Each Director has undertaken to allocate

sufficient time to the Group in order to

discharge their responsibilities effectively, and

this is kept under review by the Nominations

Committee. The Directors’ other appointments

are listed on pages 92-93.

I. Board processes and role of the

Company Secretary

The governance framework on page 103

explains the governance structure of the Board

and sets out the relationship with the Chief

Executive. The roles and responsibilities of each

committee are explained. On pages 100 and 102

we provide some examples of the decision-

making process of the Board and the steps it

takes to function effectively, including how it

considers stakeholders in this process.

The Group Company Secretary is the trusted

interlocutor within the Board and its committees,

and between senior leadership and the Non-

Executive Directors. He is responsible for

advising the Board, through the Chair, on all

governance matters. He supports the Chair in

ensuring that the information provided to the

Board is of sufficient quality and appropriate

detail in order for the Board to function effectively

and efficiently.

Composition, succession and

evaluation

J. Appointments to the Board

The Nominations Committee ensures a formal,

rigorous and transparent procedure for the

appointment of new Directors. It is also

responsible for Board succession planning,

regularly assessing the balance of skills,

experience, diversity and capacity required to

oversee the delivery of Rio Tinto’s strategy.

This year, the Nominations Committee

oversaw the appointment of six new Non-

Executive Directors. Details of this process are

provided in the Nominations Committee report

on page 105.

The Nominations Committee also reviews

proposed appointments to the Executive

Committee. The Board has responsibility for the

process and monitoring of Executive Committee

succession planning. The Board

oversees a longer-term succession planning

process for the Executive Committee, including

the roles of the Chief Executive and the Chief

Financial Officer.

All Non-Executive Directors are members of

the Nominations Committee. The Committee

is chaired by the Chair, apart from when the

Committee is dealing with the appointment of

his or her successor. Only the Chair and

Committee members have the right to attend

the meetings of the Nominations Committee;

attendance by all other individuals is by

invitation only. The Nominations Committee

report sets out the Board’s approach to

succession planning and how this supports the

development of a diverse pipeline, at all levels.

All Directors are subject to annual

re-election at the AGMs.

Details of external search consultancies used

for Board appointments can be found in the

Nominations Committee report on page 105.

K. Skills, experience and knowledge of the

Board and its committees

In our succession planning, we aim to bring a

diverse and complementary range of skills,

knowledge and experience to the Board, so that

we are equipped to navigate the operational,

social, regulatory and geopolitical complexity in

which our business operates. Achieving the right

blend of skills and diversity to support effective

decision-making is a continuing process. Further

details of tenure and experience of the Board are

set out in the Nominations Committee report on

pages 105-106. The Board biographies set out

the specific skills and experience that each

Director brings to the Board (pages 92-93).

L. Board evaluation

The performance of the Board, its committees

and individual Directors is evaluated annually.

In accordance with Code Provision 21, every

third year, an external adviser is engaged to

carry out a formal independent evaluation of

the Board and its committees. In 2023, we

appointed No 4 to conduct our external

evaluation. No 4 is a business advisory

company which does not have any other

connection with Rio Tinto.

For more informationsee page 104.

Our disclosure on Board and executive management diversity in line with UK Listing Rules (LR9.8.6R(10)) is set out below.

Gender reporting categories as at 31 December 2023

GenderNumber of Board members% of BoardNumber of senior positions on the board (e.g. CEO/CFO, SID & Chair)Number in executive management% of executive management
Men969%4975%
Women431%¹–325%
Non-binary–––––
Not specified/prefer not to say–––––
  1. As at 21 February 2024, the percentage of women on the Board is 36% and will be 43% from 1 July 2024.

Ethnicity reporting categories as at 31 December 2023

ONS ethnicity categoryNumber of Board members% of BoardNumber of senior positions on the board (e.g. CEO/CFO, SID & Chair)Number in executive management% of executive management
White British or White Other1292%4758%
Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups–––18%
Asian/Asian British–––––
Black/African/Caribbean/Black British–––––
Other Ethnic Group18%–––
Not specified/prefer not to say–––433%

Audit, risk and internal control

M. Internal and external audit

The Audit & Risk Committee monitors the

independence and effectiveness of the Internal

Audit function and external auditors. The

Committee is responsible for reviewing key

judgements within the Group’s financial

statements and narrative reporting, with the aim

of maintaining the integrity of the Group’s

financial reporting. For further detail, please refer

to the Audit & Risk Committee report on pages

107-110.

The appointment of KPMG as external auditor

for the 2023 financial year was approved by

shareholders at our AGMs in 2023.

N. Fair, balanced and

understandable assessment

The Board is responsible for the presentation

of a fair, balanced and understandable

assessment of the company’s position and

prospects, not only in this Form 20-F. We have

a robust process in place, including through

the Disclosure Committee, to ensure that this

is the case.

O. Risk management and internal

control framework

The Board is ultimately responsible for

aligning our long-term strategic objectives with

the risk appetite of the company, taking into

account the principal and emerging risks faced

by the company. Please refer to pages 78-88

for further details of our business planning

cycle and risk management framework and

how these support our longer-term viability

statement.

Remuneration

P. Remuneration policies and practices

The People & Remuneration Committee

supports the Board by setting our

Remuneration Policy. Through long-term and

short-term incentives, our Remuneration

Policy is designed to help drive a performance

culture that incentivises executives to deliver

the Group’s long-term strategy and create

superior shareholder value over the short,

medium and long term. The overarching aim is

to ensure our remuneration structure and

policies reward fairly and responsibly with a

clear link to corporate and individual

performance, and to the company’s long-term

strategy and values. We have worked to

ensure that we have a clear policy that can be

understood by shareholders and stakeholders.

Q. Procedure for developing

remuneration policy

We have a formal and transparent procedure

for developing our Remuneration Policy, and

no Director is involved in deciding their own

remuneration. Executive remuneration is set

with regard to the wider workforce and through

market benchmarking. For further detail,

please refer to the People & Remuneration

Committee report on pages 113-145. The

Committee is supported by remuneration

consultant Deloitte. The Board received

assurance from the Committee and from

Deloitte that Deloitte did not have any

connections with Rio Tinto or the Board that

would have impaired its independence. Please

refer to page 128 for further detail.

R. Exercising independent judgement

The People & Remuneration Committee

comprises seven Non-Executive Directors to

ensure independent judgement with regard to

remuneration outcomes. The Committee

considers remuneration on an annual basis

and determines outcomes by assessing

executive performance against performance

criteria, details of which can be found in the

People & Remuneration Committee report on

pages 113-145. This states how our

Remuneration Policy has been applied and

sets out details of any adjustments made or

discretions exercised.

ASX Principles

Principle 1: Lay solid foundations for

management and oversight

Recommendation 1.1

Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited have a

common Board of Directors. The principal role

of the Board is to set the Group’s strategy and

to review its strategic direction regularly. The

Board also has responsibility for corporate

governance. A Board Charter setting out the

role of the Board and management and

matters reserved for the Board is available on

The Board delegates responsibility for

day-to-day management of the business

to the Chief Executive and other members

of the Executive Committee. A number of

management committees support the

Chief Executive and the Executive Committee.

The structure of these committees is set out

on page 103.

Recommendation 1.2

The Nominations Committee, on behalf of

the Board, ensures a formal, rigorous and

transparent procedure for the appointment of

new Directors. A similar process is followed

with the Executive Committee and senior

executive appointments, including a formal

and rigorous process to source strong

candidates from diverse backgrounds and

conducting appropriate background and

reference checks on the shortlisted

candidates. In 2023, the Nominations

Committee oversaw the appointment of six

new Non-Executive Directors, Kaisa Hietala

Dean Dalla Valle, Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz, Joc

O’Rourke, Martina Merz and Sharon Thorne.

Details of this process are provided in the

Nominations Committee report on page 105.

The notice of AGM provides all material

information in Rio Tinto’s possession relevant

to decisions on election and re-election of

Directors, including a statement from the

Board that it considers all Directors continue to

perform effectively and demonstrate

appropriate levels of commitment. It also

provides reasons why each Director is

recommended for re-election, highlighting their

relevant skills and experience. Further

information on the skills and experience of

each Director is set out on pages 92-93.

Recommendation 1.3

The company has written agreements setting

out the terms of appointment for each Director

and senior executive. Non-Executive Directors

are appointed by letters of appointment.

Executive Directors and other senior

executives are employed through employment

service contracts. Further information is set

out on page 124, 136, 138 and 139 in the

Recommendation 1.4

The Group Company Secretary is accountable

to the Board and advises the Chair, and,

through the Chair, the Board on all

governance matters. The appointment and

removal of the Group Company Secretary is a

matter reserved for the Board.

Recommendation 1.5

Rio Tinto has a Group-wide, Board-endorsed

Inclusion and Diversity Policy. The policy is

available atriotinto.com/policies. The Board

sets objectives for achieving diversity for the

Board, senior executives and the workforce,

and annually reviews the Group’s performance

against them. Page 43 sets out the

measurable objectives and our performance

against them. The respective proportions of

men and women on the Board, in senior

executive positions and across the whole

organisation, are reported on pages 43, 106

and 153 of this Form 20-F.

Recommendation 1.6

The performance of the Board, its committees

and individual Directors is evaluated annually.

Every third year, an external adviser is

engaged to carry out a formal independent

evaluation of the Board and its committees. In

2023, we appointed No 4 to conduct our

external evaluation. No 4 is an independent

business advisory company which does not

have any other connection with Rio Tinto.

For further information, please refer to

Recommendation 1.7

The performance of Executive Committee

members, including Directors, is continually

evaluated as part of the Group’s performance

evaluation cycle. Further details are set out in

the Remuneration report on pages 113-145.

Principle 2: Structure the Board to be

effective and add value

Recommendation 2.1

The Nominations Committee includes all Non-

Executive Directors and is chaired by the

Chair of the Board. The Board is satisfied that

all Non-Executive Directors, including the

Chair, continue to meet the test for

independence under the ASX Principles.

The Nominations Committee’s terms of

reference are available at riotinto.com/

corporategovernance. The Nominations

Committee report on pages 105-106 provides

further details on its role and responsibilities.

Details on membership, the number of times

the Committee met, and the attendance of

members are set out on page 104.

Recommendation 2.2

A Board skills matrix showing key attributes in

terms of skills, experience and diversity that

are relevant to the Board is set out on

page 106.

Recommendations 2.3, 2.4, 2.5

The Nominations Committee is responsible for

assessing the independence of each Non-

Executive Director against an independence

framework that combines the requirements of

the UK Code, the ASX Principles and the

NYSE Standards. The Committee reviews and

approves this framework each year.

The Board is satisfied that all of its

Non-Executive Directors are independent

in character and judgement, and are

free from any relationships (material or

otherwise) or circumstances that could create

a conflict of interest.

The Chair was considered independent upon

his appointment and, in the Board’s view, he

continues to satisfy the tests for independence

under the ASX Principles and the NYSE

Standards.

The name, skills and experience of each

Director, together with their terms in office, are

shown in the biographical details on pages

92-93.

Recommendation 2.6

On joining Rio Tinto, all Directors receive a

full, formal induction program. It is delivered

over a number of months, and tailored to their

specific requirements, taking into account their

respective committee responsibilities.

All Directors are expected to commit to

continuing their development during their

tenure. This is supported through a

combination of site visits, teach-ins, deep

dives, and internal business and operational

briefings provided in or around scheduled

Board and committee meetings.

In addition, the Group Company Secretary

provides regular updates on corporate

governance developments in the UK, Australia

and the US.

Principle 3: Instil a culture of acting

lawfully, ethically and responsibly

Recommendations 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4

Through our Code of Conduct –The Way We

Work, the Board sets the company’s purpose,

values, and standards for the Group’s

employees. Our values are set out on page 8.

The Board is committed to acting in

accordance with these values, championing,

and embedding them in the organisation.

Our Code of Conduct is available at

riotinto.com/ethics.

Rio Tinto’s confidential and independently

operated whistleblowing program (myVoice)

offers an avenue through which our

employees, contractors, suppliers and

customers can report concerns anonymously,

subject to local law. These may include

concerns about the business, or behaviour of

individuals, including suspicion of violations of

financial reporting, safety or environmental

procedures or other business integrity issues.

The program features telephone and web

submissions, a case management tool, and a

reporting tool to allow for better analysis of

case statistics.

The myVoice procedure explains how

concerns regarding matters relating to

Rio Tinto, its business and its people can be

raised, in confidence and without fear of

retaliation. The procedure also sets out

who can make a report and what they can

expect from us if they do report a concern.

The procedure is available on our website.

Further details on myVoice are set out on

page 77. Rio Tinto’s business integrity

standard sets out the Group’s position on

issues relating to bribery and corruption. This

is also available on our website.

Further information is set out on page 76.

Oversight of the Group’s ethics, integrity and

compliance program now falls within the remit

of the Board.

Principle 4: Safeguard integrity in

corporate reports

Recommendation 4.1

The Audit & Risk Committee report on

pages 107-110 provides details of

the role and responsibilities of the Committee.

The Committee’s terms of reference are

available at riotinto.com/corporategovernance.

Further details on membership, the number of

times the Committee met during 2023 and the

attendance of members are set out on

Recommendation 4.2

Details on compliance with the financial

reporting requirements contemplated under

this recommendation are set out on

pages 150-151.

Recommendation 4.3

We have a thorough and rigorous review

process in place to ensure integrity of the

periodic reports we release to the market. We

communicate with the market through

accurate, clear, concise and effective

reporting, and contents of periodic reports are

verified by the subject matter experts and

reviewed by the relevant Group functions.

Such reports are then reviewed and

considered by the Group Disclosure

Committee for release to the market.

Principle 5: Make timely and

balanced disclosure

Recommendation 5.1

We recognise the importance of effective and

timely communication with shareholders and

the wider investment community.

It is our policy to make sure that all information

disclosed or released by the Group is

accurate, complete and timely, and complies

with all continuous and other disclosure

obligations under applicable listing rules and

other relevant legislation.

To ensure that trading in our securities takes

place in an informed and orderly market, we

have established a Disclosure Committee to

oversee compliance with our continuous

disclosure obligations. The Group Disclosure

and Communications Policy, and the terms of

reference of our Disclosure Committee,

together with our adopted procedures in

relation to disclosure and management of

relevant information, support compliance with

our disclosure obligations. A copy of the Group

Disclosure and Communications Policy is

available on the website.

The Disclosure Committee is responsible for

determining whether information relating to

Rio Tinto may require disclosure to the

markets under the continuous disclosure

requirements in the jurisdictions in which

Rio Tinto is listed. In accordance with its terms

of reference, the specific focus of the

Committee is to consider and determine on a

timely basis whether information would, to the

extent that the information is not public and

relates directly or indirectly to Rio Tinto, be

likely to have a material effect on the price of

Rio Tinto securities if that information was

generally available.

The members of the Committee are the Chief

Executive; the Chief Financial Officer; the

Group Company Secretary; the Chief Legal

Officer, Governance & Corporate Affairs; the

Head of Strategy & Investor Relations; and the

Chief Executive Australia.

Recommendation 5.2

Consistent with the Group’s disclosure

protocols, the Board is provided with copies of

all material market announcements promptly

after they are released to the market.

Recommendation 5.3

As a matter of practice, all our new or

substantive investor presentations are

released to the market via ASX and LSE

market announcement platforms.

Principle 6: Respect the rights of

security holders

Recommendation 6.1

Our website includes pages dedicated to

corporate governance, providing information

on compliance with governance codes and

standards (the UK Code, the ASX Principles

and the NYSE Standards); the terms of

reference of the committees; risk management

and financial reporting; and Board

governance, including selection, appointment

and re-election of Directors, Directors’

independence, and Board performance

evaluation.

All information released to the markets is

posted in the media section of our website.

Our website also provides general investor

information. Annual and half-year results, as

well as any major presentations, are webcast

and the materials are available at our website,

which also contains presentation material from

investor seminars.

Recommendation 6.2

Our main channels of communication with the

investment community are through the Chair,

Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer,

who have regular meetings with the Group’s

major shareholders. The Senior Independent

Director, Rio Tinto plc, and the Senior

Independent Director, Rio Tinto Limited, have

a specific responsibility under the UK Code

and the Board Charter to be available to

shareholders who have concerns that have

not been resolved through contact with the

Chair, Chief Executive or Chief Financial

Officer, or for whom such contact is

inappropriate. We have a number of

processes and initiatives to ensure that

members of the Board understand the views

of major shareholders. The Chief Financial

Officer reports to the Board at each meeting,

and provides regular investor updates. In

addition, the Head of Strategy & Investor

Relations reports regularly to the Board, and

an annual survey of major shareholders’

opinions is presented to the Board by the

Group’s investor relations advisers. Further

information on engagement with shareholders

and investors during 2023 is set out on pages

98-99.

Recommendations 6.3, 6.4

The AGMs present an opportunity to provide a

summary business presentation, to inform

shareholders of recent developments, and to

give them the opportunity to ask questions.

Generally, the Chairs of all Board committees

are available to answer questions raised by

shareholders, and all Directors are expected

to attend where possible. The AGMs are

generally webcast and transcripts of the

Chair’s and Chief Executive’s speeches are

made available on our website. A summary of

the proceedings at the meetings, and the

results of voting on resolutions, are made

available as soon as practicable after the

meetings. At Rio Tinto AGMs, all resolutions

are decided by poll and not by show of hands.

In 2023, the Rio Tinto Limited AGM was held

in Perth as a hybrid meeting. With the use of

technology, shareholders who could not attend

in person were offered the opportunity to

virtually participate at the AGM, ask questions

and vote on the resolutions.

Recommendation 6.5

Shareholders can choose to communicate

electronically with the companies and the

share registrars. Contact details for the

registrars are set out on page 382 and on our

website.

Principle 7: Recognise and manage

risk

Recommendations 7.1, 7.2

The Board is ultimately responsible for risk

management and internal controls, and for

ensuring that the systems in place are robust

and take into account the material risks faced

by the Group. The Board delegates certain

matters relating to the Group’s risk

management framework to the Audit & Risk

Committee, which provides updates to the

Board on matters discussed at each meeting.

The Sustainability Committee advises the

Board on risk appetite tolerance and strategy

with respect to sustainable development risks.

Further information about the Sustainability

Committee is set out on pages 111-112. Terms

of reference for the Sustainability Committee

are available on our website. Further details

on the Group’s governance framework for risk

management and internal control are set out

on pages 78-88 and 110.

Recommendation 7.3

Further information on Rio Tinto’s Group

Internal Audit function is set out on page 110.

Recommendation 7.4

A description of the risk factors that could

affect Rio Tinto (including economic,

environmental and social sustainability risks),

and of the Group’s governance framework for

risk management and internal control, is set

on pages 78-88. Further information on

sustainability is available on pages 40-77.

Principle 8: Remunerate fairly

and responsibly

Recommendation 8.1

The Remuneration report on pages 113-145

provides details on the role and

responsibilities of the People & Remuneration

Committee. The Committee’s terms of

reference are available on our website.

Further details on membership, the number of

times the Committee met during 2023, and the

attendance of members are set out on

pages 92-93 and 104.

Recommendation 8.2

Rio Tinto’s policies and practices regarding

remuneration of Non-Executive Directors,

Directors and senior executives are set out on

pages 113-145 in the Remuneration report.

Recommendation 8.3

Rio Tinto’s approach on participating in equity-

based remuneration schemes is set out on

page 150. This is also addressed in the

Rio Tinto Securities Dealing Policy, which is

available on our website.

2023 Financial Statements
About Rio Tinto158Our people
About the presentation of our financial statements158Note 25 Average number of employees215
Note 26 Employment costs and provisions215
Group primary statementsNote 27 Share-based payments216
Group Income Statement168Note 28 Post-retirement benefits218
Group Statement of Comprehensive Income169Note 29 Directors’ and key management remuneration225
Group Cash Flow Statement170
Group Balance Sheet171Our group structure
Group Statement of Changes in Equity172Note 30 Principal subsidiaries226
Note 31 Principal joint operations228
Notes to the 2023 financial statementsNote 32 Principal joint ventures and associates229
Our financial performanceNote 33 Related-party transactions231
Note 1 Our financial performance by segment173
Note 2 Earnings per ordinary share175Our equity
Note 3 Dividends176Note 34 Share capital232
Note 4 Impairment charges net of reversals177Note 35 Other reserves and retained earnings233
Note 5 Acquisitions and disposals181
Note 6 Revenue by destination and product182Other notes
Note 7 Net operating costs (excluding items disclosed separately)184Note 36 Other provisions234
Note 37 Contingencies and commitments234
Note 8 Exploration and evaluation expenditure184Note 38 Auditors’ remuneration237
Note 9 Finance income and finance costs185Note 39 Events after the balance sheet date237
Note 10 Taxation185Note 40 New standards issued but not yet effective237
Our operating assetsOther information outside of the consolidated financial statements
Note 11 Goodwill188
Note 12 Intangible assets189Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms267
Note 13 Property, plant and equipment191Rio Tinto Financial Information by Business Unit286
Note 14 Close-down and restoration provisions196Alternative Performance Measures289
Note 15 Deferred taxation200
Note 16 Inventories202
Note 17 Receivables and other assets203
Note 18 Trade and other payables203
Our capital and liquidity
Note 19 Net debt205
Note 20 Borrowings206
Note 21 Leases207
Note 22 Cash and cash equivalents208
Note 23 Other financial assets and liabilities209
Note 24 Financial instruments and risk management209

Simandou iron ore project, Guinea

About Rio Tinto

In 1995, Rio Tinto plc, incorporated in the UK and listed on the London

and New York Stock Exchanges, and Rio Tinto Limited, incorporated in

Australia and listed on the Australian Securities Exchange, formed a

dual-listed companies structure (DLC). Under the DLC, Rio Tinto plc

and Rio Tinto Limited are viewed as a single economic enterprise, with

common boards of directors, and the shareholders of both companies

have a common economic interest in the DLC. International Financial

Reporting Standards (IFRS)-compliant consolidated financial

statements of the Rio Tinto Group are prepared on this basis, with the

interests of shareholders of both companies presented as the equity

interests of shareholders in the Rio Tinto Group. This is in accordance

with the principles and requirements of IFRS.

Rio Tinto’s business is finding, mining, and processing mineral

resources. Major products are iron ore, aluminium, copper, industrial

minerals (borates, titanium dioxide and salt) and diamonds. Activities

span the world and are strongly represented in Australia and North

America, with significant businesses in Asia, Europe, Africa and South

America.

Rio Tinto plc’s registered office is at 6 St James’s Square, London

SW1Y 4AD, UK. Rio Tinto Limited’s registered office is at Level 43, 120

Collins Street, Melbourne VIC 3000, Australia.

ContentsView on SEC.gov

The text of this filing, as the company filed it with the SEC, without its images or exhibits. This is not investment advice.